UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT  LOS  ANGELES 


/ 


A ITO B10GR APH1C  AL  NOTES 


A  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


SCIENTIFIC   PUBLICATIONS 


JOEL  ASAPH  ALLEN 


THE 

AMERICAN 
MUSEUM 

NATURAL 
HISTORY 


ITBUSHKI)    BY    TI1K    Ml'SKTM 

NEW    YORK 

19  Hi 


Ai 


DEDICATED  TO 
HENRY  FAIRFIELD  OSBORX, 

President  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 

and  to  the  Memory  of  my  revered  Teacher, 

Louis  AGASSIZ. 


FOREWORD. 

The  life  and  writings  of  Joel  Asaph  Allen  have  exerted  so  great  an  in- 
fluence on  the  progress  of  ornithology  and  mammalogy  in  America  that  all 
who  have  the  interests  of  these  branches  of  science  at  heart,  both  in  this 
country  and  abroad,  will  welcome  this  biographical  and  bibliographical 
volume.  It  is  issued  as  an  expression  of  the  appreciation  of  Doctor  Allen's 
life  work  by  the  Trustees  of  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
and  his  devoted  colleagues  on  its  Scientific  Staff.  The  biographical  sketch 
was  especially  desired  in  connection  with  the  Bibliography  because  it  sets 
forth  so  clearly  the  broad  groundwork  of  travel,  of  field  observation  and 
of  field  record  which  has  established  a  model  for  all  modern  American  work 
on  the  birds  and  the  mammals.  At  this  time  we  are  sure  that  naturalists 
in  all  parts  of  the  world  will  unite  with  Dr.  Allen's  colleagues  in  felicitating 
him  on  the  great  work  which  he  has  accomplished  and  in  wishing  him  many 
more  years  of  strength  and  activity. 

HENRY  FAIRFIELD  OSBORN. 

November  9,  1916. 


PREFACE. 

The  present  publication  was  prepared  by  request  of  HENRY  FAIRFIELD 
OSBORN,  President  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  to  whom 
the  author  is  indebted  for  courtesies  extending  over  many  years  of  the  most 
pleasant  official  relationship. 

It  is  a  pleasure,  realized  by  few,  to  be  able  to  supervise  the  publication 
of  a  list  of  one's  own  technical  papers,  extending  over  more  than  half  a 
century,  and  the  opportunity  for  it  was  duly  welcomed. 

The  biographical  sketch,  preceding  the  list  of  papers,  however,  was 
written  with  great  reluctance  and  with  many  misgivings,  as  being,  in  the 
author's  opinion,  inopportune  in  the  present  connection.  If  such  notes 
are  worthy  of  record,  it  seems  more  fitting  that  their  publication  should  be 
posthumous.  Their  present  appearance  is  due  to  solicitations  difficult  to 
disregard. 

J.  A.  ALLEN. 

August  20,  1916. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Title-page f 

Dedication iii 

Foreword  (by  Henry  Fairfield  Osborn) v 

Preface vii 

Contents ix. 

AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES 1 

Early  surroundings  and  training  (1838-1858)         .....  1 

At  Wilbraham  Academy  and  home  studies   (1858-1862)        ...  4 

Special  student  under  Louis  Agassiz  (1862-1871)           ....  8 

With  the  Agassiz  Expedition  in  Brazil  (1865)         ....  11 

Collecting  trip  to  the  Middle  West  (1867)     .         .  18 

East  Florida  Expedition  (1868-1869) 20 

Assistant  at  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  (1871-1885)          .         .  20 

Great  Plains  and  Rocky  Mountain  Expedition  (1871-1872)     .         .  20 

Yellowstone  Expedition  (1873) 27 

Special  collaborator,  U.  S.  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of 

the  Territories  (1876-1882) 32 

Curator  at  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  (since  1885)     .         .  33 
Affiliations  with  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  and  other  scientific 

societies  (since  1883) 39 

General  considerations  and  home  life  (since  1874)     .....  42 

Addenda 43 

Expeditions 43 

Positions  held 44 

Honors   received  (including  memberships  in  home  and  foreign 

Societies  and  Academies  of  Science)         .....  45 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 49 

Mammals 50 

List  of  titles .51 

New  higher  groups 83 

New  genera  and  subgenera 83 

New  species  and  subspecies 84 

Index  to  Mammals           ...         ......  101 

Birds 115 

List  of  titles 115 

New  genera 192 

New  species  and  subspecies 192 

Reptiles,  list  of  titles 195 

Zoogeography,  list  of  titles 196 

Evolution,  list  of  titles 198 

Nomenclature,  list  of  titles 201 

Biography,  list  of  titles 205 

Miscellaneous,  list  of  titles 210 

Editorial  work  213. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL    NOTES. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 
EARLY  SURROUNDINGS  AND  TRAINING  (1838-1858). 

I  was  born  in  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  July  19,  1838,  the  eldest  son 
of  Joel  and  Harriet  (Trumbull)  Allen,  both  of  early  New  England  stock. 
My  father  was  a  descendant,  in  the  seventh  generation,  of  Samuel  Allen, 
who  settled  in  Windsor,  Connecticut,  in  1640.  The  date  of  his  birth  is  not 
positively  known,  nor  has  a  definite  record  been  found  of  when  he  emigrated 
from  England.  He  is  supposed  to  have  come  over  with  the  Dorchester 
Company  in  1630,  in  the  ship  '  Mary  and  John.' l  The  Windsor  land 
records  show  that  he  received  a  grant  of  land.from  the  plantation  at  Windsor, 
Connecticut,  January  27,  1640.  He  died  at  Windsor  in  1648.  The  present 
public  library  building  at  Windsor  marks  the  site  of  the  Samuel  Allen 
homestead.  Joel  Allen,  my  father,  was  born  in  Springfield,  Massachusetts, 
December  11,  1810. 

On  the  maternal  side  the  descent  is  from  John  Trumbull,  great-grand- 
father of  Governor  Jonathan  Trumbull  (said  to  have  been  the  original 
"Brother  Jonathan"  and  familiar  friend  of  Washington),  who  was  bora  in 
Newcastle-on-Tyne,  England,  and  settled  in  Roxbury,  Massachusetts,  in 
1639. 

My  immediate  progenitors  were  farmers.  My  father,  however,  learned 
the  carpenter's  trade  and  was  a  house-builder  in  his  earlier  days,  but  later 
bought  a  farm  on  which  he  spent  the  greater  part  of  his  life.  He  was 
respected  by  his  neighbors  as  a  man  of  excellent  judgment  and  sterling 
integrity,  whose  advice  was  often  solicited  in  the  affairs  of  the  neighborhood. 
In  politics  he  was  a  Free-soiler,  and  lajer  a  Republican.  He  died  January 
9,  1886,  at  the  age  of  75  years  and  one  month,  survived  by  my  mother, 
three  sons  and  a  daughter.  My  mother  died  June  2,  1892,  at  the  age  of 
80  years  and  six  months.  My  mother  taught  school  for  several  years 
before  her  marriage.  She  was  a  true  helpmeet,  practical,  conscientious, 
and  in  every  way  lovable  and  inspiring.  My  father  had  little  appreciation 
for  my  natural  history  tastes,  but  was  kind  and  generous,  offering  to  share 
his  farm  with  me  if  I  would  remain  with  him  on  the  old  homestead.  My 
mother,  on  the  other  hand,  was  much  in  sympathy  with  my  yearnings,  and 
often  used  her  influence  in  mv  favor. 


i  The  first  leaves  of  the  Dorchester  records  are  stated  to  be  missing. 
1 


2  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

Our  family  numbered  five  children,  one  girl  and  four  boys,  one  of  whom 
(a  boy,  Edwin)  died  in  infancy.  My  sister,  Harriet  Emma,  taught  school 
for  a  number  of  years  and  later  married  a  farmer.  She  died  suddenly  of 
pneumonia,  contracted  in  attending  a  sick  brother,  April  2,  1900,  in  her 
54th  year.  My  two  brothers,  Edgar,  a  moulder  by  trade,  and  Irving,  a 
farmer,  are  still  (August,  1916),  living,  the  latter  at  the  old  homestead  in 
Springfield. 

My  early  training  was  rigidly  puritanical.  My  parents  were  both 
members  of  the  Congregational  church,  and  strict  in  their  religious  ob- 
servances. Family  prayers  invariably  followed  breakfast,  and  also  closed 
the  routine  of  Sunday,  all  the  religious  requirements  of  the  day  being  strictly 
observed. 

My  earliest  recollections  are  naturally  associated  with  the  surroundings 
of  my  birthplace  on  the  old  farm,  situated  on  a  hill  about  a  mile  and  a  half 
east  of  the  then  thickly  settled  part  of  Springfield,  known  as  the  Watershops, 
where  the  United  States  Government  has  for  more  than  a  century  carried 
on  the  manufacture  of  fire-arms.  The  family  home  was  a  large  two-story 
square-roofed  house,  at  that  time  innocent  of  paint  and  unshaded  by  trees. 
One  of  the  pleasantest  remembrances  of  my  younger  days  is  of  helping  my 
father  plant  the  row  of  maples  and  elms  which  long  since  became  the  promi- 
nent feature  of  the  road  frontage  of  the  farm,  and  in  recovering  and  painting 
the  house.  We  were  not  crowded  by  neighbors,  the  nearest  residence  on 
the  west  being  half  a  mile  away,  and  there  was  only  one  house  within  half 
a  mile  to  the  eastward.  Subsequently  others  much  nearer  were  built  in 
both  directions,  the  lonely  country  road  has  become  Allen  Street,  and  a 
trolley  car  line  has  been  projected  to  connect  the  rapidly  extending  suburbs 
with  the  business  portion  of  the  city. 

Dandelions  and  daisies  and  other  wild  flowers  were  early  attractions, 
the  profuse  gathering  of  which  at  an  early  age  led  my  elders,  and  particularly 
my  mother,  to  predict  that  when  the  toddling  youngster  grew  up  he  would 
favor  the  profession  of  medicine,  and  I  was  often  facetiously  dubbed  "  Dr. 
Sykes,"  in  allusion  to  our  then  family  physician,  an  herb-doctor  of  local 
reputation.  In  due  time  I  was  assigned  a  share  in  the  household  chores,  and 
trained  to  perform  the  allotted  tasks  with  promptness  and  care. 

The  nearest  schoolhouse  was  a  mile  distant,  of  the  conventional  red 
type,  situated  as  usual  on  the  crest  of  a  hill.  In  summer  the  school  was 
taught  by  a  schoolmistress,  while  the  winter  session  was  conducted  by  a 
schoolmaster  selected  for  his  ability  to  keep  the  larger  boys  in  order  as  well 
as  to  teach  the  "three  Us."  Some  years  later  a  schoolmistress  was  em- 
ployed for  both  the  winter  and  summer  sessions.  In  these  days  the  services 
of  boys  of  even  six  and  seven  years  were  considered  too  valuable  for  farm- 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES.  3 

work  to  be  sacrificed  in  summer  for  school  purposes,  so  that  to  them  only 
the  winter  session  of  the  school  year  was  available. 

Despite  hard  work  and  long  hours,  the  farm  proved  attractive  and 
satisfying  for  a  time,  but  at  about  the  age  of  fourteen  the  love  inspired  by 
this  free  contact  with  natural  surroundings  developed  a  desire  to  know  more 
of  the  animal  and  plant  life,  the  soil  and  the  rocks,  and  the  ever  changing 
phenomena  of  sky  and  air,  than  could  be  gained  merely  by  association. 
At  the  age  of  thirteen,  after  much  pleading  on  my  part,  to  my  great 
delight,  my  father  presented  me  with  a  gun.  At  first  it  merely  afforded 
the  pleasure  all  boys  experience  in  being  able  to  shoot  something,  either  as 
game  or  on  the  pretext  that  certain  birds  and  animals  are  destructive  to 
crops,  and  that  it  is  desirable  to  reduce  their  numbers.  But  very  soon  the 
destructive  instinct  gave  place  to  a  desire  to  possess  specimens  for  study, 
particularly  of  birds,  which  I  found  were  so  numerous  in  kinds  that  com- 
paratively few  of  them  were  known  by  name  to  any  of  the  people,  either 
of  town  or  country,  whom  I  met.  Warblers,  vireos,  kinglets,  sparrows 
and  many  other  kinds  of  birds  were  shot,  measured,  weighed,  described 
and  given  provisional  names  in  my  notebooks,  so  that  I  might  again  recog- 
nize them  when  met  with,  long  before  I  knew  that  books  had  been  written 
about  them  and  that  they  all  had  names,  Latin  as  well  as  English.  I  even 
made  attempts  to  dra\v  and  color  them,  but  entire  lack  of  instruction  in  the 
work  led  only  to  failure  and  disappointment.  A  little  later,  however,  I 
made  the  acquaintance  of  Bradford  Horsford,  a  teacher  of  drawing,  who 
was  also  an  amateur  ornithologist  and  taxidermist,  with  a  good  knowledge 
of  all  the  commoner  birds.  From  him  I  borrowed  a  copy  of  the  Brewer 
edition  of  Wilson's  'American  Ornithology/  which,  to  my  unspeakable 
delight,  he  later  sold  to  me;  Nuttall's  and  Audubon's  works  on  North 
American  birds  were  also  found  in  the  public  library  of  Springfield,  and  a 
new  world  was  opened  to  me! 

A  little  later  I  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  man  of  broader  education 
than  I  had  ever  before  met,  who  taught  our  district  school  for  several 
winter  terms,  and  became  a  resident  of  the  neighborhood.  As  he  was  a 
nature-lover  himself  he  could  appreciate  my  aspirations,  and  most  gener- 
ously presented  me  with  a  copy  of  Blythe's  '  Cuvier's  Animal  Kingdom/ 
a  work  of  which  I  previously  had  never  heard.  Thus  equipped,  and  with 
the  resources  of  a  public  library  now  at  my  command,  acquaintance  with 
not  only  the  local  birds,  mammals,  reptiles  and  fishes,  but  with  many  of  the 
insects,  became  a  delightful  experience.  Interest  in  farm  work  as  an 
occupation  as  rapidly  declined,  but  a  filial  desire  to  share  fully  in  the  family 
burdens  led  to  no  neglect  of  duties  but  often  to  excessive  effort  in  manual 
labor  to  demonstrate  an  interest  otherwise  unfelt. 


4  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

In  winter  I  usually  attended  the  district  school,  but  was  so  far  in  advance 
of  all  the  other  pupils  that  I  was  in  a  class  by  myself  in  most  of  the  branches 
taught,  and  received  little  aid  from  the  teacher.  A  large  part  of  my  last 
term  in  the  district  school  was  devoted  to  solving  the  "miscellaneous 
examples"  at  the  end  of  Greenleaf's  higher  arithmetic,  then  commonly  in 
use  in  the  schools  of  the  region,  and  in  such  other  school  arithmetics  as  I 
could  borrow  from  friends  who  had  long  since  finished  their  school  days. 
One  winter  was  spent  entirely  at  home  (I  was  then  probably  in  my  fifteenth 
year),  in  the  study  of  such  natural  history  books  as  I  could  command,  and 
of  a  borrowed  copy  of  Webster's  unabridged  dictionary,  from  which  I 
copied  a  large  part  of  the  natural  history  definitions. 


AT  WlLBRAHAM  ACADEMY  AND  HOME  STUDIES  (1858^1862). 

Then  followed  several  winter  terms  at  the  Wilbraham  Academy  where 
I  selected  my  own  studies,  which  included  at  first  physiology,  natural 
philosophy,  astronomy,  and  chemistry,  in  addition  to  English  grammar  and 
arithmetic;  later  rhetoric,  algebra,  Latin,  French  and  German  were  sub- 
stituted for  the  natural  sciences.  Humboldt's  'Cosmos'  (in  English),  and 
works  of  similar  character  constituted  my  favorite  reading  outside  of  my 
school  wrork. 

My  summers  were  still  spent  on  the  farm,  where,  equipped  with  ele- 
mentary works  on  meteorology,  geology  and  mineralogy,  I  had  ample  food 
for  thought.  Lyell's  'Principles  of  Geology,'  Dana's  'Mineralogy,'  the 
'  Proceedings '  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
(the  full  series  as  far  as  then  published),  and  various  State  geological  and 
natural  history  reports  were  studied  with  avidity. 

During  this  period  my  ever  present  ambition  was  to  write  a  history  of 
the  "Birds  of  New  England"  that  should  be  as  complete  and  exhaustive 
as  possible,  and  based  on  original  observation,  including  the  necessary 
explorations  in  northern  New  England  where  so  many  of  the  migratory 
species  were  supposed  to  pass  the  breeding  season.  Next  to  this  I  looked 
upon  editorial  work  as  an  enviable  goal.  Yet  at  the  time  these  aspirations 
began  to  develop  composition  was  a  slowr  and  difficult  task,  and  to  acquire 
facility  in  WTiting  I  forced  myself  to  keep  a  daily  journal,  in  which  I  re- 
corded not  only  the  current  wreather  conditions  in  detail  but  every  incident 
of  my  daily  experiences  that  seemed  to  offer  a  subject  for  comment. 

In  Professor  Oliver  Marcy,  teacher  of  the  natural  sciences  at  Wilbraham 
Academy  and  later  professor  and  finally  dean  of  the  faculty  at  Northwest- 
ern University,  I  found  a  most  sympathetic  friend  and  counsellor.  It  was 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  5 

he  who  first  secured  my  introduction  to  the  public  through  the  '  New  Eng- 
land Farmer.'  It  was  my  custom  at  the  Academy  to  offer,  when  composi- 
tion day  came  round,  some  of  the  results  of  my  natural  history  observations 
as  a  composition.  One  of  my  first  offerings  of  this  sort  was  a  summary  of 
my  weather  journal  for  the  previous  seasonal  period  of  three  months. 
When  the  time  came  for  the  return  of  compositions  mine  was  withheld 
with  the  request  from  Professor  Marcy,  who  had  charge  of  my  division, 
that  he  might  retain  it  for  a  short  time.  A  few  days  later  he  handed  me  a 
copy  of  the  'New  England  Farmer'  containing  my  article,  printed  in  full 
and  without  change,  with  a  very  complimentary  introduction  by  the  editor. 
It  was  to  me  an  exceedingly  great  surprise,  and  sufficient  explanation  of 
why  my  composition  had  not  been  returned  to  me  at  the  usual  time.  I 
was  at  this  time  about  eighteen  or  nineteen  years  of  age. 

With  this  cordial  welcome  from  the  editor  of  the  'Farmer,'  I  mustered 
courage  to  offer,  soon  after,  other  contributions  of  a  similar  character,  my 
weather  reports  thereafter  appearing  at  regular  intervals  till  circumstances 
prevented  the  continuation  of  the  observations.  These  articles  were 
followed  (in  1859)  by  others  on  quite  different  subjects,  including  a  series 
of  twenty-five  on  New  England  birds;  also  a  paper  on  the  moon's  alleged 
influence  upon  the  weather,  in  reply  to  previous  articles  on  the  subject  by 
other  contributors.  My  article  was  based  on  meteorological  observations 
kept  at  the  United  States  Armory  at  Springfield,  Mass.,  for  a  long  period  of 
years,  latterly  by  Mr.  Joseph  Weatherhead,  who  kindly  placed  them  at  my 
disposal  for  study.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  I  found  no  evidence  of  lunar 
influence  on  the  character  of  the  weather,  and  no  basis  for  sundry  other 
assumptions  regarding  the  moon's  influence  on  mundane  life,  or  for  popular 
beliefs  respecting  the  proper  time  in  the  moon  for  weaning  pigs,  colts  and 
calves  or  planting  crops. 

During  these  years  I  spent  much  time  studying  botany,  adding  a  col- 
lection of  dried  plants  to  my  other  natural  history  gatherings,  nearly  all  of 
which  I  was  able  to  identify  without  other  aid  than  Gray's  well-known 
'Manual  of  the  Botany  of  the  Northern  United  States,'  my  copy  of  which 
eventually  became  well  annotated  with  my  field  notes.  At  this  time  I  had 
not  the  acquaintance  of  any  one  who  had  any  knowledge  of  the  scientific 
names  of  plants,  or  who,  so  far  as  I  knew,  cared  to  know  them.  I  still 
recall  the  exquisite  pleasure  it  gave  me  to  discover  the  name  of  some  wild 
plant  I  had  long  admired  in  total  ignorance  of  its  affinities  or  name. 

During  the  years  1859-1861, 1  collected  and  mounted  (as  attested  by  my 
catalogue,  still  extant)  some  300  birds,  representing  nearly  100  species, 
and  also  such  native  mammals  as  I  could  find  near  my  home,  and  I  pre- 
served in  jars  of  alcohol  specimens  of  all  the  reptiles,  amphibians  and  fishes; 


6  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

such  mollusks  as  were  available  were  also  gathered  and  several  hundred 
insects.  Best  of  all,  I  knew  the  technical  names  of  nearly  all  except  the 
insects,  of  which,  however,  I  knew  many.  The  local  minerals  and  rocks 
found  place  on  the  shelves  of  my  little  museum,  for  which  a  small  room  was 
kindly  provided  by  my  parents,  and  which  I  equipped  with  shelves  and  a 
flat  table  case  for  insects.  In  addition  there  were  rows  of  bottles  containing 
the  products  of  my  boyish  experiments  with  such  cheap  chemicals  as  I  could 
afford  to  purchase  at  the  neighboring  drug  stores,  each  duly  labeled  with  its 
proper  chemical  formula.  The  whole  was  amateurish  in  the  extreme,  and 
represented  merely  a  superficial  acquaintance  with  a  wide  range  of  subjects, 
but  enough  to  add  immensely  to  the  pleasure  of  living,  giving,  as  it  did,  the 
sense  of  being  in  touch  with  the  plant  and  animal  life  and  the  geological 
features  of  my  immediate  environment.  My  notebooks  contained  pages 
of  descriptions  of  unusual  atmospheric  phenomena,  from  the  prismatic 
tints  of  fleecy  clouds  floating  past  the  midday  sun,  haloes,  unusual  storm 
conditions,  auroral  displays,  and  the  August  and  November  shooting-star 
periods,  to  the  varied  forms  of  the  snow  crystals  of  a  winter  storm  —  things 
for  the  most  part  unobserved  by  my  friends  and  neighbors,  and  which 
hence  gave  them  no  added  joy  to  living. 

It  is  needless  to  say  that  my  interest  in  every  day  practical  affairs  was 
limited  to  a  conscientious  and  cheerful  discharge  of  the  obligations  natural 
to  my  position  as  a  helper  to  my  father  in  the  routine  of  farm  work.  Every 
spare  moment  of  the  day  when  in  the  house  was  spent  in  my  room  poring 
over  books  or  specimens  or  jotting  down  things  seen  out  of  doors  in  the 
corn  or  hay  field.  These  constant  disappearances  when  off  duty  were 
naturally  an  annoyance  to  my  father,  who  could  not  appreciate  my  ab- 
sorption in  such  unpractical  affairs.  To  the  oft-made  inquiry  of  my  Father, 
"Where's  Asaph?"  was  Mother's  gentle  response,  "upstairs,"  and  the 
contemptuous  paternal  rejoinder:  "Upstairs;  he's  always  'upstairs.'" 
Although  unappreciative  of  his  son's  "foolish  notions,"  he  was  not  harsh 
or  unkind,  as  an  agreement,  lasting  for  several  seasons,  granting  one  day 
a  week  for  the  prosecution  of  my  hobbies  is  ample  evidence.  For  these 
foibles  my  mother  had  always  a  degree  of  sympathy,  which  increased  as 
years  passed  to  active  influence  in  their  behalf. 

To  demonstrate  my  hearty  interest  in  forwarding  the  farm  work,  I 
of  i en  as  I  afterwards  found,  exerted  myself  beyond  my  proper  physical 
endurance,  which  with  the  absorption  in  my  natural  history  work  told 
heavily  on  my  health.  It  was  often  necessary  in  the  busy  season  for  my 
father  to  employ  day  laborers  and  it  was  always  my  ambition  to  "lead  the 
field,"  which  I  was  always  able  to  do  except  in  the  heavier  work,  even  when 
a  young  boy  just  entering  the  teens.  My  evening  task,  before  retiring,  was 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  7 

to  write  in  my  journal  the  notes  of  the  day  and  to  change  the  dryers  in  my 
extemporized  botanical  press,  consisting  of  several  pieces  of  thick  board, 
cut  the  proper  length,  a  lot  of  old  newspapers,  and  a  heavy,  smoothly 
waterworn  stone  for  the  top  of  the  pile  to  afford  the  requisite  pressure. 
Many,  many  a  time  this  bedtime  task  found  me  almost  too  exhausted  by 
the  day's  labor  to  accomplish.  These  long  periods  of  overwork  undoubtedly 
laid  the  foundation  for  much  of  the  semi-invalidism  of  many  later  years. 

There  was,  of  course,  respite  in  seasons  when  farm  work  was  not  pressing, 
when  much  spare  time  could  be  found  for  collecting  trips  and  the  prepara- 
tion of  specimens.  My  excursions  were  generally  limited  to  the  radius  of  a 
few  miles  from  the  farm,  adjoining  which,  in  my  early  days,  were  a  few 
small  patches  of  virgin  forest.  But  the  ax  had  already  begun  to  thin  their 
ranks,  and  before  my  collecting  days  had  fairly  begun,  these  grand  old 
remnants  of  former  forest  conditions  were  swept  away  and  the  land  devoted 
to  farm  purposes  or  allowed  to  grow  up  in  a  shrubby  second-growth. 

My  excursions  extended  to  the  famous  new-red  sandstone  quarries  in 
East  Longmeadow,  my  first  visit  to  which  is  still  vividly  remembered. 
Other  trips  were  made  to  Mount  Tom,  with  boon  companions  —  sportsmen 
who  had  become  amateur  taxidermists  and  enthusiastic  general  collectors 
of  birds,  beasts,  fishes,  reptiles  and  insects,  for  the  Springfield  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  under  the  auspices  of  the  City  Library  Association.1 
One  memorable  trip  of  several  weeks  duration  was  made  to  visit  relatives 
in  Windsor  County,  Vermont.  The  physical  character  of  the  country 
was  in  strong  contrast  with  that  of  my  home  surroundings,  and  the  fauna 
and  the  flora  were  perceptibly  different.  Most  interesting  of  all  the  many 
excursions  in  this  new  field  was  the  ascent  of  Mount  Ascutney,  and  many 
samples  of  the  rocks  of  the  general  region  visited  were  taken  home  for  my 
cabinet.  A  second  trip  to  this  region,  made  in  August  of  a  later  year, 
included  a  visit  to  the  gold  washings  at  Springfield  (Vermont),  where  I 
spent  a  night  in  camp  and  gained  much  valued  information  respecting  the 
methods  there  employed  in  securing  the  precious  gold  dust  and  diminutive 
nuggets  that  barely  paid  for  the  time  and  labor  expended. 

My  several  terms  at  Wilbraham  Academy  prior  to  the  winter  of  1861-62 
had  been  a  serious  draft  upon  my  father's  limited  resources,  with  interest 
still  to  be  met  on  farm  mortgages  and  a  considerable  family  to  support, 
and,  eager  as  I  was  for  such  advantages,  I  could  not  consent  to  accept  his 


i  These  men  were  Caleb  W.  Bennett,  a  house  and  sign  painter,  who  will  receive  later  mention  in 
this  narrative;  Solomon  Stebbins,  a  paper  hanger;  and  Charles  Emery,  a  draughtsman  at  the  U.  S. 
Armory  at  Springfield.  Their  leisure  time  was  holidays  and  Sundays,  which  they  intelligently  and 
enthusiastically  devoted  to  natural  history  collecting,  and  their  evenings  to  the  study  and  preparation 
of  specimens  for  exhibition  in  the  Springfield  Museum. 


8  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

further  aid.  I  had  my  little  museum,  so  dear  to  me  that  it  had  seemed 
impossible  to  part  with  it  under  any  circumstances.  In  this  emergency 
it  occurred  to  me  to  offer  to  sell  the  collection  to  Wilbraham  Academy,  and 
use  the  proceeds  for  my  school  expenses.  To  my  surprise  as  well  as  delight, 
the  offer  of  sale  was  accepted,  and  to  this  extent  my  way  was  clear. 


SPECIAL  STUDENT  UNDER  Louis  AGASSIZ  (1862-1871). 

On  again  entering  the  Academy  I  found  a  congenial  spirit,  whose  tastes 
and  aspirations  were  similar  to  my  own,  but  under  better  guidance,  as  my 
new  friend  l  was  a  nephew  of  my  loved  teacher,  Professor  Marcy.  He  was 
planning  to  enter  the  Lawrence  Scientific  School  at  Cambridge,  to  become 
a  pupil  of  the  great  Agassiz.  Why  should  not  I  do  the  same?  The  balance 
still  due  me  for  my  collection,  if  paid  to  me  in  cash  would  enable  me  to 
establish  myself  at  Cambridge,  on  our  proposed  plan  of  hiring  an  inex- 
pensive room  and  boarding  ourselves.  The  necessary  preliminaries  having 
been  arranged,  we  arrived  in  Cambridge  early  in  February,  1862.  I  well 
remember  plodding  through  the  knee-deep  snow  of  Divinity  Avenue  to 
reach  the  Agassiz  Museum,  in  exceedingly  inclement  weather,  and  our 
cordial  greeting  by  the  great  scientist.  Plans  for  laboratory  work  were  at 
once  arranged,  and  also  for  attending  certain  of  the  courses  of  lectures  at 
the  Lawrence  Scientific  School  that  were  to  form  a  part  of  our  curriculum. 
Besides  those  of  Agassiz  himself  we  were  to  attend  the  course  by  Jeffries 
Wyman  on  comparative  anatomy,  a  course  on  physics  by  Joseph  Lovering, 
a  course  on  chemistry  by  Josiah  P.  Cook,  and  the  course  on  botany  by  Asa 
Gray,  all  eminent  specialists  of  world-wide  renown. 

I  had  naturally  chosen  as  my  specialty  the  study  of  birds,  and  was 
not  a  little  disappointed  at  having  assigned  to  me  the  same  task  as  that 
set  for  Mr.  Niles.  We  were  both  given  collections  of  corals  of  several 
genera  and  requested  to  find  out  their  methods  of  growth  and  laws  of 
development.  Not  a  hint  was  given  us  as  to  what  details  we  were  to 
look  for,  and  no  books  of  reference  were  suggested.  The  first  lesson,  we 
were  told,  was  to  learn  to  observe,  to  use  our  eyes.  Equipped  with  hand 
lenses,  we  proceeded  to  our  task.  After  a  few  hours  of  application  we  were 
asked  "Well,  what  have  you  seen?"  and  the  same  query  was  daily  repeated. 
We  reported  what  we  thought  we  had  discovered,  and  if  we  had  seen  aright 
w«-  ucre  encouraged  with  a  few  words  of  approval;  if  we  were  mistaken 

1  William  Harmon  Niles,  of  Worthington,  Mass.,  later  for  many  years  professor  of  Geology  and 
Physical  Geography  at  the  Boston  Institute  of  Technology. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

the  reply  was  "You  are  wrong;  you  must  look  again;  you  must  learn  to 
see." 

"We  were  not  left,  however,  without  friendly  words  of  intercourse  about 
other  matters.  The  great  master  was  engaged  with  his  own  work  in  the 
same  room,  which  was  in  the  southeast  corner  of  the  first  floor  of  the  first 
section  of  the  Museum,  of  which  this  was  at  that  time  the  only  part  con- 
structed. Agassiz  was  then  engaged  in  studying  the  great  DeKonink  and 
other  large  collections  of  fossil  mollusks,  at  that  time  recently  received  and 
not  fully  unpacked.  From  time  to  time  he  gave  expression  to  his  delight 
over  some  new  discovery,  and  to  the  trays  containing  the  specimens  and 
their  labels  were  frequently  added  new  labels  of  his  own,  on  which  the  name 
of  a  new  genus  or  a  new  species  was  written,  as  the  case  might  be.  His- 
workroom,  or  laboratory,  was  almost  daily  the  resort  of  eminent  scientists : 
Jules  Marcou  was  almost  a  daily  visitor,  when  the  conversation  was  always 
in  French;  Jeffries  Wyman  was  a  frequent  caller,  as  was  also  Benjamin 
Pierce,  the  eminent  mathematician;  on  the  days  when  Agassiz  gave  his 
lectures  many  distinguished  notables  from  Boston  were  present,  among 
whom  was  frequently  Oliver  "Wendell  Holmes. 

Besides  Agassiz  and  his  French  artist  Bourkhart  and  ourselves,  the 
room  was  occupied  by  the  osteological  preparator  Guggenheim,  with  whom 
conversation  was  always  in  German.  For  many  years  this  old  German 
worked  at  preparing  fish  skeletons  for  the  Museum,  whose  eccentricities 
of  dress  and  habits  will  be  long  remembered  by  the  Agassiz  students  of  that 
early  day.  He  was  an  inveterate  smoker  and  snuff-taker,  wore  a  wig,  and 
made  his  midday  coffee  amid  the  debris  of  his  work. 

Time  at  first  passed  slowly  with  the  two  new  students.  They  had  been 
given  a  difficult  problem,  and  weeks  passed  with  little  progress  in  its  solu- 
tion. It  was  a  trial  of  persistence,  of  character,  as  wrell  as  of  keenness  of 
observation,  a  test  to  show  whether  the  interest  of  the  student  was  real  or 
imagined.  While  our  efforts  wrere  at  times  disheartening  in  their  results, 
perseverance  and  continued  application  won  the  day.  Gradually  we  saw 
the  light  and  were  able  to  show,  each  in  his  particular  problem,  the  succes- 
sive stages  of  growth  in  the  young  coral,  and  discovered  the  law  governing 
the  multiplication  of  plates  in  the  successive  stages  of  growth.  We  were 
then  given  other  subjects  to  study,  Mr.  Niles  taking  up  crinoids,  while  I  was 
given  a  large  miscellaneous  collection  of  fossil  gastropods  to  assort  and 
arrange  according  to  their  relationships.  We  were  both  happy,  having- 
been  assured  by  our  great  teacher  that  we  were  making  good  progress  in 
"  learning  to  observe." 

Soon,  however,  I  contracted  a  bad  case  of  measles,  which  ended  in 
serious  impairment  of  my  eyes,  from  which  I  suffered  for  years  after.  For 


10  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

some  six  months  it  was  impossible  for  me  to  read  ordinary  print,  and  for 
several  years  I  could  not  use  my  eyes  for  evening  study. 

I  returned  to  my  Springfield  home  early  in  May,  equipped  with  tanks 
of  alcohol  (the  well  known  'Agassiz  tanks')  for  the  preservation  of  speci- 
mens. Although  in  wretched  health,  suffering  from  chronic  indigestion  as 
well  as  from  weak  eyes,  I  collected  over  four  hundred  specimens  of  animals, 
chiefly  vertebrates,  and  largely  birds,  besides  taking  a  share  in  the  farm 
work. 

On  my  return  to  the  Museum  in  the  autumn  I  ventured  to  express  my 
strong  desire  to  study  birds.  The  condition  of  my  eyes,  however,  was  a 
great  handicap.  The  mammals  and  birds  were  in  charge  of  A.  E.  Verrill, 
then  a  student  at  the  Museum  (later  professor  of  zoology  for  many  years 
at  Yale  University),  who  was  requested  to  assign  me  material  for  study. 
The  collection  of  birds  consisted  at  that  time  of  several  hundred  skins 
(possibly  a  thousand  or  two,  all  North  American),  and  several  thousand  in 
alcohol,  nearly  all  uncatalogued  and  the  alcoholics  unidentified.  I  began 
with  the  identification  and  cataloguing  of  the  alcoholics,  which  occupied 
most  of  my  time  for  many  months,  and  really  extended  over  years,  as 
new  collections  came  in.  I  soon  acquired  facility  in  recognizing  birds  in 
obscure  plumages  after  long  storage  in  alcohol,  their  feathers  wet  and 
colors  disguised.  It  was,  therefore,  good  training  in  the  art  of  "learning 
to  see."  My  weak  eyes,  however,  prevented  study  at  night,  and  even  the 
little  writing  required  in  entering  specimens  in  the  catalogue  often  entailed 
much  suffering.  I  attended  numerous  courses  of  lectures,  but  my  progress 
in  acquiring  further  knowledge  of  languages,  so  essential  to  a  scientific 
student,  was  for  a  considerable  time  at  a  standstill. 

At  this  time,  by  direction  of  Professor  Agassiz,  I  took  up  the  study  of 
Pterylography,  with  the  aid  of  C.  L.  Nitzsch's  classic  'System  der  Ptery- 
lographie'  (Halle,  1840),  and  made  many  preparations  in  illustration  of  the 
subject  from  both  fresh  and  alcoholic  material,  with  a  view  to  the  publica- 
tion of  an  extended  illustrated  monograph  of  the  Pterylography  of  the  Owls. 
Illness,  however,  retarded  the  work,  and  other  interests  and  duties  inter- 
vening, it  was  never  completed.  But  the  investigation  proved  of  great  use 
to  me  in  subsequent  work  in  ornithology.1 

Thus  the  time  passed  during  the  next  two  years  and  a  half,  my  vacations 
being  spent  at  home  collecting  specimens  for  the  Agassiz  Museum.  For 


1  Professor  Agassiz  thus  refers  to  the  subject  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology  for  the  year  1863,  p.  17:  "111  health  has  also  taken  away  Mr.  Allen  from  his  field  of  labors. 
I  regret  it  the  more  since  he  has  made  excellent  progress  in  Ornithology  and  promised  to  become  a 
valuable  assistant  in  the  arrangement  of  the  specimens  of  birds.  He  has  left  unfinished  a  very  interest- 
ing investigation  upon  the  structure  and  arrangement  of  the  feathers  of  birds." 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  11 

assistance  rendered  in  cataloguing  and  in  other  routine  work  at  the  Mu- 
seum, a  monthly  allowance  was  received  sufficient  for  my  necessary  living 
expenses,  together  with  a  furnished  room  in  the  Museum  dormitory,  known 
as  '  Zoological  Hall/  at  that  time  the  home  of  the  student  assistants  of  the 
Museum. 

During  the  summer  of  1864  I  made  a  trip  to  Sodus,  Wayne  County, 
X.  Y.,  where  several  weeks  were  spent  with  relatives.  The  region,  border- 
ing Lake  Ontario,  was  originally  heavily  forested,  and  some  of  the  virgin 
forest  still  remained.  The  type  of  country  was  new  to  me  and  intensely 
interesting.  A  large  collection  of  the  land  and  fresh-water  mollusks  was 
gathered  and  eagerly  studied,  and  a  few  insects,  mammals  and  birds  were 
collected,  including  a  few  species  of  both  mammals  and  birds  I  had  not 
before  seen  in  life. 

With  the  Agassiz  Expedition  in  Brazil  (1866}. 

During  the  winter  of  1864-65,  Professor  Agassiz's  usual  vigorous  health 
began  to  give  way  under  the  strain  of  years  of  incessant  work  and  care,  so 
that  a  change  of  scene  and  some  degree  of  relaxation  became  imperative. 
A  generous  Boston  friend  of  means  (Nathaniel  Thayer)  suggested  his  mak- 
ing a  journey  to  Brazil,  and  offered  to  provide  the  means  not  only  for  his 
own  expenses  but  also  for  a  small  corps  of  assistants.  This  kind  offer  he 
accepted.  It  was  then  early  in  March,  1865,  and  the  expedition  was  to 
start  as  soon  as  the  necessary  preparations  could  be  made.  On  March  12 
he  asked  me  if  I  would  like  to  join  the  expedition.  Naturally  I  accepted 
the  unexpected  invitation,  and  was  instructed  to  join  three  other  Museum 
assistants  who  had  also  been  invited  to  accompany  the  expedition,  and 
meet  him,  with  them,  at  a  designated  place  in  Boston  to  arrange  for  our 
passports.  Thus  suddenty  opportunity  opened  to  us  for  exploration  in  a 
distant  land.  \Ve  left  Boston  for  New  York  on  the  evening  of  March  26, 
and  sailed  for  Rio  de  Janeiro  on  April  2,  on  the  steamship  '  Colorado,'  of 
the  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Company.  The  'Colorado'  was  a  new  vessel, 
of  2000  tons,  then  regarded  as  remarkably  large  and  luxuriously  furnished. 
This  was  her  maiden  voyage,  and  Professor  Agassiz  and  his  party  of  six- 
teen persons  were  the  only  passengers. 

As  we  passed  down  the  coast  of  Virginia,  on  April  3,  heavy  masses  of 
smoke  were  seen  over  the  western  horizon,  which  the  Captain  of  the  'Colo- 
rado' believed  to  indicate  a  distant  battlefield.  But  it  was  not  till  May  16 
that,  news  of  the  fall  of  Richmond  reached  us  in  Brazil  and  confirmed  the 
Captain's  surmise  that  the  smoke  we  saw  on  April  3  was  from  a  great  battle 
—  the  closing  contest  of  the  civil  war. 


12  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

Early  in  the  voyage  Professor  Agassiz  began  a  series  of  lectures,  which 
was  continued  almost  daily  till  we  reached  Rio  de  Janeiro,  dealing  in  turn 
with  the  Gulf  Stream,  the  Sargosso  Sea,  embryology,  and  the  classification 
of  the  animal  kingdom.  \Ve  arrived  at  Rio  April  22,  after  an  exceptionally 
pleasant  voyage. 

Save  for  a  few  excursions,  by  rail  or  boat,  to  near  points,  the  whole 
party  remained  at  Rio  for  several  weeks,  but  work  was  organized  imme- 
diately on  our  arrival  and  collections  of  specimens  were  gathered  daily 
in  the  surrounding  suburbs.  At  the  same  time  preparations  were  under 
way  for  the  various  projected  expeditions  into  the  interior  that  were  to  oc- 
cupy us  the  rest  of  the  year.  Besides  the  six  trained  assistants  from  the 
Museum,  as  many  other  young  men  were  attached  to  the  expedition  as 
volunteers;  all  were  duly  assigned  positions  on  the  different  exploring 
parties.1 

Following  several  short  excursions  from  Rio,  including  a  two  weeks'  trip 
to  Mendez  and  the  Barra  do  Parahyba,  on  the  Dom  Pedro  II  railroad, 
some  60  miles  from  Rio,  I  was  assigned  to  one  of  the  parties  that  was  to 
visit  the  northern  Provinces  of  Brazil.  \Ve  left  Rio  de  Janeiro  June  9  for 
Petropolis,  a  beautiful  mountain  suburb  of  Rio,  where  wTe  spent  the  night.2 
The  following  morning  we  resumed  our  journey  by  a  mule-drawn  stage  for 
Juiz  da  Fora,  over  a  perfect  road,  making  the  100  miles  in  ten  hours,  with 
relays  of  mules  every  ten  miles.  The  road  traversed  a  highly  picturesque 
section  of  country,  parts  of  it  clothed  with  verdure  of  almost  Amazonian 
luxuriance,  while  flocks  of  toucans  and  large  parrots  frequently  attracted 
attention. 

At  this  point  we  were  to  outfit  for  our  long  journey  into  the  wilderness ; 
but  instead  of  finding  our  equipment  of  mules  and  camarados  awaiting  us, 
as  we  had  expected  (it  having  been  ordered  in  advance),  our  animals  were 
still  at  distant  ranches  and  nothing  was  in  readiness.  It  required  five  days 
to  assemble  the  mules  and  their  drivers.  It  was  June  15  when  our  little 
cavalcade  of  14  mules,  4  horses,  and  4  camarados  left  Juiz  da  Fora  for  the 
headwaters  of  the  Rio  das  Velhas,  some  300  miles  distant. 

We  reached  Barbacena  on  the  third  day,  where  Mr.  Ward  with  his  share 


1  The  personnel  of  the  Expedition,  in  addition  to  Professor  Agassiz,  was  as  follows:  Assistants 
from  the  Museum  staff:  John  G.  Anthony,  conchologist;  Charles  Frederick  Hartt,  geologist;  Orestes 
H.  St.  John,  geologist;  George  Sceva,  osteologist;  J.  Burkhardt,  artist.  Volunteers:  William  James,, 
later  the  eminent  psychologist  of  Harvard  University;  Edward  Copeland,  Newton  Dexter,  James. 
Hunnewell,  S.  V.  R.  Thayer,  and  Thomas  W.  Ward.  D.  Bourget,  a  French  naturalist,  joined  the  Ex- 
pedition at  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

1  Our  party  consisted  of  Orestes  H.  St.  John  (geologist  and  chief),  George  Sceva,  Thomas  W.  Ward 
(mineralogist),  and  myself.  We  were  to  travel  together,  however,  for  only  a  short  distance,  as  Mr. 
Ward  was  to  leave  the  party  at  Barbacena  and  Mr.  Sceva  at  Lagoa  Santa. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  13 

of  the  cavalcade  left  us  for  Diamantina.  We  were  delayed  here  several 
days  while  Mr.  Sceva  made  a  fruitless  side-trip  to  some  limestone  caves 
at  San  Jose  to  prospect  for  fossil  bones.  We  resumed  the  journey  on  the 
24th,  reaching  Morro  Velho  July  7  and  Lagoa  Santa  July  13,  much  of  the 
way  by  obscure  and  difficult  roads.  Here  we  spent  several  days,  collecting 
specimens  and  visiting  the  famous  bone  caverns  l  made  classic  by  the 
Danish  naturalist,  Dr.  P.  \V.  Lund,  who  was  still  resident  at  Lagoa  Santa 
and  whom  we  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting.  Six  days  later  we  reached 
Trahiras,  on  the  Rio  das  Velhas,  where  we  disposed  of  our  animals  and 
outfitted  with  a  large  canoe  and  boatmen  for  the  voyage  down  the  river. 
This  involved  another  delay  of  eight  days  although  our  river  equipment 
had  been  ordered  in  advance  and  was  supposed  to  be  awaiting  our  arrival. 
But  the  delay  had  its  advantages,  for  it  enabled  us  to  repack  the  collections 
we  had  made  en  route  for  shipment  to  the  United  States  and  gave  oppor- 
tunity for  making  a  large  collection  of  fishes,  besides  obtaining  many  birds 
and  mammals.  We  received  here  also  our  first  letters  from  home,  letters 
that  had  taken  three  months  to  reach  us. 

We  were  able  to  secure  a  boat  well  adapted  to  our  needs,  a  canoe  50  feet 
in  length  and  four  in  width,  dug  out  of  a  single  tree.  This  we  rigged  with 
outriders  and  covered  with  canvas  to  protect  us  from  the  sun  by  day  and 
afford  shelter  at  night.  We  named  her  the  'Gequitiba,'  an  Indian  name 
borne  not  only  by  the  tree  from  which  it  was  made,  but  by  the  fazenda  and 
village  from  which  we  outfitted.  We  also  supplied  ourselves  writh  a  smaller 
canoe  to  serve  as  a  tender.  Our  crew  consisted  of  four  boatmen,  a  cook, 
and  an  English  boy  we  had  previously  secured  at  Morro  Velha,  with  St. 
John  and  myself,  making  eight  persons  in  all. 

Our  journey  from  Juiz  da  Fora  (distant  about  120  miles  from  Rio)  by 
pack  train  to  Gequitiba  (or  Trahiras),  on  the  upper  Rio  das  Velhas,  was 
made  in  twenty  days  of  actual  travel,  the  distance  by  our  circuitous  route 
being  about  300  miles,  but  the  time  occupied  in  outfitting  for  the  two  jour- 
neys, and  in  various  delays  en  route  was  much  more,  so  that  the  time  be- 
tween our  arrival  at  Juiz  da  Fora  and  our  departure  down  the  river  was 
about  50  days  (June  9-July  31). 

On  July  31  we  left  Trahiras  to  descend  the  river,  reaching  its  junction 
(Barro  do  R\o  das  Velhas)  with  the  Rio  Sao  Francisco  August  28.  Our  pro- 
gress was  greatly  delayed  by  the  low  stage  of  water  rendering  the  numer- 
ous rapids  difficult,  and  in  some  instances  dangerous,  to  pass.  Nearly  every 
day  we  lost  several  hours  in  exploring  for  channels  that  would  permit  the 


1  Mr.  Sceva  was  left  here  to  make  further  exploration,  but  his  search  for  fossils  was  poorly  re- 
warded. 


14  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

passage  of  our  boat,  and  had  several  narrow  escapes  from  shipwreck. 
These  delays  gave  opportunity  to  explore  the  adjacent  country  and  to  make 
collections,  particularly  of  birds,  frogs,  fishes  and  mollusks.  The  river  is 
very  tortuous,  particularly  in  its  upper  course,  where  it  occasionally  returns 
on  itself  in  great  loops.  The  distance  by  land  between  Barro  do  Rio  do 
Gequitiba,  our  point  of  departure,  and  Barro  do  Rio  das  Velhas  is  said  to 
be  55  leagues  or  about  220  miles,  and  about  350  miles  (estimated)  by  the 
river.  Our  journey  down  the  river,  we  were  told,  was  one  of  the  quickest 
and  most  successful  ever  made  at  such  a  low  stage  of  water,  it  being  accom- 
plished in  twenty-one  days,  without  having  to  unload  the  boat  or  losing  any 
baggage.  We  were  fortunate  in  our  choice  of  boat,  as  with  an  ajojo  (two 
boats  lashed  together)  we  should  certainly  have  been  wrecked  in  passing 
rapids,  and  with  a  barca  (house  boat)  have  been  repeatedly  forced  to  un- 
load our  freight.  We  had  also  an  excellent  crew  of  boatmen,  who  often 
took  to  the  water  and  guided  the  boat  by  hand  through  dangerous  passes. 

We  remained  three  days  at  the  Barra,  where  we  were  obliged  to  get  a 
relay  of  boatmen,  and  left  September  1  for  Januaria,  arriving  there  Septem- 
ber 9.  The  Rio  Sao  Francisco  is  about  twice  the  size  of  the  Rio  das  Velhas 
and  unobstructed  by  rapids;  we  were  hence  able  to  make  good  progress, 
though  at  times  delayed  by  strong  head  winds.  While  at  the  Barra  we 
made  very  satisfactory  collections,  but  spent  much  time  in  unsuccessful 
efforts  to  obtain  barrels  and  spirits  for  our  specimens,  which  we  had  in- 
tended to  send  from  this  point  to  Rio  Janeiro  for  shipment  to  Cambridge. 
Consequently  we  were  obliged  to  take  them  with  us,  in  the  hope  of  being 
able  to  send  them  to  the  coast  for  shipment  home  via  Bahia  or  Pernambuco. 

During  the  three  months  since  we  left  Rio  de  Janeiro  it  had  become 
evident  that  my  physical  condition  rendered  it  impracticable  for  me  to 
attempt  to  carry  out  the  journey  as  originally  planned,  namely,  to  descend 
the  Rio  Sao  Francisco  to  the  Barra  do  Rio  Grande  and  then  cross  the  divide 
to  the  headwaters  of  the  Rio  Parahyba  do  Norte  and  thence  reach  the  coast 
in  Ceara.  After  long  consultation  we  decided  to  divide  our  party,  Mr. 
St.  John  to  attempt  to  complete  the  journey  as  originally  planned,  while  I 
was  to  remain  a  short  time  at  Januaria  and  then  continue  down  the  Sao 
Francisco  to  a  point  from  which  it  would  prove  practicable  to  make  an 
overland  journey  to  Bahia. 

In  accordance  with  this  plan  Mr.  St.  John  left  Januaria  in  our  small 
canoe,  with  one  man,  September  14,  with  the  alternative  in  mind  that 
should  it  prove  impracticable  to  make  the  Ceara  portion  of  the  journey  he 
was  to  join  me  again  at  Barra  do  Rio  Negro  for  the  overland  trip  to  Bahia. 
Pluck  and  perseverance  enabled  him  to  carry  out  the  original  schedule  of 
the  expedition,  though  short  of  funds  and  finally  seriously  ill  with  fever. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  15 

I  remained  at  Januaria  till  the  19th  (ten  days  in  all),  having  in  the 
meantime  sold  our  big  canoe  and  hired  a  barca  for  the  descent  of  the  Sao 
Francisco,  discharged  our  old  boatmen  and  engaged  others,  repacked  our 
collections  for  the  journey  to  Bahia,  and  made  several  excursions  into  the 
neighboring  country,  which  resulted  in  important  accessions  to  our  natural 
history  collection  and  many  pages  to  my  field  notes. 

The  journey  down  the  Rio  Sao  Francisco  was  made  comfortably,  save 
for  excessive  heat  (maximum  daily  temperature  80-98°  Fahr.),  and  without 
untoward  incident  beyond  frequent  delays  by  heavy  head  winds  and  by 
illness  of  the  boatmen.  I  decided  to  terminate  the  river  journey  at  the 
village  of  Chique-Chique,  which  point  we  reached  in  the  afternoon  of 
October  8,  the  descent  from  Januaria  to  this  point  having  occupied  18  days. 
Chique-Chique  is  530  miles  below  Januaria  and  about  580  miles  from  Bahia, 
by  the  overland  route. 

The  region  about  Chique-Chique  is  excessively  arid  and  the  heat  intense. 
It  was  near  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season,  which  had  already  set  in 
further  in  the  interior,  as  shown  by  the  slight  daily  rise  of  the  river  during 
my  descent  from  Januaria.  In  fact,  nearly  the  whole  journey  from  Lagoa 
Santa  to  this  point  was  made  just  in  advance  of  the  rainy  season,  occasional 
showers  at  different  points  indicating  its  near  approach. 

It  was  necessary  for  me  to  remain  several  weeks  at  Chique-Chique  for 
an  opportunity  to  join  a  pack-train  bound  for  the  coast,  there  being  con- 
siderable traffic  betAveen  this  point  and  Bahia.  The  caravans,  however, 
depart  infrequently  and  at  uncertain  intervals.  The  route  was  by  way  of 
Jacobina,  Arraial  do  Riacho,  Jacuhipe,  Villa  da  Feira  da  Sta.  Anna,  and 
Cachoeira. 

The  country  between  Chique-Chique  and  the  coast  at  Bahia  presents 
three  natural  regions,  which  are  plateaus,  differing  widely  from  each  other 
in  their  geological  features.  The  first  is  excessively  arid  and  extends  from 
the  Rio  Sao  Francisco  to  Jacobina,  a  distance  of  rather  more  than  200 
miles.  It  is  a  vast  limestone  plain,  practically  without  inhabitants,  so  that 
it  was  necessary  to  take  with  us  not  only  food  for  the  animals  as  well  as  the 
men,  but  also  drinking  water,  which  was  carried  in  large  leather  water  bags, 
as  in  parts  of  the  Far  East.  This  plain  rises  gradually  toward  the  east, 
culminating  in  the  Taboleira  de  Jacobina.  To  the  eastward  the  descent 
to  the  Jacobina  valley  is  abrupt,  through  a  narrow  precipitous  defile  known 
as  the  Tombador  (the  tumble-down).  Almost  vertical  walls  of  rock,  nearly 
a  thousand  feet  in  height,  surround  the  head  of  the  valley. 

The  second  or  middle  plateau  likewise  has  a  breadth  of  some  200  miles, 
extending  from  Jacobina  eastward  to  the  Sierra  da  Terra  Dura,  a  point 
midway  between  Jacobina  and  Cachoeira,  at  the  head  of  Bahia  Bay.  The 


16  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

underlying  rock  is  gneiss,  with  vast  exposures  of  bare  rock,  and  with  nowhere 
more  than  a  very  thin  covering  of  soil.  Slight  knolls  and  shallow  basins 
alternate,  with  rarely  a  difference  in  altitude  of  more  than  twenty  or  thirty 
feet.  Many  of  the  hollows  form  shallow  lakes  in  the  rainy  season,  from 
which  most  of  the  water  evaporates  in  the  dry  season.  At  frequent  inter- 
vals there  are  circular  holes  in  the  rock,  called  by  the  natives  caldeiraos, 
which  I  found  on  examination  to  be  genuine  pot-holes,  some  of  them  of 
great  size  (the  largest  one  measured  was  20  feet  in  diameter). 

A  considerable  descent  is  made  in  passing  from  the  middle  to  the  eastern 
or  coast  plateau,  which  is  characterized  —  at  least  along  our  route  of  travel 
—  by  the  general  absence  of  rock  exposures  and  heavy  superficial  deposits 
of  sand,  doubtless  from  the  abraded  plains  to  the  westward.  The  whole 
region  between  the  Sao  Francisco  and  the  sea  is  covered,  generally  speaking, 
with  low  open  forest,  or  catinga,  except  for  a  narrow  belt  along  the  coast, 
where  a  moister  atmosphere  permits  a  more  luxuriant  growth.  The  whole 
area  presents  a  barren  aspect,  the  vegetation  being  dwarfed  and  scanty  and 
the  aridity  excessive.  The  greatest  aridity  and  the  highest  temperature 
occurs  in  the  limestone  district,  where  little  or  no  moisture  is  precipitated 
for  nine  months  in  the  year,  and  where  all  the  herbaceous  vegetation  an- 
nually withers.  Cacti  occur  in  great  variety,  including  arboreal  forms  of 
gigantic  proportions.  With  the  exception  of  a  few  species,  the  trees  are 
leafless  throughout  the  long  dry  season,  and  the  streams  become  dry  or 
merely  form  chains  of  brackish  pools.1  The  convolvuli  and  other  vines 
clinging  to  the  arboreal  vegetation,  though  dead  at  this  season,  indicated 
the  presence  of  a  wealth  of  flowers  and  foliage  during  the  short  rainy  period. 
Our  train  comprised  several  score  of  pack  mules  and  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  riding  horses.  Eight  animals  were  necessary  for  the  transportation 
of  my  collections.  The  journey  occupied  several  weeks  of  rather  tedious 
travel,  Bahia  not  being  reached  till  about  the  end  of  November.  I  soon 
found  storage  in  a  warehouse  for  my  collections  until  I  could  arrange  for 
their  shipment  to  Boston.  They  included  several  cases  of  bird  and  mammal 
skins,  mollusks,  and  geological  specimens,  besides  some  six  or  eight  barrels 
of  fishes,  reptiles  and  other  vertebrates  in  alcohol.  These  required  repack- 
ing for  shipment,  new  casks  being  necessary  for  part  of  the  alcoholics. 
Some  days  later,  I  found  that  my  fine  work  in  repacking  was  only  temporary, 
for  at  the  custom  house  an  export  duty  of  85  per  cent  was  levied  on  natural 
history  specimens,  which  involved  the  opening  of  my  cases  for  inspection! 

As  I  knew  Professor  Agassiz  had  an  agent,  who  was  also  a  warm  personal 


1  I  found  the  water  at  midday  in  some  of  the  trickling  streams  we  crossed  had  a  temperature  of 
102°  F. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  17 

friend  of  his,  at  Bahia,  I  had  anticipated  little  trouble  in  arranging  for  my 
passage  home  and  the  forwarding  of  my  collections.  It  unfortunately 
happened  that  he  was  absent  at  this  time  from  the  country,  and  also  that 
no  provision  had  been  made  for  the  arrival  of  any  of  the  fi<  Id  parties  at  this 
point,  and  consequently  that  no  arrangements  had  been  made  for  sending 
home  any  members  of  the  Expedition  or  their  collections  from  Bahia.  I 
was  thus  received  as  a  stranger,  arid  as  my  funds  had  become  exhausted, 
and  I  was  also  seriously  ill,  the  outlook  was  not  exhilarating.  It  was, 
however,  my  great  good  fortune  to  find  at  my  hotel  Captain  Joseph  Swift, 
of  Gloucester,  Mass.,  a  retired  shipmaster  now  acting  as  a  super-cargo  for 
a  Boston  firm  engaged  in  the  Brazil  trade.  I  revealed  to  him  my  straits 
and  he  immediately  took  me  under  his  care,  even  advancing  money  for  my 
expenses.  He  also  secured  passage  for  me  on  his  vessel  soon  to  sail  for 
Boston.  I  shipped  the  collections  by  the  steamship  'North  America'  of 
the  United  States  and  Brazilian  Steamship  Company. 

On  December  15  I  left  Bahia  on  the  Hanoverian  brigantine  '  Gehardina,' 
of  300  tons,  chartered  here  for  Boston  and  loaded  with  sugar  and  hides  by 
Captain  Swift,  who  with  myself  were  the  only  passengers,  payment  for  my 
passage  to  be  made  on  my  arrival  in  Boston.  The  accommodations  were 
primitive  —  a  berth  in  the  Captain's  cabin  under  the  companion-way,  the 
fare  conforming  in  character  to  what  would  be  expected  in  a  small  sailing 
vessel  in  the  commercial  trade.  The  officers  and  crew  were  Germans,  but 
some  of  the  former  could  speak  a  little  English.  During  the  three  weeks 
spent  in  Bahia  I  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  number  of  foreigners  resident 
in  the  city,  among  them  several  who  were  much  interested  in  scientific 
pursuits,  notably  Dr.  O.  Wucherer  and  Charles  Williams. 

The  '  Gerhadina'  was  favored  for  a  month  with  fine  weather  and  made  a 
quick  voyage  as  far  as  Cape  Hatteras,  with  a  fair  prospect  of  reaching 
Boston  in  less  than  forty-five  days  from  Bahia.  But  January  21,  in  passing 
the  Cape,  we  were  suddenly  struck  by  a  furious  gale,  which  rapidly  drove 
us  off  our  course  to  the  eastward.  We  were  constantly  under  close-reefed 
sails  for  fourteen  days,  the  wind  shifting  about  every  twelve  hours  from 
northwest  to  northeast,  and  back  again,  with  tremendously  heavy  cross 
seas.  At  the  end  of  this  period  the  ship  had  become  strained  and  was 
leaking,  the  food  supply  was  getting  short,  and  as  a  last  resource  Captain 
Swift  and  Captain  Aalderks  decided  to  try  to  make  Bermuda,  then  not  far 
away.  But  as  we  had  not  seen  the  sun  for  two  weeks,  it  was  dangerous  to 
trust  to  dead  reckoning  in  attempting  to  make  so  difficult  a  port  in  stormy 
weather.  So  the  'Gerhadina'  was  soon  headed  southward  for  St.  Thomas, 
the  harbor  of  last  resort  for  North  Atlantic  seamen  in  distress.  In  a  short 
time  we  passed  into  smoother  water  and  in  due  time  reached  the  harbor 


18  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

of  St.  Thomas,  which  we  found  filled  with  shipping  driven  thither,  like 
ourselves,  by  stress  of  weather,  most  of  the  vessels  with  broken  masts  or 
otherwise  seriously  disabled.  Not  a  few,  as  we  learned  later,  caught  in 
this  memorable  storm  were  never  again  heard  from,  and  our  ship  was  among 
those  reported  as  overdue  and  supposed  to  have  been  lost. 

A  week  at  St.  Thomas  sufficed  for  repairs  and  the  taking  on  of  fresh 
supplies,  and  gave  me  time  to  gather  a  small  general  collection  of  natural 
history  specimens,  and  we  were  again  on  our  way  north,  with  fine  weather 
and  full  sails  as  far  as  the  dreaded  Cape,  when  we  again  encountered  heavy 
gales  and  were  driven  from  our  course.  It  was  overcast  and  stormy  with 
high  winds  for  the  rest  of  the  voyage;  wre  hoped  we  still  held  enough  westing 
to  make  our  port,  but  were  in  doubt,  as  we  were  again  dependent  on  dead 
reckoning.  It  was  therefore  a  crucial  time  when  at  sunset  of  a  boisterous 
March  day  the  sailors  were  sent  aloft  to  shorten  sail,  preparatory  to  laying- 
to  for  the  night,  presumably  near  the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island,  but  with 
doubt  as  to  whether  we  should  not  be  so  far  off  our  course  as  to  render 
necessary  another  long  voyage  to  recover  our  lost  westing.  Shortly,  how- 
ever, the  sailors  from  the  topmast  announced  a  light,  and  soon  after  a 
second  light,  thus  making  us  sure  of  the  position  of  the  ship  and  the  course 
to  lay.  The  next  morning  the  'Gerhadina'  was  anchored  in  the  harbor  of 
"\Voods  Hole,  and  a  few  days  later  ended  her  ninety  days'  voyage  from  Bahia 
to  Boston. 

"When  I  left  Bahia  I  was  rather  glad  that  the  fates  had  determined  that 
I  was  to  make  the  voyage  home  in  a  sailing  vessel,  and  on  completing  it  I 
was  still  glad  I  had  had  the  opportunity  of  such  a  varied  experience.  I  had 
seen  the  ocean  for  weeks  in  its  most  amiable  moods,  and  I  had  seen  it  again 
for  weeks  in  its  most  angry  paroxysms.  The  trade-wind  belts,  the  doldrums 
with  their  huge,  slowly  rolling  swells,  the  North  Atlantic  in  its  February 
anger,  were  all  precious  memories.  The  Sargosso  Sea  had  added  specimens 
of  the  surface  life  of  the  sea  to  my  collections  —  minute  mollusks  and  a  varied 
assortment  of  crustaceans  gathered  from  the  gulf  weed  —  and  many  observa- 
tions on  sea-birds,  flying-fishes,  and  the  atmospheric  phenomena  of  mid- 
ocean. 

Collecting  Trip  to  the  Middle  West  (1867}. 

During  the  last  two  months  of  the  voyage  my  health  naturally  improved, 
but  I  had  suffered  so  long  from  chronic  indigestion  and  intestinal  troubles, 
and  especially  during  my  journey  in  Brazil,  that  I  finally  felt  it  best  to  try 
and  abandon  my  ideal  of  a  life  devoted  to  natural  history  research,  and 
accordingly  resigned  my  position  at  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES.  19 

and  returned  to  the  farm.  Vith  this  change  of  occupation  my  health 
improved,  and  with  it  my  old  love  strengthened.  During  the  winter  of 
1866—1867,  the  point  of  non-resistance  was  reached,  and  I  planned  a  natural 
history  collecting  trip  to  the  Middle  West,  in  parts  of  which  several  of  my 
mother's  brothers  and  sisters  had  settled  as  pioneers,  thus  affording  me 
convenient  bases  from  which  to  prosecute  my  work.  I  was  successful  in 
securing  orders  in  advance  for  specimens  of  both  animals  and  plants,  and 
so  successful  in  filling  the  orders  that  after  thousands  of  miles  of  travel  and 
the  acquisition  of  a  most  valuable  experience  I  returned  home  free  of  debt, 
and  therefore  perfectly  satisfied  with  the  results.  This  trip  furnished 
material  for  several  faunal  papers,  published  in  the  'Proceedings'  and 
'  Memoirs '  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History. 

The  month  of  May  was  spent  near  Sodus  Bay,  on  Lake  Ontario.  Dur- 
ing June  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences  was  the  point  from  which 
excursions  were  made  into  the  adjoining  country,  including  a  trip  to  Rich- 
mond, Indiana,  where  as  a  guest  of  a  fellow  naturalist,  I  passed  one  of  the 
most  enjoyable  weeks  of  my  life,  collecting  fossils  as  well  as  birds,  insects 
and  shells.  Several  weeks  were  spent  in  north-central  Illinois,  and  also  in 
the  vicinity  of  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  During  most  of  July  and  August  I  was 
a  guest  of  the  Iowa  Geological  Survey,  through  the  kindness  of  the  State 
Geologist,  Dr.  Charles  A.  White,  and  of  his  field  assistant,  my  friend 
Orestes  H.  St.  John,  who  had  been  a  fellow-student  with  me  at  the  Cambridge 
Museum  and  my  companion  on  the  Brazil  expedition.  I  accompanied 
him  during  his  reconnaissance  of  an  area  about  sixty  miles  square  in  south- 
west-central Iowa  (mainly  the  nine  counties  of  Dallas,  Guthrie,  Boone, 
Greene,  Carroll,  Crawford,  Sac,  Calhoun  and  Audubon),  the  greater  part 
of  which  region,  and  thence  westward  to  the  Missouri  River,  was  still 
practically  an  unsettled  wilderness.  Our  camp  wagon  was  our  sole  shelter 
and  our  immediate  source  of  supply,  and  our  teamster-cook  our  only  human 
associate  for  many  days  together.  Here  I  made  general  collections,  but 
for  the  most  part  found  plants  and  insects  the  most  profitable,  securing 
during  the  trip  several  species  of  each  that  proved  to  be  new  to  science. 
On  my  return  I  spent  a  few  weeks  in  southern  Michigan,  and  made  another 
short  stay  at  Sodus,  N.  Y. 

This  out  of  door  life  proved  of  great  benefit  to  my  health,  and  while 
still  in  the  West  I  wrote  to  Professor  Agassiz  that  I  felt  again  equal  to 
resuming  my  duties  at  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  His  response 
was  a  most  cordial  invitation  to  return,  and  in  October  I  resumed  my  post, 
where  I  remained  uninterruptedly  for  the  next  eighteen  years,  except  when 
in  the  field  on  Museum  expeditions,  as  noted  in  the  following  narrative.  I 
had  already  been  placed  in  charge  of  the  departments  of  mammals  and  birds 


20  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

when  I  accompanied  the  Agassiz  Expedition  to  Brazil,  in  1865,  and  in  1871 
was  promoted  to  the  official  status  of  "  assistant  in  ornithology,"  and  con- 
tinued as  acting  curator  of  mammals  and  birds  till  my  resignation  in  1885 
to  assume  similar  duties  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  in 
New  York. 

East  Florida  Expedition  (1868-1869}. 

In  the  winter  of  1868-1869  I  conducted  a  three  month's  exploration  of 
the  country  bordering  the  St.  John's  River  in  eastern  Florida,  between 
Jacksonville  and  Enterprise,  which  furnished  the  basis  of  my  paper  'On 
the  Mammals  and  Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida,'  etc.,  published  in  the 
'Bulletin'  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  (April,  1871).  This 
journey  was  made,  with  two  volunteer  assistants,  in  a  ship's  yawl  fitted 
with  a  large  sail.  As  the  country  was  then  only  slightly  settled  above 
Pilatka,  our  boat  was  our  home  and  base  of  supplies,  but  at  times  we  occu- 
pied rude  huts  that  had  been  deserted  by  their  former  occupants.  Para- 
keets were  still  abundant,  and  alligators  had  almost  undisputed  possession 
of  the  bayous  and  river  banks.  At  certain  points  of  our  journey  no  human 
beings  were  seen  for  many  days  together  except  the  members  of  our  own 
party. 

ASSISTANT  AT  MUSEUM  OF  COMPARATIVE  ZOOLOGY  (1871-1885). 
Great  Plains  and  Rocky  Mountain  Expedition  (1871-1872}. 

In  April,  1871,  I  started  on  a  nine  months'  collecting  trip  to  the  Great 
Plains  and  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  the  interest  of  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology,  with  two  assistants,  Richard  Bliss,  a  fellow-student  at 
the  Agassiz  Museum,  and  Caleb  W.  Bennett,  of  Springfield,  Massachusetts. 
Mr.  Bliss  returned  to  Cambridge  about  the  beginning  of  August,  Mr. 
Bennett  remaining  with  me,  as  hunter  and  taxidermist,  till  the  end  of  the 
expedition  in  January,  1872.  General  collections  were  made  at  intervals 
from  the  Missouri  River  to  Great  Salt  Lake,  Utah.  As  western  Kansas 
was  then  subject  to  raids  by  hostile  Indians,  we  were  provided  with  letters 
of  introduction  from  Major-General  Pope,  Commander  of  the  Department 
of  the  Missouri,  to  the  commandants  of  the  military  posts  near  our  proposed 
route  in  Kansas  and  Wyoming,  requesting  them  to  aid  the  expedition  by 
providing  escorts  and  transportation,  should  such  assistance  prove  neces- 
sary. Accordingly  Fort  Hays  was  selected  as  the  most  convenient  base 
from  which  to  hunt  buffalo,  where  a  vacant  suite  of  unoccupied  officer's 
quarters  was  assigned  us  for  use  during  the  six  weeks  we  spent  at  this  point, 
making  collections  of  the  most  varied  and  comprehensive  character. 

We  began  work  at  Leavenworth,  where  we  spent  the  first  ten  days  of 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  21 

May,  and  then  went  to  Topeka,  remaining  there  about  two  weeks  collecting, 
chiefly  birds,  fishes,  reptiles,  and  insects.  We  arrived  at  Fort  Hays  May 
26,  where  we  remained  till  July  3,  becoming  well  acquainted  with  the  sur- 
rounding country  while  waiting  for  the  military  escort  we  were  assured 
was  necessary  for  our  safety  in  going  out  to  the  buffalo  range,  some  thirty 
miles  northwest  of  the  post.  The  cavalry,  however,  was  absent  on  escort 
duty  with  government  supply  trains  and  the  date  of  their  return  was 
tantalizingly  indefinite.  While  waiting  for  several  weeks  for  this  alleged 
essential  to  our  buffalo  work,  we  made  the  acquaintance  of  Charles  Clark- 
son,  a  professional  buffalo  hunter  who  for  several  years  had  hunted  buffalo 
in  winter  for  shipment  to  the  eastern  cities.  This  intelligent,  enterprising 
and  level-headed  New  Englander,  who  lived  in  a  dugout  on  the  outskirts 
of  the  military  reservation,  who  owned  a  good  pair  of  mules  and  a  wagon, 
and  was  familiar  with  the  ways  of  the  Sioux  Indians,  assured  us  it  would  be 
quite  safe  to  go  on  a  buffalo  hunt  without  the  encumbrance  of  a  military 
escort.  As  he  was  willing  to  act  as  our  scout  and  hunter  and  furnish  us 
with  the  necessary  transportation  for  a  reasonable  consideration,  we  deemed 
it  safe  to  trust  to  his  judgment  regarding  the  risks  entailed. 

WTe  left  Fort  Hays  on  our  buffalo  hunt  June  21,  returning  four  days 
later  with  a  wagon  load  of  buffalo  skeletons  and  skulls,  besides  leaving  on 
the  open  prairie  five  skeletons  we  had  prepared  that  we  were  unable  to 
bring  with  us  for  lack  of  room.  As  we  still  needed  an  old  cow,  and  had 
secured  no  calves,  Clarkson  and  I  returned  to  the  buffalo  range  the  next 
day,  and  at  the  end  of  another  four  days  had  completed  our  desiderata, 
having  not  only  secured  a  fine  old  cow  skeleton  and  a  number  of  young 
calves,  but  had  also  retrieved  the  skeletons  left  on  our  former  trip,  which, 
however,  we  found  had  been  somewhat  damaged  by  coyotes.  In  all  our 
spoils  numbered  .14  complete  skeletons  and  several  additional  skulls,  repre- 
senting both  sexes  and  various  ages,  from  yearlings  to  old  bulls  and  cows; 
also  the  skins  as  well  as  skeletons  of  five  young  calves.  The  time  thus 
occupied  was  eight  days,  involving  about  thirty-six  hours  of  travel.  We 
saved  no  skins,  except  those  of  the  calves,  as  at  this  season  the  old  coat  had 
been  shed  (except  of  course  on  the  shoulders  and  head)  and  the  new  coat 
was  so  short  that  it  barely  concealed  the  skin. 

The  experience  was  one  long  to  be  remembered,  as  we  took  no  camp  out- 
fit but  our  blankets,  a  little  flour  and  canned  fruits,  depending  naturally 
upon  buffalo  meat  for  our  main  subsistence,  buffalo  chips  supplying  us  with 
fuel.  Our  blankets  were  our  only  shelter  at  night,  and  our  wagon  was  the 
only  available  screen  from  the  hot  midday  sun,  under  the  shade  of  which  we 
crept  to  eat  our  dinner.1  We  saw  no  Indians,  but  the  landscape  was  every- 

i  Temperature  105°  F.  in  the  shade  on  one  occasion,  and  usually  over  100°  at  midday. 


22  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

where  dotted  with  small  bands  of  buffalos;  which  were  so  numerous  on  one 
occasion  that  they  darkened  the  plains  to  the  west  of  us  as  far  as  the  eye 
could  reach.  They  were  given  no  peace  by  the  skin  hunters,  several  parties 
of  whom  we  met  on  the  range.  The  skins  then  sold  for  two  dollars  each  at 
the  nearest  railroad  station.  Once  a  small  band  of  buffalo,  stampeded  by 
these  hunters,  sent  us  to  our  wagon  for  safety,  the  herd  passing  on  both 
sides  of  us  almost  within  arm's  reach. 

On  returning  from  the  buffalo  hunt  we  packed  the  collections  we  had 
accumulated  at  Fort  Hays  and  shipped  them  East,  part  to  Rochester  for 
preparation  and  part  direct  to  the  museum  at  Cambridge.  July  3  we  took 
the  train  for  Denver,  and  at  daylight  the  next  morning  obtained  our  first 
view  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  snowfields  on  the  higher  peaks  coming 
clearly  into  view  with  the  rising  of  the  sun.  We  spent  two  days  at  Denver, 
outfitting  for  a  wagon  trip  into  the  mountains,  and  left  for  South  Park 
on  the  afternoon  of  July  6,  camping  the  first  night  on  Turkey  Creek,  just 
behind  the  first  range  of  foothills.  While  in  Denver  we  had  noticed  a  band 
of  about  300  Ute  Indians,  encamped  on  the  outskirts  of  the  city,  who  had 
come  in  to  receive  their  annual  supplies  from  the  United  States  Government, 
and  to  barter  their  robes  and  other  furs  with  the  people  of  Denver.  They 
swarmed  through  the  town  on  horseback,  men,  women  and  children,  clad 
in  their  native  costumes,  their  faces  painted,  and  their  persons  decorated 
with  beads  and  brass  and  tin  trinkets.  They  were  nearly  all  bare-headed, 
their  coarse  jet  black  hair  reaching  usually  to  their  shoulders.  Some  wore 
hats,  or  hats  and  coats,  and  a  few  full  suits  of  wrhite  man's  clothes,  but 
usually  a  deer  skin  or  a  woolen  blanket  wrapped  about  them  wras  the  princi- 
pal article  of  clothing.  It  was  our  first  sight  of  the  red  man  in  his  native 
splendor  and  naturally  these  Indians  greatly  interested  us.  But  great  was 
our  disgust  to  find  that  they  had  left  Denver  for  the  mountains  just  ahead 
of  us  and  were  encamped  only  a  few  hundred  yards  beyond  the  place  we 
had  chosen  for  our  own  camp.  While  they  might  be  'honest  Indians'  our 
guide  deemed  it  best  for  us  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  our  horses  and  other 
belongings.  We  decided  to  stay  in  camp  in  the  morning  till  they  passed  on. 
They  broke  camp  early  and  we  did  not  anticipate  meeting  them  again. 
In  this  we  were  disappointed,  for  we  found  they  had  gone  only  a  few  miles 
and  again  encamped.  Thus  we  passed  and  repassed  each  other's  camps  for 
several  days,  until  we  decided  to  remain  for  some  time  at  a  point  that 
offered  good  collecting,  in  the  hope  that  they  would  continue  on  their 
journey  and  we  should  be  rid  of  their  visits.  But  this  plan  failed,  as  we 
again  overtook  them  and  they  later  became  once  more  a  nuisance.  They 
were  friendly,  indeed  quite  too  familiar,  and  inveterate  beggars,  particu- 
larly for  tobacco  and  matches. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  23 

Our  journey  to  South  Park  was  of  great  interest,  not  only  for  its  scenic 
features  but  for  the  transitions  in  the  fauna  and  flora  as  we  advanced  to 
higher  altitudes.  We  reached  the  base  of  Mount  Lincoln,  at  the  northern 
end  of  the  Park,  July  19,  where  we  camped  for  a  week,  extending  our  collect- 
ing trip  to  above  timber  line.  On  the  top  of  Mount  Lincoln  we  found  the 
pipit  (Anthus  rubescens}  breeding,  and  collected  specimens  of  a  new  species 
of  rosy  finch  (Leucosticte  australis),  and  at  timber  line,  in  the  taluses  ob- 
tained about  thirty  specimens  of  a  new  pica  (Ochotona  saxatilis  Bangs, 
described  in  1899  from  the  specimens  we  collected  in  1871).  We  returned 
from  South  Park  by  way  of  Pike's  Peak,  Manitou  Springs  and  the  Garden 
of  the  Gods.1  We  remained  here  nearly  a  week  collecting  and  thence  pro- 
ceeded along  the  outer  base  of  the  foothills  northward  to  Denver,  where 
we  arrived  August  18,  the  trip  having  occupied  a  little  more  than  six  weeks. 

Our  next  collecting  point  was  Cheyenne,  where  we  spent  ten  days,  and 
then  Bennett  and  I  (Mr.  Bliss  having  returned  to  Cambridge)  went  direct 
to  Ogden,  Utah.  This  was  our  base  for  the  next  seven  weeks,  from  which 
we  made  excursions  to  the  northern  end  of  Great  Salt  Lake.  Here  we  found 
avocets,  stilts,  phalaropes  and  other  marsh  and  shore  birds  plentiful,  and 
an  abundance  of  ducks,  terns  and  gulls.  We  also  obtained  many  fishes, 
mollusks  and  crayfishes. 

October  9  we  took  the  tram  east  to  Green  River,  where  we  remained 
till  the  17th.  Here  we  also  secured  many  fishes  from  pools  and  streams, 
and  made  a  considerable  collection  of  fossil  fishes  from  the  famous  Green 
River  shales,  but  high  winds,  ice  and  snow  rendered  collecting  difficult. 

From  Green  River  wre  went  to  Fort  Fred  Steele,  arriving  at  3  A.  M., 
October  18.  This  was  the  point  we  had  selected  from  which  to  make  our 
departure  into  the  mountains  for  big  game.  We  soon  found,  however,  that 
this  plan  was  impracticable,  owing  to  the  expense  and  the  uncertainty  of 
the  results.  Fortunately  at  this  juncture  I  met  Messrs.  Ferris  and  Hunt, 
professional  hunters,  who  were  supplying  game  ^to  the  eastern  markets  as  a 
business.  I  soon  made  an  agreement  with  them  to  furnish  a  specified 
number  of  the  various  kinds  of  such  big  game  as  could  be  obtained  in  this 
region,  for  a  certain  price  per  head,  to  be  delivered  to  us  at  Percy,  a  station 
on  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  about  thirty  miles  east  of  Fort  Steele. 

After  packing  and  shipping  the  collections  made  at  Fort  Steele,  which 
included  among  other  things  several  boxes  of  fossils,  we  went  to  Percy, 
where  we  remained  from  October  20  till  December  18.  Percy  consisted 
at  this  time  of  the  railway  station,  a  small  hotel,  and  one  or  two  occupied 
log-cabins  and  many  vacant  ones, —  all  that  was  left  of  what  a  few  years 

1  There  were  only  a  few  log-cabins  and  a  post-office  at  the  present  site  of  Colorado  Springs,  and 
Manitou  was  merely  a  name. 


24  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES. 

before,  while  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  was  under  construction  at  this 
point,  was  a  booming  railroad  town.  Some  of  the  houses  wTere  in  decay 
and  others  had  been  removed,  but  the  evidences  of  its  former  activities 
were  shown  by  those  remaining  and  the  characteristic  debris  of  tin-cans, 
empty  bottles  and  other  refuse.  We  hired  for  our  workshop  a  log  cabin 
that  had  previously  seen  service  as  a  saloon,  as  it  was  large  and  fairly  well 
lighted.  It  served  our  purpose  admirably.  Here  for  two  months  we 
worked  six  days  a  week  in  preparing  the  big  game  delivered  to  us  at  fre- 
quent intervals  by  Ferris  and  Hunt,  as  per  contract.  About  one  day  in 
seven  we  devoted  to  hunting,  and  added  thus  to  our  spoils  several  ante- 
lopes and  coyotes,  jack-rabbits  and  cottontails,  besides  many  birds,  includ- 
ing a  large  series  of  sage  grouse,  then  so  abundant  that  Bennett  and  I,  on 
one  occasion,  shot  thirty  in  an  hour  —  all  we  could  carry  to  camp,  and 
could  have  killed  as  many  more  the  next  hour  had  we  needed  them.  As 
no  hay  or  similar  material  could  be  obtained  at  Percy,  we  had  to  substi- 
tute dry  grass  for  filling  the  skins  of  the  mammals,  and  to  obtain  this  we 
had  to  tramp  to  a  moist  ravine  a  mile  and  a  half  away,  cut  it  with  our 
hunting  knives  and  carry  it  home  on  our  backs.  A  journey  of  a  hun- 
dred miles  by  rail  to  Laramie  was  necessary  to  obtain  material  for  pack- 
ing cases,  namely,  discarded  dry-goods  boxes,  which  we  dismantled  and 
shipped  as  freight  to  Percy  and  remade  to  suit  our  needs.  Roughing  out 
skeletons  and  preparing  skins  of  deer,  elk,  mountain  sheep  and  antelope 
occupied  our  time  and  kept  us  confined  to  our  laboratory  for  the  greater 
part  of  these  eight  weeks,  but  our  enthusiasm  was  well  sustained  by  the 
results,  and  now  and  then  a  day's  tramp  through  the  sage  brush  and  snow 
relieved  the  monotony. 

Our  shipment  of  17  large  cases  from  Percy  included  skins  and  skeletons 
of  8  elk,  12  black-tailed  deer,  1  white-tailed  deer,  25  prong-horned  antelopes, 
and  11  bighorn  sheep;  also  35  skulls  of  antelope  and  a  fine  series  of  the  skulls 
of  elk  and  black-tailed  deer,  besides  small  game  (coyotes,  foxes,  porcupines, 
beaver,  rabbits,  etc.)  and  birds.  It  nearly  filled  a  freight  car,  and  was 
shipped  on  December  17,  but,  as  will  be  explained  later,  did  not  reach  its 
destination  for  several  months. 

On  the  19th  we  took  an  east-bound  train  for  Omaha,  already  twelve 
hours  ]ate  when  it  reached  Percy.  A  mile  and  a  half  east  of  Percy  we  ran 
into  a  snowbank  and  the  train  was  partly  derailed  and  delayed  for  another 
two  hours.  Between  Carbon  and  Medicine  Bow  we  were  again  stalled  in 
the  snow  for  twenty -two  hours,  where  we  had  to  await  the  arrival  of  a 
wrecking  train,  and  two  engines  to  replace  our  disabled  ones.  \Ye  got  our 
first  square  meal  in  two  days  at  Sidney.  "We  struck  another  heavy  snow- 
storm at  North  Platte,  and  at  Elkhorn,  near  Omaha,  it  was  necessarv  to 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  25 

divide  the  train  to  overcome  the  heavy  grade.  When  we  reached  Omaha 
at  9  A.  M.  of  the  22nd,  the  train  was  nearly  three  days  overdue.  It  was 
also  the  last  train  that  made  the  run  over  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  that 
winter,  owing  to  a  snow-blockade  which  lasted  for  several  months. 

As  I  had  already  made  an  arrangement  by  letter  with  Clarkson  of  Hays 
City  for  a  winter  buffalo  hunt,  we  left  Omaha  for  Kansas  City  at  4  p.  M. 
of  the  same  day,  reaching  Kansas  City  at  4  A.  M.  of  the  23rd.  Here  I  ob- 
tained free  passes  to  Ellis  and  return  for  Mr.  Bennett  and  myself,  and 
transportation  for  our  specimens  on  the  return  trip  to  Kansas  City  at  half 
rates,  and  thence  east  to  Boston  by  the  Merchant's  Union  Express  Company 
on  the  same  terms.  At  10.45  P.  M.  we  were  again  on  a  train  bound  west 
over  the  Kansas  Pacific.  At  11  A.  M.  the  next  day  we  were  stalled  in  a  snow 
drift  near  Bunkerhill.  At  Bunkerhill  we  found  five  freight  trains,  eleven 
engines  and  a  snowplow  stalled  in  the  snow.  At  3  P.  M.  orders  were  received 
for  all  trains  to  remain  here  till  the  storm  abated.  At  8.30  A.  M.  the  next  day 
(December  25)  our  train,  equipped  with  a  snowplow,  started  on  its  journey 
(temperature  12°  F.  below  zero),  but  in  an  hour  we  were  again  stuck  fast  in 
the  snow  in  a  cut,  but  were  finally  pushed  through  by  two  freight  engines 
attached  to  the  rear  end  of  the  train.  A  delay  of  an  hour  at  Fossil,  for 
switching,  gave  the  passengers,  at  11  A.  M.,  an  opportunity  to  procure  a 
luncheon  of  crackers  and  cheese, —  our  Christmas  dinner  and  the  first  food 
we  had  had  since  the  previous  evening. 

We  reached  Hays,  thirty  miles  west  of  Fossil,  that  evening.  Within 
sight  of  the  station  were  five  stalled  trains,  each  with  two  locomotives. 
Behind  us  were  two  freight  trains  with '  double-headers,'  and  two  snowplows, 
one  propelled  by  three  engines  and  the  other  by  four.  During  the  following 
night  the  wind  refilled  the  cuts  behind  us  between  Walker  and  Bunkerhill, 
causing  another  blockade. 

On  the  26th  I  went  to  Clarkson's  ranch  and  found  he  was  at  Coyote, 
fifty  miles  further  west;  but  there  was  no  train  west  till  the  evening  of  the 
28th,  when  we  reached  Coyote,  at  9.30  P.  M.  Fortunately  the  weather  had 
now  moderated,  and  on  the  29th  we  went  to  Clarkson's  camp  and  made 
arrangements  with  him  for  another  buffalo  hunt.  At  this  time  we  were  in 
quest  of  skins  for  mounting;  our  summer  hunt,  as  already  stated,  was 
primarily  for  skeletons.  Two  weeks  earlier  buffalo  had  been  abundant  as 
far  east  as  Coyote,  but  they  had  been  so  relentlessly  persecuted  by  hunters 
that  they  had  moved  west  and  were  now  massed  chiefly  between  Sheridan 
and  Wallace,  about  one  hundred  miles  to  the  westward.  Between  one 
hundred  and  one  hundred  and  fifty  hunters  were  said  to  be  in  constant 
pursuit  of  them.  It  was  roughly  estimated  that  at  least  15,000  buffalo  had 
been  killed  along  the  Kansas  Pacific  Railroad  during  the  year  (1871). 


26  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

We  were  prepared  to  start  on  our  hunt  on  the  morning  of  December  31, 
but  the  weather  turned  severely  cold  and  delayed  our  departure  till  the 
following  day,  January  1,  1872,  when  we  drove  south  with  Clarkson's  outfit 
for  nine  miles  and  then  returned,  finding  no  buffalo,  and  being  assured  by 
hunting  parties  we  met  that  there  were  no  buffalos  in  that  direction.  We 
lunched  at  Coyote  and  then  drove  north  nearly  to  the  Saline  River,  camping 
for  the  night  six  miles  north  of  Coyote,  and  the  following  night  on  the  South 
Fork  of  the  Solomon,  30  miles  from  Coyote.  The  next  morning  we  went 
northwest,  along  the  divide  between  the  Saline  and  the  Solomon,  to  a  point 
opposite  Buffalo  Station,*  thence  turning  north  and  camping  on  the  North 
Fork  of  the  Solomon.  We  saw  no  buffalo,  but  were  informed  by  returning 
hunters  that  there  was  a  large  herd  six  or  eight  miles  to  the  northward, 
where  a  band  of  Omaha  Indians  were  hunting  them.  The  next  night  we 
camped  on  a  tributary  of  the  Solomon,  ten  miles  northeast  of  Grinnell. 
During  the  day's  drive  we  saw  a  few  buffalo  about  2  p.  M.,  and  were  in  sight 
of  small  bands  for  the  rest  of  the  day,  but  they  were  too  wild  to  permit  of  a 
near  approach.  The  next  day,  January  4,  we  came  up  with  the  first  old 
bulls  about  five  miles  from  camp,  but  they  were  wary,  and  the  ground  was 
unfavorable  for  stalking  them.  The  weather  became  suddenly  threatening 
and  the  wind  keen  and  piercing  from  the  north.  Clarkson  and  his  partner, 
Alden,  deemed  it  imprudent  to  go  further  from  the  railroad,  as  if  a  storm 
should  overtake  us  we  would  be  far  from  shelter  and  without  wood.  They 
decided  to  return  toward  the  Saline,  from  which  point  we  could  easily  reach 
shelter  should  a  storm  render  it  necessary.  We  turned  southward  and  in  a 
few  miles  came  upon  a  small  herd  of  buffalo,  from  which  Clarkson  killed 
five,  Alden  three,  and  I  got  an  old  bull.  The  weather  continuing  cold  and 
the  sky  overcast,  with  signs  of  a  storm,  we  put  up  our  large  Sibley  tent, 
which  protected  us  from  the  wind  and  served  as  our  base  for  the  next  three 
days,  during  which,  although  buffalo  were  scarce,  our  hunters  secured  their 
loads  of  meat,  and  we  obtained  nearly  the  desired  number  of  skins.  On  the 
return  journey  we  secured  two  more,  reaching  Buffalo  Station  on  the  even- 
ing of  the  7th.  The  station  consisted  of  the  section  house  and  two  freight 
cars,  one  of  them  fitted  up  with  sleeping  bunks  and  the  other  serving  as 
kitchen,  and  a  water  tank  and  two  or  three  dugouts.  The  owner  of  one 
of  the  latter,  a  buffalo  hunter,  happened  to  be  absent  and  Mr.  Bennett 
and  I  slept  in  his  dugout.  Although  the  entrance  was  ankle  deep  with 
water,  and  the  floor  also  covered  with  water,  we  passed  a  comfortable  night, 
such  shelter  as  this  being  far  preferable  to  sleeping  out  of  doors  in  the 
chilling  south  wind  then  prevailing.  We  learned  here  that  the  buffalo  had 
left  the  whole  line  of  the  railroad,  presumably  driven  off  by  the  600  or  more 
Omaha  Indians  we  had  seen  encamped  on  the  Solomon.  So  we  felt  satis- 
fied that  we  had  done  as  well  as  was  possible  under  the  conditions. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  27 

We  drove  the  next  day  to  Coyote,  where  we  finished  preparing  our 
specimens  and  boxed  and  shipped  them.  They  included  eight  skins  and 
three  heads  of  buffalo,  and  skins  and  skeletons  of  two  lynxes,  several  coyotes, 
wolves  and  jack-rabbits,  and  a  few  birds.  We  settled  with  Clarkson  for  $50, 
which  sum  covered  our  transportation  and  board  for  a  week,  and  his  promise 
to  get  for  us  three  more  skins  of  buffalo  —  two  cows  and  a  yearling  bull, 
which  were  still  lacking  to  complete  our  series. 

We  left  Fort  Hays  for  the  East  at  3  P.  M.  on  January  12,  and  reached 
Cambridge  on  the  22d,  stopping  by  the  way  at  my  old  home  in  Springfield 
for  a  couple  of  days  to  visit  the  home  folks,  well  satisfied  with  the  results  of 
our  nine  months'  work  in  the  field.  We  had  collected  and  sent  to  Cam- 
bridge 200  skins,  60  skeletons  and  240  additional  skulls  of  mammals  (mostly 
large  species) ;  1500  bird  skins,  over  100  birds  in  alcohol,  and  a  large  num- 
ber of  nests  and  eggs;  a  considerable  number  of  fishes,  both  fossil  and  re- 
cent, and  a  few  mollusks,  and  many  insects  and  crustaceans. 

The  following  year  I  remained  at  the  Cambridge  Museum,  cataloguing 
and  labeling  the  rapidly  increasing  collections  of  birds  and  mammals. 


Yellowstone  Expedition  (1873). 

In  May,  1873,  Professor  Baird,  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  saw  an  opportunity  to  advance  our  knowledge  of  the  natural 
history  of  a  then  lit  tie  known  portion  of  the  Wrest  through  utilizing  oppor- 
tunities afforded  by  the  large  military  expedition  the  War  Department  was 
to  provide  as  an  escort  for  the  railroad  surveyors  who  were  to  locate  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  westward  from  Bismark.  A  number  of  promi- 
nent specialists  were  invited  to  cooperate  in  the  natural  history  work,  some 
of  whom  accepted  but  later  found  it  impracticable  to  join  the  expedition. 
I  was  invited  to  take  charge  of  the  work  in  vertebrate  zoology,  and  the 
authorities  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  kindly  granted  me 
leave  of  absence  to  accompany  the  expedition,  the  Museum  to  have  a  share 
of  the  duplicates  obtained.  The  large  scientific  staff  contemplated  at  the 
outset  dwindled  to  a  few  persons,  mostly  with  little  or  no  experience  in 
scientific  field  work,  so  that  I  was  installed  as  chief  of  the  party.  I  secured 
the  services  of  Mr.  C.  W.  Bennett,  who  accompanied  me  on  my  1871  expedi- 
tion, as  my  personal  assistant.  The  other  members  of  the  party  were  a 
geologist,  a  photographer,  and  an  artist,  the  latter  being  Mr.  Konopicky 
of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  The  photographer's  wagon  un- 
fortunately did  not  arrive  until  the  expedition  had  reached  the  Yellowstone, 
and  he  was  accordingly  greatly  handicapped  in  his  work. 


28  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

Mr.  Bennett  and  I  left  Boston  for  Bismark,  on  the  Upper  Missouri, 
May  27,  via  New  York,  Chicago,  St.  Paul,  Duluth  and  Fargo,  the  other 
members  of  our  party  joining  us  at  Xe\v  York.  Passenger  trains  were  then 
running  over  the  Northern  Pacific  only  as  far  as  Fargo,  North  Dakota. 
Construction  trains  were  in  use  beyond  this  point,  running  "on  orders"  at 
irregular  and  uncertain  intervals.  On  reaching  the  17th  siding,  some 
twelve  miles  or  more  east  of  Bismark,  we  had  orders  to  wait  over  till  the 
next  day  for  a  train,  or  return  to  the  16th  siding,  signifying  at  least  a  day's 
delay.  The  terrain  here  was  a  wet  grassy  prairie,  the  home  of  myriads  of 
mosquitoes;  the  shelter  for  the  night  was  a  box  car,  without  seats,  blankets, 
food,  or  even  potable  water.  It  seemed  better  to  complete  the  journey  on 
foot,  and  with  two  of  my  party  and  a  sergeant  from  Fort  Lincoln,  with  the 
mail  for  Forts  Lincoln,  Rice  and  Buford,  as  guide,  we  reached  Bismark  at 
midnight.  The  distance  from  Fargo  to  Bismark  is  200  miles,  which  re- 
quired nearly  three  days  to  make. 

Reported  the  next  day  at  Fort  Lincoln,  opposite  Bismark,  and  made 
arrangements  for  transportation  to  Fort  Rice,  some  twenty  miles  south  of 
Fort  Lincoln,  and  the  rendezvous  of  the  Yellowstone  Expedition,  where  we 
arrived  on  the  8th  of  June.  Here  our  party  was  most  cordially  welcomed 
by  Gen.  D.  S.  Stanley,  commander  of  the  Expedition,  who  assured  us  of 
every  assistance  possible  in  our  work.  Captain  H.  M.  Lazelle,  Company  H, 
8th  Infantry,  U.  S.  A.,  an  officer  greatly  interested  in  several  lines  of  scien- 
tific research,  was  detailed  to  take  charge  of  the  Scientific  Corps,  which  was 
assigned  to  the  Headquarters  Division  of  the  Expedition.  In  due  time  we 
were  provided  with  the  necessary  equipment,  comprising  two  (later  five) 
six-mule  baggage  wagons,  five  tents,  five  saddle  horses,  and  a  detail  of  a 
sergeant  and  three  soldiers  to  look  after  our  comfort  and  belongings,  one 
of  them  serving  as  cook. 

The  previous  year  the  survey  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  route  was 
seriously  impeded  in  the  Yellowstone  region  by  hostile  Indians.  Hence  a 
heavy  military  escort  was  this  year  provided  for  the  protection  of  the  engi- 
neer corps.  The  present  escort  comprised  1400  troops  and  400  civilian 
employees,  accompanied  by  a  train  of  300  wagons,  each  drawn  by  six  mules, 
and  1200  beeves  on  the  foot  to  furnish  fresh  beef  en  route.  The  escort 
comprised  the  famous  Seventh  Cavalry,  with  Gen.  George  A.  Custer  in 
command,  and  parts  of  the  Eighth  and  Twenty -second  Infantry,  and  a 
company  of  Indian  scouts. 

The  military  escort  broke  camp  at  Fort  Rice  on  June  20,  following  the 
engineers  who  had  taken  the  field  some  ten  days  before.  Our  course  was 
nearly  due  west,  and  the  first  objective  point  was  the  Great  Bend  of  Heart 
River;  a  later  landmark  was  the  crossing  of  Big  Muddy  Creek,  where  we 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  29 

were  detained  several  days  by  heavy  rains  and  high  water.  The  Big 
Muddy  was  finally  crossed  on  a  pontoon  bridge,  constructed  of  wagon 
bodies  filled  with  empty  water  casks.  It  required  the  greater  part  of  two 
days  to  make  the  crossing  after  the  construction  of  the  bridge.  We  reached 
the  Little  Missouri  July  11,  via  the  Bad  Lands  and  Davis  Creek.  The 
descent  of  the  latter  was  a  tedious  day's  march  of  twelve  hours,  to  gain  the 
same  number  of  miles  on  our  course.  The  stream  was  tortuous  and  the 
valley  narrow,  so  that  it  was  necessary  to  build  ten  corduroy  bridges  in  a 
distance  of  eight  miles.  The  infantry  was  deployed  in  single  file  in  the 
bluffs  on  each  side  of  the  creek,  to  prevent  a  surprise  attack  by  Indians. 
The  ford  of  the  Little  Missouri  was  over  a  treacherous  bottom,  and  before 
attempting  it  with  the  wagon  train  it  was  found  necessary  to  consolidate 
the  quicksands  by  treading  with  the  cavalry  and  the  herd  of  beeves.  It 
was  also  necessary  for  the  pioneers  to  construct  a  roadway  up  the  gorge  on 
the  west  side  hi  order  to  reach  the  plateau  on  the  western  side  of  the  river. 

The  Yellowstone  River  was  reached  July  15,  and  the  crossing  made  a 
few  days  later  by  means  of  the  steamboat  'Josephine/  which  met  us  here 
for  the  purpose  of  ferrying  the  expedition  across.  We  remained  in  camp 
near  this  point  for  two  weeks,  waiting  for  the  engineers  to  connect  their 
preliminary  line  with  their  work  of  the  previous  year.  A  stockade  was 
built  here  and  named  Camp  Thome,  at  which  a  large  quantity  of  supplies 
was  left,  with  a  strong  guard  of  troops,  including  two  squadrons  of  cavalry 
and  two  companies  of  infantry.  The  site  of  Camp  Thorne  is  now  the 
town  of  Glendive.  The  distance  from  Fort  Rice  to  Camp  Thorne  was  310 
miles. 

On  July  28  we  began  our  march  up  the  west  side  of  the  Yellowstone. 
Owing  to  the  bad  lands  bordering  the  river  our  line  of  travel  was  some 
distance  to  the  westward,  and  very  devious,  it  being  necessary  at  times  to 
make  long  detours  in  order  to  get  around  deep  ravines,  a  long,  hard  day's 
march  of  ten  or  twelve  hours  resulting  in  some  instances  in  a  gain  of  not 
more  than  two  or  three  miles  on  our  course.  We  passed  the  mouth  of 
Powder  River  July  30,  the  mouth  of  Tongue  River  August  4,  the  mouth  of 
the  Rosebud  August  7,  the  mouth  of  the  Big  Horn  August  12,  reaching 
Pompey's  Pillar  about  8  A.  M.  August  15,  190  miles  above  Camp  Thorne. 
This  was  the  end  of  our  reconnaissance  on  the  Yellowstone,  the  line  above 
Pompey's  Pillar  having  been  surveyed  the  previous  year.  On  the  17th  of 
August  we  turned  west  toward  the  Musselshell  River,  which  we  struck  at  a 
point  50  miles  northwest  from  Pompey's  Pillar  on  the  19th.  This  point 
marked  the  end  of  the  outward  journey. 

The  next  day  we  crossed  to  the  left  bank  of  the  Musselshell  and  followed 
down  this  river,  to  the  Big  Bend  of  the  Musselshell,  which  we  reached 


30  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

August  27.  We  then  struck  across  to  the  Yellowstone  along  the  divide 
between  Big  Porcupine  and  Little  Porcupine  Creeks,  reaching  the  Yellow- 
stone River  at  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Porcupine,  a  little  above  the  mouth 
of  Tongue  River.  Here  we  struck  our  outward  trail,  which  we  retraced  to 
Camp  Thome,  where  we  arrived  September  7,  and  later,  over  the  same  trail 
proceeded  to  Fort  Rice,  our  starting-point. 

The  daily  routine  of  the  march  was  usually  as  follows:  Reveille  at 
3  A.  M.;  breakfast  at  3.30;  tents  struck  at  5;  marching  at  5.30;  with 
variations  to  earlier  or  later  according  to  special  exigencies.  The  head  of 
the  column  usually  made  camp  at  from  12.30  to  3  P.  M.  ;  when  delayed  by 
bridging  streams  or  road-making,  camping  was  delayed  till  4.30  or  later  — 
once  till  6.40  and  once  till  7.30,  after  a  day's  march  of  ten,  twelve,  or  even 
fourteen  hours.  The  daily  distance  ranged  from  eight  to  twenty  miles, 
according  to  the  amount  of  delay  incident  to  bad  roads. 

Field  observations  and  collecting  were  usually  restricted  to  the  line  of 
march,  and  the  preparation  of  specimens  to  the  daylight  hours  in  camp. 
The  weeks  spent  in  camp  at  Fort  Rice  and  Camp  Thome,  and  the  delays  at 
the  crossing  of  the  Big  Muddy,  the  Little  Missouri,  and  at  a  few  other  points, 
were  utilized  to  the  utmost  by  Mr.  Bennett  and  myself  for  the  increase  of 
our  collections.  But  parts  of  the  journey  were  less  favorable,  owing  to 
Indian  trouble.  Indians  were  first  seen  watching  us  from  neighboring 
bluffs  near  the  mouth  of  Powder  River;  they  soon  became  bolder  and  were 
seen  daily,  when  orders  were  given  forbidding  straying  from  the  line  of 
march,  or  the  use  of  firearms  without  permission  from  the  commanding 
officer.  This  compelled  us  to  abandon  bird  collecting  and  side  excursions 
for  several  weeks.  The  first  attack  upon  the  Expedition  by  the  Indians 
was  an  attempt  by  them  to  ambush  the  advance  guard  of  cavalry,  while 
resting  at  midday  some  miles  in  advance  of  the  main  column,  about  twenty 
miles  above  Tongue  River.  Here  General  Custer,  with  seventy  men,  had 
a  four  hour  battle  with  about  300  Indians  on  August  3,  finally  charging 
and  dispersing  them.  But  while  the  battle  was  in  progress  a  part  of  the 
hostile  band,  hovering  along  the  left  flank  of  our  main  command,  suc- 
ceeded in  killing  several  of  our  stragglers,  including  the  veterinary  surgeon, 
the  sutler,  and  a  cavalryman.  During  the  fight  General  Custer  had  one 
private  wounded  and  several  horses  killed  and  others  wounded.  The 
extent  of  the  casualties  of  the  Indians  was  not  ascertained,  but  at  least 
two  were  killed  and  several  wounded.  Two  days  later  an  Indian  alarm 
caused  General  Stanley  to  halt  and  park  the  train,  in  preparation  for  an 
attack,  but  the  precaution  proved  to  have  been  unnecessary.  Indians  were 
seen,  however,  in  the  bluffs  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river,  and  a  few  shots 
were  fired  at  them  from  our  six-pounders,  which  effectively  dispersed  them. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  31 

On  the  8th  General  Custer  received  orders  to  advance  and  chastise  the 
Indians,  whose  hastily  abandoned  camps  we  had  been  passing  for  several 
days,  as  village  after  village  joined  the  main  band.  He  set  out  at  8  P.  M., 
with  450  cavalrymen  and  our  Indian  scouts,  and  by  a  forced  march  over- 
took them  about  daylight  on  the  morning  of  the  llth  near  Pompey's  Pillar. 
The  Indians  were  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river,  but  at  once  proceeded  to 
cross  and,  500  strong,  opened  an  attack  upon  him  from  all  sides.  The  fight- 
ing for  a  time  was  very  sharp,  but  finally  the  cavalry  were  ordered  to  charge, 
and  the  Indians  soon  scattered  in  every  direction.  Custer  had  three  men 
killed,  including  his  orderly,  and  Lieut.  Brayden  was  severely  wounded  in 
the  thigh.  For  the  next  twelve  hours  our  camp  presented  a  decidedly 
warlike  aspect,  with  our  battery  mounted  for  action  and  five  companies  of 
the  22d  Infantry  doing  picket  duty.  An  attack  seemed  probable,  but  our 
foes  evidently  decided  we  were  too  well  prepared,  and  slowly  retired. 

These  incidents  gave  proof  that  our  heavy  military  escort  was  not  a 
needless  demonstration.  It  was  only  three  years  later,  and  about  sixty 
miles  south  of  Pompey's  Pillar,  on  the  Little  Big  Horn,  that  General  Custer 
and  his  whole  command  were  massacred  in  a  fight  with  this  same  band  of 
Sioux  Indians. 

The  opportunities  for  natural  history  collecting  and  field  research  on 
this  expedition  were  far  from  ideal,  but  we  did  not  return  empty  handed 
nor  without  well-filled  notebooks.  Very  little  of  the  large  area  traversed 
had  previously  been  visited  by  a  naturalist,  and  was  still  unrepresented  by 
specimens  in  the  National  Museum.  Much  valuable  information  was 
gathered  respecting  the  general  character  of  the  country  and  its  biology,  a 
portion  of  which  was  promptly  published.1  Besides  the  birds,  their  nests 
and  eggs,  and  mammals,  small  collections  of  reptiles,  fishes,  insects  and 
plants  were  made,  and  also  of  invertebrate  fossils,  which  were  everywhere 
scarce.  The  badlands  were  searched  at  every  opportunity  for  vertebrate 
remains,  but  always,  to  our  great  disappointment,  in  vain.  Mr.  Konopicky, 
the  artist,  made  colored  drawings  from  life  of  the  few  fishes  obtained,  and 
many  excellent  sketches  of  geological  exposures  and  striking  topographic 
features  in  the  bad  lands.  The  photographer  also  secured  many  char- 
acteristic views  of  the  country  traversed.  To  me  it  was  an  experience  of 
great  value  from  the  naturalist's  point  of  view,  and  one  I  have  never  ceased 
to  recall  with  much  pleasure  for  its  personal  associations  and  its  dash  of 
military  flavor. 


i  Cf.  Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  portions  of  Dakota  and  Montana  Territories,  being  the 
substance  of  a  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  collections  made  by  the  North  Pacific  Railroad 
Expedition  of  1873,  Gen.  D.  S.  Stanley,  Commander.  By  J.  A.  Allen,  Naturalist  of  the  Expedition. 
Proc.  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  XVII,  pp.  33-91,  June,  1874.  Also  separately,  repaged. 


32  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 


Special  Collaborator,  U.  S.  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Terri- 
tories (1876-1882}. 

From  1874  to  1882  I  gave  much  the  larger  part  of  my  time  to  original 
research,  the  results  of  which  appeared  in  numerous  minor  papers  ard  in 
several  monographs.  The  first  of  the  latter  was  'The  American  Bisons, 
Living  and  Extinct,'  published  in  1876,  under  the  joint  auspices  of  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  and  the  Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky 
(N.  S.  Shaler,  Geologist-in-Charge).  In  1876,  with  the  approval  of  the 
director  of  the  Agassiz  Museum,  I  divided  my  time  between  this  institution 
and  the  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey,  of  which  for  the 
following  six  years  I  was  a  "  special  collaborator."  At  the  end  of  this  period 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey  was  reorganized  and  the  scope  of  its 
work  greatly  restricted.  Also  my  health  became  so  seriously  impaired 
that  I  was  obliged  to  suspend  almost  entirely  my  research  work  for  a  con- 
siderable period  (as  explained  later  in  this  narrative). 

My  work  for  the  Geological  Survey  comprised  a  number  of  minor  papers 
published  in  the  'Bulletin'  of  the  Survey  and  monographs  of  various 
families  of  North  American  rodents,  in  cooperation  with  the  late  Dr.  Elliott 
Coues,  published  in  1877  as  'Monographs  of  North  American  Rodentia,' 
forming  volume  XI  of  the  'Memoirs'  of  the  Survey.  In  1880  was  pub- 
lished my  'History  of  North  American  Pinnipeds,  a  Monograph  of  the 
Walruses,  Sea-Lions,  Sea-Bears  and  Seals  of  North  America,'  as  No.  12 
of  the  'Miscellaneous  Publications'  of  the  Survey  (8vo,  pp.  xvi  +  785, 
60  text  figures).  This  was  to  have  been  followed  by  a  volume  of  the  'Me- 
moir' series  on  the  North  American  species  of  the  mammalian  orders  Cete 
and  Sirenia.  To  this  undertaking  I  had  devoted  about  three  years  of 
intense  application,  and  when  overtaken  by  illness  had  written  a  large  part 
of  the  text,  and  most  of  the  plates  had  been  lithographed.  The  only  parts 
ever  published  were  a  portion  (about  one-third)  of  the  bibliography,1  and 
the  account  (with  reduced  half-tone  copies  of  the  plates)  of  the  Atlantic 
Right  Whale,2  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  after  it  was  written.  The 
printing  of  the  bibliography  was  left  uncompleted  in  consequence  of  the 
inability  of  the  author  to  revise  the  proofsheets. 

A  serious  attack  of  pleurisy  interrupted  my  work  in  December,   1881. 

i  Preliminary  List  of  Works  and  Papers  relating  to  the  Mammalian  Orders  Cete  and  Sirenia. 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surrey,  VI,  pp.  399-562,  August  30,  1882  (1013  titles,  carrying  the  sub- 
ject from  the  year  1495  to  the  end  of  the  year  1840). 

5  The  North  American  Right  Whale  and  its  Allies.  Bull.  Amer.  Mas.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  pp.  277- 
329,  pll.  xix-xxiv,  April  8,  1908.  As  here  published  the  article  is  changed  only  by  the  addition  of  new 
-matter  to  bring  the  subject  down  to  the  date  of  publication. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  33 

In  March,  1882,  my  physicians  were  so  dissatisfied  with  my  condition  that 
they  strongly  urged  a  change  of  climate,  and  1  was  sent  to  Colorado  Springs, 
( 'olorado.  I  went  with  the  fullest  confidence  that  the  change  of  scene  and 
air  would  soon  completely  restore  my  strength,  and  accordingly  took  with 
me  a  collecting  outfit  for  ornithological  field  work.  My  good  friend  William 
Brcwster,  of  Cambridge,  joined  me  in  a  few  weeks.  I  did  not  regain 
strength,  however,  and  found  myself  quite  exhausted  by  a  half  mile  walk. 

During  the  six  weeks  Mr.  Brewster  remained  with  me,  we  made  many 
collecting  trips,  by  carriage,  to  the  adjacent  canons,  forming  a  considerable 
collection  of  bird  skins  and  acquiring  much  greatly  valued  information 
regarding  the  spring  migration  of  birds  at  Colorado  Springs.  When  he 
returned,  two  months  later,  to  the  East  I  was  in  worse  condition  than  when 
I  left  home,  and  was  compelled  to  spend  the  summer  at  a  neighboring 
ranch  in  the  foothills  of  the  Rockies,  thoroughly  mystified  at  my  lack  of 
recuperative  power,  for  the  organic  trouble  that  led  to  my  being  sent  to 
Colorado  had  quite  disappeared. 

On  returning  to  Cambridge  in  September  I  learned  that  my  invalidism 
was  due  to  nervous  breakdown.  Recovery  was  exceedingly  slow;  after  a 
few  months  I  regained  strength  for  part  time  work  at  the  Museum,  and  for 
a  small  amount  of  literary  work,  slowly  increasing  it,  month  by  month,  but 
for  years  afterward  my  physical  condition  was  a  serious  handicap. 

Early  in  1885,  the  financial  resources  of  the  Cambridge  Museum  be- 
came much  reduced,  leading  to  the  discharge  of  several  of  the  assistants 
and  the  prospective  dismissal  of  others,  including  myself.  Through  the 
kindness  of  Mr.  Alexander  Agassiz,  three  alternatives  were  open  to  me  — 
to  remain  at  the  Museum  at  the  risk  of  its  being  soon  closed;  to  accept  a 
position  open  to  me  on  the  United  States  Geological  Survey;  or  to  accept 
a  curatorship  offered  me  by  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
in  New  York.  For  family  reasons  (I  had  a  motherless  three-year-old  boy 
whom  it  was  necessary  to  leave  with  friends  in  Massachusetts),  field  work 
with  the  Geological  Survey  did  not  appeal  to  me,  and  led  to  my  accept- 
ance of  the  New  York  curatorship,  which  I  have  ever  since  felt  was  a  wise 
decision. 


CURATOR  AT  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY  (SINCE  1885). 

On  May  1,  1885,  I  entered  upon  my  duties  as  curator  of  the  'Depart- 
ment of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy'  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History  in  New  York.  The  collection  of  mammals  then  consisted  of  about 
1000  mounted  skins  and  300  mounted  skeletons,  all  on  exhibition  in  the 


34  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES. 

exhibition  halls.  There  was  not  even  a  nucleus  of  a  study  collection.  The 
collection  of  birds  numbered  about  10,000  mounted  skins  and  several 
hundred  mounted  skeletons,  all  on  exhibition,  and  about  3000  unmounted 
skins,  forming  the  beginning  of  a  study  collection. 

The  exhibition  collections  were  rich  and  varied,  the  specimens  having 
been  selected  with  excellent  discrimination,  mainly  by  the  late  Dr.  D.  G. 
Elliot,  and  included  the  famous  Maximilian  collection  of  mammals  and 
birds.  The  exhibition  collections  of  this  department  thus  compared 
favorably  with  the  best  in  this  country.  The  North  American  collection 
of  birds  was  essentially  complete,  nearly  every  procurable  species  being 
represented,  and  the  specimens  were  all  correctly  determined  and  neatly 
labeled.1  But  no  part  of  either  collection  had  been  catalogued,  except  the 
European  birds,  which  had  recently  been  carefully  registered  by  Dr.  Edgar 
A.  Mearns.  In  the  case  of  the  exotic  species,  of  both  mammals  and  birds, 
the  labels  bore  the  names  under  which  they  were  originally  purchased,  and 
hence,  wrhile  in  most  cases  correctly  identified,  the  technical  nomenclature 
was  antiquated. 

The  first  task  was  therefore  to  catalogue  the  collections,  thus  securing  a 
permanent  record  of  their  history.2  Fortunately,  the  original  labels  had 
in  most  cases  been  preserved  by  pasting  or  tacking  them  to  the  bottom  of 
the  stands.  The  next  step  was  to  renew  the  labels,  in  a  uniform  style, 
giving  the  currently  accepted  technical  names  of  the  specimens,  with  their 
localities,  in  conspicuous  type. 

At  the  end  of  the  first  year  the  mammals  had  been  catalogued  and 
relabeled.  At  the  end  of  the  third  year  most  of  the  birds  had  been  cata- 
logued and  provided  in  large  part  with  new  labels. 

In  the  curator's  first  annual  report,3  on  the  condition  and  extent  of  the 
collections,  the  importance  of  fine  exhibition  collections  was  not  only  fully 
recognized,  but  the  formation  of  adequate  study  collections,  to  serve  as  the 
basis  for  scientific  research,  was  strenuously  insisted  upon  in  order  to  bring 
the  department  to  a  proper  standard  of  efficiency.  As  often  as  oppor- 
tunity arose  for  securing  such  material,  urgent  appeals  were  made  to  the 


i  The  determination  was  made  by  Robert  Ridgway  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  shortly  before 
the  collection  came  under  my  care. 

5  "The  museum  assistant  in  charge  of  a  special  department  must  naturally,  if  the  purpose  for 
which  large  collections  are  brought  together  is  carried  out,  spend  the  greater  part  of  his  time  in  pre- 
paring them  for  the  specialist  who  is  at  some  future  tune  to  avail  himself  of  the  treasures  brought 
together  for  his  benefit.  There  is,  therefore,  the  same  danger  that  an  eminent  specialist,  after  his 
appointment  to  the  curatorship  of  a  great  museum,  will  find  his  museum  duties  so  arduous  as  to  prevent 
him,  as  his  colleague  in  the  professional  chair  has  been  prevented,  by  official  work,  from  doing  original 
work." — A.  Agassiz,  in  the  Ann.  Report  of  the  Curator  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at 
Harvard  College  for  1883-84,  p.  7. 

'  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  for  the  year  1885  (1886) ,  pp.  9-12. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  35 

President  for  their  purchase, —  for  the  first  two  years  usually  without  avail, 
owing  to  the  lack  of  funds.1 

The  year  1887,  however,  proved  to  be  epochal  in  the  history  of  the 
department,  not  only  through  the  addition  of  scientific  material  but  in 
other  lines  of  development.  It  was  in  this  year  that  the  Trustees  pur- 
chased the  George  X.  Lawrence  collection  of  birds,  a  strictly  research 
collection  of  immense  historic  importance,  numbering  some  12,000  speci- 
mens of  (mainly)  tropical  American  birds;  and  also  the  Herbert  H.  Smith 
collection  of  4000  birds  from  southern  Brazil.  The  D.  G.  Elliot  collection 
of  2000  humming  birds  (including  many  types)  was  presented  by  Mr. 
Elliot,  and  a  collection  of  about  2250  Arizona  birds  was  presented  by  Dr. 
Edgar  A.  Mearns,  U.  S.  A.  Further  accession,  comprising  some  500  North 
American  birds,  were  also  added,  partly  by  purchase  and  partly  through 
the  Elliot-Richardson  Expedition  to  Montana  (noteworthy  as  the  first 
Museum  expedition  from  this  department),  making  the  grand  total  of 
21,000  birds  added  in  this  notable  year,  besides  a  large  number  of  nests 
and  eggs  and  some  osteological  material.  The  previous  year  a  taxidermist, 
Mr.  Jenness  Richardson,  had  been  added  to  the  personnel  of  the  depart- 
ment, through  which  means  18  bird  groups  were  added  to  the  exhibition 
collection,  these  forming  the  beginning  of  the  Museum's  magnificent  series 
of  'Habitat  Groups.' 

During  this  year  the  efficiency  of  the  department  was  further  greatly 
enhanced  by  the  purchase  of  the  D.  G.  Elliot  ornithological  library,  con- 
sisting of  about  1000  carefully  selected  volumes,  thus  providing  the  Mu- 
seum with  an  ornithological  library  surpassed  by  few  similar  libraries  in 
this  country.  A  large  number  of  moth-proof  tin  cans  were  also  provided 
for  the  safe  storage  of  the  rapidly  increasing  research  collections. 

The  reception  and  care  of  these  large  accessions  naturally  checked 
progress  in  cataloging  and  labeling  the  exhibition  collections,  but  the  bird 
collection  as  a  whole  had  suddenly  been  transformed  from  merely  a  show 
collection  to  one  of  impressive  scientific  importance. 

Thus  far  the  curator  had  had  to  depend  upon  his  own  efforts  in  catalog- 
ing, labeling,  and  caring  for  the  collections,  except  for  a  little  aid  now  and 
then  from  interested  volunteer  assistants;  but  in  1888,  Mr.  Frank  M.  Chap- 


1  From  the  Treasurer's  Report  for  the  year  1885,  it  appears  that  the  contribution  by  the  City 
toward  maintenance  was  $15,000,  and  that  the  income  from  invested  funds  was  $300.  The  rest  of  the 
$30,509  expended  for  running  expenses  was  met  by  personal  contributions  of  the  Trustees.  The  addi- 
tional $6,054  expended  for  collections  and  for  books  for  the  library  came  also  from  private  sources. 

It  is  of  interest  to  compare,  in  this  connection,  the  income  and  expenditures  in  1915  with  those  of 
1885,  as  indicative  of  the  growth  of  the  Museum  in  resources  during  the  thirty-year  interval.  The 
financial  statement  for  1915,  as  given  in  the  Forty-seventh  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees,  shows  the 
contribution  from  the  City  to  have  been  $200,000,  leaving  a  deficit  of  $38,500  to  be  met  by  personal 
contributions  of  the  Trustees.  The  net  receipts  from  endowment  are  given  as  $265,27.5.16. 


36  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES. 

man  was  secured  as  a  permanent  assistant,  to  whom  twenty  years  later 
(in  1907)  was  assigned  the  curatorship  of  ornithology.  He  proved  from  the 
first  an  enthusiastic  and  efficient  helper,  at  all  times  in  fullest  sympathy 
with  the  policies  and  work  of  the  department.  His  various  expeditions  to 
Florida,  Trinidad,  Cuba,  and  Mexico  in  the  earlier  years  of  his  connection 
with  the  Museum  added  important  accessions  to  the  research  collections 
of  mammals  and  birds,  and  later  he  took  in  hand  the  construction  of  the 
Habitat  Groups  of  birds,  which  soon  became  an  impressive  feature  of  the 
Museum  exhibits.  This  has  been  followed  in  recent  years  by  his  well 
known  series  of  expeditions  to  South  America,  in  the  interests  of  this  de- 
partment. 

In  1887,  on  the  death  of  Dr.  J.  B.  Holder,  who  for  many  years  had  been 
curator  of  the  Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  Fishes  and  Reptiles, 
this  department  was  also  placed  in  my  charge,1  and  the  collections  of  fishes 
and  reptiles  remained  in  my  care  till  1901. 

Following  the  bounteous  year  1887,  were  a  number  of  lean  years,  as 
regards  accessions  to  the  collections;  there  was,  however,  a  slow  but  steady 
increase  of  material  from  both  North  and  South  America,  and  in  later 
years  also  important  additions  from  Asia  and  Africa.  These  accessions 
afforded  not  only  material  for  exhibition  but  for  scientific  research,  the 
results  of  which  were  published  in  the  Museum  'Bulletin.'  With  the 
gradual  increase  of  the  collections  the  scientific  staff  of  the  Department  also 
increased,  from  a  single  assistant  in  1888  to  six  assistants  in  1915,  besides 
stenographic  and  other  non-staff  office  assistants  and  four  field  assistants. 

As  previously  noted,  Assistant  Curator  Chapman  was  placed  in  charge 
of  the  ornithological  division  of  the  department  in  1907,  with  \V.  De\V. 
Miller  as  assistant;  Roy  C.  Andrews  became  assistant  in  the  mammalogical 
division  in  1908,  and  assistant  curator  in  1911;  H.  E.  Anthony,  became 


i  In  the  list  of  Officers  and  Committees  in  the  Annual  Report  for  1S88,  the  entry  for  my  department 
reads:  "Prof.  J.  A.  Allen,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Ornithology,  Mammalogy.  Fishes  and  Reptiles. 
Also  temporarily  in  charge  of  the  Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology."  In  1890  the  Department  of 
Invertebrate  Zoology  was  transferred  to  the  Department  of  Geology,  Mineralogy  and  Conchology 
(Prof.  R.  P.  Whitfield,  curator),  and  the  name  of  my  department  changed  to  "Department  of  Mam- 
malogy, Ornithology,  Herpetology,  and  Ichthyology."  In  1898  it  was  renamed  "Department  of 
Vertebrate  Zoology,"  and  this  was  its  official  designation  till  1901,  when  Fishes  and  Reptiles  were 
assigned  elsewhere  and  it  became  "  Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology,"  the  designation  it 
has  since  retained. 

There  having  been,  during  these  years,  no  available  exhibition  space  for  the  fishes  and  reptiles, 
I  was  responsible  merely  for  their  safe  storage.  I  catalogued,  however,  the  accessions  of  reptiles  and 
batrachians,  in  which  classes  I  had  formerly  taken  much  interest,  and  of  which  for  a  time  I  was  curator 
at  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History. 

A  department  of  taxidermy  was  established,  as  stated  above,  early  in  1886,  and,  with  a  chief 
taxidermist  and  a  staff  of  several  assistants,  remained  an  adjunct  of  the  Department  of  Mammals  and 
Birds  till  1903,  when  it  was  separated  as  a  distinct  department  and  broadened  to  cover  a  much  wider 
lield  than  mammals  and  birds. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  37 

assistant  in  the  same  division  in  1914.  In  1915  Herbert  Lang  and  James 
P.  Chapin,  on  their  return  from  the  American  Museum  Congo  Expedition, 
were  made,  respectively,  assistants  in  mammalogy  and  ornithology. 

Thus  the  curator  was  gradually  relieved  of  much  routine  work  and  able 
to  devote  his  time  mainly  to  research  and  to  the  editorial  supervision  of  the 
Museum  'Bulletin'  and  the  zoological  portion  of  the  'Memoirs.' 

"While  these  pages  are  not  intended  to  comprise  a  detailed  history  of  the 
department,  it  seems  desirable  to  mention  here  some  of  the  larger  incre- 
ments of  the  collection,  on  account  of  their  bearing  upon  my  later  scientific 
work.  One  of  the  primary  duties  of  a  curator  and  his  scientific  staff  is  the 
identification  of  accessions  and  the  prompt  publication  of  the  results  of 
their  elaboration,  in  the  interest  not  only  of  science  but  of  the  institution 
with  which  they  are  connected.  This  obligation  gives  direction  to  their 
scientific  activities,  forcing  them  from  general  to  more  special  lines.  In  this 
way  their  researches  are  in  a  measure  restricted  within  certain  boundaries. 

As  already  noted,  in  1885  there  was  not  even  the  beginning  of  a  research 
collection  in  mammalogy;  in  1915  the  unmounted  mammals  exceeded 
40,000  specimens,  and  included  a  fair  amount  of  osteological  material  and 
spirit  specimens  in  addition  to  skins  and  skulls;  while  the  old  mounted 
specimens  had  been  supplemented,  and  to  a  large  extent  superseded,  by 
elaborate  group  exhibits,  illustrating  the  life  histories  of  many  prominent 
types  of  North  American  and  exotic  mammals.  During  recent  years  this 
work  and  the  installation  of  a  synoptic  mammal  collection  has  been  under 
the  direct  supervision  of  Director  Lucas  and  Assistant  Curator  Andrews. 

The  bird  collection  in  1885  included  a  small  number  of  skins,  mostly 
North  American,  in  addition  to  the  10,000  mounted  specimens  on  exhibition; 
in  1915  it  comprised  not  only  the  most  extensive  and  elaborate  series  of 
'Habitat  Groups'  in  any  museum  in  the  world,  but  more  than  130,000 
study  skins.  Further  available  as  research  material  was  the  collection  of 
Dr.  Jonathan  Dwight,  of  chiefly  North  American  birds,  numbering  45,000 
specimens;  Dr.  L.  C.  Sanford's  collection  of  North  American  water  birds, 
numbering  about  8000  specimens;  and  the  Brewster-Sanford  collection 
of  about  6000  specimens,  mostly  seabirds  in  large  series  from  the  South 
Atlantic  and  South  Pacific  oceans  and  the  southern  coasts  of  South  America. 
Thus  the  American  Museum  in  1915  contained  a  total  of  about  190,000 
birds  available  for  scientific  research,  exclusive  of  mounted  birds  and  groups. 
Collectively  they  doubtless  formed  the  largest  and  by  far  the  most  valuable 
collection  of  American  birds  yet  assembled  in  any  single  museum. 

The  first  notable  accessions  of  birds  were  received,  as  already  related, 
in  1887,  and  comprised  two  important  authoritative  and  historic  collections, 
the  Lawrence  collection  of  American  birds  (largely  from  tropical  America 

20687O 


38  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES. 

and  containing  nearly  all  of  Lawrence's  types),  and  the  Elliot  collection  of 
Hummingbirds,  at  that  time  one  of  the  largest  and  most  authoritative 
collections  in  the  world  of  this  numerous  and  most  interesting  suborder  of 
birds.  In  the  same  year  were  also  received  a  notable  collection  of  birds 
from  Arizona  for  the  North  American  study  series,  and  our  first  freshly 
collected  and  wholly  unworked  collection  of  exotic  birds,  the  Herbert 
Smith  collection  of  some  4000  specimens  from  the  Province  of  Matto  Grosso, 
Brazil.  This  became  the  basis  of  a  series  of  papers  by  the  curator  published 
in  the  Museum  'Bulletin'  in  1889-1892.  In  1889  small  collections  of  birds 
were  received  from  Ecuador  and  Bolivia,  aggregating  about  600  specimens 
(200  species),  which  formed  also  the  basis  of  papers  in  the  'Bulletin.' 

During  the  years  1890,  1891,  1892,  important  accessions  of  mammals 
and  birds  were  received  through  purchases  of  small  collections  from  Mexico 
and  Central  America,  and  collections  obtained  through  Museum  expedi- 
tions to  Florida,  Texas,  Colorado,  and  Washington,  upon  which  reports 
were  published  in  the  '  Bulletin,'  by  the  curator  and  the  assistant  curator. 
In  1893,  and  again  in  1894,  Mr.  Chapman  made  collecting  trips  to  the 
Island  of  Trinidad,  B.  W.  I.,  resulting  in  the  addition  of  550  mammals  and 
about  690  birds,  which  formed  the  basis  of  extended  papers  on  the  mammal 
and  bird  faunas  of  the  island. 

Among  later  collections  may  be  mentioned  the  Streator  collection  of 
birds  and  mammals  made  in  British  Columbia  in  1899;  collections  of  birds 
and  mammals  made  in  Alaska  and  northern  British  Columbia  by  the  A.  J. 
Stone  expeditions  in  1897-1903;  the  H.  H.  Smith  collections  of  birds  and 
mammals  from  the  Santa  Marta  region  of  Colombia,  received  in  1898-1901 ; 
the  Peary  collections  of  birds  and  mammals  from  Greenland  and  Ellsmere 
Land  (1898-1909);  the  collections  of  Siberian  birds  and  mammals  made  by 
N.  G.  Buxton  on  the  Jesup  North  Pacific  Expedition  in  1901;  the  Batty 
collections  of  birds  and  mammals  from  Chiriqui  and  Mexico  received  in 
1901-1906;  the  Nicaragua  collections  of  birds  and  mammals  made  by  W. 
B.  Richardson  in  1907-1908;  the  E.  T.  Seton  collection  of  mammals  from 
the  Athabasca-Mackenzie  region  of  Canada,  1908;  the  Tjader  East  African 
collection  of  mammals,  1907;  the  Rainsford  collection  of  East  African 
mammals  in  1913;  the  Congo  collections  of  birds  and  mammals,  each 
numbering  some  6000  specimens,  made  by  Herbert  Lang  and  James  P. 
Chapin,  received  in  1915;  and  the  constant  inflow  of  birds  and  mammals 
from  South  America,  from  1911  to  date,  through  expeditions  directed  by 
Curator  Chapman  and  collected  mainly  by  Leo  E.  Miller,  W.  B.  Richard- 
son, and  George  K.  Cherrie;  and  the  birds  and  mammals  collected  by 
Cherrie  and  Miller  on  the  Roosevelt  Brazilian  Expedition;  also  birds  and 
mammals  collected  by  H.  E.  Anthony  in  Panama,  and  in  Oregon  and 
Washington. 

The  Asiatic  material  received,  in  addition  to  the  Buxton  Siberian  col- 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES.  39 

lection  already  mentioned,  has  been  mainly  collections  of  mammals  from 
the  Island  of  Hainan,  China,  received  by  purchase,  1906-1908,  and  a  few 
small  lots  of  mammals  received  from  western  and  northern  China  (by 
purchase);  and  small  collections  of  birds  and  mammals  collected  in  the 
Dutch  East  Indies  by  Roy  C.  Andrews  in  1909  and  in  Korea  in  1912. 
Especially  should  also  be  mentioned  the  important  collection  of  cetacean 
material  collected  by  Mr.  Andrews  in  the  North  Pacific  in  1910-1912. 

This  material  has  all  been  carefully  studied  and  reported  upon  .in  the 
'Bulletin'  and  ' Memoirs '  of  the  American  Museum,  except  the  recently 
received  mammals  and  birds  of  the  Congo  Expedition,  and  some  of  the 
South  American  collections  of  birds,  the  Cetacean  material  having  been  the 
basis  of  monographs  by  Mr.  Andrews,  while  Mr.  Anthony  has  published 
on  the  mammals  collected  by  him  in  Panama  and  Oregon.  The  other 
mammal  collection  have  all  been  reported  upon  in  numerous  papers  by  the 
writer,  including  a  memoir  on  Muskoxen,  recent  and  extinct  (1913),  and  a 
revision  of  the  South  American  Sciuridse  (1915).  My  last  faunal  papers  on 
birds  were  reports  on  the  Smith  collection  from  Santa  Marta,  Colombia 
(1900-1904)  and  the  Buxton  collection  from  Siberia  (1905).  Two  papers 
on  the  types  of  the  North  American  genera  of  birds  (1907)  are  also  among 
my  later  papers  on  birds. 

The  collections  of  birds  received  prior  to  1905  have  been  the  basis  of 
several  faunal  papers  by  Curator  Chapman  and  Assistant  Curator  W.  DeW. 
Miller.  Chapman  has  published  important  preliminary  papers  on  the 
recently  received  South  American  collections  of  birds,  describing  many  new 
forms,  and  has  now  in  press  a  report  on  the  birds  of  Colombia,  which  forms 
Volume  XXXVI  of  the  American  Museum  '  Bulletin.'  It  is  thus  a  pleasure 
to  record  that  the  recent  field  activities  of  my  department  of  the  Museum, 
so  extensive  and  so  varied,  have  been  adequately  supplemented  by  labora- 
tory research  and  prompt  publication  of  results. 


AFFILIATIONS  WITH  THE  AMERICAN  ORNITHOLOGISTS'  UNION  AND  OTHER 
SCIENTIFIC  SOCIETIES  (SINCE  1883). 

As  regards  general  activities,  my  interests  have  been  confined  within 
narrow  limits,  partly  from  an  inborn  shrinking  from  functions  that  necessi- 
tate appearance  in  public  positions  and  partly  through  lack  of  the  physical 
endurance  to  meet  such  demands.  The  exception  has  been  my  connection 
with  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union,  the  founding  of  which  was  due 
in  part  to  my  instigation,1  and  with  whose  activities  I  became  from  the  first 

1  The  call  for  the  meeting  of  ornithologists  which  led  to  its  organization  was  issued  by  Elliott 
Coues,  William  Brewster  and  the  writer,  in  1883. 


40  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES. 

intimately  associated.  Although  unable  to  attend  the  meeting  of  ornitholo- 
gists at  which  the  Union  was  founded  it  happened  that  I  was  selected  as  its 
first  president,  and,  contrary  to  my  expressed  wish,  was  annually  reflected 
for  the  following  six  years.  This  embraced  of  course  the  formative  period 
of  the  society's  history,  when  its  work  was  planned  and  carried  forward  with 
the  energy  and  enthusiasm  that  so  strongly  marked  its  early  activities. 
Committees  were  appointed  at  its  first  meeting  to  take  in  hand  various 
important  subjects,  as  the  migration  and  geographic  distribution  of  North 
American  birds,  which  investigation  was  prosecuted  so  successfully  that 
in  a  few  years  it  outgrew  the  financial  resources  of  the  society  and  led  to  the 
establishing  of  a  Division  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  to 
carry  on  the  work,  which  ultimately  became  the  present  Bureau  of  Biological 
Survey,  for  many  years  under  the  direction  of  C.  Hart  Merriam,  the  chair- 
man of  this  committee  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union. 

Another  important  committee  was  at  the  same  time  established  to 
prepare  a  standard  Check-List  of  North  American  birds,  to  displace  the 
discordant  check-lists  then  in  vogue,  with  of  course  undesirable  results. 
To  accomplish  this  it  was  found  necessary  at  the  outset  to  have  as  the  basis 
of  the  list  a  consistent  and  carefully  prepared  code  of  rules  of  nomenclature 
in  place  of  then  existing  inharmonious  codes  and  go-as-you-please  methods 
of  nomenclature.  This  led  to  intense  research  on  the  part  of  several  mem- 
bers of  the  committee,  and  eventually  to  the  adoption  and  publication  of  a 
new  code,  departing  widely  in  some  important  respects  from  any  of  its 
predecessors.  This  A.  O.  U.  Code  later  became  the  basis  of  the  International 
Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature,  framed  on  essentially  the  same  lines  and 
departing  from  it  in  no  essential  respect,  except  in  point  of  brevity,  through 
omission  of  adequate  illustrations  of  the  rules,  and  thereby  rendering 
necessary  the  issuance  of  official  '  Opinions '  to  clear  up  obscure  points.  A 
draft  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Code  was  made  by  two  members  of  its  Nomenclature 
Committee,  to  serve  as  a  working  basis  for  the  Committee,  which  after 
long  and  careful  consideration  by  the  full  Committee  was  adopted  essen- 
tially as  written,  not  only  as  to  form  and  phraseology  but  also  (with  the 
exception  of  the  addition  of  a  single  provision,  since  abandoned)  as  to  its 
rulings.1 

The  work  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Nomenclature  Committee  resulted  not  only 
in  a  new  check-list  of  North  American  birds,  standardizing  their  nomen- 
clature, but  also  a  new  and  elaborate  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature, 


1  It  may  Iw  pardonable  in  this  connection  to  state  that  the  preliminary  draft  was  written  in  part 
l>y  Klliott  Coues  (mainly  the  part  comprising  the  'General  Principles')  and  the  rest,  including  the  his- 
torical part  of  the  'Introduction'  and  most  of  the  'Canons"  and  I  heir  explanatory  '  remarks ',  by  the 
author  of  these  'Notes.' 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  NOTES.  41 

which  has  had  vast  influence  in  standardizing  the  rules  of  nomenclature 
the  world  over.1 

Still  another  important  A.  O.  U.  Committee  had  its  inception  at  the 
first  meeting  of  the  Union  in  1883,  namely,  a  Committee  on  the  Protection 
of  North  American  Birds,  which  carried  on  the  work  of  bird  protection  for 
many  years  with  great  energy  and  very  important  results.  From  it  origi- 
nated later  the  so-called  Audubon  Societies  movement,  from  which,  through 
the  special  efforts  of  one  of  its  enthusiastic  members,  William  Dutcher, 
was  developed  the  present  powerful  organization  known  as  the  National 
Association  of  Audubon  Societies.  From  this  committee  also  emanated 
the  A.  O.  U.  "Model  Bird  Law,"  which  has  been  enacted  by  most  of  the 
States  in  this  country  and  the  Provinces  of  Canada,  in  the  essential  phrase- 
ology of  the  committee's  draft.  In  this  work  I  shared  actively,  furnishing 
in  1886  most  of  the  matter  for  the  '  Bulletins '  of  the  committee,  issued  first 
in  'Science'  and  afterwards  separately  reprinted  in  large  editions. 

For  many  years  my  interest  in  the  activities  and  welfare  of  the  American 
Ornithologists '  Union  was  absorbing.  For  seven  years  I  was  its  president, 
for  twenty-seven  years  the  editor  of  its  journal  'The  Auk'  and  its  other 
publications;  and  a  member  of  its  Committee  on  the  Classification  and 
Nomenclature  of  North  American  Birds  from  1883  to  date.  For  twenty- 
eight  years  I  maintained  an  unbroken  record  of  attendance  at  its  annual 
congresses  and  council  meetings. 

Before  leaving  Cambridge  I  had  begun  to  take  a  more  or  less  active 
part  in  the  work  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  having  served 
as  acting  secretary  and  editor  of  its  publications  for  a  number  of  months, 
to  fill  an  interim,  and  for  a  number  of  years  had  been  a  member  of  its  Council. 

On  my  arrival  in  New  York  I  was  warmly  welcomed  by  the  New  York 
Academy  of  Sciences,  and  almost  immediately  given  a  place  on  its  Council, 
and  later  for  several  years  was  a  Vice-President ;  but  I  failed  to  identify 
myself  heartily  with  its  interests,  due  in  part  to  limitations  imposed  by 
impaired  health. 

My  affiliation  with  the  Linnaean  Society  of  New  York  was  more  intimate, 
and  the  office  of  president  for  a  number  of  years  never  proved  very  strenuous, 
as  the  attendance  was  usually  small  and  the  meetings  more  or  less  informal 
and  semisocial. 

A  r<> vised  edition  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Code  was  published  in  1910,  in  which  the  article  adopted  by  the 
InirriKitional  Congress  in  1909,  newly  defining  the  method  for  the  determination  of  types  of  genera, 
ua<  substituted  for  the  correspond  ing  matter  in  the  original  A.  O.  U.  Code. 

The  editing  and  carrying  through  the  press  of  the  three  editions  of  the  Check-List  and  of  fifteen 
(if  its  sixteen  supplements,  and  also  the  original  and  the  revised  editions  of  the  Code,  was  a  labor  of 
love  for  the  author  of  these  'Notes.' 

Elliott  Coues  was  chairman  of  the  Nomenclature  Committee  from  its  inception  in  1883  till  his  death 
in  1S99.  He  was  succeeded  by  C.  Hart  Merriam,  who  held  this  position  till  1904,  when  he  was  suc- 
ceeded by  the  writer,  who  resigned  in  1912. 


42  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES. 


GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS  AND  HOME  LIFE   (SINCE  1874). 

As  a  fact  of  possibly  some  psychological  interest  I  may  here  briefly  revert 
to  a  handicap  with  which  probably  few  called  to  public  functions  have  had, 
at  least  in  equal  degree,  to  contend.  From  early  boyhood  I  was  painfully 
embarrassed  in  the  presence  of  strangers.  Later  in  life  attempts  to  present 
papers  verbally  before  scientific  societies  were  always  unsatisfactory  and 
often  failures,  not  from  lack  of  familiarity  with  the  details  of  the  subject 
but  from  embarrassment.  The  same  timidity  prohibited  my  seriously 
considering  teaching  as  a  possible  means  of  raising  funds  to  aid  in  meeting 
the  expenses  of  an  education,  or  of  giving  public  lectures  for  the  same  pur- 
pose, as  many  of  my  associates  at  the  Agassiz  Museum  were  doing,  with 
both  pleasure  and  profit.  The  ordeal  of  an  examination  for  a  degree  at  the 
Lawrence  Scientific  School  at  Harvard  was  sufficient  to  banish  all  aspiration 
for  such  honors.  This  in  part,  perhaps,  led  to  a  feeling  of  disrespect  for 
this  sort  of  a  label,  and  to  the  belief  that  any  worthy  accomplishment 
would,  sooner  or  later,  receive  due  recognition.  My  wants  were  simple  and 
inexpensive;  all  I  aspired  to  was  opportunity  for  scientific  research,  believ- 
ing that  diligence,  singleness  of  purpose,  and  honest  work  would  bring  its 
own  reward.  I  was  content  to  follow  my  own  lines  of  dominating  interest 
to  such  limit  as  the  circumstances  of  earning  a  living  would  permit.  I  never 
had  any  desire  for  money  as  such,  nor  any  interest  whatever  in  financial 
projects,  nor  any  longing  for  honors  beyond  those  my  colleagues  in  science 
saw  fit  to  impose.  Therefore  my  election,  in  the  course  of  time,  to  all  of 
the  leading  academies  of  science  in  this  country,  and  to  honorary  member- 
ship in  foreign  societies  with  which  my  lines  of  study  were  affiliated,  have 
always  come  as  exceedingly  pleasant  surprises.  The  greatest  surprise  of 
all,  however,  was  the  reception  of  a  Ph.D.  from  Indiana  University  in  1886, 
the  first  intimation  of  which  was  the  receipt  from  its  president,  David  Starr 
Jordan,  of  the  official  notification  that  I  had  been  thus  honored. 

In  looking  back  to  the  beginning,  it  is  difficult  not  to  contrast  my  early 
surroundings  with  those  of  the  average  youth  of  today  smitten  with  the 
nature  study  'craze.'  As  stated  in  the  early  part  of  these  notes,  I  was 
wholly  isolated  from  everyone  having  even  the  slightest  biologic  interest, 
with  only  the  inspirations  and  opportunities  afforded  by  the  little  red 
schoolhouse  on  the  hill,  in  the  fifties  of  the  last  century,  in  a  neighborhood 
of  small  farmers  to  whom  the  raising  of  potatoes  and  grain  was  the  chief 
aim  of  life.  My  studies  were  not  only  selfchosen,  but  were  carried  on  in 
odd  hours  without  either  advice  or  encouragement,  in  contrast  with  the 
systematised  training  of  today,  from  the  primary  school  to  the  post  graduate 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES.  43 

course.  My  first  systematic  guidance  was  received  at  the  Agassiz  Museum 
in  1862;  to  the  personality  and  influence  of  the  'Great  Teacher,'  Louis 
AGASSIZ,  I  can  never  adequately  express  my  indebtedness. 

I  cannot  close  these  'Notes'  without  reference  to  the  most  important  of 
the  influences  that  have  most  happily  and  most  strongly  affected  my  career. 

In  1874  it  was  my  good  fortune  to  have  won  the  love  of  Mary  Manning 
Cleveland,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  daughter  of  the  late  Dr.  Anthony  Benezet 
Cleveland  and  Mary  (Manning)  Cleveland,  sister  of  the  late  Professor 
William  C.  Cleveland  of  Cornell  University  and  of  Dr.  Clement  Cleveland, 
an  eminent  surgeon  of  New  York.  We  were  married  October  6,  1874. 
She  died  April  17,  1879,  leaving  a  son, .  Cleveland  Allen,  ten  months  old, 
now  in  business  in  New  York.  Never  could  marital  affection  nor  mutual 
interest  and  sympathy  be  stronger  than  was  our  lot  to  enjoy.  When  the 
end  came  there  seemed  little  worth  while  in  life. 

After  seven  years  I  had  the  equally  good  fortune  to  make  the  acquaint- 
ance of  Susan  Augusta  Taft,  daughter  of  the  late  Daniel  and  Emeline 
(Smith)  Taft,  of  Cornwall-on-Hudson,  N.  Y.  We  were  married  April  27, 
1886,  and  have  enjoyed  thirty-one  years  of  happiness,  unalloyed  except  by 
her  several  acute  but  temporary  illnesses,  when  again  the  light  of  life 
seemed  vanishing.  My  own  health  during  this  long  period  having  been 
by  no  means  strong,  I  owe  to  her  deep  love  and  sympathy,  to  her  supreme 
optimism  and  constant  watchfulness  over  my  health,  and  to  her  inspiration, 
the  greater  part  of  the  little  I  may  have  achieved  in  these  last  thirty  years, 
and  doubtless  many  years  of  activity  beyond  those  I  otherwise  should  have 
attained. 


ADDENDA. 

EXPEDITIONS. 

1865.     Zoological  Assistant  on  the  Thayer  Expedition  to  Brazil,  under  Professor 

Louis  Agassiz,  April,  1865-March,  1866. 
1867.     Collecting  Expedition  to  western  New  York,  southeastern  Indiana,  northern 

Illinois,  western  Iowa,  southern  Michigan,  May-October,  1867.      (A  private 

enterprise.) 
1868-69.     East  Florida:    Jacksonville,  via  St.  Johns  River,  to  the  head  of  Lake 

George,  December,  1868-April,  1869,  with  two  volunteer  assistants  (Rev.  Thomas 

Marcy  and  J.  E.  Brundage).     Made  under  the  auspices  of  the  Museum  of 

Comparative  Zoology. 
1871-72.     Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  west  to  Northern  Utah,  May,  1871-February, 

1872,  with  two  assistants  (Caleb  W.  Bennett  and  Richard  Bliss,  Jr.,  the  latter 


44  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL    NOTES. 

from  May  to  August).     Made  in  the  interest  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology. 

1873.  Bismark,  North  Dakota,  to  the  Yellowstone  River,  thence  up  the  Yellow- 
stone to  Pompeys  Pillar,  north  to  the  Musselshell  River,  and  east  to  the  Yellow- 
stone and  Bismark.  Made  under  the  auspices  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
as  chief  of  the  party  of  Naturalists  of  the  North  Pacific  Railroad  Expedition 
of  1873,  Gen.  D.  S.  Stanley,  Commander. 


POSITIONS  HELD. 

Assistant  in  Ornithology  and  Curator  of  Birds  and  Mammals  in  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard  College,  1870-1875. 

Lecturer  on  Ornithology  at  Harvard  College,  1871-1873. l 

Curator  of  Reptiles,  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  1868-1871. 

Curator  of  Birds  and  Mammals,  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  1870-1880. 

Acting  Secretary,  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  October,  1874-May,  1875. 

Councilor,  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  1881-1885. 

Corresponding  Secretary,  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,  and  Editor  of  its  'Bulle- 
tin,' 1876-1883. 

President  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union,  August,  1883  -  November, 
1891.  Editor  of  its  journal  'The  Auk,'  and  of  its  other  publications,  1883-1912. 
Subcommittee  (with  E.  Coues)  to  codify  the  rules  of  nomenclature  for  discussion 
by  the  full  Committee  on  the  Revision  of  the  Nomenclature  and  Classification  of 
North  American  Birds,  1883-1886.  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  the  Nomencla- 
ture and  Classification  of  North  American  Birds,  1904-1912.  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Revision  of  the  Code  of  Nomenclature,  1905-1908. 

Curator  of  Birds  and  Mammals  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
New  York,  since  1885.  Editor  of  the  'Bulletin'  and  the  zoological  series  of  the 
'Memoirs,'  since  1889. 


1  A  course  of  twelve  lectures  was  planned  but,  if  I  remember  rightly,  only  four  or  five  were  de- 
livered. As  they  were  intended  to  treat  the  subject  seriously  they  were  naturally  technical  rather  than 
•popular,'  and  the  audience  soon  dwindled  to  a  few  students  actually  interested  in  the  subject.  While 
read  from  manuscript,  they  were  elaborately  illustrated  by  specimens  with  extemporized  explanations, 
particularly  as  respects  the  osteology  and  pterylography  of  the  subject.  In  my  inexperience  in  such 
matters,  an  average  attendance  of  half-a-dozen  auditors  seemed  farcical,  and  I  counted  myself  a  failure 
as  a  lecturer  and  did  not  complete  the  course.  On  looking  over  the  manuscript  and  the  schedule  of  the 
course  in  later  years  I  have  felt  chagrin  that  it  was  not  completed,  as  the  attendance  was  as  large  as 
should  have  been  expected  at  a  course  so  specialized  in  character.  The  following  is  the  schedule  of  the 
course:  1.  The  distinctive  characteristics  of  birds  in  comparison  with  other  vertebrates;  birds  as  a 
modification  of  the  vertebrate  type  for  aerial  locomotion;  the  osteology  of  birds.  II.  The  muscular 
and  nervous  systems  and  the  organs  of  sense.  III.  The  digestive,  circulatory  and  respiratory  systems 
and  vocal  organs.  IV.  Reproductive  organs  and  embryological  development.  V  and  VI.  The 
tegumentary  system,  including  the  development  of  feathers,  their  arrangement,  structure,  modifications 
and  functions.  VII.  Historical  summary  of  the  principal  systems  of  classification.  VIII,  IX,  and  X. 
The  classification  of  birds,  with  a  general  review  of  the  leading  groups.  XI  and  XII.  Geographical 
distribution  of  animals,  with  special  reference  to  birds;  geographical  variation  in  birds. 

In  short,  the  lectures  were  planned  to  form  a  compendium  of  bird-lore,  and  had  they  been  com- 
pleted and  published,  with  proper  illustrations,  they  would  have  furnished  in  concise  form  a  useful 
reference  work  for  the  bird  student,  the  need  for  which  was  not  supplied,  even  in  part,  till  1884,  when 
Coues's  'General  Ornithology*  was  added  to  the  second  edition  of  hi*  invaluable  '  Koy  to  North  Ameri- 
can Birds.' 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES.  4f) 

One  of  the  five  incorporators  of  the  (first)  Audubon  Society  for  the  Protection  of 
Birds,  New  York,  1886. 

A  Founder  and  Director  of  the  Audubon  Society  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
1897-1912. 

Yice-President  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences,  1891-1894.  Member  of  Coun- 
cil, 1886-1896. 

President  of  the  Linnsan  Society  of  New  York,  1890-1897. 

A  Founder,  Director,  and  member  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  National 
Association  of  Audubon  Societies,  since  1905.  Second  Vice-President,  1908-1912. 

Member  of  the  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature  of  the  International 
Congress  of  Zoology,  since  1910. 


HONORS  COXFERRED. 

Humboldt  Scholarship,  Lawrence  Scientific  School,  Harvard  College.     1871. 

Honorary  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University.     1886. 

Walker  Grand  Prize,  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.     1903. 

Medal  of  the  Linnsean  Societv  of  New  York.     1916. 


Honorary  and  Corresponding  Memberships. 

Fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Boston.     1871. 

Corresponding  Member  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  New  York.     1874. 

Corresponding  Member  Sociedad  Mexicana  Historia  Natural,  Mexico.     1874. 

Fellow  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.     1875. 

Member  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington.     1876. 

Corresponding  Member  of  the  Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences,  Iowa.     1877. 

Fellow  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia.     1878. 

Fellow  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  1883.  (A  Founder;  President, 
1883-1891.) 

Honorary  Member  of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,  Cambridge.     1886. 

Life  Member  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New  York.  (By  kindness  of 
Morris  K.  Jesup.)  1887. 

Fellow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences.     1886. 

Honorary  Member  of  the  New  York  Zoological  Society.     1887. 

Foreign  Member  of  the  British  Ornithologists'  Union.  1890.  Honorary 
Member  since  1907. 

Foreign  Member  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London.  1891.  Honorary  Fellow 
since  1901. 

Honorary  Member  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.     1892. 

Corresponding  Member  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
1893. 

Extraordinary  and  Foreign  Member  of  the  Deutsche  Verein  zum  Sohultze  der 
Vogelwelt.  1900. 

Honorary  Member  of  the  Australian  Ornithologists'  Union.     1904. 

Charter  Member  of  the  American  Association  of  Museums.     1905. 


46  AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL   NOTES. 

Honorary  Member  of  the  Deutsche  Ornithologische  Gesellschaft.     1907. 

Honorary  Member  of  the  Hungarian  Central  Bureau  of  Ornithology.     1909. 

Honorary  Member  of  the  South  African  Ornithologists'  Union.     1909. 

Life  Member  of  the  City  Library  Association,  Springfield,  Mass.     1910. 

Active  or  corresponding  membership  is  or  has  been  held  in  the  following  So- 
cieties, mostly  additional  to  those  mentioned  above:  Boston  Society  of  Natural 
History,  1862-1887  (corresponding  member  since  1887);  Essex  Institute,  Salem, 
Mass.,  1874-1887  (corresponding  member  since  1887) ;  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  New 
York,  1893-1909;  Linnsean  Society  of  New  York,  since  1885  (President.  1890-1897); 
American  Society  of  Naturalists,  since  1891;  Biological  Society  of  Washington, 
since  1882;  Washington  Academy  of  Sciences,  since  1900;  American  Society  of 
Geographers,  since  1905. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


THIS  Bibliography  does  not  include  hundreds  of  minor  reviews,  particu- 
larly of  ornithological  papers  published  in  the  'Bulletin'  of  the  Nuttall 
Ornithological  Club  and  '  The  Auk/  *  nor  many  of  the  unsigned  editorial 
paragraphs  in  the  'Notes  and  News'  department  of  the  same  journals,  all 
of  which,  unless  signed,  are  by  the  editor.  It  does,  however,  include  the 
unsigned  biographical  notices,  which,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  are  by 
the  editor.  In  the  case  of  reviews,  those  omitted  are  usually  brief  an- 
nouncements of  technical  papers,  noting  little  beyond  the  fact  of  their 
publication  and  general  import,  or  works  or  papers  of  a  more  or  less 
popular  character,  hardly  entitled  to  consideration  as  serious  contributions 
to  science. 

The  titles  are  arranged  in  nine  sections:  (1)  Mammals,  about  270 
titles;  (2)  Birds,  about  965  titles;  (3)  Reptiles,  5  titles;  (4)  Zoogeography, 
9  titles;  (5)  Evolution,  22  titles;  (6)  Nomenclature,  27  titles;  (7)  Biography, 
118  titles;  (8)  Miscellaneous,  a  few  titles  each  on  botanical,  geological,  and 
other  subjects;  (9)  Editorial  Work. 

In  the  case  of  papers  of  a  mixed  character,  like  that  on  'Mammals  and 
Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida,'  where  four  special  subjects  are  formally 
treated  under  the  same  general  title,  or  in  the  case  of  faunal  papers  which 
include  mammals  and  birds,  and  in  one  case  also  reptiles  and  plants,  titles 
are  repeated  under  each  section  to  which  they  in  part  formally  relate; 
beyond  these  few  special  cases  titles  are  not  repeated  under  the  different 
sectional  headings,  although  subjects  additional  to  that  indicated  by  the 
title  may  be  incidentally  discussed,  as  in  some  reviews  and  faunal  papers. 


i  Volumes  I-XXVIII.  My  editorial  connection  with  'The  Auk'  closed  with  the  issue  for 
January,  1912,  Volume  XXXIX. 

The  general  indexes  to  these  two  journals  contain  about  1400  entries  under  my  name,  of  which 
about  1250  are  indicated  as  reviews.  Of  this  number  less  than  700  are  included  in  this  bibliography. 

49 


50  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


I.— MAMMALS. 


1.    Catalogue  of  the  Mammals  of  Massachusetts,  with  a  critical  revision  of  the 
species.  <Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  I,  No.  8,  pp.  143-252,  Oct.,  1869. 

68  species,  with  critical  and  other  extended  annotations.  The  revisional  comment  was 
unfortunately  based  largely  on  the  literature  of  the  subject,  in  the  absence  of  actual 
specimens  of  many  of  the  forms  considered. 


1870. 

2.  Notes  on  the  Mammals  of  Iowa.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  pp.  178- 

194,  Feb.,  1870. 

48  species,  with  brief  field  and  critical  notes. 

3.  On  the  Eared  Seals  (Otariadae),  with  detailed  descriptions  of  the  North  Pacific 

Species,  by  J.  A.  Allen.  Together  with  an  Account  of  the  Habits  of  the 
Northern  Fur  Seal  (Callorhinus  ursinus),  by  Charles  Bryant.  <Bull.  Mus. 
Comp.  Zool.,  II,  No.  1,  pp.  1-108,  pll.  i-iii,  August,  1870. 

I.  (1)  Resum6  of  recent  contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  the  Otariadae,  pp.  4-19; 
(2)  affinities,  distinctive  characters  and  synonymy,  with  remarks  on  sexual,  age  and  indi- 
vidual variation,  and  a  conspectas  of  the  genera  and  species,  pp.  19—45;  (3)  on  the  North 
Pacific  species,  pp.  45-89.  II.  Habits  of  the  Northern  Fur  Seal,  etc.,  by  Charles  Bryant, 
with  notes  by  J.  A.  Allen,  pp.  89-108. 

Oulophocinse,  p.  44,  and  Trichiphociwe,  p.  44,  subfamm.  nov.  of  Otariidae;  subsequently 
abandoned. 

4.  A  Spike-horned  Moose.  <Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  p.  443,  with  1  fig.,  Sept.,  1870. 

Captured  in  northern  Maine,  where  'spike-horns'  are  said  to  be  well-known  to  moose 
hunters. 

5.  The  Distribution  of  the  Moose  in  New  England.  <Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  pp.  505-506, 

Nov.,  1870. 

Frequent  in  northern  Maine,  scarce  in  extreme  northern  parts  of  New  Hampshire  and 
Vermont,  and  in  the  Adirondacks  in  New  York. 


1871. 

6.  The  Classification  of  the  Eared  Seals.  <Amer.  Nat.,  V,  pp.  37-42,  March,  1871 . 

Reply  to  criticisms  by  Theodore  Gill  of  my  paper  on  the  Eared  Seals  (supra.  No.  3),  in 
Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  pp.  675-684,  Jan.  1871. 

7.  The  Fauna  of  the  Prairies.  <Amer.  Nat.,  V,  pp.  4-9,  March,  1871. 

Mammals,  passim.,  pp.  4-6. 

8.  On  the  Mammals  and  Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida,  with  an  examination  of 

certain  assumed  specific  characters  in  Birds,  and  a  sketch  of  the  Bird-faunae 
of  Eastern  North  America.  <Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II,  No.  3,  pp.  161-450, 
pll.  4-8,  April,  1871. 

Annotated  list  of  the  mammals,  35  species,  pp.   168-185.      Trlchechus   manalus    Linne 
employed  as  the  name  of  the  Manatee  (p.  171). 


MAMMALS. 


1872. 
9.     "Spike-horned  Muledeer."  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  692-693,  Nov.,  1872. 

The  "Spike-horned "  mule  deer  recorded  in  a  previous  number  of  the  American  Naturalist 
(July,  1872)  by  E.  D.  Cope  is  shown  to  have  been  a  young  elk. 

10.  Description  of  a  Specimen  of  Balcenopterus  muscul\is.<Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp. 

473-474,  August,  1872. 

Review  of  a  memoir  by  Thomas  Dwight,  Jr.,  on  this  species  (Mem.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 
II,  pp.  203-230,  June,  1872). 

11.  The  Habits  of  the  Orca.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  474-475,  August,  1872. 

Review  of  C.  M.  Scammon's  paper  'The  Orca'  (Overland  Monthly,  July,  1872,  pp.  52-57). 

12.  [Geographical  Variation  in  Mammals  and  Birds.]  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 

XV,  pp.  156-159,  Sept.,  1872. 

Mainly  in  reference  to  birds. 

1874. 

13.  Laws  of  Geographical  Variation  in  North  American  Mammals  and  Birds. 

<Amer.  Nat.,  VIII,  pp.  227-229,  April,  1874. 

In  reference  to  R.  Ridgway's  paper  (Amer.  Nat.,  VII.  pp.  548-555,  Sept.,  1873)  on  the 
same  subject. 

14.  Notes  on  the  Mammals  of  portions  of  Kansas,  Colorado,  Wyoming,  and  Utah. 

<Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  VI,  pp.  43-66,  May,  1874. 

Four  distinct  lists  of  mammals  observed  in  the  region  named  in  the  title,  with  notes  on 
their  habits,  distribution,  etc.  I.  Mammals  of  Middle  and  Western  Kansas,  28  species, 
with  three  pages  on  Cynomys  ludovicianus,  pp.  45-52.  II.  Mammals  of  Park  County, 
Colorado,  37  species,  pp.  53-58.  III.  Mammals  of  Carbon  County,  Wyoming,  32  species, 
pp.  58-61.  IV.  Mammals  of  Great  Salt  Lake  Valley,  Utah,  42  species,  pp.  61-66. 

15.  Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  portions  of  Dakota  and  Montana  Territories, 

being  the  substance  of  a  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  on  the  collections 
made  by  the  North  Pacific  Railroad  Expedition  of  1873,  Gen.  D.  S.  Stanley, 
commander.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII,  pp.  33-91,  June,  1874. 
(Also  as  a  separate  pamphlet  of  61  pp.,  1874.) 

Mammals,  pp.  36-45  (pp.  6-13  of  the  reprint),  31  species;  notes  on  habits,  distribution, 
etc. 

16.  On  Geographical  Variation  in  Color  among  North  American  Squirrels;  with  a 

list  of  the  Species  and  Varieties  of  the  American  Sciuridse  occurring  north 
of  Mexico.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  276-294,  June,  1874. 

Variation  in  color,  pp.  276-286;  list  of  species  and  varieties,  pp.  286-294.  Genera: 
Sciurus,  Sciwopterus,  Tamias,  Spermophilus,  Cynomys,  Arctomys.  Species,  25,  with  19 
additional  varieties  =  44  forms.  Vars.  nov.:  (1)  Tamias  quadrivittatus  var.  pallidus,  p.  289; 
(2)  Spermophilus  tridecem-lineatus  var.  pallidus,  p.  291;  (3)  Spermophilus  parryi  var.  kodia- 
censis,  p.  292. 

17.  Scammon's  'Marine  Mammals  of  the  Northwest  Coast  and  American  Whale- 

fishery.'  <Amer.  Nat.,  VIII,  pp.  632-635,  Oct.,  1874. 

An  appreciative  review  of  this  important  work  (4to). 


52  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1875. 

18.  Synopt;s  of  the  American  Leporidse.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII, 

1875,  pp.  430-436. 

10  species,  and  5  varieties  =  15  forms. 

19.  The  Marine  Mammals  of  Western  North  America.  <  The  Nation,  No.  501, 

Feb.  4,  1875. 

Review  of  Scammon's  'Marine  Mammalia'  (cf.  supra,  No.  17). 

20.  Geographical  Variation  in  Color  among  Squirrels.  <Amer.  Nat.,  IX,  pp.  504- 

509,  Sept.  1875. 

Extended  abstract,  with  editorial  comment,  of  No.  16,  supra. 


1876. 

"21.    The  North  American  Bison  and  its  Extermination.  <Penn  Monthly,  VII,  No. 
75,  pp.  214-224,  March,  1876. 

A  general  summary  of  the  subject. 

22.  Recent  Memoirs  on  North  American  Mammals.  <Amer.  Nat.,  X,  pp.  423-425, 

July,  1876. 

Synoptic  review  of  Theodore   Gill's   'Synopsis  of  Insectivorous  Mammals'  (Bull.  U.  S. 
Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sun.  Terr.,  No.  2,  May,  1875). 

23.  The  Former  Range  of  some  New  England  Carnivorous  Mammals.  <Amer. 

Nat.,  X,  pp.  708-715,  Dec.,  1876. 

Citations  of  many  early  records,  showing  their  former  occurrence  far  south  of  their  present 
ranges,  and  their  great  decrease  in  numbers  as  well  as  range. 

24.  "Hare  and  Rabbit."  <Forest  and  Stream,  VI,  No.  18,  p.  284,  June  8,  1876. 

On  the  significance  and  use  of  the  terms. 

25.  A  Description  of  a  new  Generic  Type  (Bassaricyon)  of  Procyonidse  from  Costa 

Rica.<Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1876,  pp.  20-23,  pi.  i,  April  18, 
1876. 

Bassaricyon  gabbi,  gen.  et  sp.  nov. 

26.  List  of  Mammals  and  Birds  collected  at  Lake  Titicaca,  Peru.     With  field-notes 

by  Samuel  Garman.  <BuU.  Mus.  Camp.  Zool,  III,  No.  15,  July,  1876,  pp. 
349-359. 

Mammals,  10  species,  pp.  349-352. 

27.  Description  of  some  remains  of  an  Extinct  Species  of  Wolf  and  an  Extinct 

Species  of  Deer  from  the  Lead  Region  of  the  Upper  Mississippi.  <Amer. 
Journ.  Sci.  and  Arts,  3d  ser.,  XI,  pp.  47-51,  Jan.,  1876. 

Cants  mississippietmis  and  Cereus  whilneyi,  spp.  nov.,  p.  49. 

28.  Geographical  Variation  among  North  American  Mammals,  especially  in  re- 

spect to  size.  <Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr.,  II,  No.  4,  pp.  309-344,  July  1, 
1876. 


MAMMALS.  53 

Relates  exclusively  to  the  fissiped  Carnivora. 

"In  a  general  way,  the  correlation  of  size  with  geographical  distribution  may  be  fonnu- 
•  lated  in  the  following  propositions: 

"  (1)  The  maximum  physical  development  of  the  individual  is  attained  where  the  condition* 
of  environment  are  most  favorable  to  the  life  of  the  species.  Species  being  primarily  limited  in 
their  distribution  by  climatic  conditions,  their  representatives  living  at  or  near  either  of  their 
respective  latitudinal  boundaries  are  more  or  less  unfavorably  affected  by  the  influences  that 
finally  limit  the  range  of  the  species 

"  (2)  The  largest  species  of  a  group  (genus,  subfamily,  or  family,  as  the  case  may  be)  are 
found  where  the  group  to  which  they  severally  belong  reaches  its  highest  development,  or  where  it 
has  what  may  be  termed  its  center  of  distribution.  In  other  words,  species  of  a  given  group 
attain  their  maximum  size  where  the  conditions  of  existence  for  the  group  in  question  are  the 
most  favorable,  just  as  the  largest  representatives  of  a  species  are  found  where  the  conditions 
are  most  favorable  for  the  existence  of  the  species. 

"  (3)  The  most  'typical'  or  most  generalized  representatives  of  a  group  are  found  also  near 
its  center  of  distribution,  outlying  forms  being  generally  more  or  less  'aberrant'  or  specialized 
Thus  the  Cervida;,  though  nearly  cosmopolitan  in  their  distribution,  attain  their  greatest 
development,  both  as  respects  the  size  and  the  number  of  the  species,  in  the  temperate 
portions  of  the  northern  hemisphere.  The  tropical  species  of  this  group  are  the  smallest  of 
its  representatives.  Those  of  the  temperate  and  cold  temperate  regions  are  the  largest, 
where,  too,  the  species  are  the  most  numerous. . .  .The  possession  of  large,  branching,  de- 
ciduous antlers  forms  one  of  the  marked  features  of  the  family.  These  appendages  attain 
their  greatest  development  in  the  northern  species,  the  tropical  forms  having  them  reduced 
almost  to  mere  spikes,  which  in  some  species  never  pass  beyond  a  rudimentary  state...." 
(p.  310). 

29.  Geographical  Variation  among  North  American  Mammals,  especially  in  re- 

spect to  size.  <Amer.  Nat.,  X,  pp.  625-627,  Oct.,  1876. 

Abstract  of  the  preceding  (No.  28). 

30.  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky.  |  N.  S.  Shaler,  director.  |  Vol. 

I,  Part  ii.  |  -  |  The  American  bisons,  |  living  and  extinct.  |  By  J.  A.  Allen.  | 
With  twelve  plates  and  map.  |  -  |  University  press,  Cambridge:  |  Welch, 
Bigelow,  &  Co.  |  1876.  Also: 

Memoirs  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,!  at  Harvard  College,  Cambridge, 
Mass.  |  Vol.  IV,  No.  10.  | —  |  The  American  bisons,  living  and  extinct:  |  By  J.  A.  Allen.  | 
Published  by  permission  of  N.  S.  Shaler,  director  of  the  Kentucky  |  Geological  Survey. 
With  12  plates  and  a  map.  |  University  press,  Cambridge:  |  Welch,  Bigelow,  &  Co.  |  1876. 

4°,  pp.  i-ix,  1-246,  1  col.  map,  12  pll.,  1311.,  2  woodcuts  in  text.     Edition  of  500  copies. 

These  two  publications  were  simultaneous,  and  only  differ  in  the  titles.  The  following 
are  the  contents:  — 

Title,  p.  i. 

Preliminary  note  (by  N.  S.  Shaler),  p.  iii. 

Introduction,  pp.  v-ix. 

PART  I. 

1.  Distinctive  characteristics  and  affinities  of  the  bisons,  pp.  1-3. 

2.  General  historical  account  of  the  remains  of  extinct  bisons  hitherto  found  in  North 

America,  pp.  3-7. 

3.  Description  of  the  extinct  species,  pp.  7-31. 

4.  Geographical  distribution  and  geological  position  of  the  remains  of  the  extinct  bisons  of 

North  America,  pp.  32-35. 

5.  Relation  of  the  existing  species  of  bisons  to  the  extinct  species,  pp.  35-36. 

6.  Description  of  the  existing  species,  pp.  36-70. 

PART  II. 

1.  Geographical  distribution,  past  and  present,  of  Bison  americanus,  pp.  71-191. 

2.  Products  of  the  buffalo,  pp.  191-201. 

3.  The  chase,  pp.  202-215. 

4.  Domestication  of  the  buffalo,  pp.  215-221. 


54  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Appendix  I.  Additional  notes  on  the  former  range  and  early  abundance  of  the  bison  east 
of  the  Mississippi  River,  pp.  223-231. 

Appendix  II.     On  the  age  of  the  bison  in  the  Ohio  Valley,  by  N.  S.  Shaler,  pp.  232-236. 

Index,  pp.  237-246. 

Map,  colored,  to  illustrate  the  geographical  distribution,  past  and  present,  of  Bison  ameri- 
canus, and  12  plates,  each  with  unpaged  explanatory  leaf:  pi.  i,  horncores  of  Bison 
latifrons;  pi.  ii,  atlas  of  B.  latifrons  and  B.  americanus;  pi.  iii,  teeth  of  B.  antiquus  and 
B.  americanus;  pi.  iv,  skull  of  B.  antiquus;  pll.  v  and  vi,  individual  variation  in  skulls  of 
B.  americanus;  pi.  vii,  skulls  of  B.  americanus  and  B.  bonasus,  and  tarsal  bones  of  B. 
americanus  and  B.  latifrons  ?;  pi.  viii,  horns  of  B.  americanus  and  B.  anliguus;  pi.  ix, 
milk  dentition  of  B.  americanus;  pi.  x,  stages  of  attrition  due  to  age  in  teeth  of  B.  ameri- 
canus; pi.  ix,  metacarpal  bones  of  B.  americanus;  pi.  xii,  molar-premolar  series  in  B. 
americanus  and  Bos  taurus. 

31.  Recent  Contributions  to  North  American  Mammalogy.  <Amer.  Nat.,  X,  pp. 

362-365,  June,  1876.     (Anonymous.) 

Review  of  Coues's  'Synopsis  of  the  Muridae  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1874) 

and  bis  'Some  Account of  Zapus  hudsonius'  (Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sun.  Torr.,  Ser.  2,  No.  5, 

Jan.,  1871. 

32.  Exploration  of  Lake  Titicaca,  by  Alexander  Agassiz  and  S.  W.  Garman.     III. 

List  of  Mammals  and  Birds,  with  Field  Notes  by  Mr.  Garman.  <BuLl.  Mus. 
Comp.  Zool.,  Ill,  pp.  349-359,  July,  1876. 

Mammals,  pp.  350-353;    10  species.     [Accidental  duplication  of  No.  26,  supra.] 

33.  The  Extirpation  of  the  larger  Indigenous  Mammals  in  the  United  States. 

<Penn.  Monthly,  pp.  794-806,  Oct.,  1876. 


1877. 

34.  History  of  the  American  Bison,  Bison  americanus.  <  Ninth  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S. 

Geol.  Surv.  Terr,  for  the  year  1875,  pp.  443-587,  June,  1877.     Edition  of 
7000  copies;  also  separate,  1000  copies. 

A  republication  of  the  original  memoir  (see  supra,  No.  30)  under  Dr.  Coues's  editorship, 
exclusive  of  the  map  and  plates,  with  the  following  changes:  — 

1.  The  omission  of  the  illustrations,  explanatory  pages,  and  textual  references. 

2.  The  omission  of  the  portion  relating  to  the  extinct  species,  the  present  reprint  being 
confined  to  the  one  existing  species,  beginning  at  page  36  of  the  original. 

3.  The  incorporation  of  the  appendices  in  the  body  of  the  text. 

4.  The  addition  of  much  new  matter  by  the  author  himself. 

5.  Various  minor  modifications  with  the  slight  alteration,  chiefly  verbal,  of  context 
incident  thereto. 

6.  Alteration  of  the  title  and  substitution  of  editorial  preface  for  the  preliminary  matter 
of  the  original. 

"  No  editorial  abridgment  or  digest  of  any  part  of  the  memoir  was  made,  the  portions  of 
the  memoir  here  reproduced  being  according  to  copy  furnished  by  author,  who  added  much 
new  matter  and  made  some  little  changes  passim  in  the  context.  A  few  editorial  notes, 
chiefly  explanatory  of  modifications  of  the  text,  are  introduced  in  brackets."  —  E.  Coues, 
editor. 

35.  Additional  note  on  Bassaricyon  gabbi.  <Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1877, 

pp.  267-268,  pi.  ii. 

By  error,  a  description  and  figure  of  /Vosua  narica. 

36.  Monographs  of  North  American  Rodentia.     By  Elliott  Coues  and  Joel  Asaph 

Allen.  =  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  of  the  Territories  (F.  V.  Hayden, 


MAMMALS.  55 

U.  S.  Geol.-in-Charge),  Vol.  XI.  Washington:  Govern.  Printing  Office, 
August,  1877.  4°,  pp.  i-x,  1-1091,  pll.  i-v. 

The  following  by  J.  A.  Allen:  — 

Monograph  II.  Leporidae,  pp.  265-378.  Mon.  III.  Hystricidae,  pp.  379-398.  MOD. 
IV.  Lagomyidae,  pp.  399-114.  Mon.  V.  Castoroididae,  pp.  415-426.  Mon.  VI.  Casto- 
ridss,  pp.  427-454.  Mon.  XI.  Sciuridas,  pp.  631-940.  Appendix  A.  Synoptical  List  of 
the  Fossil  Rodentia  of  North  America,  pp.  943-950. 

Fam.  nov.  Castoroididx,  p.  419;  Lepus  sylvaticus  var.  arizonse,  var.  nov.,  p.  332;  Lepus 
graysoni,  sp.  nov.,  p.  347;  Lepus  brasiliensis  var.  gabbi,  var.  nov.,  p.  419;  Tamias  asiaticus 
var.  borealis,  var.  nov.,  p.  793. 

Respecting  Mon.  XI,  Sciuridae,  see  Allen,  Bull.  Amer.  Mas.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIV,  p.  153, 
May  17,  1915  (infra,  No.  259). 

37.  Material  for  Bibliography  of  North  American  Mammals.     Prepared  by  Theo- 

dore Gill  and  Elliott  Coues.  Appendix  B  to  Coues  and  Allen's  'Monographs 
of  North  American  Rodentia,'  pp.  951-1081,  August,  1877. 

"  In  the  labor  of  preparing  this  matter  for  the  press,  which  has  devolved  upon  Dr.  Coues, 
much  assistance  has  been  rendered  by  Mr.  Allen,  who  has  kindly  revised  the  proofs,  adding 
some  titles,  and  making  many  valuable  suggestions."  —  Gill  and  Coues,  1.  c.,  p.  951. 

"Q. —  Addenda"  to  the  foregoing,  pp.  1074-1081.  "For  most  of  the  following  titles, 
about  250,  the  compilers  are  indebted  to  the  kind  attentions  of  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen.  They  were 
received  during  the  printing  of  the  Bibliography,  but  too  late  for  insertion  under  their  proper 
heads,  and  represent,  in  particular,  many  important  palaeontological  papers  by  Leidy,  Marsh 
and  Cope." —  Gill  and  COUF.S,  1.  c.,  p.  1074. 

38.  Northern  Range  of  the  Bison.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XI,  No.  10,  Oct.,  1877,  p.  624. 

Its  presence  on  the  Peace  and  Hay  Rivers,  near  Great  Slave  Lake,  recorded  on  informa- 
tion received  from  E.  W.  Nelson. 

39.  American  Insectivorous  Mammals.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XI,  No.  10,  Oct.,  1877,  pp. 

613-615.     (Anonymous.) 

Review  of  Coues's  'Precursory  Notes  on  American  Insectivorous  Mammals,'  etc.  (Bull. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr.,  Ill,  pp.  631-653,  May,  1877). 

40.  North  American  Fur-bearing  Animals.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XI,  No.  10,  Oct.,  1877, 

pp.  617-619.     (Anonymous.) 

Review  of  Coues's  "Fur-bearing  Animals,"  1877. 

41.  Cope's  Vertebrate  Palaeontology  of  New  Mexico.  < A mer.  Nat.,  XI,  No.  12, 

Dec.,  1877,  pp.  750-753.     (Anonymous.) 

Review  of  Vol.  IV,  pt.  ii,  of  Report  U.  S.  Geogr.  Surv.  West  of  One  Hundredth  Meridian. 

1878. 

42.  The  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Mammals,  considered  in  relation  to  the 

principal  ontological  regions  of  the  earth,  and  the  laws  that  govern  the  dis- 
tribution of  animal  life.  <Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr.,  IV,  No.  2, 
pp.  313-377,  May,  1878. 

Contents:  —  I.  Distribution  of  mammalian  life  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  considered 
in  relation  to  laws  of  geographical  distribution,  pp.  313-329. —  Historical  resume,  with  critical 
analysis  of  views  of  Sclater  and  Wallace. 

II.—  Mammalian  regions  of  the  Globe,  pp.  329-373.—  (1)  Arctic  Realm;  (2)  North 
Temperate  Realm;  (3)  Tropical  Realm;  (4)  South  American  Temperate  Realm;  (5)  Indo- 
African  Realm;  (6)  Australian  Realm;  (7)  Lemurian  Realm;  (8)  Antarctic  Realm. 

The  realms  are  divided  into  regions  and  provinces. 

III. —  General  Summary,  pp.  373-377,  with  diagram  of  realms,  regions  and  provinces. 


56  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

43.    Synonymatic  list  of  the  American  Sciuri,  or  Arboreal  Squirrels.  <BulL  U.  S. 
Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr.,  IV,  No.  4,  pp.  877-887,  905,  Dec.,  1878. 

Revised  list  of  species,  with  nomenclatural  changes  from  the  Monograph  of  the  Sciurida? 
in  Coues  and  Allen's  '  Monographs  of  North  American  Rodentia,"  1877  (see  supra,  No. 


1879. 

44.  On  the  Coatis  (genus  Nasua  StoTr).<Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr. 

V,  No.  2,  pp.  153-174,  Sept.,  1879. 

Monographic  revision  of  the  genus  Nasua. 

45.  On  the  Species  of  the  Genus  Bassaris.  <Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr. 

V,  No.  3,  pp.  331-340,  Nov.,  1879. 

Monographic  revision  of  the  genus  Bassaris. 


1880. 

46.  The  Fauna  of  Eastern  Massachusetts:  Forms  brought  in  and  expelled  by  Civi- 

lization. <  Memorial  History  of  Boston,  edited  by  Justin  Winsor,  I,  1880, 
Chap,  ii,  pp.  9-16. 

Relates  to  mammals  only. 

47.  History  of  North  American  Pinnipeds:   A  Monograph  of  the  Walruses,  Sea- 

lions,  Sea-bears  and  Seals  of  North  America.  Washington:  Govern.  Print- 
ing Office,  1880.  =  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Territories  (F.  V.  Hayden, 
U.  S.  Geol.-in-Charge),  Miscel.  Publ.  No.  11.  8°,  pp.  i-xvi,  1-785,  60 
woodcuts. 

Family  Odobaenidse,  pp.  5-186.  Odobxnus  Briseon  (1762)  the  proper  generic  name  for 
the  walruses,  and  Odobsenidie  the  proper  name  for  the  family  —  not  Trichechus  (auct.  non 
Linne),  nor  Trichechida;,  which  are,  respectively,  the  proper  names  of  the  Manatees;*  two 
species  of  walrus  established,  O.  rosmarus  (Linn.)  and  O.  obesus  (Illiger),  with  figures  of  skulls, 
and  full  history  of  each  species,  including  the  nomenclature,  osteology  and  dentition,  geo- 
graphical distribution,  chase  and  comme'rcial  products. 

Family  Otariidffi,  pp.  187-411.  Technical  and  commercial  history,  with  synopsis,  charac- 
ters, and  geographic  distribution  of  the  extra-limital  species,  recent  and  fossil,  as  well  as  the 
North  American. 

Family  Phocida?,  pp.  412-756.  Technical  history  of  the  family,  classification,  synony- 
matic  list  of  the  genera  and  species,  geographical  distribution,  fossil  remains,  milk-dentition, 
habits,  migrations,  locomotion  on  land,  the  seal-hunting  industry  and  sealing-grounds, 
methods  of  capture,  species  hunted,  products,  decrease  of  seals  from  injudicious  hunting,  etc., 
pp.  412-557;  systematic  treatment  of  the  North  American  species,  pp.  557-756;  Appendix: 
a,  material  examined  (pp.  757-764) ;  6,  additions  and  corrections  (pp.  765-773) ;  index  (pp. 
775-785). 

"A  most  valuable  and  complete  history  of  these  animals,  especially  of  those  found  in 
North  America,  of  their  distribution  and  pursuit,  with  full  synonymy,  and  copious  tables  and 
references.  The  history  of  the  species  of  the  group  generally  is  also  discussed,  with  remarks 
on  their  synonymy  and  distribution." —  Zool.  Rec.  for  1880,  Mamm.  p.  2. 


•  I  employed  Trichechus  manatus  Linn6  for  the  Florida  Manatee  as  early  as  1871  (see  supra,  No.  8). 


MAMMALS.  57 


1881. 

48.  List  of  Mammals  collected  by  Dr.  Edward  Palmer  in  Northeastern  Mexico, 

with  field-notes  by  the  collector.  <Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  VIII,  No.  9, 
March,  1881,  pp.  183-189. 

Annotated  list  of  25  species.     Heleromys  alleni  Coues,  sp.  nov.,  ined.,  p.  187. 
1882. 

49.  Preliminary  List  of  Works  and  Papers  relating  to  the  Mammalian  Orders  Cete 

and  Sirenia.  <Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.,  VI,  No.  3,  pp.  399-562, 
Aug.  30,  1882. 

Covers  the  period  from  Albertus  Magnus  (1495)  to  the  year  1840,  and  numbers  1013 
annotated  titles,  the  annotations  in  many  cases  amounting  to  a  full  statement  of  contents, 
so  far  as  pertinent  to  the  present  subject,  including  names  of  species  and  genera  and  nature 
of  treatment.  All  thus  far  published.  The  cause  of  the  discontinuance  of  publication  is 
explained  in  an  insert,  as  follows: 

"Owing  to  the  illness  of  the  author,  which  prevented  his  revision  of  the  proof-sheets,  it 
was  necessary  to  stop  the  printing  of  the  'List'  at  the  end  of  the  year  1840.  The  present 
instalment  comprises  only  a  little  more  than  one-third  of  the  article;  the  remainder  will  be 
published  as  soon  as  the  author's  health  renders  it  practicable. —  J.  A.  ALLEN,  Cambridge, 
Sept.,  1882." 

See  further,  a  '  Personal  Note'  in  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  1908,  pp.  279-280. 

1883. 

50.  Capture  of  the  Crested  Seal  on  the  Coast  of  Massachusetts.  <Sdence,  I,  No.  19, 

pp.  542-543,  June  15,  1883. 

51.  The  Right  Whale  of  the  North  Atlantic.  <Science,  I,  No.  21,  pp.  598-599, 

June  29,  1883. 

Review  of  Dr.  J.  B.  Holder's  paper  on  this  subject  (Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  pp. 
99-137,  pll.  x-xiii,  May  30,  1883). 

52.  The  Right  Whale  of  the  North  Atlantic.  <Sdence,  II,  No.  26,  p.  134,  Aug.  3, 

1883. 

Reply  to  Dr.  Holder's  rejoinder  to  above. 

53.  The  Right  Whale  of  the  North  Atlantic.  <Science,  II,  No.  30,  p.  267,  Aug.  31, 

1883. 

Reply  to  a  second  rejoinder  by  Dr.  Holder. 
1884. 

54.  How  long  the  Buffaloes  remained  in  Illinois.  <American  Field,  XXII,  p.  128, 

Aug.  9,  1884. 

Remained  till  as  late  as  1805,  and  were  not  wholly  extirpated  till  1808  or  1809;  not 
wholly  destroyed  by  a  heavy  snowfall  in  1763,  as  stated  by  a  previous  correspondent. 

55.  The  Mammals  of  the  Adirondacks.  <Sdence,  IV,  1884,  pp.  445-446. 

Review  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  '  Vertebrates  of  the  Adirondack  Region,  Northeastern 
New  York,'  Chap.  II,  Mammals  (Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  New  York,  I,  1882,  pp.  27-106;  II,  1884, 
pp.  9-214). 


58  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1885. 

66.     What  is  the  Present  Distribution  of  the  American  Bison?  <  Forest  and  Stream, 
XXIV,  No.  8,  p.  145,  March  19,  1885. 

A  request  for  exact  information  as  to  its  present  numbers  and  distribution. 

57.  Prairie  Dog  Wells.  <Fvrest  and  Stream,  XXIV,  No.  8,  p.  145,  March  19,  1885. 

No  evidence  that  prairie  dogs  ever  burrow  for  water,  but  evidence  to  the  contrary,  and 
against  considering  "the  prairie  dog  as  a  water  witch,"  as  believed  by  a  previous  corre- 
spondent. 

58.  On  an  Extinct  Type  of  Dog  from  Ely  Cave,  Lee  County,  Virginia.  <Mem. 

Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  X,  No.  2,  pp.  1-8,  pll.  i-iii,  Dec.  1885. 

Pachycyon  robustus  sp.  nov.,  p.  4.     With  'On  the  Age  of  the  Ely  Cave,'  by  N.  S.  Shaler. 


1887. 

59.  The  West  Indian  Seal  (Monachus  tropicalis).<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

II,  pp.  1-34,  pll.  i-iv,  April  25,  1887. 

Introduction,  pp.  1-3;  external  characters,  pp.  4-6;  osteological  characters,  pp.  6-19; 
sexual  differences,  pp.  20-21;  affinities  of  the  genus  Monachus,  pp.  22-23;  general  history, 
pp.  23-26;  geographical  distribution,  pp.  27-29;  habits,  pp.  29-34. 

60.  Note  on  Squalodont  Remains  from  Charleston,  S.  C.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  II,  pp.  34-39,  pll.  v-vi,  April  25,  1887. 

Squalodon  liedemani,  sp.  nov.,  p.  34.  Based  on  the  rostral  portion  of  a  skull,  with  teeth 
<n  situ. 

61.  The  West  Indian  Seal.  <Sdence,  IX,  No.  206,  p.  35,  Jan.  14,  1887. 

Capture  of  specimens  by  Henry  A.  Ward  at  the  Triangles,  off  Yucatan.  Habits  and 
distinguishing  characters. 

62.  The  West  Indian  Seal.  <Science,  IX,  No.  207,  p.  59,  Jan.  21,  1887. 

Notice  of  a  paper  on  this  species  by  F.  W.  True  and  F.  A.  Lucas,  published  in  1886,  based 
on  a  female  specimen  taken  near  Havana,  Cuba,  in  1883. 


1888. 

63.  List  of  Important  Publications  relating  to  Mammals.  <Kingsley's  Riverside 

Natural  History,  V,  1888,  pp.  529-534. 

About  130  titles. 

1889. 

64.  Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Southern  Mexico,  with  descriptions 

of  new  species  of  the  genera  Sciurus,  Tamias,  and  Sigmodon.  <Bull.  Amer. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  pp.  165-181,  Oct.  21,  1889. 

An  annotated  list  of  16  species.  Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Sciurus  alsloni.  p.  167  (name 
preoccupied  and  changed  to  nayaritensis,  p.  vii  of  same  volume  and  Vol.  Ill,  p.  185);  (2) 
Tamiat  asialicus  bulleri.  p.  173;  (3)  Tamias  asiaticus  mtrriami,  p.  176;  (4)  Sigmodon  fulei- 
venler,  p.  180. 


MAMMALS.  59 

•65.     Former  Range  of  the  Buffalo  in  Virginia.  <New  York  Evening  Post,  Dec.  10, 
1889. 

Not  found  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Washington,  as  alleged  by  a  previous  correspond- 
ent, but  on  the  upper  James  River. 

1890. 

66.  On  Seasonal  Variations  in  Color  in  Sciurus  hudsonius.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  41-44,  June,  1890. 

Based  on  a  series  of  about  60  specimens,  taken  at  Hastings,  New  York,  and  representing 
nearly  every  month  of  the  year. 

67.  A  Review  of  some  of  the  North  American  ground  Squirrels  of  the  genus  Tamias. 

<Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  45-116,  June,  1890. 

24  species  and  subspecies  are  recognized,  of  which  13  are  here  first  described,  as  follows: 

(I)  Tamias  obscurus,  p.  70;    (2)  T.  senex,  p.  83;    (3)  T.  speciosus  (Merriam,  ined.  MS.),  p.  86; 
(4)  T.j rater,  p.  88;    (5)  T.  amauius,  p.  90;    (6)  T.  cinereicollis,  p.  94;    (7)  T.  umbrinus,  p.  96; 
(8)  T.  quadriviltalus  gracilis,  p.  99;    (9)   T.  q.  luteiventris,  p.  101;    (10)  T.  q.  affinis,  p.  103; 

(II)  T.  q.  neglectus,  p.  106;    (12)  T.  minimus  consobrinus,  p.  112;    (13)  T.  m.  pictns,  p.  115. 

68.  Notes  on  a  small  collection  of  West  Indian  Bats,  with  description  of  an  ap- 

parently new  species.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mm.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  169-173, 
Nov.  14,  1890. 

An  annotated  list  of  8  species,  with  critical  comment  on  Artibeus  " perspicillalus  (Linn.)." 
Arlibeus  coryi,  sp.  nov.,  p.  173. 

69.  Notes  on  collections  of  Mammals  made  in  Central  and  Southern  Mexico,  by 

Dr.  Audley  C.  Buller,  with  descriptions  of  new  species  of  the  genera  Ves- 
pertilio,  Sciurus,  and  Lepus.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  175-194, 
Dec.  10,  1890. 

Annotated  list  of  44  species,  with  additional  notes  on  3  species  of  Mexican  Leporidee.  Spp. 
nov.:  (1)  Vespertilio  velifer,  p.  177;  (2)  Sciurus  cenicalis,  p.  183:  (3)  Lepus  sylvalicus  azte- 
cus,  p.  188;  (4)  Lepus  insolilus,  p.  189;  (5)  Lepus  truei,  p.  192. 

70.  Descriptions  of  a  New  Species  and  a  New  Subspecies  of  the  Genus  Lepus. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  159-160,  Oct.,  1890. 

(1)  Lepus  cinerascens,  p.  153;    (2)  Lepus  sylttat icus  flyridanus,  p.  160. 

71.  List  of  Mammals  collected  by  Mr.  Clark  P.  Streator  in  British  Columbia,  with 

descriptions  of  two  new  subspecies  of  Sciurus.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
Ill,  pp.  161-168. 

Annotated  list  of  20  species.  Subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Sciurus  hudsonius  vancouaerensis,  p. 
165;  (2)  S.  h.  californicus,  p.  165. 


1891. 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  Big-eared  Bat,  of  the  genus  Histiotus,  from 
Southern  California.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  195-198,  Feb. 
20,  1891. 

Hislialus  maculalus,  sp.  nov.,  p.  195.     Later  the  type  of  the  genus  Euderma  H.  Allen, 
1892. 


60  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

73.  Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Costa  Rica.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  203-218,  April  17,  1891. 

38  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Blarina  cosiaricensis,!  p.  205;  (2)  Hesperomys  (Vesperi- 
mus) cherriei,  p.  211;  (3)  Hesperomys  (Vesperimus)  nudipes,  p.  213;  (4)  Hesperomys  (Ory- 
zomys)  alfaroi,  p.  214. 

74.  On  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Southern  Texas  and  Northeastern  Mexico. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  219-228,  April  17,  1891. 

An  annotated  list  of  31  species,  the  following  new:    (1)  Scalops  argenlatus  lexanus,  p.  221; 

(2)  Dipodops  sennelli,  p.  226. 

75.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Capromys,  from  the  Plana  Keys,  Bahamas. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  329-336,  Aug.  31,  1891. 

Capromys  ingrahami,  p.  329,  sp.  nov. 

76.  Notes  on  new  or  little-known  North  American  Mammals,  based  on  recent  ad- 

ditions to  the  Collection  of  Mammals  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  263-310,  June  30,  1891. 

Extended  remarks  on  Heleromys  alleni  Coues,  Dipodomys  phillipsii  Gray,  Neotoma  micro- 
pus  Baird,  Hesperomys  indianus  Wied  (  =  Mus  musculus  Linn.),  the  generic  name  Hesperomys 
Waterhouse,  and  Mus  agrarius  americanus  Kerr  (1771)  PS.  Hesperomys  leucopus  auctorum 
(strictly,  vs.  Mus  syloaticus  noveboracensis  Fischer,  1829).  Mus  agrarius  americanus  shown 
later  to  be  unavailable  in  this  connection,  through  a  previous  Mus  americanus  Kerr. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:   (1)  Dipodops  ordii palmeri,  p.  276;   (2)  Dipodops  richardsoni,  p.  277; 

(3)  Perognathus  (Chsetodipus)  femoralis,  p.  281;    (4)  Neotoma  -micropus  canescens,  p.  285; 
(5)  Oryzomys  aquaticus  p.  289;    (6)    Vesperimus  dijfficilis,  p.  298;    (7)    Vesperimus  nasutus, 
p.  299;    (8)   Vesperimus  mearnsii,  p.  300. 

77.  Recent  work  in  North  American  Mammalogy.  <  Trans.  New  York  Acad.  Sci., 

X,  No.  5,  1891,  pp.  71-85. 

A  review  of  "recent  progress"  (1857-1891)  in  North  American  mammalogy. 

78.  Descriptions  of  two  supposed  new  species  of  Mice  from  Costa  Rica  and  Mexico, 

with  remarks  on  Hesperomys  melanophrys  of  Coues.  <Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
XIV,  pp.  193-196,  1891. 

Spp.  nov.:    (1)  Oryzomys  talamancse,  p.   193;    (2)  Hesperomys  (Vesperimus)  affinis,  p.  195. 


1892. 

79.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Perognathus  from  Southeastern  Texas.  <BulL 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  pp.  45-46,  pi.  iii,  March  25,  1892. 

Perognalhus  merriami,  p.  45. 

80.  On  a  small  collection  of  Mammals  from  the  Gallapagos  Islands,  collected  by 

Dr.  G.  Baur.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  pp.  47-50,  March  25,  1892. 

4  species,  2  new,  as  follows:   (1)  Alalapha  brachyoiis,  p.  47;   (2)  Oryzomys  bawi,  p.  48. 

81.  The  Geographical  Distribution  of  North  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  pp.  199-244,  pll.  v-viii  (maps). 

Influences  determining  the  geographic  distribution  of  life  (climatic),  pp.  199-200;   inter- 
relation of  land  areas,  pp.  200-201);  mammals  as  the  basis  for  the  classification  of  life  areas, 

i  Based  on  alcoholic  specimens  collected  in  all  probability  in  the  United  States,  wrongly  attributed 
to  Costa  Rica,  whence  they  were  received  by  the  author. 


61 

pp.  202-203;  systematic  classification  of  life  areas,  pp.  203-211;  the  Sclaterian  system,  pp. 
211-212;  the  mammals  of  North  America  considered  in  relation  to  the  North  American 
Region  and  its  subdivisions,  pp.  213-240,  with  3  maps. 

82.  A  synopsis  of  the  Pinnipeds,  or  Seals  and  Walruses,  in  relation  to  their  com- 

mercial history  and  products.  <  Fur-seal  Arbitration.  Appendix  to  the 
case  of  the  United  States  before  the  Tribunal  of  Arbitration,  etc.,  I,  1892, 
pp.  367-391. 

83.  Fur-seal  Hunting  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere.  <Ibid.,  pp.  393^104. 

84.  The  Alaskan  Fur-seal  and  Pelagic  Sealing-.  <Ibid.,  pp.  405-410. 

85.  Visitors'  Guide  to  the  Collection  of  Mammals  in  the  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History,  Seventy-Seventh  Street  and  Eighth  Avenue,  New  York 
City.  By  J.  A.  Allen,  Ph.D.,  Curator.  New  York:  Printed  for  the  Museum. 
1892.  8°,  pp.  1-89.  Diagram  of  hall  and  24  cuts  in  text. 


1893. 

86.  Rabbits  and  Hares.  <0ur  Animal  Friends,  XX,  No.  11,  July,  1893,  pp.  248- 

251. 

87.  List  of  Mammals  and  Birds  collected  in  Northeastern  Sonora  and  North- 

western Chihuahua,  Mexico,  on  the  Lumholtz  Archaeological  Expedition, 
1890-92.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  27-42,  March  16,  1893. 

Mammals,  17  species,  pp.  28-32.     Sciurus  apache,  sp.  nov.,  p.  29. 

88.  Descriptions  of  Four  New  Species  of  Thomomys,  with  remarks  on  other  Species 

of  the  Genus.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  47-63,  pi.  i,  April  28, 
1893. 

I.  Descriptions  of  spp.  nov. :  (1)  Thomomys  monlicolus,  p.  48;  (2)  T.  aweus,  p.  49;  (3) 
T.fossor,  p.  51;  (4)  T.  tollecus,  p.  52.  II.  Questions  of  nomenclature,  pp.  53-64.  III. 
Cranial  characters,  pp.  64-65.  IV.  Species  and  subspecies  of  the  genus  Thomomys,  pp. 
66-67. 

89.  List  of  Mammals  collected  by  Mr.  Charles  P.  Rowley  in  the  San  Juan  Region 

of  Colorado,  New  Mexico   and  Utah,  with   descriptions  of  new  species. 
<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  64-84,  April  28,  1893. 

Annotated  list  of  34  species.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Zapus princeps,  p.  71;  (2)  Arvicola  (Mynomes) 
aztecus,  p.  73;  (3)  Reithrodontomys  aztecus,  p.  79;  Sitomys  awipectus,  p.  75;  S.  rowleyi,  p.  76. 

90.  On  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  the  San  Pedro  Martir  Region  of  Lower 

California,  with  notes  on  other  species,  particular!}'  of  the  genus  Sitomys. 
<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  181-202,  August  18,  1893. 

Annotated  list  of  9  species.  Spp.  and  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Sitomys  americanus  Ihwberi, 
p.  185;  (2)  S.  martirensis,  p.  187;  (3)  S.  gilberti,  p.  188;  (4)  Tamias  leucurus  peninsulx, 
p.  197;  (5)  Scapanus  anlhonyi,  p.  200. 

Hesperomys  gambelii  Baird  —  type  locality  fixed  as  Monterey,  Cal.,  p.  190;  Hesperomys 
boylei  Baird  —  type  locality  fixed  as  Middle  Fork  of  the  American  River,  El  Dorado  Co., 
Cal.,  p.  192;  Hesperomys  austerus  Baird  —  type  locality  fixed  as  Fort  Steilacoom,  Puget 
Sound,  p.  192. 


62  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

91 .  On  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  the  Island  of  Trinidad,  with  descriptions  of 

new  species.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  203-234,  Sept.  21,  1893. 
(With  Frank  M.  Chapman.) 

Annotated  list  of  34  species.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Chceronycieris  intermedia,  p.  207;  (2)  Nec- 
tomys  palmipes,  p.  209;  (3)  Tylomys  couesi,  p.  211;  (4)  Oryzomys  speciosus,  212;  (5)  O. 
trinilatis,  p.  213;  (6)  O.  velutinus,  p.  214;  (7)  O.  brevicauda,  p.  215;  (8)  Loncheres  caslaneusr 
p.  222;  (9)  Echimys  IrinUalis,  p.  223. 

List  of  known  land  mammals  from  Trinidad  (65  species),  pp.  231-234. 

92.  Further  Notes  on  Costa  Rican  Mammals,  with  description  of  a  new  species  of 

Oryzomys.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  237-240,  Sept.  22,  1893. 

Annotated  list  of  18  species.     O.  coslaricensis,  sp.  nov.,  p.  239. 

93.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Opossum,  from  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec, 

Mexico.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  235-236,  Sept.  22,  1893. 

Didelphys  (Micoureus)  eanescens,  sp.  nov.,  p.  235. 

94.  Description  of  a  new  Mouse  from  Lake  County,  California.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  335,  336,  Dec.  16,  1893. 

Sitomys  robustus,  p.  335. 

95.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Geomys  from  Costa  Rica.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus* 

Nat.  Hist.,  V,  pp.  337,  338,  Dec.  16,  1893. 

Geomys  cherriei,  p.  337. 

1894. 

96.  Notes  on  Mammals  from  New  Brunswick,  with  Description  of  a  new  Species; 

of  Evotomys.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  pp.  99-106,  April  14,  1894. 

Annotated  list  of  33  species.  Evotomys  fuscodor sails  sp.  nov.,  p.  103.  Later  found  to  be- 
a  melanistic  phase  of  E.  gapperi  (see  infra,  No.  139). 

97.  On  the  Seasonal  Change  of  Color  in  the  Varying  Hare  (Lepus  americanus  Erxl.)_ 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  pp.  107-128,  April  14,  1894. 

Change  due  to  moult,  not  to  change  of  color  of  the  hair.  Based  on  the  study  of  about 
75  specimens  collected  in  New  Brunswick. 

98.  On  the  Mammals  of  Aransas  County,  Texas,  with  descriptions  of  new  forms- 

of  Lepus  and  Oryzomys.  < Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  pp.  165-198, 
May  31,  1894. 

Annotated  list  of  36  species.  Subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Lepus  syhaticus  mearnsll  p.  171  (foot- 
note) ;  (2)  Oryzomys  paluslris  lerensis,  p.  177. 

Table  of  cranial  measurements  and  ratios  of  34  North  American  specimens  of  the  genus 
Mephitis  (insert,  facing  p.  190);  note  on  variability  of  coloration  in  species  of  Mephitis, 
pp.  192-196. 

99.  Cranial  Variations  in  Neotoma  micropus  due  to  Growth  and  Individual  Differ- 

entiation. <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,   1894,  pp.  233-246,  pi.  iv, 
August  3,  1894. 

100.  Remarks  on  Specimens  of  ChUonycteris  rubiginosus  from  Western  Mexico, 

and  on  the  Color  Phases  of  Pteronotus  davyi  Gray.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.,  VI,  1894,  pp.  247-248,  August  3,  1894. 


MAMMALS.  63 

101.  Descriptions  of  ten  new  North  American  Mammals,  and  remarks  on  others. 

<Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  1894,  pp.  317-333,  Nov.  7,  1894. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Perognalhus  pricei,  p.  318;  (2)  Perognalhus  condili,  p.  318;  (3) 
Reithrodontomys  mexicanus  fulaescens,  p.  319;  (4)  Arvicola  leucophacus,  p.  320;  (5)  Silomyt 
americanus  arizome,  p.  321;  (6)  Neoloma  campeslris,  p.  322;  (7)  Neoioma  rupicola,  p.  323;  (8) 
Neotoma  grangeri,  p.  324;  (9)  Sciwus  hudsonicus  dakolensis,  p.  325;  (10)  Phenacomys  iruei, 
p.  331.  Remarks  on  Anicola  haydenii  Baird  and  A.  cinnamomeus  Baird. 

102.  Recent  Progress  in  the  Study  of  North  American  Mammals.  <Abst.  Proe. 

Linncean  Soc.  New  York,  for  the  year  ending  March  27,  1894,  pp.  17-45, 
July  20,  1894. 

A  review  of  recent  methods  and  results,  with  lists  of  the  North  American  species  of  Lepus, 
Heteromys,  Perognathus,  Dipodomys.  Perodipus,  Thomomys,  Geomys,  Phenacomys,  Evotomys, 
Anicola,  Neotoma,  Sigmodon,  Oryzomys,  Silomys,  Sciwus,  Tamias,  Spermophilus,  etc.,  in 
illustration  of  the  subject. 

103.  Descriptions   of  five  new   North   American   Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist,,  VI,  1894,  pp.  347-350,  Dec.  7,  1894. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Anicola  insperatus,  p.  347;  (2)  Lepus  lexianus  eremicus,  p.  347; 
(3)  Lepus  sylvaticus  pinetis,  p.  348;  (4)  Sciurus  arizonensis  huachuca,  p.  349;  (5)  Sciurus 
hudsonicus  grahamensis,  p.  350. 

104.  Remarks  on  a  Second  Collection  of  Mammals  from  New  Brunswick,  and  on 

the  Re-discovery  of  the  Genus  Neotoma  in  New  York  State.  <Butt.  Amer. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  1894,  pp.  359-364,  Dec.  22,  1894. 

Notes  on  7  species,  pp.  359-361.  Capture  of  Neotoma  pennsylvanicus  Stone  on  Storm 
King  Mountain,  Orange  Co.,  N.  Y.;  and  reference  to  its  long  previous  record  of  occurrence 
at  Piermont,  Rockland  Co.,  N.  Y.,  pp.  362-364. 

1895. 

105.  On  the  Species  of  the  Genus  Reithrodontomys.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

VII,  1895,  pp.  107-143,  May  21,  1895. 

A  monographic  revision;  15  species  and  subspecies  recognized,  the  following  new:  (1) 
R.  merriami,  p.  119;  (2)  R.  dychei,  p.  120;  (3)  R.  dychei  nebrascensis,  p.  122;  (3)  R.  megalolis 
deserti,  p.  127;  (4)  R.  arizonensis,  p.  134;  (5)  R.  mexicanus  intermedius,  p.  136;  (6)  R.  m. 
auranlius,  p.  137;  (7)  R.  coslaricensis,  p.  139. 

106.  On  the  Names  of  Mammals  given  by  Kerr  in  his  'Animal  Kingdom,'  published 

in  1792.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  pp.  179-192,  June  20,  1895. 

Four  generic  and  16  specific  names  antedate  current  names  taken  from  later  authors; 
as  follows:  Myocastor  =  Myopotamus  Geoffrey,  1805  (p.  182);  Cricelus  =  Criceius  Cuvier, 

1817  (p.    183);    Myotalpa  =  Siphneus  Brants,   1827   (p.    183);    Lynx  =  Lynx  Rafinesque, 

1818  (p.  182).     The  necessary  changes  in  specific  names  are: 
Cercocebus  torquatus  (Kerr)   =  C.  collaris  Gray,  1843  (p.  185). 
Nasalis  nasuus  (Kerr)   =  N.  nasalis  (Shaw),  1800  (p.  186). 
Colobus  badius  (Kerr)   =  C.ferruginea  (Shaw),  1800  (p.  186). 
Cebus  albulus  (Kerr)   =  C.  hypoleucus  Humb.,  1811  (p.  186). 
Priodon  maximus  (Kerr)   =  P.  gigas  (Cuvier),  1817  (p.  187). 
Mastodon  americanus  (Kerr)   =  M.  giganleus  Cuvier,  1817  (p.  187). 
Canis  australis  Kerr  =  C.  antarcticus  Shaw,  1800  (p.  188). 
Crocidura  cxrulea  (Kerr)   =  C.  cxrulescens  (Shaw),  1800  (p.  188). 
Petawus  norfolcensis  (Kerr)   =  P.  sciurea  (Shaw),  1794  (p.  190). 
Alcefossilis  (Kerr)  [=  A.  giganlea^  Blumenb.,  1799  (p.  191).] 

1  By  error  "Cereus  giganteus  Goldfuss,  1821 "  is  cited  instead  of  Alee  qiganteus  Blumenbach,  1799. 


64  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Mazama  temama  (Kerr)  =  M.  lema  Rafinesque,1  1817. 
Otis  europxa  (Kerr)  =  0.  musimon  Auct.  ex  Pallas,  1811  (p.  192). 

Lynx  iexensis  nom.  nov.  (p.  188)  is  given  to  replace  Felis  maculala  Horfs.  and  Vigors 
(1829),  preoccupied  by  Felis  (Lynx)  vulgar  is  maculalus  Kerr,  for  the  Texas  lynx. 

107.  On  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Arizona  and  Mexico,  made  by  Mr.  W.  W. 

Price,  with  Field  Notes  by  the  Collector.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
VII,  pp.  193-258,  fig.  1-17,  June  29,  1895. 

Annotated  list  of  70  species  collected  and  16  others  observed  but  not  collected,  making 
a  total  of  86  species,  with  important  field  notes,  extended  measurements  and  technical  com- 
ment. f 

Genus  hemionus  Raf.,  1817,  replaces  C.  macrolis  Say,  1823;  Ovis  cervina  Desm.,  replaces 
O.  canadensis  Shaw.  Thomomys  cereinus,  sp.  nov.,  p.  203. 

108.  List  of  Mammals  collected  in  the  Black  Hills  Region  of  South  Dakota  and  in 

Western  Kansas  by  Mr.  Walter  W.  Granger,  with  Field  Notes  by  the  Col- 
lector. <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  pp.  259-274,  August  21,  1895. 

Annotated  list  of  53  spp.     Lepus  s^-lvalicus  grangeri  subsp.  nov.,  p.  264. 

109.  Descriptions  of  new  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

VII,  pp.  327-340,  Nov.  8,  1895. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Lepus  aquaticus  attioateri,'p.  327;  (2)  Reithrodonlomys  australit, 
p.  328;  (3)  Oryzomys  cherriei,  p.  329;  (4)  Peromyscus  attwaleri,  p.  330;  (5)  Neotoma  cinna- 
momea,  p.  331;  (6)  Sciurus  (Microsciwus,  subgen.  nov.)  alfari,  p.  333;  (7)  Tamias  pricei, 
p.  333;  (8)  Tamias  wortmani,  p.  335;  (9)  Spermophilus  Iridecemlineatus  olioaceus,  p.  337; 
(10)  S.  1.  parvus,  p.  337;  (11)  Blarina  (Soriciscus)  nigresrens,  p.  339;  (12)  B.  (S.)  orophila, 
p.  340. 

110.  Monographic  Revision  of  the  Pocket  Gophers,  Family  Geomyidse  (exclusive 

of  the  genus  Thomomys).  <Science,  N.  S.,  I,  pp.  241-243,  March  1,  1895. 

Review  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  paper  of  this  title  in  N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  8,  1895. 

111.  The  Pocket  Gophers  of  the  United  States.  <Science,  N.  S.,  I,  pp.  689-690, 

June  21,  1895. 

Review  of  paper  by  Vernon  Bailey  in  Bull.  No.  5,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agrie.,  1895. 

112.  Those  Pocket  Gophers.    Another  Contribution  about  the   Literature  and 

Habits  of  the  Geomyidse.  <New  York  Sun  (newspaper),  Feb.  26,  1895. 

A  humorous  reply  to  abusive  criticism  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  '  Monographic  Revision 
of  the  Pocket  Gophers'  (W.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  8,  Jan.  1895),  under  the  pseudonym  "Thomas 
Jones." 

1896. 

113.  Note  on  Macrogeomys  cherriei  (AUen).<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII, 

pp.  45-46,  pi.  i,  April  15,  1896. 

Geomys  cherriei  further  described  and  skull  figured  (cf.  supra.  No.  95). 

114.  On  Mammals  collected  in  Bexar  County  and  Vicinity,  Texas,  by  Mr.  H.  P. 

Attwater,  with  Field  Notes  by  the  Collector.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

VIII,  pp.  47-80,  April  22,  1896. 
Annotated  list  of  53  spp. 


1  Cenut  lemama  Kerr  and  Mazama  tema  Rafinesque  I  have  recently  rejected  as  indeterminable, 
accepting  instead  Cervus  sarlorii  Saussure  (cf.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIV,  p.  541,  Nov.  2, 
1915). 


MAMMALS.  65 

115.  Descriptions  of  new  North  American   Mammals.  <Bidl.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  VIII,  1896,  pp.  233-240,  pll.  x  and  xi,  Nov.  21,  1896. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Rangifer  terrxnovx,  p.  233  (=  R.  terrxnovse  Bangs  of  11  days 
earlier  date) :  (2)  Reithrodontomys  laceyi,  p.  235;  (3)  Perognalhus  mearnti,  p.  237;  (4)  Peromys- 
cus  michiganensis  pallescens,  p.  238;  (5)  Vesperlilio  incaulus,  p.  239;  (6)  Vespertilio  chrysono- 
tus,  p.  340. 

116.  List  of  Mammals  collected  by  Mr.  Walter  W.  Granger,  in  New  Mexico,  Utah, 

Wyoming  and  Nebraska,  1895-96,  with  Field  Notes  by  the  Collector.  <Bull. 
Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII,  pp.  241-258,  Nov.  25,  1896. 

Annotated  list  of  48  spp. 

117.  On   Mammals  from   the  Santa  Cruz   Mountains,   California.  <Butt.   Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII,  pp.  263-270,  Dec.  4,  1896. 

Annotated  list  of  16  species,  with  records  of  large  series  of  measurement  of  various  species 
of  M  uricki'  and  one  shrew. 

117a.     North  American  Shrews.  <Science,  N.  S.,  Ill,  pp.  411-413,  March  13,  1896. 

Review  of  papers  by  C.  Hart  Merriam  and  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  Jr.,  published  in  /V.  Amer. 
Fauna,  No.  10,  Dec.  31,  1895. 

1897. 

118.  On  Mammals  from  Yucatan,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  <Butt.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  1-12,  Feb.  23,  1897.     With  Frank  M.  Chapman. 

Annotated  list  of  15  species,  with  3  new,  as  follows:  (1)  Peromyscus  yucatanicus,  p.  8;  (2) 
Reithrodontomys  mexicanus  gracilis,  p.  9;  (3)  Heleromys  gaumeri,  p.  9. 

119.  On  a  Second  Collection  of  Mammals  from  the  Island  of  Trinidad,  with  de- 

scriptions of  New  Species,  and  a  Note  on  some  Mammals  from  the  Island 
of  Dominica,  W.  l.<Bidl.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  13-30,  Feb.  26, 
1897.  With  Frank  M.  Chapman. 

The  annotated  list  of  Trinidad  species  numbers  40,  with  the  following  new:  (1)  Artibeus 
palmarum,  p.  16;  (2)  Oryzomys  delicatus,  p.  19;  (3)  Akodon  wichi.  p.  19;  (4)  Ahodonfrus- 
Iralor.  p.  20:  (5)  Thylamys  carri,  p.  27. 

Five  species  recorded  from  Dominica. 

120.  Additional  Notes  on  Costa  Rica  Mammals,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species. 

<BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  31-43,  pi.  i,  March  11,  1897. 

Annotated  list  of  66  species,  with  2  new  genera  and  4  new  species,  as  follows:  Genn.  nov. : 
Zygodonlomys,  p.  38;  Sigmodonlomys,  p.  38.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Arlibeas  inlermedius,  p.  33;  (2) 
Oryzomys  chrysomelas,  p.  37;  (3)  Sigmodontomys  alfari,  p.  39;  (4)  Sigmodon  borucx,  p.  40. 

121.  Further  Notes  on  Mammals  Collected  in  Mexico  by  Dr.  Audley  C.  Buller, 

with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  <  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp. 
47-58,  March  15,  1897. 

An  annotated  list  of  35  species,  with  the  following  as  new:  (1)  Peromyscux  spicilegiu, 
p.  50;  (2)  Peromyscus  banderanus,  p.  51;  (3)  Oryzomys  mexicanut,  p.  52;  (4)  Oryzomys 
bulleri,  p.  53;  (5)  Sigmodon  mascottnsis,  p.  54;  (6)  Sigmodon  colimx,  55;  (7)  Heleromys  hispi- 
dus,  p.  56. 

122.  Preliminary  Description  of  a  new  Mountain  Sheep  from  the  British  North- 

west Territory.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  111-114,  pll.  ii  and  iii, 
April  8,  1897. 

Ovis  slonei,  sp.  nov. 


66  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

123.  On  a  Small  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Peru,  with  Descriptions  of  New 

Species.  <BuJl.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  115-119,  April  26,  1897. 

Spp.  12,  with  3  new:  (1)  Sciwus  (Microsciurus)  peruanus,  p.  115;  (2)  Oryzomys  baroni, 
p.  118;  Sigmodon  peruanus.  p.  118. 

124.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Sigmodon,  from  Bogota,  Colombia.  <Butt. 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  121-122,  May  24,  1897. 

Sigmodon  bogolensis,  sp.  nov. 

125.  On  a  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Jalapa  and  Las  Vigas,  State  of  Vera  Cruz, 

Mexico.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  197-208,  June  16,  1897. 
With  Frank  M.  Chapman. 

Annotated  list  of  19  species  with  7  new:  (1)  Mus  musculus  jalapx,  p.  198;  (2)  Reithro- 
donlomys  rafescens,  p.  199;  (3)  Reithrodonlomys  saturalus,  p.  201;  (4)  Peromyscus  furvus, 
p.  201;  (5)  Peromyscus  melanotis,  p.  203;  (6)  Peromyscus  musculus  brunneus,  p.  203;  (7) 
Oryzomys  jalapx,  p.  206. 

126.  Description  of  a  new  Vespertilionine  Bat  from  Yucatan.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  pp.  231-232,  Sept.  28,  1897. 

Adelonycleris  gaumeri,  sp.  nov. 


127.  Descriptions  of  new  Mammals  from  Western  Mexico  and  Lower  California. 

<Bull  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  pp.  143-158,  April  12,  1898. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Marmosa  sinalox,  p.  143;  (2)  Lepus  peninsular  is,  p.  144;  (3) 
Lepus  cerrosensis,  p.  145;  (4)  Lepus  arizonx  confinis,  p.  146;  (5)  Thomomys  fuhus  aniise, 
p.  146;  (6)  Thomomys  fulvus  martirensis,  p.  147;  (7)  Thomomys  alrovarius,  p.  148;  (8)  Perog- 
nathus  pernix,  p.  149;  (9)  Neoloma  sinalox,  p.  149;  (10)  Neotoma  arenacea,  p.  150;  (11) 
Neoloma  anthonyi,  p.  151;  (12)  Peromyscus  eremicus  propinquus,  p.  154;  (13)  Peromyscus 
cedrosensis,  p.  154;  (14)  Peromyscus  cinerilius,  p.  155;  (15)  Peromyscus  geronimensis,  p.  156; 
(16)  Peromyscus  exiguus,  p.  157;  (17)  Peromyscus  dubius,  p.  157. 

Neoloma  bryanti  Merriam  redescribed  from  a  series  of  good  specimens,  pp.  152-153. 

128.  Revision  of  the  Chickarees,  or  North  American  Red  Squirrels   (subgenus 

Tamiasciurus).<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  pp.  249-298,  August  31, 
1898. 

Monographic  revision.  Subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Sciwus  hudsonicus  baileyi,  p.  261;  (2)  Sciurus 
hudsonicus  venlorum,  p.  263;  (3)  Sciwus  hudsonicus  slreatori,  p.  267;  (4)  Sciwus  douglasii 
cascadensis,  p.  277;  (5)  Sciurus /remonli  neomexicanus,  p.  291. 

Sciwus  douglasii  mollipilosus  Aud.  &  Bachm.  revived  to  replace  Sciurus  hudsonicus  orarius 
Bangs,  1897,  p.  277. 

129.  Xomenclatorial  Notes  on  certain  North  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  pp.  449-461,  Nov.  10,  1898. 

.Sciurus  rubricalus  Ord  (1818),  Sciwus  bollx  Lesson  (1831),  names  of  too  doubtful  signifi- 
cance to  be  employed;  Sciurus  californicus  Lesson  (1847),  of  doubtful  application,  but  renders 
Sciurus  hudsonicus  californicus  Allen  (1890)  untenable,  which  is  here  replaced  by  Sciurus 
douglasii  albolimbalus  (nom.  nov.),  p.  453;  Sciwus  griseus  Ord  (1818)  antedates  Sciwus 
fossor  Peale  (1848)  for  the  same  species;  Spermophilus  empetra  (Pallas,  1778)  is  again  affirmed 
to  =  S.  parryi  Richardson;  Arctomys  lewsii  Aud.  &  Bach.  (1853),  an  earlier  name  for  Cynomys 
lew-urns  Merriam  (1890);  Glis  canadensis  Erxleben  (1777)  =  Arclomys  monai  melanopus 
Kuhl  (1820);  Arctomys  pruinosus  Gmelin  (1788)  =  A.  caligalus  Eschscholtz  (1829);  Hy- 
pudxus  ochrogaster  Wagner  (1843)  =  Microlus  austerus  LeConte  (1853);  Lutra  canadensis 


MAMMALS.  67 

Schreber,  1776)  the  correct  name  of  the  common  Otter  of  North  America  (vs.  Rhoads); 
Mustela  pennanti  Erxleben  (1777)  the  correct  name  for  the  Fisher  (vs.  Rhoads). 

Sciurus  wagneri  nom.  nov.  for  Sciwus  albipes  et  S.  varius  Wagner,  preoccupied  (  =  Sciurus 
poliopus  Fitzinger). 

130.  A  Pocket  Mouse  in  Confinement.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXII,  pp.  583-584,  August, 

1898. 

A  specimen  of  Perognalhus  mearnsi  lived  in  a  cage  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History  for  about  four  years  in  good  health  without  partaking  of  water,  though  water  was 
offered  it,  showing  that  water  was  not  necessary  to  its  welfare. 

131.  The  Sea  Otter.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXII,  pp.  356-358,  May,  1898. 

On  their  greatly  reduced  numbers,  based  on  a  report  to  U.  S.  Government  by  Capt. 
V.  L.  Hooper,  Commanding  Bering  Sea  Patrol  Fleet,  1897.  (Treas.  Dept.  Rep.,  Dec. 

1897.) 

132.  The  Mammals  of  Florida.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIII,  pp.  433^36,  June,  1898. 

Review  of  Outram  Bangs's  paper  'The  Land  Mammals  of  Peninsular  Florida  and  the 
Coast  Region  of  Georgia'  (Proc.  Boston  Sac.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  1898). 


1899. 

133.  Trouessart's   Catalogue   of   Mammals.  <Amer.  Nat.,   XXXIII,   pp.   69-70, 

Jan.,  1899. 

Review  of  second  edition  of  Trouessart's  '  Catalogus  Mammalium  tarn  Viventium  quam 
Fossilium,'  1897. 

134.  Generic  and  Family  Names  of  Rodents.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIII,  pp.  70-72, 

Jan.,  1899. 

Review  of  Thomas's  '  On  the  Genera  of  Rodents '  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1896,  pp.  1012- 
1018)  and  Palmer's  'A  List  of  the  Generic  Names  of  Rodents'  (Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington, 
XI,  pp.  241-270,  Dec.  7,  1897). 

135.  The  Fossil  Bisons  of  North  America.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIII,  pp.  665-666, 

August,  1899. 

Review  of  Lucas's  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XXI,  pp.  755,  771,  pis.  Ixv-lxxxiv,  and 
text  figures). 

136.  'Wild  Animals  I  have  Known.'  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIII,  pp.  666-668,  August, 

1899. 

Review  of  E.  S.  Thompson's  book  thus  entitled  (New  York,  1898). 

137.  The  North  American  Arboreal  Squirrels.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIII,   August, 

1899,  pp.  635-642. 

A  review  of  E.  W.  Nelson's  'Revision  of  the  Squirrels  of  Mexico  and  Central  America* 
(Proc.  Washington  Acad.  Set.,  I,  pp.  15-110,  pll.  i  and  ii,  May,  1899),  to  which  is  here  added 
a  list  of  the  'Arboreal  Squirrels  found  in  North  America  north  of  Mexico,'  with  their  geo- 
graphic ranges. 

138.  Report  of  the  Fur  Seal  Investigations,  1896-1897.  <Science,  N.  S.,  X,  pp. 

885-890,  Dec.  15,  1899. 

Review  of  'The  Fur  Seals  and  Fur  Seal  Islands  of  the  North  Pacific,'  by  David  Starr 
Jordan,  Commissioner  in  Charge  of  Fur  Seal  Investigations,  1896-1897. 


68  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

139.  On  Mammals  from  the  Northwest  Territory  collected  by  Mr.  A.  J.  Stone. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  pp.  1-9,  March  4,  1899. 

Annotated  list  of  17  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Zapus  saltator,  p.  3;  (2)  Phenacomys 
constablei,  p.  4;  (3)  Microtus  stonei,  p.  5;  (4)  Microlus  vellerosus,  p.  7;  (5)  Microtus  cautus, 
p.  7.  Also  note  on  Evotomys  fuscodorsalis  Allen  =  E.  gapperi  (Vigors). 

140.  Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Rodents.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XII,  pp.  11-17,  March  4,  1899. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Lepus  americanus  phseonotus,  p.  11;  (2)  Lepus  bishopi,  p.  11; 
(3)  Lepus  floridanus  chapmani,  p.  13;  (4)  Thomomys  fulvus  allicolus,  p.  13;  (5)  Reiihro- 
dontomys  tennis,  p.  15;  (6)  Peromyscus  texanus  subarclif.us,  p.  15;  (7)  Sciurus  chapmani, 
p.  16. 

141.  New  Rodents  from  Colombia  and  Venezuela.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XII,  pp.  195-218,  Dec.  20,  1899. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Lepus  (Sylvilagus)  superciliaris,  p.  196;  (2)  Isothrix  rufodorsalis, 
p.  197;  (3)  Echimys  mincse,  p.  199;  (4)  Echimys  urichi,  p.  199;  (5)  Echimys  canicollis,  p.  200; 
(6)  Heleromys  jesupi,  p.  201;  (7)  Akodon  venezuelensis,  p.  203;  (8)  Akodon  columbianus,  p. 
203;  (9)  Oryzomys  maculivenler,  p.  204;  (10)  Oryzomys  trichwus,  p.  206;  (11)  Oryzomys 
sanctxmarlse,  p.  207;  (12)  Oryzomys  mollipilosus,  p.  208;  (13)  Oryzomys  magdalenx,  p.  209; 
(14)  Oryzomys  villosus,  p.  210;  (15)  Oryzomys  palmarius,  p.  210;  (16)  Oryzomys  lenuicauda, 
p.  211;  (17)  Oryzomys  modeslus,  p.  212;  (18)  Oryzomys  fulvivenler,  p.  212;  (19)  Sciurus 
saltuensis  bondse,  p.  213;  (20)  Sciurus  (Guerlinguelus)  quebradensis,  p.  217. 

142.  The  Generic  Names  Echimys  and  Loncheres.<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XII,  pp.  257-264,  Dec.  26,  1899. 

On  Echimys,  Loncheres,  Daclylomys,  Nelomys  and  Mesomys.  Loneheres  =  Echimys  of 
earlier  date;  Proechimys  gen.  nov.,  to  replace  Echimys  auct.,  not  of  F.  Cuvier,  1809. 


1900. 

143.  The  Mountain  Caribou  of  Northern  British  Columbia.  <BvXl.  Amer.  Mus, 

Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  1900,  pp.  1-18,  fig.  1-18,  April  3,  1900. 

Comparison  with  other  forms;  referred  to  Rangifer  monlanus  Seton-Thompson,  but  later 
(see  below,  No.  179)  became  Rangifer  osborni  Allen.     Skull  and  antlers  figured. 

144.  Note  on  the  Wood  Bison.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  1900,  pp.  63- 

67,  April  16,  1900. 

Its  range,  former  and  present,  and  approximate  present  number  of  individuals  living. 

145.  List  of  Bats  collected  by  Mr.  H.  H.  Smith  in  the  Santa  Marta  region  of  Co- 

lombia, with  descriptions  of  new  species.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
XIII,  pp.  87-94,  May  12,  1900. 

Annotated  list  of  22  species,  the  following  new:    (1)  Chiroderma  jesupi,  p.  88;    (2)  Micro* 
nycteris  hypoleuca,  p.  90;    (3)  Promops  afiinis,  p.  91;    (4)  Promops  milleri,  p.  92. 

146.  Note  on  the  Generic  Names  Didelphis  and  Philander.  < Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  pp.  185-190,  Oct.  12,  1900. 

Philander  considered  a   synonym  of  Didelphis.     Caluromys  nom.  nov.  is  proposed  for 
Philander  auct.,  with  Didelphis  philander  designated  as  typc.i     Caluromys  alsloni  sp.  nov.,  p.  189. 


1  Later,  under  the  action  of  the  principle  of  tautonymy,  Philander  became  reinstated,  lei 
Caluromys  a  pure  synonym  of  Philander. 


MAMMALS.  69 

147.  Descriptions  of  new  American  Marsupials.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XIII,  1900,  pp.  191-199,  Oct.  23,  1900. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Didelphis  pernigra,  p.  191;  (2)  Didelphis  karkinophaga  caucse, 
p.  192;  (3)  Didelphis  karkinophaga  colombica,  p.  193;  (4)  Metachirus  fuscogriseus,  p.  194; 
(5)  Metachirus  tschudii,  p.  195;  (6)  Melachirus  nudicaudatus  colombianus,  p.  196;  (7)  Mar- 
mosa  chapmani,  p.  197;  (8)  Marmosa  klagesi,  p.  198;  (9)  Thylamys  keaysi,  p.  198. 

148.  On  Mammals  collected  in  Southeastern  Peru  by  H.  H.  Keays,  with  Descrip- 

tions of  new  species.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  pp.  219-227, 
Nov.  16,  1900. 

Eighteen  species,  5  new,  as  follows:  (1)  Dactylomys  peruanus,  p.  223;  (2)  Oxymycterus 
juliacx,  p.  223;  (3)  Oxymyclerus  apicalis.  p.  224;  (4)  Oryzomys  keaysi,  p.  225;  (5)  Oryzomys 
obtusiroslris,  p.  226. 

149.  Some  Results  of  a  Natural  History  Journey  to  Northern  British  Columbia, 

Alaska  and  the  Northwest  Territory,  in  the  interest  of  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History.  By  A.  J.  Stone.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII, 
pp.  31-62,  April  6,  1900. 

Introductory  Note  and  technical  names  by  J.  A.  Allen. 

150.  The  systematic  name  of  the  Cuban  Red  Bat.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington, 

XIII,  165,  Oct.  31,  1900. 

Lasiurus  pfeifferi   (Gundlach)  — -  not  L.  blosseoillii  =  L.  bonariensis    (Lesson  &  Garnot) . 

151.  The  proper  name  of  the  Viscacha.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XIII,  183, 

Nov.  30,  1900. 

Vizcacia  viscacia  (Molina). 

152.  The  North  American  Jumping  Mice.<Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIV,  pp.  199-202, 

March,  1900. 

Review  of  E.  A.  Treble's  'Revision  of  the  Jumping  Mice  of  the  Genus  Zapus,'  in  N.  Amer. 
Fauna,  No.  15,  1899,  with  a  list  of  the  species  and  subspecies,  giving  their  ranges. 

153.  Preliminary  List  of  the  Mammals  of  New  York.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIV,  pp. 

316-318,  April,  1900. 

Review  of  G.  S.  Miller's  'Preliminary  List  of  New  York  Mammals,'  in  Bull.  New  York 
Slate  Mus.,  VI,  1899,  pp.  271-390. 

1901. 

154.  The  generic  names  Myrmecophaga  and  Tamandua,  and  the  specific  names  of 

the  Opossums  of  the  genus  Didelphis.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XIV, 
pp.  91-93,  June  19,  1901. 

Myrmecophaga  tridactyla  Linn. ;  Tamanduas  F.  Cuvier  (1829)  has  priority  over  Uroleptet 
Wagler  (1830) ;  Didelphis  marsupialis  Linn,  restricted  to  the  Guiana  form  of  the  genus. 

155.  The  proper   generic   names   of   the  Viscacha,  Chinchillas  and   their  allies. 

<Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XIV,  181-182,  Dec.  12,  1901. 

Respectively  Viscacia  Schinz  (1825),  Chinchilla  and  Lagidium;  Callomys  is  indeterminable. 

156.  Descriptions  of  two  new  species  of  South  American  Muridge.  <Butt.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  39-40,  Jan.  31,  1901. 

Spp.  nov.,  (1)  Zygodontomys  thomasi,  p.  39;    (2)  Sigmodon  simonsi,  p.  40, 


70  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

157.  On  a  Further  Collection  of  Mammals  from  Southeastern  Peru,  collected  by 

Mr.  H.  H.  Keays,  with  Descriptions  of  new  species.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  41-4G,  Jan.  31,  1901. 

An  annotated  list  of  18  species.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Rhipidomys  ochrogasler,  p.  43;  (2) 
Pkyllolis  osilx,  p.  44;  (3)  Akodon  luiescens,  p.  46. 

158.  The  Musk-oxen  of  Arctic  America  and  Greenland.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  69-86,  pll.  xiii-xvii,  and  7  text  figures,  March  27,  1901. 

Principally  on  the  Ellesmere  Land  form,  here  referred  to  Ovibos  toardi  Lydekker  (  =  O. 
pearyi  Allen,  Ms.). 

159.  Description  of  a  new  Caribou  from  Kenai  Peninsula  Alaska.  <Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  143-148,  and  4  text  figures,  May  28,  1901. 

Rangifer  stonei  sp.  nov. 

160.  A  Preliminary  Study  of  the  North  American  Opossums  of  the  Genus  Didelphis. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  149-188,  pll.  xxii-xxv,  June  15, 
1901. 

Spp.  and  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Didelphis  marsupialis  texensis,  p.  172;  (2)  Didelphis  marsu- 
pialis  tabascensis,  p.  173;  (3)  Didelphis  richmondi,  p.  175;  (4)  Didelphis  yucatanensis,  p.  178. 

161.  Descriptions  of  two  new  Opossums  of  the  Genus  Metachirus.  <BuU.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  213-218,  July  3,  1901. 

Spp.  nov.:    (1)  Metachirus  fuscogriseus  pallidus,  p.  215;    (2)  Meiachirus  grisescens,  p.  217. 

162.  The  generic  names  of  the  Mephitinse.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV, 

pp.  325-334,  Nov.  12,  1901. 

Chinca  Lesson  (1842)  a  synonym  of  Mephlis  Cuvier  (1800);   Spilogale  Gray  (1865)  is  not 
a  synonym  of  Mephitis,  as  construed  by  Howell  (N.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  20,  Aug.  31,  1901). 
A  list  of  the  species  and  subspecies  of  Mephitis  is  given  (pp.  333,  334). 

163.  New  South  American  Muridse  and  a  new  Metachirus.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XIV,  pp.  405-412,  Nov.  30,  1901. 

Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Oryzomys  bolivaris,  p.  405;  (2)  Oryzomys  castaneus,  p.  406;  (3)  Oryzomys 
perenensis,  p.  406;  (4)  Oryzomys  rivularis,  p.  407;  (5)  Phyllotis  chacoensis,  p.  408;  (6)  Phyl- 
lolis  cachinus,  p.  409;  (7)  Eligmodoniia  morgani,  p.  409;  (8)  Akodon  lucumanensis,  p.  410; 
(9)  Metachirus  nudicaudalus  bolivianus,  p.  411. 

164.  Mammals  of  South  Africa.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XIII,  pp.  105-106,  Jan.  18, 1901. 

Review  of  Volume  I  of  W.  L.  Sclater's  work  of  this  title. 

165.  Miller's  Key  to  the  Land  Mammals  of  Eastern  North  America.  <Amer.  Nat., 

XXXV,  pp.  59-61,  Jan.,  1901. 

Review  of  G.  S.  Miller's  paper  thus  entitled,  with  criticism  of  certain  points  of  nomen- 
clature, as  the  use  of  Rosmarus  in  place  of  the  earlier  Odobentu,  etc. 

166.  Two  Important  Papers  on  North  American  Mammals.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXV, 

pp.  221-224,  March,  1901. 

Bailey's  *  Revision  of  American  Voles  of  the  Genus  Microlus,'  and  Osgood's  '  Revision  of 
the  Pocket  Mice  of  the  Genus  Perognalhus.' 


MAMMALS.  71 


1902. 

167.  Beddard's  'Mammalia.'  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXVI,  pp.  911-914,  Nov.,  1902. 

Review  of  this  excellent  manual  (Cambridge  Natural  History,  Vol.  X,  London,  1902). 

168.  Note  on  the  Names  of  a  few  South  American  Mammals.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 

Washington,  XIV,  pp.  183-185,'  Dec.  12,  1901. 

Several  species  names  date  from  G.  Fischer,  1814,  which  are  usually  attributed  to  later 
authors;  several  names  attributed  to  Wied  were  first  published  by  Schinz  (1821),  or  by  Kuhl. 
or  by  Temminck;  Gray's  names  (1827)  for  certain  genera  of  bats  antedate  later  names  now 
current,  etc. 

169.  A  Further  Note  on  the  Generic  Names  of  the  Mephitinae.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 

Washington,  XV,  pp.  59-60,  March  22,  1902. 

Apropos  of  Howell's  replacing  Mephitis  by  Chincha  and  Spilogale  by  Mephitis. 

170.  A  Further  Note  on  the  Name  of  the  Argentine  Viscacha.<Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 

Washington,  XV,  196,  Oct.  10,  1902. 

Viscaceia  dates  from  Oken,  1816,  instead  of  from  Schinz,  1825;  the  specific  name  chilensis 
Oken  (1816)  has  priority  over  maximus  Desmarest  (1817)  —  hence  Viscaceia  chilensis  Oken 
for  the  Argentine  Viscacha. 

171.  North  American  Ruminants.  <Amer.  Mus.  Journal,  II,  March,  1902,  Supple- 

ment (=  Guide  Leaflet,  No.  5),  pp.  1-29.     18  half-tone  illustrations. 

172.  The  Caribou  of  British  Columbia  and  Alaska.  <0uting,  1902,  pp.  555-561, 

11  text  figures. 

Distribution,  characters  and  habits  of  Rangifer  montanus,  R.  osborni,  R.  granti,  and  R. 
stonei. 

173.  North  American  Deer.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXVI,  pp.  755-756,  Sept.,  1902. 

Review  of  the  work  entitled  'The  Deer  Family,'  by  Theodore  Roosevelt  and  others. 

174.  Zimmermann's  'Zoologia?  Geographicse '  and  '  Geographische  Geschichte'  con- 

sidered in  their  relation  to  Mammalian  Nomenclature.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  13-22,  Feb.  1,  1902. 

Various  names  in  the  *  Geschichte'  (1780)  were  previously  employed  in  the  '  Geographic* ' 
(1777)  and  thus  take  an  earlier  date;  others  antedate  Erxleben  (1777)  to  whom  they  are 
usually  accredited.  Dama  virginiana  Zimm.,  1777,  is  considered  tenable  for  the  common 
Virginia  Deer.  Dama  lichtensleini  (p.  20)  is  a  new  name  for  Cervus  mexicanus  Lichtenstein. 
preoccupied  by  Cervus  mexicanus  Zimmermann  and  Gmelin,  which  is  shown  to  have  been 
based  mainly  on  the  Prong-horn  (Anlilocapra  americana). 

175.  The  Generic  and  Specific  Names  of  some  of  the  Otariidae.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  111-118,  March  15,  1902. 

Eumelopias  slelleri  (Lesson,  1828)  becomes  E.  jubata  (Schreber,  1776);  the  first  tenable 
specific  name  of  the  Southern  Sea  Lion  is  shown  to  be  byronia  Blainville  (1820);  the  generic 
name  of  the  northern  Fur  Seals  is  shown  to  bs  Callotaria  Palmer,  1892,  not  Oloes  Palmer, 
1901  =  Otaria  Peron,  1816. 

176.  A  new  Caribou  from  the  Alaska  Peninsula.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XVI,  pp.  119-127,  and  6  text  figures,  April  7,  1902. 

Rangifer  granti,  sp.  nov. 


72  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

177.  A  new  Bear  from  the  Alaska  Peninsula.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI, 

pp.  141-143,  pll.  xxx,  and  xxxi,  April  12,  1902. 

Ursus  merriami  sp.  nov.     Skull  and  dentition  figured. 

178.  A  new  Sheep  from  the  Kenai  Peninsula.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI, 

pp.  145-148,  and  2  text  figures,  April  23,  1902. 

Ovis  dalli  kenaiensis  subsp.  nov. 

179.  Description  of  a  new  Caribou  from  Northern  British  Columbia,  and  remarks 

on  Rangifer  montanus.<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  149-158, 
and  6  text  figures.     April  16,  1902. 

Rangifer  osborni,  sp.  nov.;   skulls  of  true  Rangifer  montanus  figured. 

180.  Nomenclatorial  Notes  on  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XVI,  pp.  159-168,  July  1,  1902. 

Alee  Blumenbach  (1803  [lege  1799])  replaces  Megaceros  Owen  (1844)  for  the  extinct  Irish 
Elk.  Alee  (non  Blumenbach,  Alces  auct.)  is  changed  to  Paralces,  nom.  nov.,  p.  160.  Dama 
vs.  Odocoileus  is  again  considered,  anent  comment  on  the  case  by  Osgood.  The  names  of  the 
Peccaries,  both  generic  and  specific,  are  discussed,  and  a  list  of  the  species  with  their  synonymy 
is  given,  the  specific  name  pecari  Fisher  (1814)  replacing  albirostris  Illiger  (1815)  and  also 
labialus  Cuvier  (1817).  Sciurus  rufivenler  E.  Geoffrey  (1803)  is  adopted  in  place  of  S.  ludo- 
vicianus  Custis  (1806). 

181.  List  of  Mammals  collected  in  Alaska  by  the  Andrew  J.  Stone  Expedition  of 

1901.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  215-230,  July  12,  1902. 

An  annotated  list  of  26  species,  with  field  notes  by  J.  D.  Figgins,  collector. 

182.  A  Preliminary  Study  of  the  South  American  Opossums  of  the  Genus  Didel- 

phis.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  249-279,  Aug.  18,  1902. 

A  monographic  revision,  with  copious  tables  of  measurements.  Subspp.  nov.:  (1) 
Didelphis  marsupialis  insularis,  p.  259;  (2)  D.  m.  etensis,  p.  262;  (3)  D.  paraguayensis 
andina,  p.  272;  (4)  D.  p.  meridensis,  p.  274.  D.  paraguayensis  Oken  (1816)  replaces 
D.  aurita  Temminck  (1825). 

183.  Mammal  Names  proposed  by  Oken  in  his  'Lehrbuch  der  Zoologie.'  <Bull, 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  373-379,  Oct.  11,  1902. 

Generic  names  considered  available  are  Cilellus,  Grison,  Tayra,  Thos,  Panthera,  Tigris, 
Leo.  The  specific  names  considered  available,  or  as  rendering  invalid  later  similar  names, 
are  Lepus  chilensis,  for  the  Argentine  Viscacha;  Hystrix  paraguayensis,  for  Spiggurus  spinosa 
F.  Cuvier;  Felis  (Lynx)  brasiliensis,  unidentifiable  with  certainty,  but  precludes  a  later 
Felis  brasiliensis  (as  of  Schinz  and  F.  Cuvier) ;  Felis  (Panthera)  mexicana  =  Felis  mexicana 
Desm.  of  even  date. 

184.  A  new  Caribou  from  Ellesmere  Land.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI, 

pp.  409-^12,  with  2  text  figures,  Oct.  31,  1902. 

Rangifer  pearyi  sp.  nov. 

185.  The  Hair  Seals  (Family  Phocidse)  of  the  North  Pacific  Ocean  and  Bering  Sea. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  459-499,  with  10  text  figures, 
Dec.  12,  1902. 

Nomenclature;  sexual  differences  in  dentition;  revision  of  the  North  Pacific  species 
(11  species  and  subspecies  are  recognized),  the  following  new:  (1)  Phoca  hispida  gichigensis, 
p.  488;  (2)  Phoca  ocholensis  macrodens,  p.  483;  (3)  Phoca  stejnegeri,  p.  485;  (4)  Phoca  rich- 
ardii  pribilofensis;  (5)  Phoca  richardii  geronimensis,  p.  495. 

Phoca  nigra  Pallas  (p.  483  footnote.)  suggested  as  apparently  available  for  Callorhinus 
cwilensis  (see  infra.  No.  192). 


MAMMALS.  73 


1903. 

186.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Sigmodon  from  Ecuador.  <Bull.  Amer,  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  99-100,  March  20,  1903. 

Sigmodon  puna  sp.  nov. 

187.  Report  on  the  Mammals  Collected  in  Northeastern  Siberia  by  the  Jesup  North 

Pacific  Expedition,  with  Itinerary  and  Field  Notes  by  N.  G.  Buxton.  <BuU. 
Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  101-184,  195, 196,  May  9,  1903. 

Descriptive,  critical,  and  field  notes  on  35  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  CUellus  buxtoni, 
p.  139;  (2)  Cilellus  siejnegeri,  p.  142;  (3)  Evotomys  (Craseomys)  lalaslei,  p.  145;  (4)  Evotomys 
jochelsoni,  p.  148;  (5)  Lemmas  obensis  chrysogaster,  p.  153;  (6)  Ocholona  kolymensis,  p.  154; 
(7)  Lepus  gichiganus,  p.  155;  (8)  Vulpes  anadyrensis,  p.  167;  (9)  Putorins  (Arctogale)  pyg- 
mxus,  p.  176;  (10)  Erinaceus  orienlalis,  p.  179;  (11)  Sorex  buxtoni,  p.  181. 

188.  Descriptions  of  new  Rodents  from  Southern  Patagonia,   with  a  Note  on  the 

Genus  Euneomys  Coues,  and  an  Addendum  to  Article  [supra,  No.  186]  on 
Siberian  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  185-196,  May  9. 
1903. 

(1)  Cienomys  robustus,  p.  185;  (2)  Clenomys  sericeus,  p.  187;  (3)  Clenomys  colburni,  p.  188; 
(4)  Oxymycterus  microtis,  p.  189;  (5)  Reithrodon  cuniculoides  obscurus,  p.  190,  (6)  Reithrodon 
hatcheri,  p.  191;  (7)  Euneomys  pelersoni,  p.  192,  spp.  et  subspp.  nov.' 

Euneomys  Coues,  a  well-founded  genus. 

189.  Mammals  collected  in  Alaska  and  Northern  British  Columbia  by  the  Andrew 

J.  Stone  Expedition  of  1902.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  521- 
567,  text  figs.  1-9,  Oct.  10,  1903. 

Annotated  list  of  28  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Cilellus  slonei,  p.  537;  (2)  Synaptomys 
(Miclomys)  chapmani,  p.  555;  (3)  Synaptomys  (Miftomys)  andersoni,  p.  554;  (4)  Erethizon 
epizanlhus  nigrescens,  p.  558;  (5)  Putorius  microtis,  p.  563. 

Under  the  mistaken  impression  that  Alee  properly  dated  from  Frisch  (1775),  thus  ante- 
dating Alee  Blumenbach  (1799)  and  Alces  Gray  (1821),  Paralces  Allen  (1902  —  cf.  supra, 
No.  180)  is  here  conceded  to  be  untenable,  but  later  investigation  renders  it  evident  that 
Frisch's  work  in  which  Alee  was  proposed  is  not  to  be  accepted  as  nomenclaturally  authori- 
tative. 

190.  List  of  Mammals  collected  by  J.  H.  Batty  in  New  Mexico  and  Durango, 

with  Descriptions  of  new  Species  and  Subspecies.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  587-612,  Nov.  13,  1903. 

An  annotated  list  of  34  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Odocoileus  bally i,  p.  591;  (2) 
Eutamias  durangx,  p.  594;  (3)  Cilellus  (Olospermophilus)  grammurus  rupeslris,  p.  595;  (4) 
Peromyscus  paulus,  p.  598;  (5)  Peromyscus  texanus  flaccidus,  p.  599;  (6)  Sigmodon  baileyi, 
p.  601;  (7)  Reilhrodontomys  megalolis  seslinensis,  p.  602;  (8)  Neotoma  intermedia  durangx, 
p.  602;  (9)  Perodipus  obscurus,  p.  603;  (10)  Lepus  (Macrotolagus)  texianws  micropus,  p.  605; 
(11)  Lepus  (Macrotolagus)  gaillardi  batlyi,  p.  607;  (12)  Lepus  (Sylvilagus)  durangse,  p.  609; 
(13)  Canis  impavidus,  p.  609;  (14)  Myoiis  californicus  durangx,  p.  612. 

191.  A  new  Deer  and  a  new  Lynx  from  the  State  of  Sinaloa,  Mexico.  <BuU.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  613-615,  Nov.  14,  1903. 

(1)  Odocoileus  sinalox,  p.  613;   (2)  Lynx  ruffus  escuinapx,  p.  614. 

192.  Note  on  Phoca  nigra  Pallas.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XVI,  p.  49,  March 

19,  1903. 

The  name  being  preoccupied  cannot  be  used  in  place  of  Collator ia  curilensis  Jordan  and. 
Clark,  as  previously  suggested  (see  supra,  No.  185). 


74  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

193.  Note  on  Sciurus  mottipHosus  Audubon  and  Bachman.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash- 

ington, XVI,  p.  126,  Sept.  30,  1903. 

Defense  of  the  use  of  mollipilosus  in  place  of  the  later  orarius  Bangs. 

1904. 

194.  New  forms  of  the  Mountain  Goat  (Oreamnos).<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XX,  pp.  19-21,  text  fig.  1-18,  Feb.  10,  1904. 

(1)  Oreamnos  montanus  columbianus  and  (2)  O.  m.  missoulx  (p.  20),  subspp.  nov. 

195.  Mammals  from  Southern  Mexico  and  Central  and  South  America.  <Bull. 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  29-80,  Feb.  29,  1904. 

Annotated  lists  from  Southern  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  19  spp.;  Central  Costa  Rica,  23  spp.; 
Chiriqui,  Republic  of  Panama,  53  spp.  Partial  revisions  of  the  genera  Tayra,  Nasua,  and 
Polos. 

New  species  and  subspecies:  (1)  Lepus  (Sylvilagus)  russalus,p.  31;  (2)  Lepus  (Sylcilagus) 
panulus,  p.  34;  (3)  Tayra  barbara  irara,  p.  36;  (4)  Akodon  irazu,  p.  46;  (5)  Felis  carrikeri, 
p.  47;  (6)  Nasua  narica  bullata,  p.  48;  (7)  Nasua  narica  panamensis,  p.  51;  (8)  Nasua  narica 
yucatanica,  p.  52;  (9)  Nasua  narica  pallida,  p.  53;  (10)  Sigmodon  borucx  chiriguensis,  p.  68; 
(11)  Felis  mearnsi  (nom.  nov.),  p.  71;  (12)  Felis  panamensis,  p.  71;  (13)  Polos  flatus  chiri- 
guensis, p.  74;  (14)  Polos  flatus  caucensis,  p.  75;  (15)  Polos  flavus  chapadensis,  p.  76;  (16) 
Myolis  chiriguensis,  p.  77. 

196.  The  External  Ear  Bone  in  certain  Rodents.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX, 

pp.  135-138,  text  fig.,  April  7,  1904. 

External  ear  bone  in  Heteromys,  here  first  described  and  figured. 

197.  Further  Notes  on  Mammals  from  Northwestern  Durango.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  205-210,  May  28, 1904. 

An  annotated  list  of  17  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Sciurus  aberli  phxurus,  p.  205; 
(2)  Sciurus  aberli  barberi,  p.  207;  (3)  Eulamias  canescens,  p.  208. 

198.  New  Bats  from  Tropical  America,  with  note  on  Species  of  Otopterus.  <Bull. 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  227-237,  June  29,  1904. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Molossus  coibensis,  p.  227;  (2)  Molossus  bondx,  p.  228;  (3) 
Promops  barbalus,  p.  228;  (4)  Dermonolus  suapurensis,  p.  229;  (5)  Lonchophylla  Ihomasi, 
p.  230;  (6)  Arlibeus  rusbyi,  p.  230;  (7)  Arlibeus  insularis,  p.  231;  (8)  Arlibeus  yucalanieus, 
p.  232;  (9)  Phylloiloma  haslalus  panamensis,  p.  233;  (10)  Phyllosloma  haslalus  caurx,  p.  234. 

Two  species  of  Otopterus  in  Mexico  —  O.  bocowtianus  (Dobson)  and  O.  mexicanus  (Saus- 
sure). 

199.  Mammals  Collected  in  Alaska  by  the  Andrew  J.  Stone  Expedition  of  1903. 

<BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  273-292,  fig.  1-19,  Sept.  8,  1904. 

An  annotated  list,  with  many  measurements,  of  28  species. 

200.  A  new  Sheep  from  Kamchatka.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  293- 

298,  fig.  1-6,  Sept.  8,  1904. 

Ovis  slorcki,  sp.  nov. 

201.  New  Mammals  from  Venezuela  and  Colombia.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XX,  pp.  327-335,  Oct.  8,  1904. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Peramys  brevicaudalus  dorsalis,  p.  327;  (2)  Oryzomys  lenuipes, 
p.  328;  (3)  Akodon  meridensis,  p.  329;  (4)  Holochilus  venezuelensis,  p.  330;  (5)  Felis  maripen- 
sis,  p.  331 ;  (6)  Felis  sanclsemarlx,  p.  332;  (7)  Procyon  proteus.  p.  333;  (8)  Nasua  phtxocephala. 
p.  334. 


MAMMALS.  75 

202.  List  of  Mammals  from  Venezuela  collected  by  Mr.  Samuel  M.  Klages.  <Bull. 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  337-345,  Oct.  S,  1904. 

An  annotated  list  of  46  species. 

203.  A  Fossil  Porcupine  from  Arizona.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  383- 

384,  Oct.  15,  1904. 

Erethizon  godfreyi,  sp.  nov. 

204.  The  Tamandua  Anteaters.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  385-398, 

fig.  1-4,  Oct.  29,  1904. 

A  review  of  the  group,  with  respect  to  external  and  cranial  characters.  Subspp.  nov.: 
(1)  Tamandua  tetradactyla  chapadensis,  p.  392;  (2)  T.  t.  instabilis,  p.  392;  (3)  T.  t.  tenui- 
roslris,  p.  394;  (4)  T.  t.  chiriquensis,  p.  395. 

205.  Report  on  Mammals  from  the  District  of  Santa  Marta,  Colombia,  collected 

by  Mr.  Herbert  H.  Smith,  with  Field  Notes  by  Mr.  Smith.  <Bull.  Amer. 
Mas.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  407-468,  fig.  1-4,  Nov.  28,  1904. 

An  annotated  list  of  78  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Coendou  sanclxmarUe,  p.  441;  (2) 
Lulra  colombiana,  p.  452;  (3)  Alouaita  seniculus  rubicunda,  p.  458;  (4)  Alouatta  seniculus 
caucensis,  p.  462. 

Urocyon  aquilus  Bangs  not  referable  to  Urocyon. 

206.  Palmer's  'Index  Generum  MammaUum.'  <Science,  N.  S.,  XIX,  pp.  498-501, 

March  25,  1904. 

A  review  of  this  notable  work  (N.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  23,  Jan.  1904.) 


1905. 

207.  Mammalia  of  Southern  Patagonia.     Reports  of  the  Princeton  University 

Expeditions  to  Patagonia,  1896-1899,  Vol.  Ill,  1905,  Part  I,  pp.  1-120,  pll. 
i-xxix. 

Detailed  treatment  of  55  species,  with  special  reference  to  nomenclature,  that  of  the  genera 
as  well  as  the  species  discussed  historically;  full  tables  of  references  under  the  genera  and 
species,  and  an  annotated  bibliography  (pp.  192-210)  of  65  titles. 

Eunothocyon,  gen.  nov.,  p.  153  (in  text);  Carcinocyon,  gen.  nov.,  p.  153  (in  text;  Ctenomys 
osgoodi,  nom.  nov.,  to  replace  C.  robustus  Allen,  preoccupied,  p.  191;  Canis  sclaleri  nom.  nov. 
(p.  153)  to  replace  Canis  microtis  Sclater,  preoccupied. 

Species  figured:  Zaedyus  ciliatus,  pll.  i-iii  (animal,  skeleton,  and  three  skulls);  Kerodon 
australis  and  Clenomys  osgoodi,  pi.  vii  (skulls);  Ctenomys  sericeus  and  C.  colbwni,  pi.  viii 
(skulls);  Eligmodonlia,  Oryzomys  and  Oxymyclerus,  pll.  ix  and  x  (skulls  and  dentition  of 
various  species);  Akodon,  pll.  xi  and  xii  (skulls  and  dentition  of  6  species);  Phyllotis,  Ea- 
neomys,  and  Reilhrodon,  pll.  xiii  and  xiv  (skulls  and  dentition) ;  Arclocephalus  ausiralis  and 
A.  philippii,  pll.  xv-xvii  (skulls,  three  views  of  each);  Arctocephalus  townsendi  pll.  xviii-xx 
(skull,  three  views) ;  Gloria  byronia,  pi.  xxi  (skeleton) ;  Conepatus  humboldti,  pi.  xxii  (skulls 
and  dentition) ;  Cerdocyon  griseus,  pi.  xxiii  (skull,  three  views) ;  Lynchailwus  pajeros  crucina, 
pi.  xxiv  (skull  and  dentition) ;  Puma  pearsoni,  pll.  xxv  and  xxvi  (colored  figures  of  animal, 
red  and  gray  phases);  Puma  pearsoni,  pll.  xxvii-xxix  (three  views  of  skull). 

208.  The  Andrew  J.  Stone  Explorations  in  Arctic  and  Subarctic  America.    4to, 

pp.  i-xvi,  1-38,  with  55  half-tone  illustrations  in  text.  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  1905.  Edition  limited  to  100  numbered  copies.  (Anony- 
mous.) 

The  illustrations,  from  photographs,  relate  mostly  to  mammals,  as  does  the  greater  part 
of  the  text. 


76  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

209.  Mammals  from  Beaver  County,  Utah,  collected  by  the  [Brooklyn  Institute] 

Museum  Expedition  of  1904.  <Science  Bulletin  Mus.  Brooklyn  Inst.  Arts 
and  Sciences,  I,  No.  6,  pp.  117-122,  March  31,  1905. 

Annotated  list  of  16  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Eutamias  leclus,  p.  117;  (2)  Eulamias 
adsilus,  p.  118;  (3)  Cynomys  parvidens,  p.  119;  (4)  Marmota  engelhardti,  p.  120;  (5)  Ochotona 
cinnamomea,  p.  121. 

1906. 

210.  Mammals  from  the  States  of  Sinaloa  and  Jalisco,  Mexico,  collected  by  J.  H. 

Batty  during  1904  and  1905.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXII,  pp. 
191-262,  pll.  xx-xxxiii,  and  3  text  figures,  July  25,  1906. 

I.  Mammals  from  Southern  Sinaloa,  pp.  192-237,  41  species;  II.  Mammals  from  the 
State  of  Jalisco,  pp.  237-262,  60  species.  Extended  field  notes,  much  critical  comment,  and 
many  measurements,  in  text  or  tabulated.  The  deer,  peccaries,  and  nasuas  treated  at  length, 
with  illustrations,  in  the  case  of  Nasua  with  relation  to  sex  and  age;  pathological  conditions 
in  skulls  of  Tayassu  treated  at  length. 

Spp.  et  subspp  nov.:  (1)  Heleromys  piclus  escuinapse,  p.  211;  (2)  Molossus  sinalox,  p. 
236;  (3)  Sciurus  poliopus  tepieanus,  p.  243;  (3)  Sigmodon  vulcani,  p.  247;  (4)  Heleromys 
jaliscensis,  p.  251. 

211.  Mammals  from  the  Island  of  Hainan,  China.  <BuLl.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XXII,  pp.  463-490,  pi.  xix,  Dec.  17,  1906. 

An  annotated  list  of  41  species,  the  following  new :  (1)  Manis  pusilla,  p.  465;  (2)  Alherurus 
hainanus,  p.  470;  (3)  Ralufa  gigantea  hainana,  p.  472;  (4)  Funambulus  rindonensis,  p.  472; 
(5)  Sciurus  erylhrxus  insularis,  p.  473;  (6)  Tamiops  (gen.  nov.)  macclellandi  hainanus,  p.  476; 
(7)  Tamiops  macclellandi  riudoni,  p.  477;  (8)  Tupaia  modesla,  p.  481;  (9)  Rhinolophus 
hainanus,  p.  482;  (10)  Hipposideros  poutensis,  p.  483;  (11)  Scotophilus  kahlii  insularisr 
p.  485;  (12)  Scolophilus  castaneus  consobrinus,  p.  485;  (13)  Pipislrellus  porlensis,  p.  487. 

212.  The  proper  name  of  the  Mexican  Tamandua.  <Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington, 

XIX,  p.  200,  Dec.  31, 1906. 

The  specific  name  mexicanus  Saussure,  1860,  should  replace  lenuiroslris  Allen,  1904. 

213.  Vertebrata  of  the  Land;   Birds  and  Mammals.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXIII,  pp. 

317-319,  Feb.  28,  1906. 

In  report  of  a  discussion  before  the  American  Society  of  Naturalists  at  Philadelphia,  Dec. 
27,  1895,  on  'The  Origin  and  Relations  of  the  Floras  and  Faunas  of  the  Antarctic  and  Adja- 
cent Regions.' 

1907. 

214.  The  Families  and  Genera  of  Bats.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLI,  pp.  671-672,  Oct.  1907. 

Review  of  Gerrit  S.  Miller's  work  of  this  title  (Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  57,  June  29, 
1907). 

1908. 

215.  The  North  Atlantic  Right  Whale  and  its  near  Allies.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XXIV,  pp.  277-329,  pll.  xix-xxiv,  and  1  text  figure,  April  8,  1908. 

History,  relationships,  nomenclature,  geographical  distribution,  and  external  and  osteo- 
logical  characters  of  Eubalsena  glacialis  (Bonnaterre) . 

216.  The  Peary  Caribou  (Rangifer  pearyi  Allen).  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XXIV,  pp.  487^93,  fig.  1-12,  May  22,  1908. 

Detailed  description,  with  measurements  and  figures  of  skulls  and  antlers,  and  compari- 
son with  allied  forms. 


MAMMALS.  77 

217.  Notes  on  Solenodon  parddoxurus  Brandt.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV, 

pp.  305-517,  pll.  xxviii-xxxiii,  and  fig.  1-9,  June  8,  1908. 

External  and  cranial  characters  described  and  figured,  including  a  young  skull  with  milk 
dentition,  and  comparison  with  S.  cubanus. 

218.  Mammalogical   Notes.— I-VI.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  pp. 

575-589,  fig.  1-4,  Sept.  11,  1908. 

(1)  Concrescence  inpremolars  of  a  bat  (Artibeus  quadriviilalus) ;  (2)  bats  from  the  Island 
of  San  Domingo  (Ardops  haitiensis  and  Molossus  verrilli,  spp.  nov.,  p.  581);  (3)  note  on  the 
type  of  the  genus  Sciuropterus;  (4)  note  on  the  type  locality  of  Rangifer  arctica  (Richardson); 
(5)  northward  extension  of  range  of  Coyotes;  (6)  the  generic  name  Galera  Browne. 

219.  Mammals  from  Nicaragua.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  pp.  647-670, 

text  figs,  1-12,  Oct.  13,  1908. 

Annotated  list  of  59  species.  Gen.  nov.,  Hoplomys,  p.  649;  spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1) 
Lepas  gabbi  iumacus,  p.  649;  (2)  Hoplomys  truei,  p.  650;  (3)  Heteromys  vulcani,  p.  652;  (4) 
Heteromys  fuscatus,  p.  652;  (5)  Neotoma  chrysomelas,  p.  653;  (6)  Oryzomys  alfaroi  incerlus, 
p.  655;  (7)  Oryzomys  ochraceus,  p.  655;  (8)  Oryzomys carrikeri,  p.  656;  (9)  Sigmodon  hispidus 
griseus,  p.  657;  (10)  Ololylomys  fumeus,  p.  658;  (11)  Peromyscus  nicaragux,  p.  658;  (12) 
Sciwus  deppei  malagalpx,  p.  660;  (13)  Lulra  lalidens,  p.  660;  (14)  Tayra  barbara  inserla, 
p.  662;  (15)  Bassaricyon  richardsoni,  p.  662;  (16)  Blarina  olivaceus,  p.  669;  (17)  Artibeus 
jamaicensis  richardsoni,  p.  669;  (18)  Alouatta  palliala  malagalpse,  p.  670. 

1909. 

220.  Mammals  from  British  East  Africa,  collected  by  the  Tjador  Expedition  of 

1906.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVI,  pp.  147-175,  fig.  1-10,  March- 
19,  1901. 

Annotated  list  of  56  species.  Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Tragelaphus  tjaderi,  p.  148;  (2) 
Madogua  langi,  p.  153;  (3)  Arvicanthis  nairobx,  p.  168;  (4)  Mus  kijabius,  p.  169;  (5)  Crocidura 
kijabx,  p.  173. 

221.  The  White  Bear  of  Southwestern  British  Columbia  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XXVI,  pp.  233-238,  figs.  1-4,  April  17,  1909. 

External  and  cranial  characters  of  Ursus  kermodei  Hornaday. 

222.  Further  Notes  on  Mammals  from  the  Island  of.  Hainan,  China.  <Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVI,  pp.  239-242,  April  17,  1909. 

Notes  on  13  species,  2  new  for  the  island.  (1)  Paradoxwus  (Paguma)  larvatus  hainanus 
and  (2)  Mangos  rubrifrons,  p.  240,  sp.  et  subsp.  nov. 

223.  Mammals  from  Shen-si  Province,  China.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVI, 

pp.  425-430,  Oct.  21,  1909. 

Annotated  list  of  15  species.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Myotalpa  rufescens,  p.  428;  (2)  Sciurolamias 
owsloni,  p.  428;  (3)  Eutamias  albogularis,  p.  429. 

224.  Osgood's  Revision  of  the  Mice  of  the  Genus  Peromyscus.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XL1II, 

pp.  633-639,  Oct.,  1909. 

Review  of  W.  H.  Osgood's  paper  of  this  title  (/V.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  28,  April  17,  1909), 
in  part  historical  of  the  subject. 

225.  'Life  Histories  of  Northern  Animals.'  < Science,  N.  S.,  XXX,  No.  782,  pp. 

924-927,  Dee.  24,  1909. 

Review  of  Ernest  Thompson  Seton's  work  of  this  title,  2  vols,  roy.  8vo.,  New  York, 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1909. 


78  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1910. 

226.  The   Black  Bear  of  Labrador.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  pp. 

1-6,  Jan.  5,  1910. 

Ursus  americanus  sornborgeri  Bangs,  not  tenable.  Ursus  americanus  kenaiensis  (p.  6), 
subsp.  nov. 

227.  Mammals  from  the  Athabasca-Mackenzie  Region  of  Canada.  <BuU.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  pp.  7-11,  Jan.  5, 1910. 

Annotated  list  of  25  species. 

228.  Mammals  from  Palawan  Island,  Philippine  Islands.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XXVIII,  pp.  13-17,  Jan.  5,  1910. 

Annotated  list  of  13  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Mus  luieiaeniris,  p.  14;  (2)  Arclictis 
whitei,  p.  15;  (3)  Mangos  palawanus,  p.  17. 

229.  kelson's  Monograph  of  the  North  American  Leporidae.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLIV, 

pp.  57-63,  Jan.,  1910. 

Review  of  "The  Rabbits  of  North  America,'  by  E.  W.  Nelson  GV.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  29, 
August  31,  1909).  Lepus  aquaticus  lilloralis  Nelson  shown  to  be  a  synonym  ofLepus  aqualicus 
aqualicus. 

230.  Seton's  'Life  Histories  of  North  American  Animals.'  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLIV,  pp. 

124-127,  Feb.,  1910. 

Review  of  Ernest  Thompson  Seton's  work  of  this  title. 

231.  Additional  Mammals  from  Nicaragua.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII, 

pp.  87-115,  April  30,  1910. 

Annotated  list  of  82  species  represented  by  specimens  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  and  50  additional  species  on  the  basis  of  previous  records.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Macro- 
geomys  malagalpx,  p.  97;  (2)  Oryzomys  richardsoni,  p.  99;  (3)  O.  nicaraguas,  p.  100;  (4) 
Conepaius  nicorognx,  p.  106.  Ursus  americanus  perniger,  p.  115,  nom.  nov.  for  U.  a. 
.  kenaiensis,  preoccupied. 

232.  Mammals  from  the  Caura  district  of  Venezuela,  with  description  of  a  new 

species  of  Chrotopterus.<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  pp.  145- 
149,  May  27, 1910. 

Annotated  list  of  14  species.     Chrotopterus  carrikeri  (p.  147),  sp.  nov. 

233.  The  Mammals  of  Colorado.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXII,  No.  814,  pp.  178-179, 

Aug.  5.  1910. 

Review  of  Edward  Royal  Warren's  book  of  this  title  (16  mo.  New  York  and  London,  1910). 
1911. 

234.  Mammals  from  Venezuela  collected  by  Mr.  M.  A.  Carriker,  Jr.,  1909-1911. 

<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXX,  p.  239-273,  Dec.  2,  1911. 

Annotated  list  of  66  spp.  Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Casio  porcella  venezuelse,  p.  250; 
(2)  Loncheres  carrikeri,  p.  251;  (3)  Urocyon  cinereoargentea  venezuelx,  p.  259;  (4)  Chilonycteris 
rubiginosa  fusca,  p.  262. 

235.  Mammals  collected  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies  by  Mr.  Roy  C.  Andrews,  on  the 

cruise  of  the  'Albatross '  in  1909.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXX,  pp. 
335-339,  Dec.  21,  1911. 

Annotated  list  of  16  species.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Mus  andrewsi,  p.  336;  (2)  M.  buruensis, 
p.  336;  Sciurus  beebei,  p.  338;  (4)  Tamiops  tauteri,  p.  339. 


MAMMALS.  79 

236.  The  Okapi.  <Amer.  Mus.  Journ.,  XI,  No.  2,  March,  1911,  pp.  73-75. 

A  general  account  of  the  Okapi  with  reference  to  specimens  received  from  the  Museum's 
Congo  Expedition. 

237.  The  Habitat  Groups  of  Mammals  and  Birds  in  the  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History.  <Amer.  Mus.  Journ.,  XI,  No.  7,  pp.  248-249,  Nov.  1911. 

1912. 

238.  Sheldon's  'The  Wilderness  of  the  Upper  Yukon.'  < Science,  N.  S.,  XXXV, 

No.  890.  pp.  105-106,  Jan.  19,  1912. 

Review  of  Charles  Sheldon's  'The  Wilderness  of  the  Upper  Yukon:  A  Hunter's  Explora- 
tions for  Wild  Sheep  in  Sub-Arctic  Mountains.' 

239.  Historical  and  Nomenclatorial  Notes  on  North  American  Sheep.  <BuU.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXI,  pp.  1-29,  text  figs.  1-4,  March  4, 1912. 

McGillivray's  original  account  of  his  discovery  of  Wild  Sheep  in  Canada  in  1800,  and  copy 
of  his  original  figure  (pp.  2-7);  E.  Geoffrey's  'Belier  de  Montague'  (p.  8);  Ovis  cenina 
Demarest  and  Ovis  canadensls  Shaw  (pp.  9-11) ;  collation  of  Shaw  and  Nodder's  '  Naturalist's 
Miscellany,'  with  reference  to  the  date  of  OBI*  canadensis  Shaw  (pp.  11-15);  other  early 
references  to  the  Mountain  Sheep  of  North  America  (pp.  15-17);  the  Taye  of  "California," 
with  a  copy  of  Venega's  figure  (pp.  17-20) ;  synonymic  list  of  North  American  Sheep,  with 
their  type  localities  and  ranges  (pp.  22-29).  Eleven  forms  recognized,  including  OBI'S  cali- 
Jornianus  Douglas. 

240.  Mammals  from  Western  Colombia.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXI, 

pp.  71-95,  April  19,  1912. 

Annotated  list  of  55  spp.  Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Sylailagus  (Tapelf)  fulvescens,  p.  75; 
(2)  Heleromys  lomilensis,  p.  77;  (3)  Reiihrodonlomys  milleri,  p.  77;  (4)  Rhipidomys  mollis- 
timus,  p.  78;  (5)  R.  similis,  p.  79;  (6)  R.  cocalensis,  p.  79;  (7)  Thomasomys  cinereiaenter,  p. 
80;  (8)  T.  popayanus,  p.  81;  (9)  Neacomys  pusillus,  p.  81;  (10)  Oryzomys  palmirae,  p.  83; 
(11)  O.  pectoralis,  p.  83;  (12)  O.  (Oligoryzomys)  munchiquensis,  p.  85;  (13)  O.  (O.)  fuloirostris, 
p.  86;  (14)  O.  (Melanomys)  obscwior  aflinis,  p.  88;  (15)  jEpeomys  fascaius,  p.  89;  (16) 
Microxus  affinis,  p.  89;  (17)  Sciurus  milleri,  p.  91;  (18)  Blarina  (Cryplotis)  sqiiamipes,  p.  93. 

241 .    A  new  Pika  from  Colorado.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXI,  pp.  103-104, 
Sept,  2,  1912. 

Ocholona  figginsi,  p.  103. 

242.  The  probable  recent  extinction  of  the  Muskox  in  Alaska.  <Srience,  N.  S., 

XXXVI,  No.  934,  pp.  720-722,  Nov.  22,  1912. 

Evidence  that  Muskoxen  lived  in  Alaska  "as  recently  as  fifty  to  sixty  years  ago." 

243.  Zoology  of  the  Stephdnsson-Anderson  [Arctic]  Expedition  —  a  preliminary 

Estimate.  <Amer.  Mus.  Journ.,  XII,  p.  237,  Nov.,  1912. 

244.  Miller's  '  List  of  North  American  Land  Mammals  in  the  United  States  National 

Museum.'  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXVII,  No.  951,  pp.  453-454,  March  21, 1913. 

Review  of  the  work  (Ball.  79,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  Dec.  31,  1912). 
1913. 

245.  Mammals  collected  in  Korea.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII,  pp. 

427-436,  Sept.  2,  1913.     (With  Roy  C.  Andrews.) 

Annotated  list  of  19  spp.,  with  field  notes  by  Mr.  Andrews.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Ochotona 
(Pika)  coreanus,  p.  429;  (2)  Meter  melanogenys,  433. 


80  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

246.  New  Mammals  from  Colombia  and  Ecuador.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XXXII,  pp.  469-^84,  text  figs.  1-18,  Sept.  25,  1913. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Cholcepus  floreneiae,  p.  469;  (2)  C.  aguslinus,  p.  470;  (3)  C. 
andinus,  p.  472;  (4)  C.  capitalis,  p.  472;  (5)  Tayassu  niger,  p.  476;  (6)  Syhilagus  (Tapeli) 
salentus,  p.  476;  (7)  Myoprocta  milleri,  p.  477;  (8)  Coendu  quichua  richardsoni,  p.  478;  (9) 
Proechimys  o'connelli,  p.  479;  (10)  Sigmodon  chonensis,  p.  479;  (11)  Akodon  tolimte,  p.  480; 
(12)  Polos  flavus  tolimensis,  p.  481;  (13)  Nasua  olicacea  lagunetx,  p.  483;  (14)  Tayra  barbara 
senilis,  p.  484. 

247.  Revision  of  the  Melanomys  Group  of  American  Muridae.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII,  p.  535-555,  pi.  Ixviii,  Nov.  17,  1913. 

14  species  and  subspecies,  the  following  new:  (1)  Melanomys caliginosus  oroensis,  p.  538; 
(2)  M.  affinis  monticola,  p.  540;  (3)  M.  phaeopws  vallicola,  p.  544;  (4)  M.  phseopus  tolimensis, 
p.  545;  (5)  M.  lomitensis,  p.  545;  (6)  M.  buenavistx,  p.  547. 

248.  New  South  American  Muridse.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII,  pp. 

597-604,  Dec.  3,  1913. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Oryzomys  heloolus,  p.  597;  (2)  O.  o'connelli,  p.  597;  (3)  O. 
eincencianus,  p.  598;  (4)  O.  incerius,  p.  598;  (5)  Zygodontomys  griseus,  p.  599;  (6)  Z '.  fraier- 
culus,  p.  599;  (7)  Akodon  chapmani,  p.  600;  (8)  Rhipidomys  quindianus,  p.  600;  (9)  R. 
caucensis,  p.  601;  (10)  ft.  Venezuela;  yuruanus,  p.  601;  (11)  /?.  milleri,  p.  602;  (12)  CEcomys 
minae,  p.  603;  (13)  (E.  caicarx,  p.  603. 

249.  Catalogue  of  Mammals  of  Western  Europe.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXVIII,  No. 

970,  pp.  159-162,  Aug.  1,  1913. 

Review  of  Gerrit  S.  Miller's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  British  Museum,  1912). 

250.  Ontogenetic  and  other  Variations  in   Muskoxen,  with  a  systematic  Review 

of  the  Muskox  Group,  recent  and  extinct.  < Mem.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
New  Series,  I,  Pt.  4,  1913,  pp.  101-226,  pll.  xi-xviii,  1  map,  and  45  text  figs., 
March,  1913. 

Ontogenesis  of  the  horns,  teeth,  skull  and  pelage,  pp.  107-143;  individual  differentiation 
as  indicated  by  the  skull,  pp.  143-157;  systematic  review,  including  historical  summary, 
pp.  157-160;  geographic  distribution,  past  and  present,  pp.  160-164;  classification  and  re- 
lationship, 164-171;  Otibos,  characters,  alleged  species  and  subspecies,  pp.  171-179;  geo- 
graphic variation,  pp.  179-180;  synopsis  of  species  and  subspecies,  pp.  180-182;  systematic 
description,  habits,  and  distribution:  Ovibos  moschalus  moschatus,  pp.  183-189;  O.  m.  niphas- 
cus,  pp.  189-191 ;  O.  m.  wardi,  pp.  191-201;  O.yukonensis  (extinct),  pp.  201-203;  0.  pallantis 
(extinct),  pp.  203-205;  extermination,  pp.  205-207;  Muskoxen  in  Zoological  Gardens,  pp. 
207-208;  Boolherium,  pp.  209-213;  Symbos,  pp.  213-215;  Liops,  p.  216;  bibliography, 
pp.  221-226. 

Plates  xi-xv,  O.  m.  wardi  as  follows:  pi.  xi,  horncores;  pi.  xii,  transverse  sections  of 
horncores;  pi.  xiii,  longitudinal  sections  of  horncores;  pi.  xiv,  sections  of  horncores;  pi.  xv, 
maxillary  toothrow  at  different  ages;  pi.  xvi,  mandibular  toothrow  at  different  ages.  Plates 
xvii  and  xviii,  skull  of  Symbos  cavifrons. 

Text  figures  1-26,  skulls  and  dentition  of  O.  m.  wardi  from  total  age  to  senescence;  text 
fig.  27,  map  of  distribution,  present  and  recent,  of  Muskoxen  in  North  America  and  Green- 
land; text  figs.  28-31,  skulls  of  O.  m.  moschatus  and  O.  m.  wardi;  text  figs.  32-36,  mounted 
specimens  of  same;  text  figs.  38-44,  photographs  of  calves  of  O.  m.  wardi  in  New  York  Zoologi- 
cal Park;  text  fig.  45,  type  skull  of  Boolherium  bombifrons. 

251.  Shall  the  Walrus  become  Extinct?  < A mer.   Mus.  Journ.,  XIII,  pp.  38-42, 

Jan.,  1913.     With  illustrations. 

Comment  on  its  unrestricted  destruction  and  need  of  international  restriction  for  its 
preservation. 


MAMMALS.  81 


1914. 

252.  Review  of  the  Genus  Microsciurus.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII, 

pp.  145-165,  Feb.  26,  1914. 

19  species  and  subspecies  recognized.  Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Microsciurus  rubrirostris,  p.  163} 
(2)  M.  Jlorencix,  p.  164. 

253.  Two  new  Mammals  from  Ecuador.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII, 

pp.  199-200,  Feb.  28,  1914. 

(1)  Sylvilagus  daulensis,  p.  199;    (2)  Thomasomys  aureus  allorum,  p.  200. 

254.  Mammals  from  British  East  Africa,  collected  on  the  Third  African  Expedition 

of  the  American  Museum  by  William  S.  Rainsford.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.,  XXXIII,  pp.  337-344,  June  18,  1914. 

Annotated  list  of  40  species. 

255.  New  South  American  Bats  and  a  new  Octodent.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XXXIII,  pp.  381-389,  pi.  xxviii,  July  9,  1914. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Amorphochilus  schnablii  osgoodi,  p.  381;  (2)  Eptesicus  andinus, 
p.  382;  (3)  Dasypterus  ega  punensis,  p.  382;  (4)  Myotis  ruber  keaysi,  p.  383;  (5)  M.  punensis, 
p.  383;  (6)  M.  bonds,  p.  384;  (7)  M.  maripensis,  p.  385;  (8)  M.  esmeraldse,  p.  385;  (9)  M. 
caucensis,  p.  386;  (10)  Nyclinomus  segualorialis,  p.  386;  (11)  Mormoplerus  peruanus,  p.  387; 

(12)  Thrinacodus  apolinari,  p.  387,  pi.  xxxviii,  skull,  with  skull  of  Daclylomys  dactylinus  for 
comparison. 

256.  New  South  American  Sciuridse.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  pp. 

585-597,  fig.  1-2,  Oct.  8,  1914. 

Notosciurus  gen.  nov.,  p.  585;  spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  N.  rhoadsi,  p.  585,  text  figs.  1-2; 
(2)  Guerlinguelus  pucheranii  saleniensis,  p.  587;  (3)  G.  hoffmanni  quindianus,  587;  (4)  G. 
hoffmannl  manavi,  p.  589;  (5)  G.  griseimembra,  p.  589;  (6)  G.  candelensis,  p.  590;  (7)  Sciurut 
gerrardi  salaquensis,  p.  592;  (8)  S.  gerrardi  cuculse,  p.  592;  (9)  S.  salluensis  magdalense,  594; 
(10)  S.  duida,  p.  594;  (11)  S.  igniventris  zamorse,  594;  (12)  S.  langsdorjfii  wucumws,  p.  595; 

(13)  S.  langsdorffii  sleinbachi,  p.  596;    (14)  S.  stramineus  zarumse,  597. 

257.  New  South  American  Monkeys.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  pp. 

647-655,  Dec.  14,  1914. 

Spp.  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Callicebus  lugens  duida,  p.  647;  (2)  Alouatta  seniculus  bogotensis, 
p.  648;  (3)  A.  seniculus  caquetensis,  p.  650;  (4)  Pithecia  milteri,  p.  650;  (5)  Cacajao  rooseoelti, 
p.  651;  (6)  Aleles  longimembris,  p.  65;  (7)  A.  robustus,  p.  652;  (8)  Cebus  apella  brunneus,  653; 
(9)  C.  xqualorialis,  p.  654. 

258.  The  Generic  Names  Speothos  and  Icticyon.<Proc.  Biol.  Soc.   Washington, 

XXVII,  p.  147,  July  10,  1914. 

Both  genera  tenable,  not  synonyms  as  held  by  some  authors. 

258a.     Individual  Variation  in  Muskoxen.<IXe  Congre"s  International  de  Zoologie 
tenu  a  Monaco,  1913,  pp.  210-215.     Separates  received  in  June,  1914. 

With  reference  to  the  bones  of  the  skull. 


1915. 

259.     Review  of  the  South  American  Sciuridse.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.   Nat.  Hist., 
XXXIV,  pp.  147-309,  pll.  i-xiv,  and  25  text  figs.,  May  17,  1915. 

Historical  outline,  pp.  151-158;    general  considerations,  pp.  158-168;    genera  and  sub- 
genera  of  American  squirrels,  pp.  169-186;  systematic  review  of  the  South  American  squirrels. 


82  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

pp.  187-296;  geographic  distribution  and  interrelationships  of  South  American  squirrels, 
pp.  297-307. 

Gen.  nov.:  (1)  Leplosciwus,  p.  199;  (2)  Mesosciwus,  p.  212;  (3)  Hadrosciurus,  p.  265; 
(4)  Urosciwus,  p.  267;  (5)  Simosciwus,  p.  280;  (6)  Histriosciurus  (subgen.  nov.),  p.  236. 
Subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Guerlinguelus  xsluans  venuslus,  p.  260;  (2)  Mesosciurus  gerrardi  baudensis, 
p.  308;  (3)  M.  gerrardi  valdivia,  p.  309. 

Plates  i-v,  skulls  of  North  American  species;  vi,  maxillary  teeth  of  same;  vii-xii,  skulls  of 
South  American  species;  xiii  and  xiv,  maxillary  teeth  of  same;  text  figs.  1-16,  skins  of  South 
American  species,  to  show  relative  size;  text  figs.  17-19,  skull  of  Synlheosciurus  brochus,  p. 
176;  text  figs.  20-21,  hind  foot  of  Noiosciurus  and  Mesosciurus,  p.  211;  text  figs.  22-25, 
distribution  maps  of  genera. 

260.  Notes  on  American  Deer  of  the  Genus  Mazama.<Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XXXIV,  pp.  521-553. 

24  forms  recognized,  the  following  new:  (1)  Mazama  trinitatis,  p.  532;  (2)  M.  americana 
(umalumwi,  p.  536;  (3)  M.  americana  juruana,  p.  537;  (4)  M.  gualea,  p.  545;  (5)  M.fuscala, 
p.  545;  (6)  M.  zamora,  p.  546;  (7)  M .  murelia,  p.  547;  (8)  M.  cila  sancUemarlx,  p.  550. 

261.  New  South  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIV,  pp. 

625-634,  Dec.  30,  1915. 

(1)  Dasyprocla  fuliginosa  candelensis,  p.  625;  (2)  Dasyprocla  variegala  zamorse,  p.  627; 
(3)  Dasyprocla  variegala  chocoensis.  p.  627;  (4)  Dasyprocta  variegala  urucuma,  p.  634;  (5) 
Proechimys  kermili,  p.  629;  (6)  Oryzomys  murelix  (nom.  nov.,  to  replace  O.  incerlus  Allen, 
1913,  preoccupied),  p.  630;  (7)  Procyon  (Euprocyon)  tegualorialis,  p.  630;  (8)  Margay  ligrina 
elenx,  p.  631;  (9)  Margay  caacensis,  p.  631;  (10)  Oncoides  pardalis  iumalumari,  p.  632;  (11) 
Eplesicus  chapmani,  p.  632. 

262.  Convenience  versus  Fitness.  < Science,  N.  S.,  XLII,  No.  1084,  pp.  492-494, 

Oct.  8,  1915. 

On  the  function  of  the  genus  in  classification,  in  reply  to  objectors  who  oppose  subdivision 
of  the  "good  old  genera  "  of  fifty  years  ago.  Certain  groups  of  mammals  cited  in  illustration. 

1916. 

263.  The  proper  Generic  Name  of  the  Macaques.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XXXV,  pp.  49-52,  Feb.  21,  1916. 

Silenus  Goldfuss,  1820.  The  subgeneric  names  of  the  macaques  and  their  near  allies 
also  considered.  Comparison  (in  parallel  columns)  of  the  generic  and  subgeneric  names 
of  macaques  employed  by  Elliot  (Primates,  1913)  with  those  here  adopted. 

264..  New  South  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV, 
pp.  83-87,  April  28,  1916. 

(1)  Melachirus  nudicaudalus  anlioguix,  p.  83;  (2)  Tamandua  lelradactyla  punensis,  p.  83; 
(3)  Sylvilagus  boylei,  p.  84;  (4)  Cavia  (Catia)  anolaimx,  p.  85;  (6)  Glossophaga  apolinari,  p. 
86;  (7)  Saimiri  caquetensis,  p.  87. 

265.  The  Neotropical  Weasels.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  pp.  89-111, 

April  26,  1916. 

Historical  resumfi,  pp.  90-91;  color  variations  in  the  Mustela  Iropicalis  group,  pp.  91-98; 
the  status  of  Muslela  affinis  Gray,  pp.  98-99;  systematic  review  of  the  species  and  subspecies, 
pp.  99-111. 

8  forms  recognized  —  6  species  and  2  additional  subspecies.  Mustela  Iropicalis  nicar- 
agute,  p.  100,  subsp.  nov. 

266.  List  of  Mammals  collected  for  the  American  Museum  in  Ecuador  by  William 

B.  Richardson,  1912-1913.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.' Hist.,  XXXV,  pp.  113- 
125,  May  11,  1916. 

Annotated  list  of  70  species  and  subspecies,  with  locality  records,  etc. 


MAMMALS.  83 

267.  List  of  Mammals  collected  in  Colombia  by  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 

History  Expeditions,  1910-1915.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV, 
pp.  191-238,  May  31,  1916. 

Annotated  list  of  185  species  and  subspecies,  with  locality  records,  and  technical  comment, 
particularly  on  some  of  the  Muridse,  Carnivores  and  Primates.  Several  extralimital  Primates 
included  for  purpose  of  record  and  comment.  Aloualla  seniculus  group,  pp.  228-231. 

268.  New  Mammals  collected  on  the  Roosevelt  Brazilian  Expedition.  <Bull.  Amer, 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  pp.  523-530,  July  24,  1916. 

Species  et  subspp.  nov.:  (1)  Proechimys  boimensis,  p.  523;  (2)  GEcomys  milleri,  p.  523; 
(3)  CE.  florencix,  p.  524;  (4)  (E.  emilise,  p.  525;  (5)  Oryzomys  (Oligoryzomys)  microlis,  p.  525; 
(6)  O.  (O.)  uliaritensis,  p.  527;  (7)  O.  (O.)  maltogrossx,  p.  528;  (8)  Zygodontomys  tapira- 
poanus,  p.  528;  (9)  Zygodontomys  lapirapoanus,  p.  528;  (10)  Molossus  cherriei,  p.  529; 
(11)  Molossus  daulensis,  p.  530. 

269.  Mammals  collected  on  the  Roosevelt  Brazilian  Expedition,  with  Field  Notes 

by  Leo  E.  Miller.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  pp.  559-610,  Aug. 
9,  1916. 

Introduction,  pp.  559-562;   systematic  list,  97  species  and  subspecies,  pp.  562-588,  with 
much  technical  comment;  field  notes  by  Leo  E.  Miller,  on  53  species,  pp.  589-610. 
Tapirus  terrestris  guianise  (p.  566),  subsp.  nov. 

270.  An  Extinct  Octodont  from  the  Island  of  Porto  Rico,  West  Indies.  <Ann.  New 

York  Acad.  Sci.,  XXVII,  pp.  17-22,  pll.  i-v,  Jan.  25,  1916. 

Isolobodon  portoricensis  (gen.  et  sp.  nov.),  p.  19. 

Note. —  The  above  list  of  titles  ends  with  August,  1916.  They  are  numbered 
1-270,  plus  117a  and  258a.  No.  32  is  an  inadvertent  duplication  of  No.  26.  Actual 
number  of  titles,  271. 

FAMILIES,  SUPERFAMILIES,  SUBFAMILIES,  GENERA  and   SUBGENERA,  and  SPECIES 
and  SUBSPECIES,  DESCRIBED  AS  NEW  OR  RENAMED.1 

Higher  Groups. 

Oulophocince,2  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II,  1870,  p.  44. 

Trichiphocince,2  ibid.,  p.  44. 

Castor oididce,  Monographs  N.  Amer.  Rodentia  (Rep.  U.  S.  Geolog.  Surv.  Terr. 

(Hayden),  XI,  1877,  p.  419.) 

Odobanidoe,  Hist.  N.  Amer.  Pinnipeds,  1880,  pp.  3,  5. 
Gressigrada,  ibid.,  p.  3  =  Odobsenidse  +  Otariidse. 
Reptigrada,  ibid.,  p.  4  =  Phocidse. 

Genera  and  Subgenera. 

Bassaricyon,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,   1876,  pp.  20-23,  pi.  i.     Type, 

Bassaricyon  gabbi,  sp.  nov. 
Ictidomys,  Monographs  N.  Amer.  Rodentia,  p.  821,  August,   1877.     Type,  Sper- 

mophilus  tridecemlineatus  Mitchell. 
Pachycyon,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  X,  No.  2,  pp.  4-8,  pll.  i-iii,  Dec.,  1885.     Type, 

Pachycyon  robustus,  sp.  nov.     Extinct. 

1  Arranged  chronologically. 

"Tentatively  proposed  as  subfamilies  of  the  Otariidse  and  subsequently  abandoned. 


84  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Microsciurus  (subgen.  of  Sciurus),  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  333,  Nov.  8, 

1895.     Type,  Sciurus  (M.)  alfarm. 
Zygodontomys,  Bull.  Am,  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  38,  March  11,  1897.     Type,  Ory- 

zomys  cherriei  Allen. 
Sigmodontomys,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  38,  March  11,  1897.     Type,  S. 

alfari,  sp.  nov.     (=  Nectomys.) 
Proechimys,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  p.  264,  Dec.  26,  1899.     Type,  Echimys 

trinitatis  Allen  and  Chapman. 

Caluromys,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  p.  189,  Oct.  12, 1900.     Type,  C.  alstoni. 
To  replace  Philander  Brisson,  1762,  considered  as  properly  a  synonym  of  Didel- 

phis  Linn6,  1758.     Under  the  principle  of  tautonymy  Philander  later  became 

reinstated  for  this  group,  with  Didelphis  philander  Linne"  as  type. 
Parolees,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  160,  July  1,  1902.     Type,  Cervus  alces. 
A  substitute  name  for  Alces  Gray,  1821,  preoccupied  by  Ake  Blumenbach,  1799, 

type  Alee  gigantea  Blumenbach  =  Megaceros  hibernicus  Owen,  1844. 
Eunothocyon,  Mamm.  Patagonia,  in  Princeton  Univ.  Exped.  Patagonia,  III,  pt.  i, 

1905,  p.  152.     Type,  Canis  sladeni  Thomas. 
Carcinocyon,  ibid.,  p.  153.     Type,  Canis  thous  Linne.     (Cerdocyon  H.  Smith,  type 

Canis  azarce  Wied,  apud  Thomas.) 
Tamiops,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXII,  p.  477,  July  25,  1906.     Type,  Tamiops 

macdeUandi  riudoni,  subsp.  nov. 
Hoplomys,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  p.  650,  Sept.  11,  1908.     Type.  Hop- 

lomys  truei  sp.  nov. 
Notosdurus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  585,  Oct.  8,  1914.     Type, 

Notosciurus  rhoadsi  sp.  nov. 
Leptosciurus,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIV,  p.  199,  May  17,  1915.     Type, 

Macroxus  pucheranii  Fitzinger  =  Sciurus  rufoniger  Pucheran. 
Mesosdurus,  ibid.,  p.  212.     Type,  Sciurus  cestuans  var.  hoffmanni  Peters. 
Histriosdurus,  ibid.,  p.  213  (subgenus  of  Mesosdurus).     Type,  Sciurus  gerrardi  Gray. 
Hadrosduras,  ibid.,  p.  265.     Type,  Sdurus  flammifer  Thomas.' 
Urosdurus,  ibid.,  p.  267.     Type,  Sdurus  tricolor  Poeppig. 
Simosdurus,  ibid.,  p.  280.     Type,  Sciurus  stramineus  Eydoux  and  Souleyet. 
Isolobodon,  Ann.  New  York  Acad.  Sci.,  XXXVII,  p.  19,  Jan.  26,  1916.     Type, 

Isolobodon  portoricensis  sp.  nov. 

SPECIES  AND  SUBSPECIES. 
1874. 

Tamias  quadrivittatus  var.  paUidus,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  Feb.  1874, 

p.  289.     (Eutamias.) l 

Spermophttus  tridecemlineatus  var.  pattidtis,  ibid.,  p.  291.     (Ictidomys.) 
Spermophilus  parryi  var.  kodiacensis,  ibid.,  p.  291.     (Citellus.) 

1876. 

Canis  mississippiensis,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  and  Arts,  ser.  3,  XI,  Jan.  1876,  p.  49. 
(Extinct.) 

1  Present  current  generic  and  specific  names  are  given  in  parentheses  when  different  from  those 
originally  employed. 


MAMMALS.  85 

Cervus  whitneyi,  ibid.,  p.  49.     (Extinct.) 

Bassaricyon  gabbi.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1876,  p.  20. 

1877. 

Lepus  sylvaticus  var.  arizonce,  Mon.  N.  Amer.  Roden.,  p.  332,  August,  1877.     (Syl- 

vilagus  audubonii  arizonce.) 
Lepus  graysoni,  ibid.,  p.  347.     (Sylvilagus.) 
Lepus  brasiliensis  var.  gabbi,  ibid.,  p.  419.     (Sylvilagus.) 
Tamias  asiaticus  var.  borealis,  ibid.,  p.  793.     (Eutamias  quadrivittatus  borealis.) 

1885. 
Pachycyon  robustus,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  X,  pp.  4-8,  pll.  i-iii,  1885.     (Extinct.) 

1887. 

Squalodon  tiedemani,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  p.  34,  April  25,  1887.     (Ex- 
tinct.) 

1889. 

Sciurus  alstoni,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  p.  167,  Oct.  21,  1889  (name  pre- 
occupied; replaced  by  S.  nayaritensis  Allen,  1889). 
Tamias  asiaticus  bulleri,  ibid.,  p.  173.     (Eutamias  butteri.) 
Tamias  asiaticus  merriami,  ibid.,  p.  176.     (Eutamias  merriami.) 
Sigmodon  fulviveuter,  ibid.,  p.  180. 

1890. 

Tamias  obscurus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  70,  June,  1890.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  senex,  ibid.,  p.  83.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  j "rater,  ibid.,  p.  88.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  amoenus,  ibid.,  p.  90.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  cinereicollis,  ibid.,  p.  94.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  umbrinus,  ibid.,  p.  96.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  quadrivittatus  gracilis,  ibid.,  p.  99.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  quadrivittatus  luteiventris,  ibid.,  p.  101.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  quadrivittatus  affinis,  ibid.,  p.  103.     (Eutamias.} 

Tamias  quadrivittatus  neglectus,  ibid.,  p.  106.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  minimus  consobrinus,  ibid.,  p.  112.     (Eutamias.) 

Tamias  minimus  pictus,  ibid.,  p.  115.     (Eutamias.) 

Lepus  cineraszens,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  159,  Oct.,  1890.     (Sylvilagus.) 

Lepus  sylvaticus  floridanus,  ibid.,  p.  160.     (Sylvilagus.) 

Sciurus  hudsonius  Vancouver ensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  165,  Nov.  14, 

1890. 
Sciurus  hudsonius  californicus,  ibid.,  p.   165  (name  preoccupied;    replaced  by  S. 

albolimbatus  Allen,  1898). 

Artibeus  coryi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  173,  Nov.  14,  1890. 
Vespertilio  velifer,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  177,  Dec.  10,  1890.     (Myotis.) 
Sciurus  cervicalis,  ibid.,  p.  183. 

Lepus  sylvaticus  aztecus,  ibid.,  p.  188.     (Sylvilagus  floridanus  aztecus.) 
Lepus  insolitus,  ibid.,  p.  189.     (Sylvilagus  cunicularius  insolitus.) 
Lepus  truei,  ibid.,  p.  192.     (Sylvilagus.) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1891. 

Histiotus  maculatus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  195,  Feb.  20, 1891.     (Euderma 

maculatum.) 
Blarina  costaricensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  205,  April  17,  1891.     (?  = 

Blarina  brevicauda.) 

Hesperomys  (Vesperimus)  cherriei,  ibid.,  p.  211.     (Reithrodontomys.) 
Hesperomys  (Vesperimus)  midipes,  ibid.,  p.  213.     (Peromyscus.) 
Hesperomys  (Oryzomys)  alfaroi,  ibid.,  p.  214.     (Oryzomys.) 
Scalops  argentatus  texanus,  ibid.,  p.  221.     (Scalopus.) 
Dipodops  senneUi,  ibid.,  p.  226.     (Perodipus.) 
Dipodops  ordii  palmeri,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  276,  June  30,  1891. 

(Perodipus.) 

Dipodops  richardsoni,  ibid.,  p.  277.     (Perodipus.) 
Perognathus  (Chcetodipus)  femoralis,  ibid.,  p.  281. 
Neotoma  micropus  canescens,  ibid.,  p.  285. 
Oryzomys  aquaticus,  ibid.,  p.  289. 
Vesperimus  difficilis,  ibid.,  p.  298.     (Peromyscus.) 
Vesperimus  nasutus,  ibid.,  p.  299.     (Peromyscus.) 
Vesperimus  mearnsi,  ibid.,  p.  300.     (Peromyscus.) 

Capromys  ingrahami,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  329,  Aug.  31,  1891. 
Oryzomys  taLamancce,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XIV,  1891,  p.  193. 
Hesperomys  (Vesperimus)  affinis,  ibid.,  p.  195.     (Peromyscus.) 

1892. 

Perognathus  merriami,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  45,  pi.  iii,  March  25, 1892. 
Atalapha  brachyotis,  ibid.,  p.  47.     (Lasiurus.) 
Oryzomys  bauri,  ibid.,  p.  48. 

1893. 

Sciurus  apache,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  29,  March  16, 1893. 

Thomomys  monticolus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  48,  April  28,  1893. 

Thomomys  aureus,  ibid.,  p.  49. 

Thomomys  fossor,  ibid.,  p.  51. 

Thomomys  toltecus,  ibid.,  p.  52. 

Zapus  princeps,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  71,  April  28, 1893. 

Arvicola  (Mynomes)  aztecus,  ibid.,  p.  73.     (Microtus.) 

Reithrodontomys  aztecus,  ibid.,  p.  79. 

Sitomys  auripectus,  ibid.,  p.  75.     (Peromyscus.) 

Sitomys  rowleyi,  ibid.,  p.  76.     (Peromyscus.) 

Sitomys  americanus  thurberi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  185,  August  18,  1893. 

(Peromyscus.) 

Sitomys  martirensis,  ibid.,  p.  187.     (Peromyscus.) 
Sitomys  gilberli,  ibid.,  p.  188.     (Peromyscus.) 
Tamias  leucurus  peninsulas,  ibid.,  p.  197.     (AmmospermophUus.) 
-Scapanus  anlhonyi,  ibid.,  p.  200. 
Chceronycteris  intermedia,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  207,  Sept.  21,  1893  (with 

F.  M.  Chapman). 


MAMMALS.  87 

Nedomys  palmipes,  ibid.,  p.  209. 

Tylomys  couesi,  ibid.,  p.  211.     (Rhipidomys.) 

Oryzomys  speciosus,  ibid.,  p.  212. 

Oryzomys  trinitatis,  ibid.,  p.  213. 

Oryzomys  velutinus,  ibid.,  p.  214. 

Oryzomys  brevicauda,  ibid.,  p.  215.     (Zygodontomys.) 

Loncheres  castaneus,  ibid.,  p.  222. 

Echimys  trinitatis,  ibid.,  p.  223.     (Proechimys.) 

Oryzomys  costaricensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  239,  Sept.  22,  1893. 

Didelphys  (Micoureus)  canescens,  ibid.,  p.  235.     (Marmosa.) 

Sitomys  robustus;  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  335,  Dec.  16, 1893.     (Peromyscus.) 

Geomys  cherriei,  ibid.,  p.  337.     (Macrogeomys.) 

1894. 

Evotomys  fuscodorsalis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  p.  103,  April  14,  1894. 

(Evotomys  gapperi.) 
Lepus  sylvaticus  mearnsi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  p.  171,  May  31y  1894. 

(Sylvilagus.) 

Oryzomys  palustris  texensis,  ibid.,  p.  177. 

Perognathus  pricei,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  p.  318,  Nov.  7, 1894. 
Perognathus  conditi,  ibid.,  p.  318. 
Reithrodontomys  mexicanusfulvescens,  ibid.,  p.  319. 
Arvicola  leucophceus,  ibid.,  p.  321.     (Microtus.) 
Sitomys  americanus  arizonce,  ibid.,  p.  321.     (Peromyscus.) 
Neotoma  campestris,  ibid.,  p.  322. 
Neotoma  rupicola,  ibid.,  p.  323. 
Neotoma  grangeri,  ibid.,  p.  324. 
Sciurus  hudsonicus  dakotensis,  ibid.,  p.  325. 
Phenacomys  truei,  ibid.,  p.  331. 

Arvicola  insperatus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  p.  347,  Dec.  7, 1894.     (Microtus.) 
Lepus  texianus  eremicus,  ibid.,  p.  347. 

Lepus  sylvaticus  pinetis,  ibid.,  p.  348.     (Sylvilagus  nuUalli  pinetis.)  • 
Sciurus  arizonensis  huachuca,  ibid.,  p.  349. 
Sciurus  hudsonicus  grahamensis,  ibid.,  p.  350. 

1895. 

Reithrodontomys  merriami,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  119,  May  21,  1895. 
Reithrodontomys  dychei,  ibid.,  p.  120. 
Reithrodontomys  dychei  nebrascensis,  ibid.,  p.  122. 
Reithrodontomys  megalotis  deserti,  ibid.,  p.  127. 
Reithrodontomys  arizonensis,  ibid.,  p.  134. 
Reithrodontomys  mexicanus  intermedius,  ibid.,  p.  136. 
Reithrodontomys  mexicanus  aurantius,  ibid.,  p.  137. 
Reithrodontomys  costaricensis,  ibid.,  p.  139. 

Lynx  texensis,  Bull.  Am.   Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  188,  June  20.  1895. 
Thomomys  cervinus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  203,  June  29,  1895. 
Lepus  sylvaticus  grangeri,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  264,  August  21,  1895. 
(Sylvilagus  nuttalli  grangeri.) 


88  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Lepus  aquaticus  attwateri,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  ffist.,  VII,  p.  327,  Nov.  8,  1896. 

>  (Sykilagus.) 

Reithrodontomys  australis,  ibid.,  p.  328. 
Oryzomys  cherriei,  ibid.,  p.  329.     (Zygodontomys.) 
Peromyscus  attwateri,  ibid.,  p.  330. 
Neotoma  cinnamomea,  ibid.,  p.  331. 

Sdurus  (Microsdurus)  alfari,  ibid.,  p.  333.     (Microsdurus.) 
Tamias  pricei,  ibid.,  p.  333.     (Eutamias.) 
Tamias  wortmani,  ibid.,  p.  335.     (CattospermophUus.) 
SpermophUus  tridecemlineatus  olivaceus,  ibid.,  p.  337.     (Ictidomys.) 
SpermophUus  tridecemlineatus  parvus,  ibid.,  p.  337.     (Ictidomys.) 
Blarina  (Soridscus)  nigrescens,  ibid.,  p.  339.     (Cryptotis.) 
Blarina  (Soridscus)  orophila,  ibid.,  p.  340.     (Cryptotis.) 


1896. 

Ranffifer  terroenovce,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VIII,  p.  233,  Nov.  21, 1896. 

Reithrodontomys  laceyi,  ibid.,  p.  235. 

Perognathus  mearnsi,  ibid.,  p.  237. 

Peromyscus  michiganensis  pattescens,  ibid.,  p.  238. 

Vespertilio  incautus,  ibid.,  p.  239.     (Myotis.) 

Vespertilio  chrysonotus,  ibid.,  p.  340.     (Myotis.) 


1897. 

Peromyscus  yucatanicus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  8,  Feb.  23,  1897  (with 

F.  M.  Chapman). 

Reithrodontomys  mexicanus  gracilis,  ibid.,  p.  9. 
Heteromys  gaumeri,  ibid.,  p.  9. 
Artibeus  palmarum,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  16,  Feb.  26,  1897  (with  F.  M. 

Chapman). 

Oryzomys  delicbtus,  ibid.,  p.  19. 
Akodon  urichi,  ibid.,  p.  19. 
Akodonfrustrator,  ibid.,  p.  20. 
Thylamys  cam,  ibid.,  p.  27. 

Artibeus  intermedius,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  33,  March  11,  1897. 
Oryzomys  chrysomelas,  ibid.,  p.  37.     (Melanomys.) 
Sigmodontomys  alfari,  ibid.,  p.  39.     (Nectomys.) 
Sigmodon  borucce,  ibid.,  p.  40. 

Peromyscus  spicilegus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  50,  March  15,  1897. 
Peromyscus  banderanus,  ibid.,  p.  51. 
Oryzomys  mexicanus,  ibid.,  p.  52. 
Oryzomys  bulleri,  ibid.,  p  53. 
Sigmodon  mascotensis,  ibid.,  p.  54. 
Sigmodon  colimce,  ibid.,  p.  55. 
Heteromys  hispidus,  ibid.,  p.  56.     (Liomys.) 
Ovis  stonei,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  Ill,  April  7, 1897. 
Stiurus  (Microsdurus)  peruanus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  115,  April  26, 

1897.     (Microsdurus.) 


MAMMALS.  89 

Oryzomys  baroni,  ibid.,  p.  118. 

Sigmodon  peruanus,  ibid.,  p.  118. 

Sigmodon  bogotensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  121,  May  24,  1897. 

Mus  musculus  jalapce,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  198,  June  16,  1897  (with 

F.  M.  Chapman). 

Reithrodontomys  rufescens,  ibid.,  p.  199. 
Reithrodontomys  saturaius,  ibid.,  p.  201. 
Peromyscus  furvus,  ibid.,  p.  201. 
Peromyscus  melanotis,  ibid.,  p.  203. 
Peromyscus  musculus  brunneus,  ibid.,  p.  203. 
Oryzomys  jalapce,  ibid.,  p.  206. 
Adelonycteris  gaumeri,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IX,  p.  231,  Sept.  28, 1897.     (Eptesi- 

cus.) 

1898. 

Marmosa  sinalooe,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  p.  143,  April  12,  1898. 

Lepus  peninsularis,  ibid.,  p.  144.     (Sylvilagus.) 

Lepus  cerrosensis,  ibid.,  p.  145.     (Sylvilagus. ") 

Lepus  arizonce  confinis,  ibid.,  p.  146.     (Sylvilagus.) 

Thomomys  fulvus  anitce,  ibid.,  p.  146. 

Thomomys  fulvus  martirensis,  ibid.,  p.  147. 

Thomomys  atrovarius,  ibid.,  p.  148. 

Perognathus  pernix,  ibid.,  p.  149. 

Neotoma  sinalooE,  ibid.,  p.  149. 

Neotoma  arenacea,  ibid.,  p.  150. 

Neotoma  anthonyi,  ibid.,  p.  151. 

Peromyscus  eremicus  propinquus,  ibid.,  p.  154. 

Peromyscus  cedrocensis,  ibid.,  p.  154. 

Peromyscu-s  cineritius,  ibid.,  p.  155. 

Peromyscus  geronimensis,  ibid.,  p.  156. 

Peromyscus  exiguus,  ibid  ,  p.  157. 

Peromyscus  dubius,  ibid.,  p.  157. 

Sciurus  hudsonicus  baileyi,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  p.  261,  August  31,  1898. 

Sciurus  hudsoni^us  ventorum,  ibid.,  p.  263. 

Sciurus  hudsonicus  streatori,  ibid.,  p.  267. 

Sciurus  douglasii  cascadensis,  ibid.,  p.  277. 

Sciurus  fremonti  neomexicanus,  ibid.,  p.  291. 

Sciurus  wagneri,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  p.  453,  Nov.  1898  (nom.  nov.,  given  in 

error  to  replace  S.  varius  Wagner,  preoccupied). 
Sciurus  douglasii  albolimbatus,  ibid.,  p.  453  (to  replace  Sciurus  hudsonius  californicus 

Allen,   1890,  preoccupied). 

1899. 

Zapus  saltator,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  p.  3,  March  4,  1899. 

Phenacomys  constablei,  ibid.,  p.  4. 
Microtus  stonei,  ibid.,  p.  5.     (Microtus  drummondii.) 
Microtus  vellerosus,  ibid.,  p.  7.     (Microtus  mordax.) 
Microtus  cautus,  ibid.,  p.  7.     (Microtus  mordax.) 


90  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Lepus  americanus  phceonotus,  ibid.,  p.  11. 

Lepus  bishopi,  ibid.,  p.  11. 

Lepus  floridanus  chapmani,  ibid.,  p.  13.     (Sylvilagus.) 

Thomomys  fulvus  alticolus,  ibid.,  p.  13. 

Reithrodontomys  tennis,  ibid.,  p.  15. 

Peromyscus  texanus  subarcticus,  ibid.,  p.  15.     (Peromyscus  maniculatus  artemisice.) 

Sdurus  chapmani,  ibid.,  p.  16.     (Mesosciurus.) 

Lepus  (Sylvilagus)  superdliaris,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  p.  196,  Dec.  20, 

1899. 

Isothrix  rufodorsalis,  ibid.,  p.  197. 
Echimys  mincce,  ibid.,  p.  199.     (Proechimys.) 
Echimys  urichi,  ibid.,  p.  199.     (Proechimys.) 
Echimys  canicottis,  ibid.,  p.  200.     (Proechimys.) 
Heteromys  jesupi,  ibid.,  p.  201. 
Akodon  venezuelensis,  ibid.,  p.  203. 
Akodon  colombianus,  ibid.,  p.  203.     (Melanomys.) 
Oryzomys  maculiventer,  ibid.,  p.  204. 
Oryzomys  trichurus,  ibid.,  p.  206.     (CEcomys.) 
Oryzomys  sanctcemartce,  ibid.,  p.  207. 
Oryzomys  mottipilosus,  ibid.,  p.  208. 
Oryzomys  magdaknce,  ibid.,  p.  209. 
Oryzomys  vittosus,  ibid.,  p.  210. 
Oryzomys  palmarius,  ibid.,  p.  210. 
Oryzomys  tenuicauda,  ibid.,  p.  211. 
Oryzomys  modestus,  ibid.,  p.  212. 
Oryzomys  fulviventer,  ibid.,  p.  212. 
Sdurus  saltuensis  bondce,  ibid.,  p.  213. 
Sdurus  (Guerlinguetus)  quebradensis,  p.  217.     (=  Mesosciurus  chapmani.) 


1900. 

Chiroderma  jesupi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  p.  88,  May  12, 1900. 
Mycronycteris  hypoleuca,  ibid.,  p.  90. 
Promops  affinis,  ibid.,  p.  91. 
Promops  mitteri,  ibid.,  p.  92. 

Caluromys  alstoni,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  p.  189,  Oct.  12,  1900.     (Phil- 
ander.) 

Diddphis  pernigra,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  p.  191,  Oct.  23,  1900. 
Didelphis  karkinophaga  caucoe,  ibid.,  p.  192. 
Didelphis  karkinophaga  colombica,  ibid.,  193. 
Metachirus  fuscogriseus,  ibid.,  p.  194. 
Metachirus  tschudii,  ibid.,  p.  195. 
Metachirus  nudicaudatus  colombianus,  ibid.,  p.  196. 
Marmosa  chapmani,  ibid.,  p.  197. 
Marmosa  klagesi,  ibid.,  p.  198. 
Thylamys  keaysi,  ibid.,  p.  198. 

Dactylomys  peruanus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  p.  220,  Nov.  16,  1900. 
Oxymycterus  juliacce,  ibid.,  p.  223. 


MAMMALS.  91 

Oxymycterus  apicalis,  ibid.,  p.  224.     (Lenoxus.) 
Oryzomys  keaysi,  ibid.,  p.  225. 
Oryzomys  obtusirostris,  ibid.,  p.  226. 

1901. 

Zygodontomys  thomasi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  p.  39,  Jan.  31,  1901. 

Sigmodon  simonsi,  ibid.,  p.  40. 

Rhipidomys  ochrogasler,  ibid.,  p.  43. 

Phyttotis  osilce,  ibid.,  p.  44. 

Akodon  lutescens,  ibid.,  p.  46. 

Rangifer  stonei,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  p.  143,  May  28,  1901. 

Diddphis  marsupialis  texensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  p.  172,  June  15,  1901. 

Didelphis  marsupialis  tabascensis,  ibid.,  p.  173. 

Didelphis  richmondi,  ibid.,  p.  175. 

Didelphis  yucatanensis,  ibid.,  p.  178. 

Metachirusfuscogriseus  pallidus,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  p.  215,  July  3, 1901. 

Metachirus  griscescens,  ibid.,  p.  217. 

Orizomys  bolivaris,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  p.  405,  Nov.  30, 1901. 

Oryzomys  castaneus,  ibid.,  p.  406. 

Oryzomys  perenensis,  ibid.,  p.  406. 

Oryzomys  rividaris,  ibid.,  p.  407. 

Phyllotis  chacoensis,  ibid.,  p.  408. 

Phyllotis  cachinus,  ibid.,  p.  409. 

Eligmodontia  morgani,  ibid.,  p.  409. 

Akodon  tucumanensis,  ibid.,  p.  410. 

Metachirus  nudicaudatus  bolivianus,  ibid.,  p.  411. 


1902. 

Dama  lichtensteini,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  20,  Feb.  1,  1902  (nom.  nov., 
to  replace  Cervus  mexicanus  Lichtenstein  held  to  be  preoccupied  by  Cervus 
mexicanus  Gmelin,  unidentifiable.)  •  (Odocoileus.) 

Rangifer  granli,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  119,  April  7,  1902. 

Ursus  merriami,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  141,  April  12,  1902. 

Rangifer  osborni,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  149,  April  16,  1902. 

Ovis  dalli  kenaiensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  145,  April  23,  1902. 

Didelphis  marsupialis  insularis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  259,  August  18, 
1902. 

Diddphis  marsupialis  caucos,  ibid.,  p.  261. 

Diddphis  marsupialis  etensis,  ibid.,  p.  262. 

Diddphis  paraguayensis  andina,  ibid.,  p.  272. 

Didelphis  paraguayensis  meridensis,  ibid.,  p.  274. 

Rangifer  pearyi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  409,  Oct.  31,  1902. 

Phoca  hispida  gichigensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  p.  478,  Dec.  12,  1902. 

Phoca  ochotensis  macrodens,  ibid.,  p.  483. 

Phoca  stejnegeri,  ibid.,  p.  485. 

Phoca  richardii  pribilofensis,  ibid.,  p.  495. 

Phoca  richardii  geronimensis,  ibid.,  p.  495. 


92  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1903. 

Sigmodon  puna,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  99,  March  20, 1903. 

Citdlus  buxtoni,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  139,  May  9,  1903. 

Citdlus  stejnegeri,  ibid.,  p.  142. 

Evotomys  (Craseomys)  latastei,  ibid.,  p.  145. 

Evotomys  jochelsoni,  ibid.,  p.  148. 

Lemmus  cibensis  chrysogaster,  ibid.,  p.  153. 

Ochotona  kolymensis,  ibid.,  p.  154. 

Lepus  gichiganus,  ibid.,  p.  155. 

Vulpes  anadyrensis,  ibid.,  p.  167. 

Putorius  (Arctogale)  pygmceus,  ibid.,  p.  176.     (Mustda.) 

Erinaceus  orientalis,  ibid.,  p.  179. 

Sorex  buxtoni,  ibid.,  p.  181. 

Ctenomys  robustus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  185,  May  9, 1903.    (C.  osgoodi.) 

Ctenomys  sericeus,  ibid.,  p.  187. 

Ctenomys  colborni,  ibid.,  p.  188. 

Oxymycterus  microtis,  ibid.,  p.  189. 

Reithrodon  cuniculoides  obsciirus,  ibid.,  p.  190. 

Reithrodon  hatcheri,  ibid.,  p.  191. 

Euneomys  petersoni,  ibid.,  p.  192. 

Citellus  stonei,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  537,  Oct.  10,  1903. 

Synaptomys  (Mictomys)  andersoni,  ibid.,  p.  554. 

Synaptomys  (Mictomys)  chapmani,  ibid.,  p.  555. 

Erethizon  epizanthus  nigrescens,  ibid.,  p.  558. 

Putorius  microtis,  ibid.,  p.  563.     (Mustela.) 

Odocoileus  battyi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  591,  Nov.  13,  1903. 

Eutamias  durangce,  ibid.,  p.  594. 

Citellus  (OtospermophHus)  grammurus  rupestris,  ibid.,  p.  595. 

Peromyscus  paulus,  ibid.,  p.  598. 

Peromyscus  texanus  flaccidus,  ibid.,  p.  599.     (Peromyscus  leucopus  tornillo.) 

Sigmodon  baileyi,  ibid.,  p.  601. 

Reithrodontomys  megalotis  sestinensis,  ibid.,  p.  602. 

Neotoma  intermedia  durangce,  ibid.,  p.  602. 

Perodipus  obscurus,  ibid.,  p.  603. 

Lepus  (Macrotolagus)  texianus  micropus,  ibid.,  p.  605.     (Lepus  californicus  texianus.) 

Lepus  (Macrotolagus')  gaittardi  battyi,  ibid.,  p.  607. 

Lepus  (Sylvilagus)  durangce,  ibid.,  p.  609.     (Sylvilagus  floridanus  holzneri.) 

Canis  impavidus,  ibid.,  p.  609. 

Myotis  californicus  durangce,  ibid.,  p.  612. 

Odocoileus  sinaloce,  ibid.,  p.  613. 

Lynx  ruffus  escuinapce,  ibid.,  p.  614. 

1904. 

Oreamnos  montanus  columbianus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  20,  Feb.  10. 

1904.     (0.  americanus  columbice.) 

Oreamnos  montanus  missoulce,  ibid.,  p.  20.     (0.  americanus  missoulce.) 
Lepus  (Sylvilagus}  russatus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  31,  Feb.  29,  1904. 


MAMMALS.  93 

Lepus  (Sylvttagus)  parvulus,  ibid.,  p.  34. 

Tayra  Barbara  irara,  ibid.,  p.  36. 

Akodon  irazu,  ibid.,  p.  46.     (Scoteomys.) 

Felis  carrikeri,  ibid.,  p.  47. 

Nasua  naricd  bullata,  ibid.,  p.  48. 

Nasua  narica  panamensis,  ibid.,  p.  51. 

Nasua  narica  yucatanica,  ibid.,  p.  52. 

Nasua  narica  pallida,  ibid.,  p.  53. 

Sigmodon  borucce  chiriquensis,  ibid.,  p.  68. 

Felis  mearnsi,  ibid.,  p.  71  (nom.  nov.,  to  replace  F.  costaricensis,  preoccupied). 

Felis  panamensis,  ibid.,  p.  71. 

Potos  flavus  chiriquensis,  ibid.,  p.  74. » 

Potos  flavus  caucensis,  ibid.,  p.  75. 

Potos  flavus  chapadensis,  ibid.,  p.  76. 

Myotis  chiriquensis,  ibid.,  p.  77. 

Sciurus  aberti  phceurus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  205,  May  28,  1904. 

Sciurus  aberti  barberi,  ibid.,  p.  207. 

Eutamias  canescens,  ibid.,  p.  208. 

Molossus  coibensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  227,  June  29,  1904. 

Molossus  bondoe,  ibid.,  p.  228. 

Promops  barbatus,  ibid.,  p.  228. 

Dermonotus  suarpurensis,  ibid.,  p.  229. 

Lonchophylla  thomasi,  ibid.,  p.  230. 

Artibeus  rusbyi,  ibid.,  p.  230. 

Artibeus  insularis,  ibid.,  p.  231. 

Artibeus  yucatanicus,  ibid.,  p.  232. 

Phyllostoma  hastalus  panamensis,  ibid.,  p.  233. 

Phyllostoma  hastatus  cauroe,  ibid.,  p.  234. 

Cms  storcki,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  293,  Sept.  8,  1904. 

Peramys*brevicaudatus  dorsalis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  327,  Oct.  8,  1904. 

Oryzomys  tenuipes,  ibid.,  p.  328. 

Akodon  meridensis,  ibid.,  p.  329. 

Holochilus  venezuelensis,  ibid.,  p.  330. 

Felis  maripensis,  ibid.,  p.  331. 

Felis  sanctcema.rtce,  ibid.,  p.  332. 

Procyon  proteus,  ibid.,  p.  333. 

Nasua  ph&ocephala,  ibid.,  p.  334. 

EretUzon  godfreyi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  383,  Oct.  15, 1904.     (Extinct.) 

Tamandua  tetradactyla  chapadensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  392,  Oct.  29, 

1904. 

Tamandua  tetradactyla  instabilis,  ibid.,  p.  392. 

Tamandua  tetradactyla  tenuirostris  (=  mexicana  Saussure,  1860),  ibid.,  p.  394. 
Tamandua  tetradactyla  chiriquensis,  ibid.,  p.  395. 

Coendou  sanctcemartce,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  p.  441,  Nov.  28,  1904. 
Lutra  colombiana,  ibid.,  p.  452. 
Alouatta  seniculus  rubicunda,  ibid.,  p.  458. 
Alouatta  seniculus  caucensis,  ibid.,  p.  462. 


94  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1905. 

Eutamias  lectus,  Science  Bull.  Brooklyn  Inst.  Arts  and  Sciences,  I,  No.  6,  p.  117, 

March  31,  1905. 
Eutamias  adsitus,  ibid.,  p.  118. 
Cynomys  parvidens,  ibid.,  p.  119. 
Marmota  engelhardti,  ibid.,  p.  120. 
Ochotona  cinnamomea,  ibid.,  p.  121. 
Ctenomys  osgoodi,  Mamm.  Patagonia,  in  Princeton  Univ.  Exped.  to  Patagonia,  III, 

pt.  i,  p.  191  (nom.  nov.,  to  replace  C.  robustus  Allen,  preoccupied). 
Cants  sclaterl,  ibid.,  p.  153  (nom.  nov.,  to  replace  C.  microtis  Sclater,  preoccupied) 

1906. 

Heteromys  pictus  escuinapce,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXII,  p.  211,  July  25,  1906 

(Liomys.) 

Molossus  sinaloce,  ibid.,  p.  236. 
Sdurus  poliopus  tepicanus,  ibid.,  p.  243. 
Sigmodon  vulcani,  ibid.,  p.  247. 
Heteromys  jaliscensis,  ibid.,  p.  251. 

Manis  pusitta,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXII,  p.  465,  Dec.  17,  1906. 
Atherurus  hainanus,  ibid.,  p.  470. 
Ratufa  gigantea  hainana,  ibid.,  p.  472. 
Funambidus  riudonensis,  ibid.,  p.  472. 
Sdurus  erythrceus  insularis,  ibid.,  p.  473. 
Tamiops  mdcdettandi  hainanus,  ibid.,  p.  476. 
Tamiops  macdellandi  riudoni,  ibid.,  477. 
Tupaia  modesta,  ibid.,  p.  481. 
Rhinolophus  hainanus,  ibid.,  p.  482. 
Hipposideros  poutensis,  ibid.,  p.  483. 
ScotophUus  kuhlii  insularis,  ibid.,  p.  485. 
Scotophilus  castaneus  consobrinus,  ibid.,  p.  485. 
Pipistrellus  portensis,  ibid.,  p".  487. 

1907  (None). 
1908. 

Ardops  haitiensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  p.  581,  Sept.  11,  1908. 

Molossus  verrilli,  ibid.,  p.  581. 

Lepus  gabbi  tumacus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  p.  649,  Oct.  13,  1908. 

(Sylvilagus.) 

Hoplomys  truei,  ibid.,  p.  650. 
Heteromys  vulcani,  ibid.,  p.  652.     (Liomys.) 
Heteromys  fuscatus,  ibid.,  p.  652. 
Neotoma  chrysomelas,  ibid.,  p.  653. 
Oryzomys  alfaroi  incertus,  ibid.,  p.  655.     (0.  alfaroi.) 
Oryzomys  ochraceus,  ibid.,  p.  655. 
Oryzomys  carrikeri,  ibid.,  p.  656. 


MAMMALS.  95 

Sigmodon  hispidus  griseus,  ibid.,  p.  657. 

Ototylomys  fumeus,  ibid.,  p.  658. 

Peromyscus  nicaraguce,  ibid.,  p.  658.     (P.  mexicanus  saxatilis.) 

Sciuru'S  deppei  maiagalpce,  ibid.,  p.  660. 

Lutra  latidens,  ibid.,  p.  660. 

Tayra  barbara  inserta,  ibid.,  p.  662. 

Bassaricyon  richardsoni,  ibid.,  p.  662. 

Blarina  olivaceus,  ibid.,  p.  669.     (Cryptotis.) 

Artibeus  jamaicensis  richardsoni,  ibid.,  p.  669. 

Alouatta  palliata  matagalpce,  ibid.,  p.  670.     (=  A,  palliata  palliata.') 

1909. 

Tragelaphus  tjaderi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVI,  p.  148,  March  19,  1909. 

Madoqua  langi,  ibid.,  p.  153. 

Arvicanthis  nairobce,  ibid.,  p.  168. 

Mus  kijabius,  ibid.,  p.  169. 

Crocidura  kijabce,  ibid.,  p.  173. 

Paradoxurus  (Paguma)  larvatus  hainanus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVI,  p.  240, 

April  17,  1909. 

Mungos  rubrifrons,  ibid.,  p.  240. 

Myotalpa  rufescens,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVI,  p.  428,  Oct.  21,  1909. 
Sdurotamias  owstmi,  ibid.,  p.  428. 
Eutamias  albogularis,  ibid.,  p.  429. 

1910. 

Ursus  americanus  kenaiensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  p.  6,  Jan.  5,  1910. 

(U.   americanus  pernigra.) 
Mus  luteiventris,  ibid.,  p.  14. 
Arctictis  whitei,  ibid.,  p.  17. 
Mungos  palawanus,  ibid.,  p.  17. 

Macrogeomys  matagalpce,  BuU.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  p.  97,  April  30,  1910. 
Oryzomys  richardsoni,  ibid.,  p.  99. 
Oryzomys  nicaraguoe,  ibid.,  p.  100. 
Conepatus  nicaraguce,  ibid.,  p.  106. 
Ursus  americanus  perniger,  ibid.,  p.  115  (nom.  nov.,  to  replace  U.  a.  kenaiensis  Allen, 

preoccupied) . 
Chrotoplerus  carrikeri,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  p.  147,  May  27,  1910. 


1911. 

Cavia  porcella  Venezuela;,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXX,  p.  250,  Dec.  2,  1911. 

Loncheres  carrikeri,  ibid.,  p.  251. 

Urocyon  cinereoargentea  venezuelce,  ibid.,  p.  259. 

Chilonycteris  rubiginosa  fusca,  ibid.,  p.  262. 

Mus  andrewsi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXX,  p.  336,  Dec.  21, 1911. 

Mus  buruensis,  ibid.,  p.  336. 

Sciurus  beebei,  ibid.,  p.  338. 

Tamiops  saulerei,  ibid.,  p.  339. 


•96  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1912. 

Sylvilagus  (Tapeti)  fulvescens,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXI,  p.  75,  April  19, 

1912. 

Heteromys  lomitensis,  ibid.,  p.  77.     ( =  H.  australis  Thomas.) 
Reithrodontomys  milleri,  ibid.,  p.  77. 
Rhipidomys  mollissimus,  ibid.,  p.  78. 
Rhipidomys  similis,  ibid.,  p.  79. 
Rhipidomys  cocalensis,  ibid.,  p.  79. 
Thomasomys  dnereiventer,  ibid.,  p.  80. 
Thomasomys  popayanus,  ibid.,  p.  81. 
Neacomys  pusillus,  ibid.,  p.  81. 
Oryzomys  palmirce.  ibid.,  p.  83. 
Oryzomys  pectoralis,  ibid.,  p.  83. 
Oryzomys  (Oligoryzomys)  munchiquensis,  ibid.,  p.  85. 
Oryzomys  (Oligoryzomys)  fulvirostris,  ibid.,  p.  86. 

Oryzomys  (Melanomys)  obscurior  affinis,  ibid.,  p.  88.     (Melanomys  affinis.) 
JEpeomys  fuscatus,  ibid.,  p.  89. 
Microxus  affinis,  ibid.,  p.  89. 

Spiurus  milleri,  ibid.,  p.  91.     (Mesosdurus  gerrardi  milleri.) 
Blarina  (Cryptotis)  squamipes,  ibid.,  p.  93. 
Ochotona  figginsi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXI,  p.  103,  May  28,  1912. 


1913. 

Ochotona  (Pika)  coreanus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII,  p.  429,  Sept.  2,  1913. 

Meles  melanogenys,  ibid.,  p.  433. 

Cholcepusflorencice,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII,  p.  469,  Sept.  25,  1913. 

Cholaepus  agustinus,  ibid.,  p.  470. 

Cholcepus  andinus,  ibid.,  p.  472. 

•Chokepiis  capitalis,  ibid.,  p.  472. 

Tayassu  niger,  ibid.,  p.  476. 

•Sylvilagus  (Tapeti)  salentus,  ibid.,  p.  476. 

Myoprocta  milleri,  ibid.,  p.  477. 

Coendu  quichua  richardsoni,  ibid.,  p.  478. 

Proechimys  o'connelli,  ibid.,  p.  479. 

•Sigmodon  chonensis,  ibid.,  p.  479. 

Akodon  tolimce,  ibid.,  p.  480. 

Potosflavus  tolimensis,  ibid.,  p.  481. 

Nasua  olivacea  lagunetce,  ibid.,  p.  483. 

Tayra  barbara  senilis,  ibid.,  p.  484. 

Melanomys  caliginosus  oroensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXI,  p.  538,  Nov.  17, 

1913. 

Melanomys  affinis  monticola,  ibid.,  p.  540. 
Melanomys  phceopus  vallicola,  ibid.,  p.  544. 
Melanomys  phceopus  tolimensis,  ibid.,  p.  545. 
Melanomys  lomitensis,  ibid.,  p.  545. 
Melanomys  buenavista,  ibid.,  p.  547. 


MAMMALS.  97 

Oryzomys  hdvolus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII,  p.  597,  Dec.  3,  1913. 

Oryzomys  o'connelli,  ibid.,  p.  597. 
Oryzomys  vicencianus,  ibid.,  p.  598. 
Oryzomys  incerlus,  ibid.,  p.  598.     (0.  murelice.) 
Zygodontomys  griseus,  ibid.,  p.  599.    • 
Zygodontomys  fraterculus,  ibid.,  p.  599. 
Akodon  chapmani,  ibid.,  p.  600. 
Rhipidomys  quindianus,  ibid.,  p.  600. 
Rhipidomys  caucensis,  ibid.,  p.  601. 
Rhipidomys  venezuelce  yuruanus,  ibid.,  p.  601. 
Rhipidomys  milleri,  ibid.,  p.  602. 
(Ecomys  mincce,  ibid.,  p.  603. 
(Ecomys  caicarce,  ibid.,  p.  603. 

1914. 

Microsciurus  rubrirostris,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  163,  Feb.  26,  1914. 

Microsciurus  florencice,  ibid.,  p.  164. 

Sylvilagus  daulensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  199,  Feb.  28,  1914. 

Thomasomys  aureus  altorum,  ibid.,  p.  200. 

Amorphochilus  schnablii  osgoodi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  381,  July 

9,  1914. 

Eptesicus  andinus,  ibid.,  p.  382. 
Dasypterus  ega  punensis,  ibid.,  p.  382. 
Myotis  ruber  keaysi,  ibid.,  p.  383. 
Myotis  punensis,  ibid.,  p.  383. 
Myotis  bondce,  ibid.,  p.  384. 
Myotis  maripensis,  ibid.,  p.  385. 
Myotis  esmeraldce,  ibid.,  p.  385. 
Myotis  caucensis,  ibid.,  p.  386. 
Nyctinomus  aequatorialis,  ibid.,  p.  386. 
Mormopterus  peruanus,  ibid,.,  p.  387. 
Thrinacodus  apolinari,  ibid.,  p.  387. 

Notosciurus  rhoadsi,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  585,  Oct.  8,  1914. 
Guerlinguetus  pucheranii  salentensis,  ibid.,  p.  587.     (Leptosciurus.) 
•Guerlinguetus  hoffmanni  quindianus,  ibid.,  p.  587.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Guerlinguetus  hoffmanni  manavi,  ibid.,  p.  589.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Guerlinguetus  griseimembra,  ibid.,  p.  589.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Guerlinguetus  candelensis,  ibid.,  p.  590.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Sciurus  gerrardi  salaquensis,  ibid.,  p.  592.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Sciurus  gerrardi  cucutce,  ibid.,  p.  592.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Sciurus  saltuensis  magdalence,  ibid.,  p.  593.     (Mesosciurus.) 
Sciurus  duida,  ibid.,  p.  594.     (Urosciurus.) 
Sciurus  ignivenlris  zamorce,  ibid.,  p.  594.     (Urosciurus.) 
Sciurus  langsdorffii  urucumus,  ibid.,  p.  595.     (Urosciurus.) 
Sciurus  langsdorffii  steinbachi,  ibid.,  p.  596.     ( Urosciurus.) 
Sciurus  stramineus  zarunwe,  ibid.,  p.  597.     (Simosciurus.) 

Callicebus  lugens  duida,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  647,  Dec.  14,  1914. 
Alouotta  seniculus  bogotensis,  ibid.,  p.  648. 


98  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Alouatta  seniculus  caquetensis,  ibid.,  p.  650. 

Pithecia  milleri,  ibid.,  p.  650. 

Cacajao  roosevelti,  ibid.,  p.  651. 

Ateles  longimembris,  ibid.,  p.  651.  • 

Atdes  robustus,  ibid.,  p.  652. 

Cebus  apella  brunneus,  ibid.,  p.  653. 

Cebus  cequatorialis,  ibid.,  p.  654. 

1915. 

Guerlinguetus  cestuans  venustus,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  .Hist.,  XXXIV,  p.  260,  May  17, 

1915. 

Mesosciurus  gerrardi  baudensis,  ibid.,  p.  308. 
Mesosdurus  gerrardi  valdivice,  ibid.,  p.  309. 

Mazama  trinitatis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIV,  p.  532,  Nov.  2,  1915. 
Mazama  americana  tumatumari,  ibid.,  p.  536. 
Mazama  americana  juruana,  ibid.,  p.  537. 
Mazama  gualea,  ibid.,  p.  545. 
Mazama  fuscata,  ibid.,  p.  545. 
Mazama  zamora,  ibid.,  p.  546. 
Mazama  murelia,  ibid.,  p.  547. 
Mazama  cita  sanctosmartos,  ibid.,  p.  550. 
Dasyprocta  fuliginosa  candelensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIV,  p.  625,  Dec. 

30,  1915. 

Dasyprocta  variegata  zamorce,  ibid.,  p.  627. 
Dasyprocta  variegata  chocoensis,  ibid.,  p.  627. 
Dasyprocta  variegata  urucuma,  ibid.,  p.  634. 
Proechimys  kermiti,  ibid.,  p.  629. 

Oryzomys  murelice,  ibid.,  p.  630  (to  replace  Oryzomys incertus  Allen,  1913,  preoccupied). 
Procyon  (Euprocyon)  cequatorialis,  ibid.,  630. 
Margay  tigrina  elence,  ibid.,  p.  631.. 
Margay  caucensis,  ibid.,  p.  631. 
Oncoides  pardalis  tumatumari,  ibid.,  p.  632. 
Eptesicus  chapmani,  ibid.,  p.  632. 

1916. 

Isolobodon  portoricensis,  Ann.  New  York  Acad.  Sci.,  XXVII,  pp.  17-22,  pll.  i-iv, 

Jan.  25,  1916. 
Metachirus  nudicaudatus  antioquice,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  p.  83,  April 

28,  1916. 

Tamandua  tetradactyla  punensis,  ibid.,  p.  83. 
Sylvilagus  boylei,  ibid.,  p.  84. 
Cavia  (Cavia)  anolaimce,  ibid.,  p.  85. 
Oryzomys  barbacoas,  ibid.,  p.  85. 
Glossophaga  apolinari}  ibid.,  p.  86. 
Saimiri  caquetensis,  ibid.,  p.  87. 
Mustela  tropicalis  nicaraguce,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  p.  100,  April  28, 

1916. 
Proechimys  boimensis,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  p.  523,  July  24,  1916. 


MAMMALS.  99 

(Ecomys  milleri,  ibid.,  p.  523. 

(Ecomys  florencice,  ibid.,  p.  524. 

(Ecomys  emilice,  ibid.,  p.  525. 

Oryzomys  (Oligoryzomys)  microtis,  ibid.,  p.  525. 

Oryzomys  (Oligoryzomys)  utiaritensis,  ibid.,  p.  527. 

Oryzomys  (Oligoryzomys)  mattogrossoe,  ibid.,  p.  528. 

Zygodontomys  tapirapoanus,  ibid.,  p.  528. 

Molossus  cherriei,  ibid.,  p.  529. 

Molossus  daulensis,  ibid.,  p.  530. 

Tapirus  terrestris  guianice,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  p.  566,  Aug.  9,  1916. 


SUMMARY. 

Higher  Groups 6 

Genera  and  Subgenera 21 

Species  and  Subspecies 563 

Nomina  nova  (to  replace  preoccupied  names) 10 


MAMMALS. 


101 


INDEX   TO   MAMMALS. 


NOTE. —  The  first  reference  is  to  the  Bibliography  (pp.  50-83),  the  second  to  the 
list  of  species,  subspecies  and  higher  groups  (pp.  83-99).  The  original  designation 
of  the  form  (species  of  subspecies)  is  given  in  full  except  where  a  subgeneric  name  was 
included,  which  latter  has  been  omitted  in  indexing.  Under  genera  subspecies  are 
alphabetized  by  the  subspedfic  name. 


Adelonycteris  gaumeri,  66,  89. 
adsitus,  Eutamias,  76,  94. 
-/Epeomys   fuscatus,    79,    96. 
sequatorialis,  Cebus,  81,  98. 

—  Nyctinomus,  81,  97. 

—  Procyon,  82,  98. 
affinis,  Hesperomys,  60,  86. 

—  Microxus,  79,  96. 

—  Oryzomys  obscurior,  79,  96. 

—  Promops,  68,  90. 

—  Tamias  quadrivittatus,  59,  85. 
agustinus,  Cholcepus,  80,  96. 
Akodon  chapmani,  80,  97. 

columbianus,  68,  90. 

frustrator,  65,  88. 

irazu,  74,  93. 

lutescens,  70,  91. 

meridensis,  74,  93. 

tolimse,  80,  96. 

tucumanensis,  70,  91. 

urichi,  65,  68. 

venezuelensis,  68,  90. 
albogularis,  Eutamias,  77,  95. 
albolimbatus,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  66,  89. 
alfari,  Sciurus,  64,  68. 

Sigmodontomys,  65,  88. 

alfaroi  Hesperomys,  60,  86. 
Alouatta  seniculus  bogotensis,  81,  97. 

seniculus  caquetensis,  81,  98. 

seniculus  caucensis,  75,  93. 

palliata  matagalpse,   77,   95. 

seniculus  rubicunda,  75,  93. 
alstoni,   Caluromys,   68,   90. 

Sciurus,  58,  85. 

alticolus,  Thomomys  fulvus,  66,  89. 
altorum,  Thomasomys  aureus,  81,  97. 
amrenus,  Tamias,  59,  85. 


Amorphochilus  schnablii  osgoodi,  81,  97. 
anadyrensis,  Vulpes,  73,  92. 
andersoni,  Synaptomys,  73,  92. 
andina,  Didelphis  paraguayensis,  72,  91. 
andinus,  Cholcepus,  80,  96. 

—  Eptesicus,  81,  97. 
andrewsi,  Mus,  78,  95. 

anitse,  Thomomys  fulvus,  66,  89. 
anolaimse,  Cavia,  82,  98. 
anthonyi,  Neotoma,  66,  99. 

Scapanus,  61,  86. 

antioquiae,  Metachirus  nudicaudatus,  82, 

98. 

apache,  Sciurus,  61,  86. 
apicalis,  Oxymycterus,  69,  91. 
apolinari,  Glossophaga,  82,  98. 

—  Thrinacodus,  81,  97. 
aquaticus,  Oryzomys,  60,  86. 
arenacea,  Neotoma,  66,  89. 
Arctictis  whitei,  78,  95. 
Ardops  haitiensis,  77,  94. 
arizonae,  Lepus  sylvaticus,  55,  85. 

Sitomys  americanus,  63,  87. 

arizonensis,  Reithrodontomys,  63,  87. 
Artibeus  coryi,  59,  85. 

insularis,  74,  93. 

palmarum,  65,  88. 

jamaicensis  richardsoni,  77,  95. 

rusbyi,  74,  93. 

yucatanicus,  74,  93. 
Arvicanthis  nairobae,  77,  95. 
Arvicola  aztecus,  61,  86. 

insperatus,  63,  87. 

leucophaeus,  63,  87. 
Atalapha  brachyotis,  60,  86. 
Ateles  longimembris,  81,  98. 

robustus,  81,  98, 


102 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Atherurus  hainanus,  76,  94. 
atrovarius,  Thomomys,  66,  89. 
attwateri,  Lepus  aquaticus,  64,  88. 

—  Peromyscus,  64,  88. 
aurantius,  Reithrodontomys  mexicanus, 

63,87. 

aureus,  Thomomys,  61,  86. 
auripectus,  Sitomys,  61,  86. 
australis,  Reithrodontomys,  64,  88. 
aztecus,  Arvicola,  61,  86. 

—  Lepus  sylvaticus,  59,  85. 

—  Reithrodontomys,  61,  86. 
baileyi,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  66,  89. 

Sigmodon,  73,  92. 

banderanus,  Peromyscus,  65,  88. 
barbacoas,  Oryzomys,  82,  98. 
barbatus,  Promops,  74,  93. 
barberi,  Sciurus  aberti,  74,  93. 
baroni,  Oryzomys,  66,  89. 
Bassaricyon,  52,  83. 

gabbi,  52,  54,  84. 

richardsoni,   77,   95. 
battyi,  Lepus  gaillardi,  73,  92. 

—  Odocoileus,  73,   92. 
baudensis,  Mesosciurus  gerrardi,  82,  98. 
baueri,  Oryzomys,  60,  86. 

beebei,  Sciurus,  78,  95. 
bishopi,  Lepus,  68,  90. 
Blarina  costaricensis,  60,  86. 

nigrescens,  64,  88. 

olivacea,  77,  95. 

orophila,  64,  88. 

squamipes,  79,  96. 
bogotensis,  Alouatta  seniculus,  81,  97. 

—  Sigmodon,  66,  89. 
boimensis,  Proechimys,  83,  98. 
bolivaris,  Oryzomys,  70,  91. 
bolivianus,  Metachirus  nudicaudatus,  70, 

91. 
bondse,  Molossus,  74,  93. 

—  Myotis,  81,  97. 

—  Sciurus  saltuensis,  68,  90. 
borealis,  Tamias  asiaticus,  55,  85. 
borucse,  Sigmodon,  65,  88. 
boylei,  Sylvilagus,  82,  98. 
brachyotis,  Atalapha,  60,  86. 
brevicauda,  Oryzomys,  62,  87. 
brunneus,  Cebus  apella,  81,  98. 
Peromyscus  musculus,  66,  89. 


buenavistse,  Melanomys,  80,  96. 
bullata,  Nasua  narica,  73,  92. 
bulleri,  Oryzomys,  65,  88. 

—  Tamias  asiaticus,  58,  85. 
buruensis,  Mus,  78,  95. 
buxtoni,  Citellus,  73,  92. 

Sorex,  73,  92. 

Cacajao  roosevelti,  81,  98. 
cachinus,  Phyllotis,  70,  91. 
caicara?,  (Ecomys,  80,  97. 
californicus,  Sciurus  hudsonius,  59,  85. 
Callicebus  lugens  duida,  81,  97. 
Caluromys,  68,  84. 

alstoni,  68,   90. 
campestris,  Neotoma,  63,  87. 
candelensis,  Dasyprocta  fuliginosa,  82, 


Guerlinguetus,  81,  97. 


canescens,  Didelphys,  62,  87. 

—  Eutamias,  74,  93. 

—  Neotoma  micropus,  60,  86. 
canicollis,  Echimys,  68,  90. 

Canis  impavidus,  73,  92. 

mississippiensis,  52,  84. 

sclateri,  75,  94. 
capitalis,  Cholcepus,  80,  96. 
Capromys  ingrahami,  60,  86. 
caquetensis,  Alouatta  seniculus,  81,  98. 

—  Saimiri,  82,  98. 
Carcinocyon,  75,  84. 
cam,  Thylamys,  65,  88. 
carrikeri,  Chrotopterus,  78,  95. 
Felis,  74,  93. 

—  Loncheres,  78,  95. 

Oryzomys,  77,  94. 

cascadensis,  Sciurus  douglasii,  66,  89. 
castaneus,  Loncheres,  62,  87. 

—  Oryzomys,  70,  91. 
Castoroididae,   55,   83. 

caucse,  Didelphis  karkinophaga,  69,  90. 
caucensis,  Alouatta  seniculus,  75,  93. 

—  Margay,  82,  98. 

—  Myotis,  81,  97. 

—  Potos  flavus,  74,  93. 

—  Rhipidomys,  80,  97. 
caurse,  Phyllostoma  hastatus,  74,  93. 
cautus,  Microtus,  68,  89. 

Cavia  anolaimae,  82,  98. 

porcella   Venezuela?,    78,   95. 


MAMMALS. 


103 


Cebus   aequatorialis,   81,   98. 

apella  brunneus,  81,  98. 
cedrosensis,  Peromyscus,  66,  89. 
cervicalis,  Sciurus,  59,  85. 
cervinus,  Thomomys,  64,  87. 
Cervus  whitneyi,  52,  84. 
chacoensis,  Phyllotis,  70,  91. 
Chseronycteris  intermedia,  62,  86. 
chapadensis,  Potos  flavus,  74,  93. 

—  Tamandua  tetradactyla,  75, 93. 
chapmani,  Akodon,  80,  97. 

—  Eptesicus,  82,  98. 

—  Lepus  floridanus,  68,  90. 

—  Marmosa,  69,  90. 
Sciurus,  68,  90. 

Synaptomys,  73,  92. 

cherriei,  Geomys,  62,  87. 

—  Hesperomys,  60,  86. 
Molossus,    83,    99. 

Oryzomys,  64,  88. 

Chilonycteris  rubiginosa  fusca,  78,  95. 
chiriquensis,  Myotis,  74,  93. 

—  Potos  flavus,  74,  93. 

Sigmodon  borucse,  74,  93. 

Tamandua  tetradactyla,  75,  93. 

Chiroderma  jesupi,  68,  90. 
chocoensis,  Dasyprocta  variegata,  82,  98. 
Choloepus  agustinus,  80,  96. 

andinus,  80,  96. 

capitalis,  80,  96. 

florencia?,  80,  96. 
chonensis,  Sigmodon,  80,  96. 
Chrotopterus  carrikeri,  78,  95. 
chrysogaster,  Lemmus  obensis,  73,  92. 
chrysomelas,   Oryzomys,   65,  88. 

Neotoma,  77,  94. 

chrysonotus,  Vespertilio,  65,  88. 
cinerascens,  Lepus,  59,  85. 
cinereicollis,  Tamias,  59,  85. 
cinereiventer,  Thomasomys,  79,  86. 
cineritius,  Peromyscus,  66,  89. 
cinnamomea,  Neotoma,  64,  88. 

—  Ochotona,  76,  94. 
Citellus,  buxtoni,  73,  92. 

grammurus  rupestris,  73,  92. 

stejnegeri,  73,  92. 

stonei,  73,  92. 

cocalensis,  Rhipidomys,  79,  96. 
Coendou  quichua  richardsoni,  80,  96. 


Coendou  sanctaemartae,  75,  93. 
coibensis,  Molossus,  74,  93. 
colborni,  Ctenomys,  73,  92. 
colimae,  Sigmodon,  65,  88. 
colombiana,  Lutra,  75,  93. 
colombianus,  Akodon,  68,  90. 

Metachirus  nudicaudatus,  69, 

90. 
colombica,  Didelphis  karkinophaga,  69, 

90. 
columbianus,  Oreamnos  montanus,  74, 

92. 

conditi,  Perognathus,  63,  87. 
Conepatus  nicaraguae,  78,  95. 
confinis,  Lepus  arizonse,  66,  89. 
consobrinus,  Tamias  minimus,  59,  85. 

Scotophilus  castaneus,  76,  94. 

constablei,  Phenacomys,  68,  89. 
coreanus,  Ochotona,  79,  96. 
costaricensis,  Blarina,  60,  86. 

Oryzomys,  62,  87. 

Reithrodontomys,  63,  87. 

couesi,  Tylomys,  62,  86. 
Crocidura  kijabse,  77,  95. 
Ctenomys  colborni,   73,   92. 

osgoodi,  75,  94. 

robustus,  73,  92. 

sericeus,  73,  92. 

cucutse,  Sciurus  gerrardi,  81,  97. 
Cynomys  parvidens,  76,  94. 
dacotensis,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  63,  87. 
Dactylomys  peruanus,  69,  90. 
Dama  lichtensteini,  71,  91. 
Dasyprocta  fuliginosa  candelensis,  82, 98. 

variegata  chocoensis,  82,  98. 

variegata  urucuma,  82,  98. 

variegata  zamora,  82,  98. 
Dasypterus  ega  punensis,  81,  97. 
daulensis,  Molossus,  83,  99. 

Sylvilagus,  81,  97. 

delicatus,  Oryzomys,  65,  88. 
Dermonotus  suarpurensis,  74,  93. 
deserti,  Reithrodontomys  megalotis,  63, 

87. 
Didelphis  paraguayensis  andina,  72,  91. 

karkinophaga  cauca;,  69,  90. 

karkinophaga  colombica,  69,  90. 

marsupialis  etensis,  72,  91. 

marsupialis  insularis,  72,  91. 


104 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Didelphis  paraguayensis  meridensis,  72, 
91. 

richmondi,  70,  91. 

pernigra,  69,  90. 

marsupialis  tabascensis,  70,  91. 

marsupialis  texensis,  70,  91. 

yucatanensis,  70,  91. 
Didelphys  canescens,  62,  87. 
difficilis,  Vesperimus,  60,  86. 
Dipodops  ordii  palmeri,  60,  86. 
richardsoni,  60,  86. 

—  sennetti,  60,  86. 

dorsalis,  Peramys  brevicaudatus,  74,  93. 
dubius,  Peromyscus,  66,  89. 
duida,  Callicebus  lugens,  81,  97. 

—  Sciurus,  81,  97. 
durangae,  Eutamias,  73,  92. 

—  Lepus,   73,   92. 

—  Myotis  californicus,  73,  92. 

—  Neotoma  intermedia,   73,   92. 
dychei,  Reithrodontomys,  63,  87. 
Echimys  canicollis,  68,  90. 

mincae,  68,  90. 

trinitatis,  62,  84. 

urichi,  68,  90. 

elenae,  Margay  tigrina,  82,  98. 
Eligmodontia  morgani,  70,  91. 
emiliae,  (Ecomys,  83,  99. 
engelhardti,  Marmota,  76,  94. 
Eptesicus  andinus,  81,  97. 

chapmani,  82,  98. 
eremicus,  Lepus  texianus,  63,  87. 
Erethizon  godfreyi,  75,  93. 

epixanthus  nigrescens,  73,  92. 
Erinaceus  orientalis,  73,  92. 
escuinapae,  Heteromys  pictus,  76,  94. 

Lynx  ruff  us,  73,  92. 

esmeraldae,  Myotis,  81,  97. 
etensis,  Didelphis  marsupialis,  72,  91. 
Euneomys  petersoni,  73,  92. 
Eunothocyon,  75,  84. 
Eutamias  adsitus,  76,  94. 

albogularis,  77,  95. 

canescens,  74,  93. 

durangae,  73,  92. 

lectus,  75,  94. 
Evotomys  fuscodorsalis,  62,  68,  84. 

jochelsoni,  73,  92. 

letastei,  73,  92. 


exiguus,  Peromyscus,  66,  89. 
Felis  carrikeri,  74,  93. 

maripensis,  74,  93. 

mearnsi,  74,  93. 

panamensis,  74,  93. 

sanctaemartae,  74,  93. 
femorah's,  Perognathus,  60,  86. 
figginsi,  Ochotona,  79,  96. 
flaccidus,  Peromyscus  texanus,  73,  92. 
florencise,  Cholcepus,  80,  96. 

Microsciurus,  81,  97. 

(Ecomys,  83,  98. 

floridanus,  Lepus  sylvaticus,  59,  85. 
fossor,  Thomomys,  61,  88. 
f rater,  Tamias,  59,  85. 
fraterculus,  Zygodontomys,  80,  97. 
frustrator,  Akodon,  65,  88. 
fulvescens,  Reithrodontomys  mexicanus, 
63,  87. 

—  Sylvilagus,  79,  96. 
fulvirostris,  Oryzomys,  79,  96. 
fulviventer,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 

—  Sigmodon,  58,  85. 
fumeus,  Ototylomys,  77,  95. 
Funambulus  ruidonensis,  76,  94. 
furvus,  Peromyscus,  66,  89. 

fusca,  Chilonycteris  rubiginosa,  78,  95. 
fuscata,  Mazama,  82,  98. 
fuscatus,  ^Epeomys,  79,  96. 

—  Heteromys,  77,  94. 
fuscodorsalis,  Evotomys,  62,  87. 
fuscogriseus,  Metachirus,  69,  90. 
gabbi,   Bassaricyon,  52,  84. 

—  Lepus  brasiliensis,  55,  85. 
gaumeri,  Adelonycteris,  66,  89. 

—  Heteromys,  65,  88. 
Geomys  cherriei,  62,  87. 
geronimensis,   Peromyscus,   66,  89. 

—  Phoca  richardii,  72,  91. 
gichiganus,  Lepus,  73,  92. 
gichigensis,  Phoca  hispida,  72,  91. 
gilberti,  Sitomys,  61,  86. 
Glossophaga  apolinari,  82,  98. 
godfreyi,  Erethizon,  75,  93. 

gracilis,     Reithrodontomys     mexicanus, 
65,  88. 

—  Tamias  quadrivittatus,  59.  85. 
grahamensis,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  63,  87. 
grangeri,  Lepus  sylvaticus,  64,  87. 


MAMMALS. 


105 


granger!,  Neotoma,  63,  87. 

granti,  Rangifer,  71,  91. 

graysoni,  Lepus,  55,  85. 

Gressigrada,  83. 

griscescens,  Metachirus,  70,  91. 

griseimembra,  Guerlinguetus,  81,  97. 

griseus,  Sigmodon  hispidus,  77,  95. 

Zygodontomys,  80,  97. 

gualea,  Ma/ama,  82,  98. 
Guerlinguetus  candalensis,   81,   97. 

griseimembra,  81,  97. 

hoffmanni  manavi,  81,  97. 

hoffmanni  quindianus,  81,  97. 

pucherani  salentensis,   81,   97. 

aestuans  venustus,  82,  98. 
guianae,  Tapirus  terrestris,  83,  99. 
Hadrosciurus,  82,  84. 
hainana,  Ratufa  gigantea,  76,  94. 
hainanus,  Atherurus,  76,  94. 

—  Paradoxurus  larvatus,  77,  95. 

—  Rhinolophus,  76,  94. 

—  Tamiops  macclellandi,  76,  94. 
haitiensis,  Ardops,  77,  94. 

hatched,  Reithrodon,  73,  92. 
helvolus,  Oryzomys,  80,  97. 
Hesperomys  affinis,  60,  86. 

alfaroi,  60,  86. 

cherriei,  60,  86. 

nudipes,  60,  86. 
Heteromys  pictus  escuinapae,  76,  94. 

fuscatus,  77,  94. 

gaumeri,  65,  68. 

hispidus,  65,  68. 

jaliscensis,  76,  94. 

jesupi,  68,  90. 

lomitensis,  79,  96. 

vulcani,  77,  94. 
Hipposideros  poutensis,  76,  94. 
hispidus,  Heteromys,  65,  88. 
Histiotus  maculatus,  59,  86. 
Histriosciurus,  82,  84. 
Holochilus  venezuelensis,  74,  93. 
Hoplomys,  77,  84. 

truei,   77,   94. 

huachuca,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  63,  87. 
hypoleuca,   Mycronycteris,   68,   90. 
impavidus,   Canis,   73,   92. 
incautus,  Vespertilio,  65,  88. 
incertus,  Oryzomys  alfaroi,  77,  94. 


incertus,  Oryzomys,  80,  97. 
ingrahami,  Capromys,  60,  86. 
inserta,  Tayra  barbara,  77,  95. 
insolitus,  Lepus,  59,  85. 
insperatus,  Arvicola,  63,  87. 
instabilis,   Tamandua  tetradactyla,   75, 

93. 
insularis,  Artibeus,   74,   93. 

—  Didelphis  marsupialis,  63,  87. 
Sciurus  erythrseus,  76,  94. 

—  Scotophilus  kuhlii,  76,  94. 
intermedia,  Choeronycteris,  62,  86. 
intermedius,  Artibeus,  65,  88. 

Reithrodontomys     mexicanus, 

63,  87. 

irrara,  Tayra  barbara,  74,  93. 
irazu,  Akodon,  74,  93. 
Isolobodon,  84,  98. 

portoricensis,  82,  92. 
Isothrix  rufodordalis,  68,  90. 
jalapse,  Mus  musculus,  66,  89. 

—  Oryzomys,  66,  89. 
jaliscensis,  Heteromys,  76,  94. 
jesupi,   Chiroderma,   68,   90. 

—  Heteromys,  68,  90. 
jochelsoni,   Evotomys,   73,  92. 
juliacae,    Oxymycteris,   69,   90. 
juruana,  Mazama  americana,  82,  98. 
keaysi,  Myotis  ruber,  81,  97. 

—  Oryzomys,  69,  91. 

—  Thylamys,  69,  90. 
kenaiensis,  Ovis  dalli,  72,  91. 

—  Ursus  americanus,  78,  95. 
kermiti,  Proechimys,  82,  98. 
kijabae,  Crocidura,  77,  95. 
kijabeus,  Mus,  77,  95. 

klagesi,  Marmosa,  69,  90. 

kodiacensis,  Spermophilus  parryi,  51,  84. 

kolymensis,  Ochotona,  73,  92. 

laceyi,  Reithrodontomys,  65,  88. 

lagunet*,  Nasua  olivacea,  80,  96. 

langi,  Madoqua,  77,  95. 

latastei,   Evotomys,    73,   92. 

latidens,  Lutra,  77,  95. 

lectus,   Eutamias,   76,   94. 

Lemmus  obensis  chrysogaster,  73,  92. 

Leptosciurus,   82,   84. 

Lepus  sylvaticus  arizonse,  55,  85. 

aquaticus  attwateri,  64,  88. 


106 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Lepus  sylvilagus  aztecus,  59,  85. 

gaillardi  battyi,  73,  92. 

bishopi,  68,  90. 

cerrosensis,  66,  89. 

floridanus  chapmani,  68,  90. 

cinerascens,  59,  85. 

arizonse  confinis,  66,  89. 

durangae,  73,  92. 

texianus  eremicus,  63,  87. 

sylvaticus  floridanus,  59,  85. 

brasiliensis  gabbi,  55,  85. 

gichiganus,   73,   92. 

sylvaticus  grangeri,  64,  87. 

graysoni,  55,  85. 

insolitus,  59,  85. 

sylvaticus  mearnsi,  62,  87. 

texianus  micropus,  73,  92. 

parvulus,  74,  93. 

peninsularis,  66,  89. 

americanus  phaeonotus,  68,  90. 

sylvaticus  pinetis,  63,  87. 

russatus,   74,   92. 

superciliaris,  68,  90. 

truei,  59,  85. 

gabbi  tumacus,  77,  94. 
lichtensteini,  Dama,   71,   91. 
lomitensis,  Heteromys,  79,  96. 

—  Melanomys,  80,  96. 
Loncheres  carrikeri,   78,  95. 

castaneus,  62,  87. 
Lonchophylla  thomasi,  74,  93. 
longimembris,'  Ateles,  82,  98. 
lucophaeus,  Arvicola,  63,  87. 
luteiventris,  Mus,  78,  95. 

—  Tamias  quadrivittatus,  59,  85. 
lutescens,  Akodon,  70,  91. 
Lutra  colombiana,  75,  93. 

latidens,  77,  95. 
Lynx  ruffus  escuinapae,  73,  92. 

texensis,  64,  87. 

macrodens,  Phoca  ochotensis,  72,  91. 
Macrogeomys  matagalpae,  78,  95. 
maculatus,  Histiotus,  59,  86. 
maculiventer,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
Madoqua  langi,  77,  95. 
magdalenae,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 

Sciurus  saltuensis,  81,  97. 

manavi,  Guerlinguetus  hoffmanni,  81,  97. 
Manis  pusilla,  76,  94. 


Margay  caucensis,  82,  98. 

—  tigrina  elenae,  82,  98. 
maripensis,  Felis,  74,  93. 

—  Myotis,  81,  97. 
Marmosa  chapmani,  69,  90. 

klagesi,   69,   90. 

sinalose,  66,  89. 
Marmota  engelhardti,  76,  94. 
martirensis,  Sitomys,  61,  86. 

—  Thomomys  fulvus,  66,  89. 
mascotensis,  Sigmodon,  65,  88. 
matagalpae,  Alouatta  palliata,  77,  95. 

—  Sciurus  deppei,  77,  95. 

Macrogeomys,    77,    95. 

mattogrossse,  Oryzomys,  83,  99. 
Mazama  fuscata,  82,  98. 

gualea,  82,  98. 
americana  juruana,  82,  98. 
murelia,  82,  98. 
cita  sanctaemartae,  82,  98. 
americana  tumatumari,  82,  98. 
trinitatis,  82,  98. 
zamora,  82,  98. 
mearnsi,  Felis,  74,  93. 

—  Lepus  sylvaticus,  62,  87. 
Perognathus,  65,  88. 

Vesperimus,  60,  86. 

melanogenys,  Meles,  79,  96. 
Melanomys  beunavistae,  80,  96. 

lomitensis,  80,  96. 

affinis  monticola,  80,  96. 

caliginosus  oroensis,  80,  96. 

phseopus  tolimensis,  80,  96. 

phaepus  vallicola,   80,    96. 
melanotis,  Peromyscus,  66,  89. 
Meles  melanogenys,  79,  96. 
meridensis,  Akodon,  74,  93. 

—  Didelphis    paraguayensis,    72, 

91. 
merriami,  Perognathus,  60,  86. 

—  Reithrodontomys,  63,  87. 
Tamias  asiaticus,  58,  85. 

Ursus,  72,  91. 

Mesosciurus,    82,    84. 

gerrardi  baudensis,  82,  98. 

gerrardi  valdivia,  82,  98. 
Metachirus  nudicaudatus  antioquise,  82, 
98. 

nudicaudatus  bolivianus,  70, 91. 


MAMMALS. 


107 


Metachirus  nudicaudatus  colombianus, 
69,  90. 

fuscogriseus,  69,  90. 

griscesens,  70,  91. 

fuscogriseus  pallidus,  70,  91. 

tschudii,  69,  90. 
mexicanus,  Oryzomys,  65,  88. 
Micronycteris  hypoleuca,  68,  90. 
micropus,  Lepus  texianus,  73,  92. 

—  Oryzomys,  83,  99. 
Microxus  affinis,  79,  96. 
Microsciurus,  64,  83. 

florencise,  81,  97. 
rubrirostris,  81,  97. 
microtis,  Oxymycteris,  73,  92. 

—  Putorius,  73,  92. 
Microtus  cautus,  68,  89. 

stonei,  68,  89. 
vellerosus,  68,  89. 
milleri,  Myoprocta,    80,    96. 

—  (Ecomys,  83,  99. 

—  Pithecia,  81,  98. 

—  Promops,  68,  90. 

—  Reithrodontomys,  79,  96. 

—  Rhipidomys,  80,  97. 

—  Sciurus,  79,  96. 
mincse,  Echimys,  68,  90. 

(Ecomys,  80,  97. 
mississippiensis,  Cam's,  52,  84. 
missoulae,  Oreamnos  montanus,  74,  92. 
modesta,  Tupaia,  76,  94. 
modestus,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
mollipilosus,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
mollissimus,  Rhipidomys,  79,  96. 
Molossus  bondse,  74,  93. 

cherriei,  83,  99. 

coibensis,  74,  93. 

daulensis,   83,   99. 

sinaloae,  76,  94. 

verrilli,  77,  94. 

monticola,  Melanomys  affinis,  80,  96. 
monticolus,   Thomomys,   61,   86. 
morgani,  Eligmodontia,  70,  91. 
Mormopterus  peruanus,  81,  97. 
munchiquensis,  Oryzomys,   79,  96. 
Mungos  palawanus,  78,   95. 

rubrifrons,    77,    95. 
murelia,  Mazama,  82,  98. 

—  Oryzomys,  82,  98. 


Mus  andrewsi,  78,  95. 

buruensis,  78,  95. 

musculus  jalapae,   66,   99. 

kajabius,  77,  95. 

luteiventris,  78,   95. 
Mustela  tropicalis  nicaraguae,  82,  98. 
Myoprocta  milleri,  80,  96. 
Myotalpa  rufescens,  77,  95. 
Myotis  bonds,  86,  97. 

caucensis,  86,   97. 

chiriquensis,  74,  93. 

calif ornicus  duranga?,  73,  92. 

esmeralda?,  86,  97. 

ruber  keaysi,  86,  97. 

maripensis,  86,  97. 
nairobse,  Arvicanthis,  77,  95. 
Nasua  narica  bullata,  74,  93. 

olivacea  lagunetae,  80,  96. 

narica  pallida,  74,  93. 

narica  panamensis,  74,  93. 

phaeocephala,  74,  93. 

narica  yucatanica,  74,  93. 
nasutus,  Vesperimus,  60,  96. 
Neacomys  pusillus,  79,  96. 
nebrascensis,   Reithrodontomys  dychei, 

63,  87. 

Nectomys  palmipes,  60,  86. 
neglectus,  Tamias  quadrivittatus,  59,  85. 
neomexicanus,  Sciurus  fremonti,  66,  89. 
Neotoma  anthonyi,   66,   89. 

arenacea,  66,  99. 

campestris,  63,  87. 

micropus  canescens,  60,  86. 

chrysomelas,  77,  94. 

cinnamomea,  64,  88. 

intermedia  durangae,  73,  92. 

grangeri,  63,  87. 

rupicola,  63,  87. 

sinalose,  66,  89. 
nicaraguae,  Conepatus,  78,  95. 

Oryzomys,  78,  95. 

Peromyscus,  77,  95. 

—  Mustela  tropicalis,  82,  98. 
niger,  Tayassu,  80,  96. 
nigrescens,  Blarina,  64,  88. 

—  Erethizon  epizanthus,  73,  92. 
Notosciurus,  81,  84. 

rhoadsi,  81,  97. 
nudipes,  Hesperomys,  60,  86. 


108 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Nyctinomus  aequatorialis,  81,  97. 
obscurus,   Reithrodon  cuniculoides,   73, 
92. 

—  Perodipus,  73,  92. 

—  Tamias,  59,  85. 
obtusirostris,   Oryzomys,  69,   91. 
Ochotona  cinnamomea,  76,  94. 

coreanus,  79,  96. 

figginsi,  79,  96. 

kolymensis,  73,  92. 
ochraceus,   Oryzomys,    77,   94. 
ochrogaster,  Rhipidomys,  70,  91. 
o'connelli,  Oryzomys,  80,  97. 

—  Proechimys,  80,  96. 
Odobsenidae,  50,  83. 
Odocoileus  battyi,  73,  92. 

sinaloae,  73,  92. 
CEcomys  caicarae,  81,  90. 

emiliae,  83,  99. 

florencise,  83,  99. 

milleri,  83,  99. 

minca,  81,  90. 
olivaceus,  Blarina,  77,  95. 

Spermophilus  tridecemlineatus, 

64,  88. 

Oncoides  pardalis  tumatumari,  82,  98. 
Oreamnos  montanus   columbianus,    74, 
92. 

montanus  missoulae,  74,  92. 
orientalis,  Erinaceus,  73,  92. 
oroensis,  Melanomys  caliginosus,  80,  96. 
orophila,  Blarina,  64,  88. 
Oryzomys  obscurior  affinis,  79,  96. 

aquaticus,  60,  86. 

barbacoas,  82,  98. 

baroni,  66,  89. 

baueri,  60,  86. 

bolivaris,  70,  91. 

brevicauda,   62,   87. 

bulled,  65,  88. 

carrikeri,  77,  94. 

castaneus,  70,  91. 

cherriei,  64,  88. 

chrysomelas,  65,  88. 

costaricensis,  62,  87. 

delicatus,  65,  88. 

fulvirostris,  79,  96. 

fulviventer,  68,  90. 

helvolus,  81,  97. 


Oryzomys  alfaroi  incertus,  77,  94.- 

incertus,  86,  97. 

jalapae,  66,  89. 

keaysi,    69,    91. 

maculiventer,  68,  90. 

magdalena?,  68,  90. 

mattogrossae,  83,  99. 

mexicanus,  65,  88. 

microtis,  83,  98. 

modestus,  68,  90. 

mollipilosus,  68,  90. 

munchiquensis,  79,  96. 

mureliae,  82,  98. 

nicaraguae,  77,  95. 

obtusirostris,  69,  91. 

ochraceus,  77,  94. 

o'connelli,  81,  97. 

palmarius,  68,  90. 

palmirse,  79,  96. 

palustris  texensis,  62,  87.- 

pectoralis,  79,  96. 

perenensis,  70,  91. 

richardsoni,  77,  95. 

rivularis,  70,  91. 

sanctaemartse,    68,    90. 

speciosus,  62,  87. 

talamancae,  60,  86. 

tenuicauda,  68,  90. 

tenuipes,  74,  93. 

trichurus,   68,   90. 

trinitatis,  62,  87. 

utiaritensis,  83,  99. 

velutinus,  62,  87. 

villosus,  68,  90. 

vincencianus,   86,   97. 
osborni,  Rangifer,  72,  91. 
osgoodi,  Ctenomys,  75,  94. 

—  Amorphochilus    schnablii,    81, 

97. 

osilae,  Phyllotis,  70,  91. 
Ototylomys  fumeus,  77,  95. 
Ouliphocinae,   50,   83. 
Ovis  dalli  kenaiensis,  72,  91. 

stonei,   65,   88. 

storchi,  74,  93. 

owstoni,  Sciurotamias,  77,  95. 
Oxymycterus  apicalis,   69,   91. 

juliaca,  69,  90. 

microtis,    73,    92. 


MAMMALS. 


109 


Pachycyon,  58,  83. 

robustus,  58,  83. 
palawanus,  Mungos,  78,  95. 
pallescens,    Peromyscus    michiganensis, 

65,  88. 

pallida,  Nasua  narica,  74,  93. 
pallidus,  Metachirus  fuscogriseus,  70,  91. 
—  Spennophilus  tridecemlineatus, 
51,  84 

—  Tamias  quadrivittatus,  51,  84. 
palmarius,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
palmarum,  Artibeus,  65,  88. 
palmeri,  Dipodops  ordii,  6C,  86. 
palmipes,  Nectomys,  62,  87. 
palmira?,  Oryzomys,  79,  96. 
panamensis,  Felis,  74,  93. 

—  Phyllostoma  hastatus,  74,  93. 

—  Nasua  narica,  74,  93. 
Paradoxurus  larvatus  hainanus,  77,  95. 
Paralces,  72,  84. 

parvidens,  Cynomys,  76,  94. 

parvulus,  Lepus,  74,  93. 

parvus,  Spermophilus  tridecemlineatus, 

64,  88. 

paulus,  Peromyscus,  73,  92. 
pearyi,  Rangifer,  72,  91. 
pectoralis,  Oryzomys,  79,  96. 
peninsula?,  Tamias  leucurus,  61,86. 
peninsularis,  Lepus,  66,  89. 
Peramys  brevicaudatus  dorsalis,  74,  93. 
perenensis,  Oryzomys,   70,  91. 
perriger,  Ursus  americanus,  78,  95. 
pernigra,  Didelphia,  69,  90. 
pernix,  Perognathus,  66,  89. 
Perodipus  obscurus,  73,  92. 
Perognathus  conditi,  63,  87. 

femoralis,  60,  86. 

mearnsi,  65,  88. 

merriami,  60,  86. 

pernix,  66,  89. 

pricei,  63,  87. 
.Peromyscus  attwateri,  64,  68. 

banderanus,  65,  68. 

musculus  brunneus,  66,  89. 

cedrosensis,  66,  89. 

cineritius,  66,  89. 

dubius,  66,  89. 

exiguus,  66,  89. 

texanus  flaccidus,   73,  92. 


Peromyscus  furvus,  66,  89. 

geronimensis,   66,   89. 

melanotis,  66,  89. 

nicaraguse,  77,  95. 

michiganensis  pallescens,  65, 88. 

paulus,  73,  92. 

eremicus  propinquus,  66,  89. 

spicilegus,  65,  68. 

texanus  subarcticus,  68,  90. 

yucatanicus,  65,  68. 
peruanus,  Dactylomys,  69,  90. 

—  Mormopterus,  81,  97. 

—  Sciurus,  66,  88. 

—  Sigmodon,  66,  89. 
petersoni,  Euneomys,  73,  92. 
phaeocephala,  Nasua,  74,  93. 
phseonotus,  Lepus  americanus,  68,  90. 
phseurus,  Sciurus  aberti,  74,  93. 
Phenacomys  constablei,  68,  89. 

truei,  63,  87. 
Phoca  richardii  geronimensis,  72,  91. 

hispida  gichigensis,  72,  91. 

ochotensis  macrodens,   72,   91. 

richardii  pribilofensis,    72,   91. 

stejnegeri,  72,  91. 
Phyllostoma  hastatus  caurae,  74,  93. 

hastatus  panamensis,  74,  93. 
Phyllotis  cachinus,  70,  91. 

chacoensis,  70,  91. 

osihe,  70,  91. 

pictus,  Tamias  minimus,  59,  85. 
pinetis,  Lepus  sylvaticus.  63,  87. 
Pipistrellus  portensis,  76,  94. 
Pithecia  milleri,  81,  98. 
popayanus,  Thomasomys,  79,  96. 
portensis,  Pipistrellus,  76,  94. 
portoricensis,    Isolobodon,    83. 
Potos  flavus  cau'-ensis,  74,  93. 

flavus  chapadensis,  74,  93. 

flavus  chiriquensis,  74,  93. 

flavus  toli'nensis,  80,  96. 
poutensis,   Hipposideros,   76,   94. 
pribilofensis,  I  hoca  richardii,  72,  91. 
pricei,  Perognathus,  63,  87. 

—  Tamias,  64,  88. 
princeps,  Zapus,  61,  86. 
Procyon  asquatorialis,  82,  98. 

proteus,    74,   93. 
Proechimys,  68,  84.     * 


110 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Proechimys  boimensis,  83,  98. 
kermiti,  82,  98. 
o'connelli,  80,  96. 
Promops  affinis,  68,  90. 

barbatus,  74,  93. 
milleri,  68,  90. 
propinquus,    Peromyscus   eremicus,   66, 

89. 

proteus,  Procyon,  74,  93. 
puna,  Sigmodon,  73,  92. 
punensis,  Dasypterus  ega,  81,  97. 

Myotis,  81,  97. 

Tamandua    tetradactyla,    82, 

98. 

pusilla,  Manis,  76,  94. 
pusillus,  Neacomys,  79,  96. 
Putorius  microtus,  73,  92. 

pygmaeus,  73.  92. 
pygmseus,  Putorius,  73,  92. 
quebradensis,  Sciurus,  68,  90. 
quindianus,     Guerlinguetus    hoffmanni, 

81,  97. 

—  Rhipidomys,  81,  97. 
Rangifer  granti,  71,  91. 

osborni,  72,  91. 

pearyi,  72,  91. 

stonei,  70,  91. 

terranovse,    65,    88. 
Ratufa  gigantea  hainana,  76,  94. 
Reithrodon  hatcheri,  73,  92. 

cuniculoides  obscurus,   73,  92. 
Reithrodontomys  arizonensis,  63,  87. 

mexicanus  aurantius,  63,  87. 

australis,  64,  88. 

aztecus,  61,  86. 

megalotis  deserti,  63,  87. 

dychei,  63,  87. 

costaricensis,   63,   87. 

mexicanus  fulvescens,  61,  87. 

mexicanus  gracilis,  65,  68. 

mexicanus  intermedius,  63,  87. 

laceyi,   65,   88. 

merriami,  63,  87. 

milleri,  79,  96. 

dychei  nebrascensis,  63,  87. 

rufescens,  66,  89. 

saturatus,   66,   89. 

megalotis  sestinensis,  73,  92. 

tenuis,  68,   90. 


Reptigrada,  83. 

Rhinolophus  hainanus,  76,  94. 

Rhipidomys  caucensis,  80,  97. 

cocalensis,  79,  96. 

milleri,  80,  97. 

mollissimus,  79,  96. 

ochrogaster,  70,  91. 

quindianus,  80,  97. 

similis,  79,  96. 

Venezuela  yuruanus,  80,  97. 
rhoadsi,  Notosciurus,  81,  97. 
richardsoni,  Artibeus  jamaicensis,  77,  95. 
Bassaricyon,   77,   95. 

—  Coendou  quichua,  80,  96. 

—  Dipidops,  60,  86. 
Oryzomys,  77,  95. 

richmondi,  Didelphis,  70,  91. 
riudonensis,  Funambulus,  76,  94. 
riudoni,  Tamiops  macclellandi,  76,  94. 
rivularis,  Oryzomys,  70,  91. 
robustus,  Ateles,  81,  98. 

—  Ctenomys,  73,  92. 

—  Pachycyon,  58,  85. 

—  Sitomys,  62,  87. 
roosevelti,  Cacajao,  81,  98. 
rowleyi,  Sitomys,  61,  86. 
rubicunda,  Alouatta  seniculus,  75,  93. 
rubrifrons,  Mungos,  77,  95. 
rubrirostris,  Microsciurus,  80,  97. 
rufescens,  Myotalpa,  77,  95. 

—  Reithrodontomys,  66,  89. 
rufodorsalis,  Isothrix,  68,  90. 
rupestris,  Citellus  grammurus,  73,  92. 
rupicola,  Xeotoma,  63,  87. 

rusbyi,  Artibeus,  74,  93. 
russatus,  Lepus,  74,  92. 
Saimiri  caquetensis,  82,  98. 
salaquensis,  Sciurus  gerrardi,  81,  97. 
salentensis,     Guerlinguetus    pucheranii, 

81,  97. 

salentus,  Sylvilagus,  80,  96. 
saltator,  Zapus,  68,  89. 
sanctsemartse,  Coendou,  74,  93. 

—  Felis,  74,  93. 

—  Mazama  cita,  82,  98. 

Oryzomys,  68,  90. 

saturatus,   Reithrodontomys,   66,   89. 
sauteri,  Tamiops,  78,  95. 

Scalops  argentatus  texanus,  60,  86. 


MAMMALS. 


Ill 


Scapanus  anthonyi,  61,  86. 
Sciurotamias  owstoni,   77,   95. 
Sciurus  douglasii  albolimbatus,  66,  89. 

alfari,  64,  88. 

alstoni,  58,  85. 

apache,  61,  86. 

hudsonicus  baileyi,  66,  89. 

aberti  barberi,  74,  90. 

beebei,  78,  95. 

saltuensis  bondse,  68,  90. 

hudsonius  calif ornicus,  59,  85. 

campestris,  63,  87. 

douglasii  cascadensis,  66,  89. 

cervicalis,  59,  85. 

chapmani,  68,  90. 

gerrardi  cucutaj,  81,  97. 

duida,  81,  97. 

hudsonicus  grahamensis,  63,  87. 

arizonensis  huachuca,  63,  87. 

erythraeus  insularis,  76,  94. 

saltuensis  magdalense,  81,  97. 

deppei  matagalpa?,  77,  95. 

milleri,  79,  96. 

fremonti  neomexicanus,  66,  89. 

peruanus,   66,   88. 

aberti  phaeurus,  74,  93. 

quebradensis,   68,   90. 

gerrardi  salaquensis,  81,  97. 

langsdorffii  steinbachi,  81,  97. 

hudsonicus  streatori,  66,  88. 

poliopus  tepicanus,  76,  94. 

langsdorffii  urucumus,  81,  97. 

hudsonius  vancouverensis,   59, 
85. 

hudsonicus  ventorum,  66,  88. 

wagneri,  67,  89. 

igniventris  zamora,  81,  97. 

zarumse,  81,  97. 
sclateri,  Canis,  75,  94. 
Scotophilus   castaneus  consobrinus,   76, 
94. 

kuhlii,  76,  94. 
senex,  Tamias,  59,  85. 
senilis,  Tayra  barbara,  80,  96. 
sennetti,  Dipodops,  60,  86. 
sericeus,   Ctenomys,   73,   92. 
sestinensis,  Reithrodontomys  megalotis, 

73,  92. 
Sigmodon  baileyi,  73,  92. 


Sigmodon  baroni,  66,  89. 

bogotensis,  66,  88. 

boruca?,  65,  88. 

boruca?  chiriquensis,  74,  93. 

chonensis,  80,  96. 

colimae,  65,  88. 

fulviventer,  58,  85. 

hispidus  griseus,  77,  95. 

mascotensis,  65,  88. 

peruana,   66,   88. 

puna,  73,  92. 

simonsi,  69,  91. 

vulcani,  76,  94. 
Sigmodontomys,  65,  84,  88. 

alfari,  65,  84,  88. 
similis,  Rhipidomys,  79,  96. 
simonsi,  Sigmodon,  69,  91. 
Simosciurus,  82,  84. 
sinaloae,  Marmosa,  66,  89. 

—  Molossus,  76,  94. 

Neotoma,  66,  89. 

Odocoileus,  73,  92. 

Sitomys  americanus  arizona?,  63,  87. 

auripectus,   61,    86. 

gilberti,  61,  86. 

robustus,  62,  87. 

rowleyi,  61,  86. 

americanus  thurberi,  61,  86. 
Sorex  buxtoni,  73,  92. 
speciosus,  Oryzomys,  62,  87. 
Spermophilus  parryi  kodiacensis,  51,  84. 

tridecemlineatus  olivaceus,  64, 
88. 

tridecemlineatus    pallidus,    51, 
84. 

tridecemh'neatus  parvus,  64,  88. 
spicilegus,  Peromyscus,  65,  88. 
Squalodon   tiedemani,   58,  85. 
squamipes,   Blarina,   79,   96. 
steinbachi,  Sciurus  langsdorffii,  81,  97. 
stejnegeri,  Citellus,  73,  92. 

—  Phoca,  72,  91. 
stonei,  Citellus,  73,  92. 

—  Microtus,  68,  89. 

—  Ovis,  65,  88. 

Rangifer,   70,   91. 

storcki,  Ovis,  74,  93. 

streatori,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  66,  89. 
suarpurensis,   Dermonotus,   74,  93. 


112 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


subarcticus,  Peromyscus  texanus,  68,  90. 
superciliaris,   Lepus,  68,  90. 
Sylvilagus  boyleyi,  82,  98. 

daulensis,  81,  97. 

fulvescens,  81,  97. 

salentus,  80,  96. 
Synaptomys  andersoni,  73,  92. 

—  chapmani,   73,   92. 
tabascensis,    Didelphis  marsupialis,   70, 

91. 

talamancae,  Oryzomys,  60,  86. 
Tamandua  tetradactyla  chapadensis,  75, 
93. 

tetradactyla    chiriquensis,    75, 
93. 

tetradactyla  instabilis,  75,  93. 

tetradactyla  punensis,  82,  98. 

tetradactyla  tenuirostris,  75, 93. 
Tamias  quadrivittatus  affinis,  59,  85. 

amoenus,  59,  85. 

asiaticus  borealis,  55,  85. 

asiaticus  bulleri,  58,  85. 

cinereicollis,    59,   85. 

minimus  consobrinus,  59,  85. 

frater,  59,  85. 

quadrivittatus  gracilis,  59,  85. 

asiaticus  merriami,  58,  85. 

quadrivittatus    neglectus,    59, 
85. 

obscurus,  59,  85. 

quadrivittatus  pallidus,  51,  84. 

leucurus  peninsulse,  61,  86. 

minimus  pictus,  59,  85. 

pricei,  64,  88. 

wortmani,    64,    88. 
Tamiops,  76,  84. 

macclellandi  hainanus,  76,  94. 

macclellandi  ruidoni,  76,  94. 

sauteri,  78,  95. 

tapirapoanus,  Zygodontomys,  83,  99. 
Tapirus  terrestris  guianae,  83,  99. 
Tayassu  niger,  80,  96. 
Tayra  barbara  inserta,  77,  95. 

barbara  irara,  74,  93. 

barbara  senilis,   80,   96. 
tenuicauda,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
tenuipes,  Oryzomys,  74,  93. 
tenuirostris,  Tamandua  tetradactyla,  72, 
93. 


tenuis,  Reithrodontomys,  68,  90. 
tepicanus,  Sciurus  poliopus,  76,  94. 
terraenovse,  Rangifer,  65,  88. 
texanus,  Scalops  argentatus,  60,  86. 
texensis,  Didelphis  marsupialis,  70,  91. 

—  Lynx,  64,  87. 

—  Oryzomys  palustris,  62,  97. 
thomasi,  Lonchophylla,  74,  93. 

Zygodontomys,  69,  91. 

Thomasomys  fulvus  alticolus,  68,  90. 

fulvus  anitse,  66,  84. 

atrovarius,  66,  89. 

aureus  altorum,  81,  97. 

aureus,  61,  86. 

cervinus,  64,  87. 

cinereiventer,  79,  96. 

fossor,  61,  86. 

fulvus  martirensis,  66,  89. 

monticolus,  61,  86. 

popayanus,  79,  96. 

toltecus,  61,  86. 
Thrinacodus  apolinari,  81,  97. 
thurberi,  Sitomys  americanus,  61,  86. 
Thylamys  carri,  65,  88. 

keaysi,  69,  90. 

tiedemani,  Squalodon,  58,  85. 
tjaderi,  Tragelaphus,  77,  95. 
tolima3,  Akodon,  80,  96. 

Melanomys  phaeopus,  80,   96. 

tolimensis,  Potos  flavus,  80.  96. 
toltecus,  Thomomys,  61,  86. 
Tragelaphus  tjaderi,  77,  95. 
Trichophocinse,  83. 
trichurus,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
trinitatis,  Echimys,  62,  87. 

—  Mazama,  82,  98. 

—  Oryzomys,  62,  87. 
truei,    Hoplomys,    77,   94. 

—  Lepus,  59,  85. 

Phenacomys,  61,  87. 

tschudii,  Metachirus,  69,  90. 
tucumanensis,  Akodon,  70,  91. 
tumacus,  Lepus  gabbi,  77,  94. 
tumatumari,  Mazama,  82,  98. 

—  Oncoides  pardalis,  82,  98. 
Tupaia  modesta,  76,  94. 
Tylomys  couesi,  62.  87. 
umbrinus,  Tamias,  59,  85. 
urichi,  Akodon,  65,  88. 


MAMMALS. 


113 


urichi,  Echimys,  68,  90. 

Urocyon  cinereoargentea  Venezuela?,  78, 

95. 

Urosciurus,  82,  84. 
Ursus  americanus  kenaiensis,  78,  95. 

merriami,  72,  91. 

americanus  pernigra,  78,  95. 
utiaritensis,  Oryzomys,  83,  99. 
urucuma,  Dasyprocta  variegata,  82,  98. 
urucumus,  Sciurus  langsdorffii,  81,  97. 
valdivia,  Mesosciurus  gerrardi,  82,  98. 
vallicola,  Melanomys  phseopus,  80,  96. 
vancouverensis,  Sciurus  hudsonius,  59, 

85. 

velifer,  Vespertilio,  59,  85. 
vellerosus,  Microtus,  68,  89. 
velutinus,  Oryzomys,  62,  87. 
venezuelse,  Cavia  porcella,  78,  95. 

—  Urocyon   cinereoargentea,    78, 

95. 
venezuelensis,  Akodon,  68,  90. 

—  Holochilus,  74,  93. 
ventorum,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  66,  89. 
venustus,  Guerlinguetus  sestuans,  82,  98. 
verrilli,  Molossus,  76,  94. 
Vesperimus  difficilis,  60,  86. 

mearnsi,  60,  86. 


Vespertilio   chrysonotus,   65,   88. 

incautus,  65,  88. 

velifer,  59,  85. 
villosus,  Oryzomys,  68,  90. 
vulcani,  Heteromys,  77,  94. 

-Sigmodon,   76,   94. 

Vulpes  anadyrensis,  73,  92. 
wagneri,  Sciurus,  67,  89. 
whitei,  Arctictis,  78,  95. 
whitneyi,  Cervus,  52,  84. 
wortmani,  Tamias,  64,  88. 
yucatanensis,  Didelphis,  70,   91. 
yucatanica,  Nasua  narica,  74,  93. 
yucatanicus,  Artibeus,  74,  93. 
—  Peromyscus,   65,   88. 
yuruanus,  Rhipidomys,  80,  97. 
zamora,  Mazama,  82,  98. 
zamora,  Dasyprocta  variegata,  82,  98. 

Sciurus  igniventris,  81,  97. 

Zapus  princeps,  61,  86. 

saltator,  68,  89. 

zarumae,  Sciurus  stramineus,  81,  97. 
Zygodontomys,    83. 

fraterculus,  86,  97. 

griseus,  86,  97. 

tapirapoanus,  83,  99. 

thomasi,    69,    91. 


BIRDS.  115 


II.     BIRDS. 

1860-62. 

1.  Birds  of  New  England.  <New  England  Farmer  (weekly),  for  Aug.  11,  25,  Sept. 
22,  Oct.  6,  20,  Nov.  3,  17,  Dec.  1,  22,  1860;  Jan.  5,  26,  March  2,  May  18, 
June  15,  July  20,  Sept.  21,  Oct.  26,  Nov.  23, 1861;  April  26,  July  26,  Aug.  16, 
Sept.  13,  Oct.  18,  25,  Nov.  8,  Dec.  6,  1862.  Also,  published  in  the  same 
newspaper  (monthly),  large  8vo,  for  Sept.,  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec.,  1861,  January, 
March,  May,  June,  July,  Sept.,  Nov.,  Dec.,  1862,  and  Jan.,  1863. 

"Twenty-five  articles  in  all,  taking  the  birds  of  New  England  in  order  from  Accipitres 
to  the  middle  of  the  Fringillidse.  Popular  biographical  accounts,  written  to  interest  farmers 
in  the  feathered  life  of  their  fields." —  (Coues,  'Bibliography  of  North  American  Orni- 
thology,' in  'Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley,'  1878,  p.  661.) 

1864. 

2.  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  found  at  Springfield,  Mass.,  with  Notes  on  their  Migra- 

tions, Habits,  etc. ;  together  with  a  List  of  those  Birds  found  in  the  State  not 
yet  observed  at  Springfield.  <Proc.  Essex  Inst.,  IV,  art.  iv,  pp.  48-98,  August, 
1864. 

"  195  spp.  at  Springfield;  296  in  Massachusetts,  of  which  131  breed,  28  are  resident, 
67  winter  visitors,  75  migrants,  106  summer  visitors,  35  stragglers." —  (Coues,  1.  c.,  p. 

667.) 

1865. 

3.  Notes  on  the  Habits  and  Distribution  of  the  Duck  Hawk,  or  American  Peregrine 

Falcon  (Falco  peregrinus),  in  the  Breeding  Season,  and  Description  of  the 
Eggs  [from  Mt.  Tom,  Mass.].  <Proi.  Essex  Inst.,  IV,  (for  1864)  1865,  art.  x, 
pp.  153-161.  (Communicated  Nov.  14,  1864.) 

1867. 

4.  Winter  Notes  of  an  Ornithologist.  <Amer.  Nat.,  I,  pp.  38-48,  March,  1867. 

Relates  to  the  winter  birds  of  Massachusetts  —  55  to  60  spp.,  consisting  mainly  of  per- 
manent residents  and  visitors  from  the  North.  Comment  on  their  manner  of  occurrence 
and  relative  abundance. 

5.  The  Birds  of  Spring.  <Amer.  Nat.,  I,  pp.  141-144,  May,  1867. 

Relates  mainly  to  New  England  —  280  species  there  at  the  season  named;  contains  a 
tabular  summary. 

6.  Ornithological  Calendars  [for  March,  April,  and  May].  <Amer.  Nat.,  I,  p.  54 

[for  March],  p.  109  [for  April],  p.  160  [for  May],  March-May,  1867. 

Dates  of  usual  appearance  of  migratory  birds  in  Massachusetts  in  the  spring  months. 

1868. 

7.  Notes  on  Birds  observed  in  Western  Iowa,  in  the  months  of  July,  August  and 

September;  also  on  birds  observed  in  Northern  Illinois  in  May  and  June,  and 


116  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

at  Richmond,  Wayne  Co.,  Indiana,  between  June  third  and  tenth.  <Mem. 
Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  pt.  iv,  art.  xiii,  pp.  488-526,  Dec.,  1868  (read  June, 
1868). 

"Very  full:  includes  some  critical  commentary  on  geographical  distribution  in  general, 
and  on  relationships  of  certain  disputed  species.  Iowa,  108spp.;  Illinois,  a,  Ogle  Co.,  84  spp.; 
b.  Cook  Co.,  94  spp.,  with  monographic  account  of  certain  Turdidse;  Indiana,  72;  the  anno- 
tations in  each  case  chiefly  field-notes. 

'"Range  in  the  breeding-season  must  form  the  basis  for  defining  the  limits  of  different 
ornithological  districts.  .  .  .Among  migrants  of  the  same  species  the  examples  which  arrive 
in  the  spring  the  earliest  are  bigger  and  more  brightly  tinted  than  those  which  come  later, 
and,  conversely,  on  their  return  the  examples  last  seen  are  bigger  than  the  summer  specimens.' 
Hence  it  would  appear  that  the  largest  individuals  are  those  which  go  furthest  north  in 
summer,  and,  he  also  adds,  are  those  which  live  further  north  in  winter.  Some  characteristics 
of  the  ornithological  provinces  of  North  America  are  next  briefly  mentioned;  and  then 
follow  the  lists  of  species  observed,  as  stated  in  the  title.  In  Iowa  about  108  or  1 10  species 
were  seen,  of  which  at  least  100  breed  in  the  State.  For  Illinois  two  lists  are  given,  one  of 
84  species  in  Ogle  County,  the  other  of  94  species  in  Cook  County.  At  Richmond  72 
species  were  observed  by  himself  and  Dr.  Haymond.  Some  critical  notes  on  supposed 
species  (Turdidffi,  Laridse)  are  added  in  the  course  of  the  paper."—  Coues,  1.  c.,  p.  676, 
quoting  A.  Newton,  Zool.  Rec.  for  1868,  p.  676. 

8.  [Abstract  of  a  paper  on  the  Birds  of  Iowa  and  Illinois,  with  special  reference  to 

their  migration.]  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  1868,  p.  85. 

See  the  full  memoir  cited  above,  No.  7. 

9.  Circular  in  reference  to  obtaining  data  concerning  the  distribution  of  North 

American  birds  in  the  breeding  season.  <Ann.  Report  Trustees  of  Mus. 
Comp.  Zoology  for  1868  (1869),  pp.  26-27. 

Originally  issued  June  4,  1868.  Signed  L.  Agassiz,  but  instigated  and  written  by 
J.  A.  Allen. 

9o.    Notes  on  the  Red  and  Mottled  Owls.  <Amer.  Nat.,  II,  pp.  327-329,  August, 
1868. 

On  the  red  and  gray  phases  of  Scops  asio,  and  incidental  reference  to  the  question  of 
whether  there  is  more  than  a  single  species  of  the  genus  Scops  in  North  America. 

10.  The  "Dwarf  Thrush"  again.  <Amer.  Nat.,  II,  pp.  488-489,  Nov.,  1868. 

With  reference  to  a  former  article  in  this  journal  by  E.  A.  Samuels  on  this  subject. 

11.  'Natural  History  of  Birds.' <Amer.  Nat.,  II,  pp.  554-555,  Dec.,  1868. 

Review  of  Miss  Grace  Anna  Lewis's  work  of  this  title  (12mo,  Philadelphia,  18C8). 
1869. 

12.  Philadelphia  Vireo  and  Yellow-bellied  Flycatcher.  <Amer.  Nat.,  Ill,  p.  504, 

Nov.,  1869. 

Brief  history  of  these  two  species,  in  reply  to  inquiries  of  a  correspondent  (W.  L.  T., 
Minneapolis,  Minn.). 

1869-70. 

13.    Notes  on  some  of  the  Rarer  Birds  of  Massachusetts.  <Amer  Nat.,  Ill,  Dec., 
1869,  pp.  505-519;  Jan.  and  Feb.,  1870,  pp.  568-585,  631-648. 

"315  species  (ef.  footnote,  p.  647)  in  Massachusetts.  The  paper  is  supplementary  to  the 
author's  Massachusetts  catalogue  published  five  years  before  in  Proc.  Essex  Inst.;  it  contains 
critical  comments  on  the  rarer  or  less  generally  known  species,  and  discusses  the  cases  of  some 
doubtful  ones.  The  supposed  Buteo  'cooperi'  proved  to  be  linealus." —  (Coues,  I.  c.,  p.  682.) 


117 


1870. 

14.  Occurrence  of  the  Brown  Pelican  [Pekcanus  fuscus]  in  Massachusetts.  <Amer. 

Nat.,  IV,  p.  58,  March,  1870. 

15.  What  is  the  "Washington  Eagle"?  <Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  pp.  524-527,  Nov.  1870. 

Identified  as  the  young  of  Haliaelus  leucocephalus. 

16.  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Iowa.  <  White's  Geolog.  Survey  of  Iowa,  Vol.  II,  1870, 

Appendix  B,  pp.  419-427.     (Des  Monies,  Iowa,  8vo,  pp.  viii,  443.) 

"Nominal  list  of  283  spp.,  those  actually  observed  to  breed  within  the  limits  of  the  State 
being  marked  with  asterisk.  A  few  of  the  species  are  to  be  regarded  rather  as  stragglers, 
chiefly  winter  visitors  from  the  North;  some,  however,  from  the  West  and  South." —  (Coues, 

I.  c.,  p.  682.) 

17.  Summer  Red  Bird  [Pyranga  cestiva].     Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  p.  56,  March,  1870. 

Its  occurrence  at  Amherst,  Mass. 

18.  The  Ruby-crowned  Kinglet.     Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  p.  54,  March,  1870. 

The  red  crown-patch  absent  in  the  female. 

1871. 

19.  The  Fauna  of  the  Prairies  [of  the  United  States].  <Amer.  Nat.,  V,  pp.  4-9, 

March,  1871. 

Mention  of  various  birds,  p.  6. 

20.  Classification  of  Water  Birds.  <Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  pp.  746-752,  Feb.,  1871. 

An  extended  synoptical  review  of  Dr.  E.  Coues's  paper  on  this  subject  (Prttc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Philadelphia,  1869,  pp.  193-218). 

21.  The  Migration  of  Hawks.  <Amer.  Nat.,  V,  p.  173,  May,  1871. 

Confirmation  of  Dr.  William  Wood's  observations  (Amer.  Nat.,  Feb.  1871,  p.  759)  on  the 
migration  of  hawks,  namely  in  loose  straggling  flocks. 

22.  On  the  Mammals  and  Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida,  with  an  Examination  of 

certain  assumed  Specific  Characters  in  Birds,  -and  a  Sketch  of  the  Bird- 
Faunse  of  Eastern  North  America.  <Butt.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II,  No.  3, 
pp.  161-^50,  pll.  iv-viii,  April,  1871. 

"Part  I,  The  Topographical,  Climatic  and  Faunal  characteristics  of  East  Florida.     (Part 

II,  On  Mammals.)     Part  III,  On  Individual  and  Geographical  Variation  among  Birds,  con- 
sidered in  respect  to  its  bearing  upon  the  value  of  certain  assumed  specific  characters  —  a 
highly  important  philosophic  treatise  upon  the  general  subject,  which  is  discussed  at  length 
with  force  and  logical  consistency;   the  author's  broad  views  upon  this  subject  had  at  once  a 
marked  influence  upon  ornithological  thought.     Variation  in  general  size  and  proportion  of 
parts,  both  individual  and  climatic,  are  illustrated  with  numerous  tables  of  measurements. 
An  essay  on  species  and  varieties  follows.     Part  IV,  List.of  the  Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida, 
with  annotations, —  field-notes,  measurements,  and  much  synonymy  and  technical  criticism. 
Part  V,  On  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America,  with 
special  reference  to  the  number  and  circumscription  of  the  Ornithological  Faunae.     After 
general  introductory  remarks,  the  natural  Provinces  of  the  North  American  Temperate 
He-iion  are  discussed,  and  the  Ornithological  Faunae  of  the  Eastern  Provinces  are  treated. 
The  following  Fauna  are  laid  down  and  characterized:  —  1.     Floridan.     2.     Louisianian. 
3.     Carolinian.     4.     Alleghanian.     5.     Canadian.     6.     Hudsonian.     7.     American   Arctic. 
Various  tabular  summaries  follow,  with  general  remarks  on  the  distribution  and  migration 


118  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

of  the  birds  of  the  Eastern  Province.  A  copious  bibliography  of  American  Ornithological 
literature  concludes.  The  plates  illustrate  the  variation  in  the  bill  of  many  species.  The 
article  gained  the  Humboldt  Scholarship,  and  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  American 
ornithological  works.  Cf.  Ibis,  1872,  pp.  189-191;  Zool.  Rec.  for  1871,  pp.  24,  25;  Am.  Nat., 
V,  1871,  pp.  364-373."—  (Coues,  1.  c.,  p.  686.) 


1872. 

23.  Birds  of  Kansas.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  359-360,  June,  1872. 

Review  of  first  edition  of  F.  H.  Snow's  Birds  of  Kansas  (8vo,  1872,  pp.  8),  calling  attention 
to  errors  and  adding  18  species  to  the  list. 

24.  Prof.  Snow's  List  of  Kansas  Birds.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  483-484,  August,  1872. 

In  reply  to  criticism  by  Dr.  T.  M.  Brewer  of  the  former  notice  of  the  first  edition  of  Prof. 
Snow's  list.  (Cf.  supra,  No.  23.) 

25.  Birds  of  Kansas.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  p.  765,  Dec.,  1872. 

Notice  of  the  second  edition  of  F.  H.  Snow's  List  of  Kansas  Birds.  (8vo,  pp.  16.  Oct. 
1872).  Commended  as  "a  highly  valuable  and  creditable  list  of  the  Birds  of  Kansas." 

26.  Geographical  Variation  in  North  American  Birds.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 

XV,  pp.  212-219,  Dec.,  1872. 

In  amplification  of  a  previous  verbal  communication.     (Beprinted  in  Amer.  Nat.,   VIII, 
pp.  534-541,  Sept.  1874.) 

27.  Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  Fort  Macon,  N.  C.,  and  Vicinity.  <Amer.  Nat., 

VI,  pp.  546-549,  Sept.,  1872. 

A  review  of  E.  Coues's  paper  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1871,  pp.  12-49,  120- 
148. 

28.  The  Birds  of  the  Tres  Marias  and  Socorro  Islands.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  681- 

682,  Nov.,  1872. 

A  review  of  A.  J.  Grayson's  paper  (edited  by  G.  N.  Lawrence),  in  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 
Hist.,  XIV,  1872,  pp.  261-303. 

29.  Ornithological  Works  in  Prospect.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  478-482,  Aug.,  1872. 

Anticipatory  notices  of  E.  Coues's  'Key  to  North  American  Birds,'  'Birds  of  North 
America,'  by  S.  F.  Baird,  T.  M.  Brewer,  and  B.  Bidgway,  and  of  C.  J.  Maynard's  'Birds  of 
Florida.' 

30.  Ornithological  Blunders.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  303-304,  May,  1872.     (Anon- 

ymous.) 

Comment  on  the  case  of  Bonasajobsii  Jaycox,  suggesting  palliating  circumstances. 

31.  [Geographical  Variation  in  North  American  Birds.]  <  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XV,  1872,  pp.  156-159.     (An  editorial  abstract  is  given  in  Amer.  Nat,, 
VIII,  1874,  pp.  534-541). 

32.  Catalogue  of  the  Penguins  in  the  Museum  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural 

History.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VI,  pp.  545-546,  Sept.,  1872. 

A  review  of  A.  Hyatt's  paper  (Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIV,  1872,  pp.  237-251). 

33.  Notes  of  an  Ornithological  Reconnaissance  of  Portions  of  Kansas,  Colorado, 

Wyoming,  and  Utah.  <  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  III,  No.  6,  pp.  113-183, 
July  10,  1872. 


BIRDS.  119 

"After  general  introductory,  the  author  gives:  —  1.  List  of  Birds  observed  at  Fort 
I>eavenworth  and  Topeka,  Kansas,  spring  of  1871  (121  spp.);  2.  At  Fort  Hays,  Kansas, 
May-July,  1871  (61  spp.);  3.  In  Northwestern  Kansas,  Dec.  1871,  Jan.,  1872  (25  spp.); 
4.  At  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  Aug.  1871  (41  spp.);  5.  In  Colorado,  July-August,  1871 
(81  spp.);  6.  In  South  Park,  Colorado,  July,  1871  (54  spp.);  7.  On  Mount  Lincoln, 
Colorado,  July,  1871  (36  spp.);  8.  Ogden,  Utah,  Sept.-Oct.,  1871  (137  spp.);  9.  General 
Summary  or  Combination  of  all  the  Observations  (228  spp.).  Besides  the  extended  field- 
notes,  there  is  much  critical  annotation.  The  article  is  very  complete,  and  highly  interesting 
from  its  bearing  on  general  questions." —  (Coues,  I.  c.,  pp.  689-690.) 

34.  Ornithological  Notes  from  the  West.  <Amer.  Nat.,  May,  June,  July,  1872, 

pp.  263-275,  342-351,  394-404. 

I, -Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Kansas,  pp.  263-275;  II,  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Colorado,  pp. 
342-351;  III,  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  Valley,  pp.  394-404.  Field  notes 
on  the  species  observed,  with  brief  sketches  of  the  country  traversed.  (See  above,  No.  33, 
for  the  more  formal  report  on  the  species  observed.) 

1873. 

35.  Monograph  of  the  Spheniscidse.  < Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  pp.  38-40,  Jan.,  1873. 

Review  of  E.  Coues's  'Material  for  a  Monograph  of  the  Spheniscidae '  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Philadelphia,  1872,  pp.  170-212). 

36.  The  Birds  of  Florida.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  pp.  165-166,  March,  1873. 

A  review  of  Part  I,  of  C.  J.  Maynard's  work  of  this  title  (4to,  pp.  32,  Salem,  1872). 

37.  A  Text  Book  of  North  American  Ornithology.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  pp.  308-309, 

May,  1873. 

A  review  of  E.  Coues's  '  Key  to  North  American  Birds,'  first  edition. 

38.  Revision  of  the  American  or  Tyrant  Flycatchers.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  pp.  35-38, 

Jan.,  1873. 

Extended  review  of  E.  Coues's  'Studies  of  the  Tyrannidse.  Part  I '  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Philadelphia,  1872,  pp.  58-81,  July,  1872). 

39.  Crows  and  Ravens.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  pp.  743-744,  Dec.,  1873. 

In  reference  to  their  supposed  antagonism.  It  is  stated  that  the  author  had  found  both 
crows  and  ravens  together  over  portions  of  Dakota  and  Montana,  both  frequent  and  breeding 
in  the  same  forests. 

40.  Recent  Contributions  to  American  Geographical  Ornithology.  <Amer.  Nat., 

VII,  pp.  361-364,  June,  1873. 

Review  of  Holden  and  Aiken's  'Notes  on  Birds  of  Wyoming  and  Colorado  Territories' 
(Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XV,  pp.  193-210,  Dec.,  1872),  W.  D.  Scott's  'Partial  List  of 
the  Summer  Birds  of  Kenawha  County,  West  Virginia'  (ibid.,  pp.  219-228,  Jan.,  1873),  and 
T.  Martin  Trippe's  '  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Southern  Iowa*  (ibid.,  pp.  229-242,  March,  1873). 

41.  The  White-fronted  Owl  in  Canada.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  pp.  427-428,  July,  1873. 

On  Nyclale  albifrons  Cassin  (  =  N.  acadica  juv.) ;  its  rarity  in  comparison  with  the  adult 
(N.  acadica)  noted,  and  evidence  cited  that  this  supposed  species  is  rightly  considered  to  be 
the  young  of  N.  acadica. 

1874. 

42.  Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  Portions  of  Dakota  and  Montana  Territories, 

being  the  substance  of  a  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  Collections 


120  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

made  by  the  North  Pacific  Railroad  Expedition  of  1873,  Gen.  D.  S.  Stanley, 
Commander.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII,  1874,  pp.  33-86.  Also 
separately  published,  8vo,  Boston,  1874,  pp.  1-61. 

"Ill,  Report  on  the  Birds,  pp.  44-68.  118  spp.,  fully  annotated,  the  list  preceded  by 
general  considerations  of  the  avifauna  of  the  region,  and  several  partial  local  lists.  An  im- 
portant contribution." —  (Coues,  1.  c.,  p.  699.) 

43.  Field  Ornithology.  <Amer.  Nat.,  VIII,  pp.  418-420,  July,  1874. 

A  review  of  E.  Coues's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Salem  and  Boston,  1874). 

44.  Laws  of  Geographical  Variation  in  North  American  Mammals  and  Birds.  < 

Amer.  Nat.,  VIII,  pp.  227-229,  April,  1874. 

In  reference  to  R.  Ridgway's  article  (Amer.  Nat.,  VII,  1873,  pp.  548-555),  and  making 
definite  claim  for  certain  original  generalizations  on  this  subject.  (See  also  Coues,  op.  cil., 
pp.  415-421). 

1875. 

45.  [Exhibition  of  a  Specimen  of  the  Sharp-tailed  Finch  from   Illinois. ]<Proc. 

Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII,  1875,  pp.  292-295. 

First  description  of  Ammodramus  caudaculus  var.  nelsoni,  and  the  first  new  form  of  bird 
described  by  the  author. 

46.  Influence  of  Elevation  and  Latitude  upon  the  Distribution  of  Species.  <Amer. 

Nat.,  IX,  pp.  181-182,  March,  1875. 

47.  Coues's  Birds  of  the  Northwest.  < A Uantic  Monthly,  XXXVI,  pp.  365-368, 

Sept.,   1875. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  1874,  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr..  Miscel.  Pub.  No.  3). 

48.  Dr.  Coues's  '  Birds  of  the  Northwest.'  <Amer.  Nat.,  IX,  pp.  466-468,  Aug.,  1875. 

Review  of  the  work. 

49.  'Birds  of  the  Northwest.'  <Rod  and  Gun,  VI,  May  22,  1875,  p.  119. 

A  letter  of  comment  upon  the  criticisms  of  Dr.  Elliott  Coues's  'Birds  of  the  Northwest,' 
by  a  previous  contributor. 

1876. 

50.  Exploration  of  Lake  Titicaca,  by  Alexander  Agassiz  and  S.  W.  Garinan.     Ill 

List  of  Mammals  and  Birds.  By  J.  A.  Allen,  with  Field-notes  by  Mr. 
Garman.<Bu/Z.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  III,  pp.  349-359,  July,  1876. 

An  annotated  list  of  69  spp.  of  birds,  pp.  353-359.  Falcinellus  ridgwayi,  Galtinula  garmani, 
spp.  nov. 

51.  Progress  in  Ornithology  in  the  United  States  during  the  last  Century.  <Amer. 

Nat.,  X,  pp.  536-550,  Sept.,  1876. 

An  enumeration,  with  comment,  of  the  principal  works  and  papers  of  the  previous  cen- 
tury (1776-1876),  followed  by  a  'Summary  of  Progress.' 

52.  The  Availability  of  certain  Bartramian  Names  in  Ornithology.  <Amer.  Nat.,  X, 

pp.  21-29,  Jan.,  1876. 

In  reference  to  Dr.  E.  Coues's  attempted  revival  of  sundry  Bartramian  names  for  birds 
in  his  'Fasti  Ornithologist  Redivivi.  No.  I'  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1875,  pp. 
338-358). 


BIRDS.  121 

53.  Bartramian  Names  Again:    An  Explanation.  < A mer.  Nat.,  X,  pp.  176,  177, 

March,  1876. 

Explanation  of  a  misconception  of  the  position  assumed  by  his  critic  in  Coues's  rejoinder 
(Amer.  Nat.,  X,  Jan.  1876,  pp.  98-102)  to  'The  Availability  of  Certain  Bartramian  Names.' 
(Cf.  supra,  No.  52). 

54.  Ornithological  Calendar  for  March.  <Forest  and  Stream,  VI,  p.  84,  Mar.  16, 1876. 

55.  Calendar  for  Birds  in  Massachusetts,  March  20-31.  < Forest  and  Stream,  VI, 

p.  116,  March  30,   1876. 

56.  Calendar  [for  Birds  in  Massachusetts  for  April  1-20.]  < Forest  and  Stream,  VI, 

p.  132,  April  6,  1876. 

57.  Send  in  the  Reports.  <Forest  and  Stream,  VI,  p.  115,  March  30,  1876. 

On  the  importance  of  securing  data  on  the  migrations  and  habits  of  birds,  with  suggestions 
to  observers.  (See  also  supra.  No.  9,  on  this  subject.) 

58.  The  Extinction  of  the  Great  Auk  at  the  Funk  Islands.  <Amer.  Nat.,  X,  p.  48, 

Jan.,  1876. 

59.  Geographical  Variation  in  the  Number  and  Size  of  the  Eggs  of  certain  North 

American  Birds.  <5u#.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  pp.  74-75,  Sept.,  1876. 

Southern  representatives  of  northern  species  lay  smaller  eggs,  and  also  a  smaller  number 


60.  Decrease  of  Birds  in  Massachusetts.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  pp.  53-60,  Sept., 

1876. 

Statement  of  the  case,  and  discussion  of  the  causes,  special  reference  being  made  to  the 
Great  Auk,  Pinnated  Grouse,  Wild  Turkey,  Wild  Pigeon,  Swans,  Cranes,  Geese,  etc. 

61.  Breeding  of  the  Canada  Goose  [Bernicla  canadensis]  in  trees.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  p.  50,  July,  1876. 

62.  Anser  [Chen]  rossii  in  Oregon.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  p.  52,  July,  1876. 

Secured  at  Camp  Harney,  Oregon,  by  Capt.  Charles  Bendire. 

63.  Occurrence  of  the  Wood  Ibis  [Tantalus  loculator]  in  Pennsylvania  and  New 

York.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  p.  96,  Nov.,  1876. 

64.  Field* and  Forest.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  p.  71,  Sept.,  1876. 

Notice  of  Vol.  II,  No.  1,  the  only  ornithological  article  it  contains  being  on  Wilson's 
Phalarope  by  L.  Kumlien. 

65.  The  Birds  and  Coming  Storms.  <Forest  and  Stream,  VI,  No.  9,  p.  133,  April  6, 

1876. 

66.  Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  American  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club.,  I, 

p.  47,  July,  1876. 

Notice  of  two  recent  papers  by  G.  N.  Lawrence  in  Ann.  Lye.  Wai.  Hist.  A'etc  York,  XI. 
pp.  163-166,  and  Ibis,  July,  1875,  pp.  383-387. 

67.  Notes  on  the  Breeding  Habits  of  Clarke's  Crow  (Pidcorvus  columbianus),  with 

an  account  of  its  Nest  and  Eggs.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  pp.  44-46, 
July,  1876. 


122  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Compiled  from  letters  from  Capt.  Charles  Bendire  and  published  over  his  name,  with 
explanatory  and  other  comment. 

68.  The  Birds  of  Kansas.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  pp.  47H18,  July,  1876. 

Notice  of  F.  H.  Snow's  third  edition  of  his  'A  Catalogue  of  Kansas  Birds'  (8vo,  pp.  14, 
Nov.  1875). 

69.  Extinct  Birds  with  Teeth.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  p.  49,  July,  1876. 

Notice  of  O.  C.  Marsh's  papers  on  Ichthyornis,  Apatornis,  Hesperornis,  Lesiornis,  in  Amer. 
Journ.  Sci.,  1875  and  1876. 

70.  Life-Histories  of  the  Birds  of  Eastern  Pennsylvania.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

I,  pp.  49-50,  July,  1876. 

Review  of  Vol.  I  of  T.  G.  Gentry's  work  of  this  title  (12mo,  Philadelphia,  1876). 

71.  Decrease  of  Birds  in  the  United  States.  <Penn.  Monthly,  pp.  931-944,  Dec., 

1876. 

Their  present  numbers,  particularly  waterfowl  and  shore-birds,  contrasted  with  the 
numbers  recorded  in  the  accounts  of  conditions  in  the  17th  century. 

72.  The  Birds  of  Ritchie  County,  Virginia.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  p.  72,  Sept., 

1876. 

Brief  notice  of  William  Brewster's  paper  (Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  New  York,  XI,  pp.  129- 
146). 

73.  Birds  of  Southwestern  Mexico.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  p.  93,  Nov.,  1876. 

Brief  notice  of  G.  N.  Lawrence's  paper  on  F.  E.  Sumichrast's  collection  (Bull.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mas.,  No.  4,  1876). 

74.  Jordan's  Manual  of  Vertebrate  Animals.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  pp.  93-94, 

Nov.,  1876. 

Review  of  the  first  edition  of  this  well-known  work  by  David  Starr  Jordan  (12mo,  Chicago, 
1876). 

75.  The  Portland  Tern  [Sterna  portlandica}.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  I,  pp.  71-72, 

Sept.,  1876. 

Notice  of  William  Brewster's  paper  on  the  "so-called  Sterna  portlandica,"  which  he 
considers  an  unusual  phase  of  Sterna  macroura  (Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  New  York,  XI,  pp.  200- 
207,  Feb.  18,  1876). 

76.  Sexual,  Individual,  and  Geographical  Variation  in  Leucosticte  tephrocotis.  < 

Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr.,  II,  No.  4,  July,  1876,  pp.  345-350. 

A  "considerable  constant  sexual  variation  in  coloration  and  also.  .  .  .in  size,"  overlooked 
by  R.  Ridgway  in  his  monograph  on  the  genus  Leucosticte  (Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sura. 
Terr.,  No.  2,  2d  ser.,  May,  1875). 

77.  Sexual  Variation  in  the  Genus  Leucosticte.  < Field  and  Forest,  II,  No.  5,  pp.  76- 

79,  Nov.,  1876. 

A  rejoinder  to  Mr.  Ridgway's  reply  to  criticisms  of  his  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Leu- 
costicte. (Cf.  supra,  No.  76). 

1877. 

78.  Recent  Ornithological  Papers.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XI,  pp.  615-617,  Oct.,  1877. 

Reviews  of  Nelson's  paper  on  Illinois  Birds  in  Bull.  Essex  Insl.,  VIII,  1877,  pp.  90-155, 
and  IX,  pp.  32-65;  McCauley's  on  Texas  Birds,  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sure.  Terr., 
Ill,  1877,  655-695,  and  others. 


BIRDS.  123 

79.  Californian  Ornithology.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  II,  p.  76,  July,  1877. 

Review  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Cooper's  paper  'New  Facts  relating  to  Californian  Ornithology* 
(Proc.  California  Acad.  Sci.,  1876). 

80.  McCauley's  Notes  on  Texan  Ornithology.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  II,  p.  76, 

July,  1877. 

Review  of  Lieut.  C.  A.  H.  McCauley's  paper  (Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sun.  Terr., 
Ill,  No.  3,  pp.  655-695,  May  15,  1877). 

81.  Occurrence  of  the  Western  Nonpareil  [Cyanospiza  versicolor],  and  Berlandier's 

Wren  [Thryothorus  ludovicianus  var.  berlandieri]  at  Fort  Brown,  Texas.  < 
Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  II,  No.  4,  pp.  109-110,  Oct.,  1877. 

Based  on  information  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  C.  Merrill. 

82.  Ridgway's  "Studies  of  the  American  Falconidse."  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  II, 

pp.  70-73,  July,  1877. 

Review  of  several  of  R.  Ridgway's  papers  on  this  family,  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr. 
Sun.  Terr.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  and  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist. 

83.  List  of  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  Charles  Linden,  near  Santarem,  Brazil.  <Bull. 

Essex  Inst.,  VIII,  No.  8, 1876,  pp.  78-83.     (Pub.  Feb.,  1877). 

Annotated  list  of  128  spp.;   Coccygus  lindeni,  sp.  nov. 

84.  The  Influence  of  Physical  Conditions  in  the  Genesis  of  Species.  < Radical  Re- 

view, I,  pp.  108-140,  May,  1877. 

On  the  influence  of  environment  in  modifying  forms  of  mammals  and  birds,  and  discussion 
of  Darwin's  theory  of  the  origin  of  species  by  natural  selection.  Reprinted  (by  request), 
with  slightly  modernized  nomenclature  by  the  author,  in  Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Institution  for 
1905  (1906). 

1878. 

85.  Maynard's  Birds  of  Florida.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  145,  July,  1878. 

Notice  of  Part  IV  of  C.  J.  Maynard's  "Birds  of  Florida,"  etc.  (4to,  Newtonville,  Mass., 
pp.  89-112,  one  pi.).  The  full  title  now  employed  is  'The  Birds  of  Florida,  with  the  Water 
and  Game  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America.' 

86.  Jordan's  Manual  of  Vertebrated  Animals.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp. 

145-146,  July,  1878. 

Brief  notice  of  the  2d  ed.,  revised  and  enlarged  (1878).     (Cf.  supra.  No.  74.) 

87.  The  Carolinian  Fauna.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  July,  1878,  pp.  149-150. 

Apropos  of  Eugene  Bicknell's  paper  (Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  128-132)  and 
continuing  the  subject  (northward  extension  into  the  lower  Hudson  River  valley). 

88.  Brewer's  Supplement  to  his  Catalogue  of  New  England  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  185,  Oct.,  1878. 

Review  of  paper  by  Dr.  T.  M.  Brewer  (Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  301-309), 
which  adds  21  spp.  to  his  'Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  New  England'  published  in  1875. 

89.  Elliot's  Review  of  the  Ibidinge,  or  Ibises.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  182, 

Oct.,  1878. 

Review  of  D.  G.  Elliot's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Zoo/.  Soc.  London,  1877,  pp.  477-510). 


124  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

90.  [The  Glossy  Ibis,  Ibis  faldnellus,  in  Massachusetts.]  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

III,  p.  152,  July,  1878. 

Note,  following  a  record  of  this  species  in  Massachusetts  by  C.  B.  Cory,  on  the  occurrence 
of  two  other  individuals  on  Cape  Cod  at  about  the  same  time.  Also  a  foot-note  on  the 
correct  generic  name  of  the  bird,  which  is  stated  to  be  Plegadis  Kaup.  (C/.  Ibis,  4th  ser., 
II,  Jan.,  1878,  p.  112). 

91.  A  list  of  the  Birds  of  Massachusetts,  with  Annotations.  <Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  X, 

pp.  3-37,  1878. 

"This  may  be  considered  to  supercede  previous  tracts  on  the  same  subject,  both  by  the 
present  and  other  authors,  as  it  completely  sums  our  knowledge  of  the  subject.  The  paper 
opens  with  summary  considerations,  followed  by  a  valuable  historical  resume.  1.  Species 
of  authentic  occurrence  within  the  State,  317.  2.  Extirpated,  4.  3.  Of  probable  occur- 
rence, 24.  4.  Hypothetical  and  doubtful  species,  3  (Myiodioctes  minulus,  Empidonax 
pygimeus  of  Minot,  Thaumalias  linruei).  5.  Introduced  undomesticated  species,  6. — 
'Considered  as  fairly  entitled  to  recognition  as  Massachusetts  birds,'  340.  Known  to  breed 
in  the  State,  about  135.  Extremely  rare  or  accidental  visitors,  90.  North  American  species 
added  since  1867,  35."  —  (Coues,  1.  c.,  p.  736). 

92.  Sabine's  Gull  [Xema  sabinii]  in  Maine.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  195, 

Oct.,  1878. 

The  only  previous  New  England  record  for  this  species  is  Boston  Harbor,  Mass.,  Sept.  24, 
1874  (Brewster,  Amer.  Sportsman,  V,  1875,  p.  370;  Brewer,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.t 
XVII,  1875,  p.  449. 

93.  Occurrence  of  three  Species  of  Sea-Ducks  [CEdemia  americana,  (E.  fusca,  CE. 

perspiciUata]  at  St.  Louis,  Missouri.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  148- 
149,  July,  1878. 

94.  Description  of  a  Fossil  Passerine  Bird  from  the  Insect-bearing  Shales  of  Colo- 

rado. <Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sum.  Terr.,  IV,  No.  2,  May  3,  1878,  art 
xix,  pp.  443-445,  pi.  1,  figg.  1,  2. 

"  Palseospiza  bella,  g.  sp.  n.,  p.  443  —  the  first  fossil  Passerine  discovered  in  North  America. 
It  bears  distinct  impressions  of  feathers.  N.  B. —  a  few  copies  of  this  No.  of  the  Bull,  were 
in  private  circulation  from  about  April  14,  and  some  electros  of  the  plate  were  sent  out  during 
this  month.  Thus,  the  cut  appeared  in  a  Calif ornian  newspaper  [Cf.  infra.  No.  117  ]  with  a 
compiled  account  of  the  bird,  April  27.  The  article  was  immediately  reprinted  in  the  Am. 
Journ.  Sei..  for  May,  1878."—  (Coues,  1.  c.,  p.  738).  The  type  specimen,  lost  for  many  years 
was  recovered  in  1915. 

95.  Birds  of  the  Vicinity  of  Cincinnati.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  34,  Jan., 

1878. 

Review  of  F.  W.  Langdon's  'Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  the  Vicinity  of  Cincinnati'  (8vo, 
Salem,  1877,  pp.  18). 

96.  Rowley's  'The  Pied  Duck   [Camptolcemus  labradorius].' <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  III,  pp.  79-80,  Apr.,  18.78. 

Review  of  G.  D.  Rowley's  Monograph  (Orn.  Miscel.,  II,  pt.  vii,  1877). 

97.  Barrows's  'Catalogue  of  the  Alcidse.'  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  86,  Apr., 

1878. 

Brief  review  of  W.  B.  Barrows's  his  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Boston  Soc.  .\al.  Hist.,  XIX. 
1877,  pp.  150-165). 

98.  Ridgway's  'Studies  of  the  American  Herodiones.'  <Bull.  Xutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III, 

pp.  182-183,  Oct.,  1878. 


BIRDS.  125 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  paper  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sun.  Terr.,  IV,  pp.  219-251, 
Feb.  5,  1878. 

99.  Reichenow's  Review  of  the  Herons  and  their  Allies.  <Bvll.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

III,  pp.  183-185,  Oct.,  1878. 

Extended  review  of  Dr.  Anton  Reichenow's  'Uebersicht  der  Schreitvogel,'  in  Cabanis's 
Journ.fur  Ornith.,  Jahrg.  XXV,  Apr.-July,  1877,  pp.  113-171,  225-278. 

100.  An  Inadequate  'Theory  of  Birds'  Nests.'  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  23- 

32,  Jan.,  1878. 

A  criticism  of  A.  R.  Wallace's  'Theory  of  Birds'  Nests.' 

101.  Late   Capture  of  the  Yellow-bellied   Flycatcher  [Empidonax  flaviventris]  in 

Massachusetts.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  101-102,  Apr.,  1878. 

Nov.  29,  and  Dec.  1,  1876  —  two  records. 

102.  The  Lark-Bunting  [Calamospiza  tricolor]  in  Massachusetts.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  III,  p.  48,  Jan.,  1878. 

First  record  of  the  capture  of  this  species  east  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

103.  Rufous-headed  Sparrow  [Peuccea  ruficeps]  in  Texas.  <BulL  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

III,  pp.  188-189,  Oct.,  1878. 

Gainesville,  Texas,  April  24,  1878,  collected  by  George  H.  Ragsdale. 

104.  The  Snow-Bird  [Junco  hyemalis]  in  Summer  on  Mount  Wachusett,  Mass.  < 

Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  192,  Oct.,  1878. 

On  the  authority  of  Bradford  Torrey. 

•    105.     Early  Nesting  of  the  Shore  Lark  [Eremophila  alpestris]  near  Indianapolis,  Ind. 
<Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  189,  Oct.,  1878. 

Young  birds  half-grown  April  24,  1878.     Based  on  information  communicated  by  David 
S.  Jordan   (in   HI.). 

106.  Ridgway's  Ornithology  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel.  < A mer.  Nat.,  XII,  p.  469, 

July,  1878. 

Review  of  the  work  (Expl.  40th  Parallel,  IV,  pt.  iii,  4to,  1877). 

107.  Sharpe's  'Catalogue  of  the  Birds  in  the  British  Museum.'  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  III,  pp.  77-79,  Apr.,  1878. 

Review  of  Volume  I,  1874  (Falconida:),  Volume  II,  1875  (Strigidae),  and  Vol.  Ill,  1877 
(the  Coliomorphse  —  Crows,  Birds  of  Paradise,  Orioles,  etc.). 

108.  [Pipilo  erythrophthalmus  with  white  spots  on  the  Scapulars.]  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  42;  Jan.,  1878. 

Taken  near  Leavenworth,  Kansas. 

109.  Summer  Birds  of  the  Adirondacks.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  36,  Jan., 

1878. 

Notice  of  T.  Roosevelt  and  H.  D.  Minot's  paper  (8vo,  1877,  pp.  4,  privately  printed.) 

110.  Birds  of  Central  New  York.<#w#.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  34-35,  Jan., 

1878. 

Review  of  F.  B.  Rathbun's  List,  in  Auburn  Daily  Advertiser,  Aug.  14,  1877. 


126  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

111.  Birds  of  Southern  Illinois.  <Bidl.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  p.  36,  Jan.,  1878. 

Review  of  E.  W.  Nelson's  paper  (Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  IX,  pp.  32-65,  June,  1877). 

112.  Gentry's  'Life-Histories  of  the  Birds  of  Eastern  Pennyslvania.'  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  36-37,  Jan.,  1878. 

Review  of  Vol.  II,  of  this  work  (c/.  supra,  No.  70). 

113.  Street's  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Lower  California  and  the  Hawaiian  and  Fanning 

Islands.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  80-81,  April,  1878. 

Review  of  Dr.  Thomas  H.  Street's  paper  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  7  (birds,  pp.  9-33, 
1877). 

114.  Bendire's  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Southeastern  Oregon.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  III,  p.  81,  April,  1878. 

Review  of  Capt.  Charles  Bendire's  paper  in  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  1877,  pp. 
109-149. 

115.  Ridgway's  Report  on  the  Ornithology  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel.  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  81-83,  April,  1878. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  'Ornithology'  in  Vol.  IV,  Part  iii,  Explor.  40th  Parallel,  pp.  303- 
670,  1877.  (C/.  supra.  No.  106.) 

116.  Feilden's  'List  of  Birds  Observed  in  Smith  Sound,'  etc.<Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  III,  p.  86,  April,  1878. 

Review  of  H.  W.  Feilden's  paper  (Ibis,  4th  ser.,  I,  1877,  pp.  401-412). 

117.  A  Remarkable  Fossil  Bird.  [Palceospiza  bella  Allen]  < Pacific  Rural  Press  (news- 

paper), April  27,  1878.     Vol.  XV,  No.  17,  p.  257,  fig. 

"Anonymous,  but  contributed  to  the  paper  by  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  It  is  an 
abstract  of  the  orig.  account,  accompanied  by  an  electro,  and  actually  antedates  the  regular 
publication  of  the  article  by  six  days." —  Cones,  1.  c.,  p.  738.  (C/.  supra,  No.  94.) 

118.  The  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club.  <Boston  Journal,  Mar.  19,  1878. 

"A  digniGed  and  well-considered  defence  of  the  Club  from  the  attacks  made  in  the  article 
entitled  '  History  Repeating  Itself,'  and  elsewhere.  '  Neither  the  ideas,  the  similes,  nor  the 
phraseology  of  the  article  are  new,  having  done  service  repeatedly  in  other  Boston  papers 
within  a  few  weeks  in  a  similar  connection.  Therefore  the  inference  is  natural,  that  they 
have  emanated,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  from  a  single  source.  The  article  in  question 
is  simply  a  presentation,  in  connected  form,  of  the  various  anonymous  squibs  that  have 
appeared  repeatedly  in  other  papers.  .  .  .  Unfortunate,  indeed,  is  it  if  this  purely  practical 
and  scientific  question  cannot  be  discussed  on  its  merits,  and  that  the  defenders  of  the  [Eng- 
lish] sparrows  must  confess  their  weakness  by  a  persistent  resort  to  such  unsafe  weapons  as 
misrepresentation  and  ridicule.'" — Coues,  'On  Present  Status  of  Passer  domesticus,'  etc., 
in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  andGeogr.  Sure.  Terr.,  V,  1879,  p.  185). 

119.  The  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club.  <Evening  Transcript,  Mar.  21,  1878. 

"A  defence  of  the  Club,  which  has  been  referred  to  contemptuously  as  a  body  of  "Cam- 
bridge juveniles,"  "precocious  boys,"  "over-modest  youths,"  etc.,  including  a  statement 
of  its  organization  and  operations,  and  the  real  character  of  its  membership.  T.  M.  Brewer 
is  mentioned  as  a  member,  and  a  contributor  to  the  Bulletin  of  the  Club." —  Coues,  I.  c. 

120.  The  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club.     Sketch  of  our  Cambridge  Ornithological 

Society.  <Cambridge  Chronicle,  March  30,  1878. 


BIRDS.  127 

121.  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club.     Sparrows  [Passer  domesticus]. —  The  Nuttall 

Ornithological  Club  decides  against  them.  <Boston  Daily  Advertiser,  CXXXI, 
No.  47,  Feb.  23,  1878.  (Anonymous.) 

"The  inside  history  of  this  article  is:  Some  time  about  January,  1878,  Dr.  Brewer  was 
in  my  office  in  Washington,  where  some  words  on  the  subject  grew  a  little  heated  toward  the 
close  of  the  interview,  when  I  proposed  that  it  would  be  well  to  ask  the  Nuttall  Club  to  take 
up  and  sift  the  matter,  that  we  might  get  at  the  facts,  if  possible.  The  reply  was  compli- 
mentary neither  to  the  sincerity  of  my  proposition  nor  to  the  ornithological  ability  of  the 
Club,  of  which  he  was  a  member.  I  soon  afterward  addressed  to  the  Club  a  communication 
inviting  their  attention  to  the  matter,  suggesting  a  full  and  fair  discussion  of  the  subject 
in  open  meeting,  and  representing  that  the  Club  was  specially  well  qualified  to  come  to  just 
conclusions,  consisting,  as  it  did,  of  a  number  of  working  ornithologists  of  recognized  ability 
and  experience,  who  were  perfectly  familiar  with  the  case  as  presented  in  Boston,  Cambridge, 
and  vicinity.  The  meeting  was  soon  after  held.  Notice  was  sent  to  the  resident  members 
of  the  proposed  consideration  of  the  question,  and  corresponding  members  were  also  invited 
to  take  part  in  the  discussion.  Dr.  Brewer  for  some  reason  did  not  attend  the  meeting. 
The  report  of  the  meeting,  constituting  the  present  article,  indicates  that  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen, 
Mr.  William  Brewster,  Mr.  H.  A.  Purdie,  Mr.  H.  D.  Minot,  Mr.  Ruthven  Deane,  and  others, 
participated  in  the  discussion.  Mr.  Allen's  views  are  not  here  presented.  All  the  testimony 
here  reported  is  unfavorable  to  the  Sparrows,  but  need  not  be  here  analyzed,  as  it  is  only 
what  every  competent  and  unprejudiced  observer  knows;  it  is  explicit,  emphatic,  and  irref- 
ragable, substantiating  every  count  that  has  been  brought  against  the  birds.  The  article 
includes  an  open  letter  to  Dr.  Brewer  from  John  Dixwell,  M.  D.,  stating  that  in  39  individuals, 
taken  at  the  height  of  the  canker-worm  pest,  no  trace  of  insect  food  could  be  found  on  dis- 
secting; the  publication  of  which  letter  gave  offence  to  Dr.  Brewer,  who  considered  it  an 
unwarrantable  liberty  to  take  with  his  name.  At  the  close  of  the  discussion  a  vote  was  taken 
on  the  question  of  whether  or  not,  in  the  opinion  of  those  present,  the  further  increase  of  the 
house  sparrow  in  this  country  was  desirable.  The  result  was  a  unanimous  negative." — 
Coueg,  I.  c. 

122.  Xuttall  Ornithological  Club.     Sparrows  [Passer  domesticus]  brought  to  Judg- 

ment. Discussion  of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club  upon  the  Merits  and 
Demerits  of  the  English  Sparrow  in  the  United  States.  <The  Country  (news- 
paper of  New  York),  pp.  245-246,  Feb.  23,  1878. 

"This  is  the  full  report  of  the  meeting,  communicated  officially  by  the  Club,  occupying 
nearly  two  pages  (5  columns).  It  gives  much  matter  additional  to  that  published  in  the 
Boston  Daily  Advertiser,  and  is  especially  important  in  presenting  at  length  views  of  J.  A. 
Allen,  and  in  including  communications  from  Mr.  R.  Ridgway  and  Dr.  C.  C.  Abbott,  not 
given  in  the  Boston  report  of  the  proceedings.  Allen's  carefully  considered  testimony, 
though  well  guarded,  is,  emphatically  and  explicitly,  against  the  Sparrows.  'Mr.  Allen 
further  stated,  that  every  ornithologist  of  note  throughout  the  country  who  has  expressed 
himself  upon  the  subject  (and  nearly  all  have  done  so)  has,  almost  without  exception,  de- 
clared against  the  Sparrows.  Not  a  few  of  them  consider  their  rapid  increase  an  alarming 
evil,  which  will  soon  call  for  legislative  action  to  hold  it  in  check.' " —  Coues,  I.  c. 

123.  The  Sparrows  [Passer  domesticus].  <Evening  Transcript,  Mar.  19,  1878.     (By 

H.  A.  Purdie.) 

"Covering  a  copy  of  The  Country  of  February  23,  1878,  which  contained  the  full  report 
of  the  Nuttall  Club's  proceedings,  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen's  testimony  having  been  omitted  from  the 
report  as  published  in  Boston.  Mr.  Allen's  testimony  follows." —  Coues,  I.  c. 

124.  [Range  of  the  Fish  Crow  in  New  York  and  New  England].  <BuU.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  II,  p.  47,  Jan.,  1878. 

125.  Persistency  in  Nest-building  by  a  Pair  of  City  Robins  [Turdus  migratorius].  < 

Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  III,  pp.  103-104,  Apr.,  1878. 

Rebuilt  their  nest  five  times  when  it  was  removed  by  a  human  friend  of  the  birds,  owing 
to  the  unsafe  nature  of  the  site  on  account  of  cats. 


128  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1879. 

126.  Notes  on  the  Sea-Birds  of  the  Grand  Banks.  <BuLl.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  IV, 

pp.  127-128,  April,  1879. 

Based  mainly  on  letters  from  Raymond  L.  Newcomb. 

127.  Lawrence  and  Ober  on  the  Birds  of  Dominica  and  St.  Vincent.  <Bvll.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  IV,  pp.  48-49,  Jan.,  1879. 

Notices  of  five  of  G.  N.  Lawrence's  papers  on  F.  A.  Ober's  collections  in  the  Lesser  Antilles, 
in  Ann.  New  York  Acad.  ScL,  and  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  1878. 

128.  Elliot's  Synopsis  of  the  Trochilidse.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  IV,  pp.  230-232, 

Oct.,   1879. 

D.  G.  Elliot's  'A  Classification  and  Synopsis  of  the  TrochilidaV  (4to,  Smiths.  Inst.,  1879). 

129.  Nest  and  Eggs  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler  [Dendraca   ccerulea].<Bull.  NutL 

Ornith.  Club,  IV,  pp.  25-27,  Jan.,  1879. 

130.  Odd  Behavior  of  a  Robin  [Turdus  migratorius]  and  a  Yellow  Warbler  (Den- 

dra-ca  cestiva].  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  IV,  pp.  178-182,  July,  1879. 

131.  Brewer  on  the  Nests  and  Eggs  of  Empidonaces.  <BuU.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  IV, 

p.  232,  Oct.,  1878. 

Review  of  Dr.  T.  M.  Brewer's  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  Vol.  I,  1879). 

132.  Belding  and  Ridgway's  Birds  of  Central  California.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

IV,  July,  1879,  pp.  167-171. 

Review  of  L.  Belding  and  R.  Ridgway's  'A  Partial  List  of  the  Birds  of  Central  Cali- 
fornia '  (in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mug.,  I,  April,  1879),  with  remarks  on  methods  of  designating 
"incipient  species."  including  a  history  of  the  evolution  and  adoption  of  the  trinomial 
system  in  the  United  States. 

133.  The  Evening  Grosbeak  [Hesperiphona  vespertina]  in  New  Mexico.  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  IV,  p.  237,  Oct.,  1879. 

134.  Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley.  <The  Nation,  March  20,  1879.     (Anonymous.) 

Review  of  Dr.  Coues's  'Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley,'  8vo,  1878. 

135.  Birds  of  the  Southwest.  <Science  News,  I,  pp.  81-84,  Jan.  15. 

Review  of  Dr.  Coues's  '  Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley.' 


1880. 

136.  Roberts  on  the  Convolution  of  the  Trachea  in  the  Sandhill  and  Whooping 

Cranes  [Grus  canadensis  and  G.  americana].  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V, 
pp.  179-180,  July,  1880. 

Short  notice  of  T.  S.  Roberta's  paper  (Amer.  Nat.,  XIV,  1880,  pp.  108-114). 

137.  The  Tennessee  Warbler  [H elminthophaga  peregrina]  destructive  to  Grapes.  < 

Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  48,  Jan.,  1880. 

138.     Eastward  Range  of  the  Western  Meadow  Lark  [Sturnella  magna  neglecta].  < 
Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  53-54,  Jan.,  1880. 

To  central  and  western  Iowa,  southern  Michigan,  and  northwestern  Illinois. 


BIKDS.  129 

139.  [Note  on  Chordeiks  popetue  minor  in  Florida].  <Bull  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club.  V, 

p.   54,   Jan.,    1880. 

Note  to  Mr.  Greene  Smith's  record  under  this  title. 

140.  The  King  Eider  [Somateria  spectabilis]  at  Buffalo,  N.  Y.<Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  V,  pp.  62-63,  Jan.,  1880. 

141.  On  recent  additions  to  the  Ornithological  Fauna  of  North  America.  <BulL 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  85-92,  April,  1880. 

The  additions,  formally  listed,  with  references  to  places  of  original  record,  number  38, 
with  an  introductory  'Retrospective'  of  4  pp. 

142.  A  Crossbilled  Horned  Lark  [Eremophila  alpestris.]  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

V,  p.  115,  April,  1880. 

143.  [Note  on  a  Loggerhead  Shrike  (Lanius  ludovidanus)  taken  in  Northern  New 

York.]<Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  119,  April,  1880. 

144.  Capture  of  Escaped  Cage-birds  having  the  Appearance  of  Wild  Birds.  <BulL 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  119-121,  April,  1880. 

Records  for  various  exotic  species,  with  comment. 

145.  Note  on  the  Little  Brown  Crane  (Grus  fraterculus  Cassin).  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  V,  pp.  123-124,  AprU,  1880. 

Comparison  of  a  specimen  taken  in  eastern  Mexico  with  specimens  of  Grus  canadensis. 

146.  Destruction  of  Birds  by  Light-houses.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  131- 

138,  July,  1880. 

Statistics  of  migrating  birds  killed  by  lighthouses. 

147.  Origin  of  the  Instinct  of  Migration  in  Birds.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V, 

pp.  151-154,  July,  1880. 

Attributed  to  change  of  climate  at  the  close  of  the  Tertiary  period.  "What  was  at  first 
a  forced  migration  would  soon  become  habitual,  and  through  the  heridity  pf  habit  give  rise 
to  that  wonderful  faculty  we  term  the  instinct  of  migration"  (p.  153). 

148.  List  of  the  Birds  of  the  Island  of  Santa  Lucia,  West  Indies.  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  163-169,  July,  1880. 

Annotated  list  of  56  spp.;   first  record  for  the  island  of  16  species. 

149.  First  Capture  of  the  Blue  Grosbeak  [Goniaphea  ccerulea]  in  Massachusetts.  < 

Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  184,  July,  1880. 

150.  Capture  of  a  South  American  Finch  [Gubernatrix  cristatella]  near  Providence, 

R.  I.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  240,  Oct.,  1880. 

In  perfect  plumage,  showing  no  sign  of  previous  captivity. 

151.  Coues's  Bibliography  of  American  Ornithology.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V, 

pp.  40-41,  Jan.,  1880. 

Review  of  the  Second  Instalment  (Faunal  Publications  relating  to  Central  and  South 
America),  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Swv.  Terr.,  V,  pp.  239-330,  Sept.,  1879.  Also 
mention  of  the  same  author's  paper  'On  the  Present  Status  of  Passer  domesticus  in  America,' 
etc.,  op.  ell.,  pp.  175-193. 


130  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

152.  Ridgway  on  the  Species  of  the  Genera  Scops  and  Tyrannus,  etc.  <Bull,  Nuit. 

Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  41-42,  Jan.,  1880. 

Review  of  four  papers  by  R.  Ridgway  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1878. 

153.  McChesney's  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Fort  Sisseton,  Dakota  Territory.  <Bull. 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  42-43,  Jan.,  1880. 

Review  of  Dr.  Chas.  E.  McChesney's  paper  of  this  title  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr. 
Sun.  Terr.,  V,  1879,  pp.  71-104. 

154.  Minor  Ornithological  Publications.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  Jan.,  1880, 

pp.  43-46;  April,  1880,  pp.  112-115;  July,  1880,  pp.  180,  181. 

Brief  notices  of  54  papers  in  Forest  and  Stream,  Field  and  Forest,  and  Forest  and  Stream 
(Nos.  1-54) .  Continued  in  subsequent  volumes  of  the  Nutlall  Bulletin  and  The  A  uk  till  1887. 
The  record  begins  with  the  close  of  that  given  by  Dr.  Coues  in  his  '  List  of  Faunal  Publica- 
tions relating  to  North  American  Ornithology,'  published  in  his  '  Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley,' 
or  about  July,  1878.  (Cf.  infra,  Nos.  178,  181,  192,  200,  205,  214,  218.) 

155.  Henshaw's  Report  on  Collections  made  in  California,  Nevada,  and  Oregon 

in  1877-78  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  105-107,  April,  1880. 

Review  of  H.  W.  Henshaw's  report  in  Rep.  U.  S.  Geogr.  Surv.  West  of  100th  Meridian, 
App.  L,  pp.  282-335,  Feb.  1880. 

156.  Cory's  Birds  of  the  Bahamas  Islands.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  107, 

April,  1880. 

Review  of  Chas.  B.  Cory's  book  of  this  title  (4to,  Boston,  1880). 

157.  Brewer's  Additional  Notes  on  New  England  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

V,  pp.  108-109,  April,  1880. 

Review  of  Dr.  T.  M.  Brewer's  supplemental  list,  in  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII, 
pp.  436-454. 

158.  Kumlien's  Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  Arctic  America.  <Bull. 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  109-110,  April,  1880. 

Review  of  the  bird  portion  of  Ludwig  Kumlien's  '  Contributions  to  the  Natural  History 
of  Arctic  America,'  etc.  (Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  15,  1879;  Birds,  pp.  69-105). 

159.  Gibbs's  List  of  the  Birds  of  Michigan.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  110, 

April,  1880. 

Review  of  Dr.  Morris  Gibbs's  'Annotated  List  of  the  Birds  of  Michigan'  (Bull.  U.  S. 
Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sun.  Terr.,  V,  No.  3,  Nov.  1879). 

160.  Harvie-Brown  on  the  Capercaillie  in  Scotland.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V, 

pp.  110-111,  April,  1880. 

Review  of  J.  A.  Harvie-Brown's  'The  Capercaillie  in  Scotland"  (8vo,  Edinburgh,  1879). 

161.  Sennett's  'Further  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  the  Lower  Rio  Grande  of  Texas.' 

<Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  Ill,  April,  1880. 

Review  of  George  B.  Sennett's  second  paper  on  Texas  Birds  (Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr. 
Sure.  Terr.,  V,  1879,  pp.  371-440). 

162.  Minot's  Diary  of  a  Bird.  <BuU.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  112,  April,  1880. 

Review  of  H.  D.  Minot's  "The  Diary  of  a  Bird'  (8vo,  Boston,  1880). 

163.  Freke  on  Birds  common  to  Europe  and  North  America.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  V,  pp.  173-174,  July,  1880. 


BIRDS.  131 

Review  of  '  A  Comparative  Catalogue  of  Birds  found  in  Europe  and  North  America  ' 
by  Percy  Evans  Freke  (8vo,  Dublin,  1880). 

164.  Brayton's  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Indiana.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V, 

pp.  174-175,  July,. 1880. 

Review  of  Dr.  A.  W.  Brayton's  paper  on  Indiana  birds,  in  Trans.  Indiana  Horl.  Soc.  for 
1879,  pp.  89-166  (1880). 

165.  Mearns's  Birds  of  the  Hudson  Highlands.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  175, 

July,   1880. 

Review  of  Dr.  E.  A.  Mearns's  'List  of  the  Birds  of  the  Hudson  Highlands,'  in  Ball.  Essex 
Insl.,  Vols.  X,  XI,  1879-80. 

166.  Harvie-Brown  and  Cordeaux's  'Report  on  the  Migration  of  Birds  in  the 

Autumn  of  1879.'  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  175-176,  July,  1880. 

Review  of  their  paper  in  The  Zoologist,  May,  1880,  pp.  161-204. 

167.  Ridgway  on  the  Nomenclature  of  North  American  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  V,  pp.  177-178,  July,  1880. 

Review  of  his  'Revisions  of  Nomenclature  of  Certain  North  American  Birds,'  in  BiM. 
V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1880,  pp.  1-16. 

168.  Cooper  on  the  Migration  and  Nesting  Habits  of  West-Coast  Birds.  <Butt.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  232,  Oct.,  1880. 

Review  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Cooper's  paper  of  this  title  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  1879,  pp.  241- 
251. 

169.  Langdon's  Ornithological  Field  Notes.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  232- 

233,  Oct.,  1880. 

Review  of  Frank  W.  Langdon's  paper  in  Joarn.  Cincinnati  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  July,  1880, 
pp.  121-127. 

170.  Stearns's  List  of  the  Birds  of  Fishkill,  New  York.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V, 

p.  233,  Oct.,  1880. 

Review  of  a  privately  printed  brochure  (8vo,  pp.  16,  without  date). 

171.  Harvie-Brown  on  the  Effects  of  an  unusually  severe  Winter  upon  Scottish 

Birds.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  pp.  233-234,  Oct.,  1880. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  J.  A.  Harvie-Brown,  in  Proc.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Glasgow,  1879,  pp.  123- 
190. 

172.  Frank  R.  Rathbun's  'Bright  Feathers.'  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  V,  p.  234, 

Oct.,  1880. 

Review  of  Part  I  of  this  work  (4 to,  Auburn,  N.  Y.). 

173.  C.  B.  Cory's  'Beautiful  and  Curious  Birds  of  the  World.'  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  p.  236,  Oct.,  1880. 

Review  of  Part  I,  of  this  work  (elephant^folio,  Boston,  1880). 
1881. 

174.  New  England  Bird  Life.  <The  Nation,  No.  845,  Sept.  8,  1881.     (Anonymous.) 

Review  of  Part  I  of  Winifrid  A.  Stearns  and  Elliott  Coues's  *TVew  England  Bird-Life ' 
(8vo,  Boston,  1881). 


132  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

175.  Insectivorous  Birds  in  their  Relation  to  Man.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI, 

pp.  22-27,  Jan.,  1881. 

Summary  of  recent  investigations  in  economic  ornithology. 

176.  Coues's  Third  Instalment  of  American  Ornithological  Bibliography.  <Bull. 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  pp.  44-46,  Jan.,  1881. 

Review  of  the  Systematic  Section,  in  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sun.  Terr.,  V,  1880, 
pp.  521-1066. 

177.  Coues's    Fourth    Instalment   of   Ornithological    Bibliography.  <Bull.    Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  VI,  p.  46,  Jan.,  1881. 

Review  of  the  section  relating  to  British  Birds,  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  II,  1880,  pp. 
359-476. 

178.  Minor  Ornithological  Papers.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  pp.  47-53,  Jan., 

1881. 

Includes  86  titles  (Nos.  55-140).     Cf.  supra,  No.  154. 

179.  Some  Observations  on  the  Migration  of  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI, 

pp.  100,  188,  April,  1881. 

A  half-page  footnote  to  W.  E.  D.  Scott's  paper  of  this  title,  and  a  later  correction  of 
an  erroneous  statement  in  it.  Mr.  Scott's  paper  relates  to  observations  made  at  night 
through  a  telescope  at  Princeton,  N.  J. 

180.  Shufeldt's  Osteological  Memoirs.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  pp.  109-110, 

April,  1881. 

Reviews  of  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  papers  on  the  Burrowing  Owl  and  Horned  Lark,  in  Bull. 
U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sum.  Terr.,  VI,  1881. 

181.  Minor  Ornithological  Papers.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  pp.   112-113, 

April,  1881. 

Titles  Nos.  141-160.     (Cf.  supra,  Nos.  154  and  178.) 

182.  Supplementary  List  of  Birds  of  the  Island  of  Santa  Lucia,  W.  I.  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  VI,  p.  128,  April,  1881. 

Adds  12  species  to  the  previously  published  List  (cf.  supra,  No.  148). 

183.  Winter  Birds  of  Fort  Walla  Walla,  W.  T.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  p.  128, 

April,  1881. 

Based  on  letters  from  Capt.  Charles  Bendire. 

184.  Ridgway's  Nomenclature  of  North  American  Birds.  <Butt.   Nutt.   Ornith. 

Club,  VI,  pp.  164-171,  July,  1881. 

Review,  with  historical  summary  of  the  subject,  of  R.  Ridgway's  paper  under  this  title 
(Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  21,  1881). 

185.  Ridgway's  Revised  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Illinois.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  VI,  pp.  171-172,  July,  1881. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  paper  in  Bull  No.  4,  Illinois  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  1881. 

186.  Godman  and  Salvin's   'Biologia  Centrali-Americana.'  <Bull.   Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  VI,  pp.  174-176,  July,  1881. 

Review  of  the  'Aves*  (Zoology,  Parts  I-X,  p.  1-152,  pll.  i-x). 


BIRDS.  133 

187.  A  Second  Massachusetts  Specimen  of  the  Red-bellied  Woodpecker  (Centurus 

carolinus).  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  p.  183,  July,  1881. 

188.  Larus  glaucus  in  Texas.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VI,  No.  3,  p.  187,  July,  1881. 

Record  of  a  specimen  taken  in  Clay  County,  Texas,  Dec.  18,  1880. 

189.  The  Migration  of  Birds.  <Scribner's  Monthly  Magazine,  XXII,  pp.  932-938, 

Oct.,   1881. 

A  general  review  of  the  subject  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  author,  elaborating  points  stated 
in  No.  147,  supra. 

1882. 

190.  Capture  of  Plectrophenax  nivalis  in  Chester,  South  Carolina.  <Bull.  Nutt. 

Ornith.  Club,  VII,  p.  54,  Jan.,  1882. 

Given  on  authority  of  Leverett  M.  Loomis. 

191.  The  Sharp-tailed  Finch  [Ammodramus  caudacutus  nelsoni]  in  Kansas.  <Bull. 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VII,  p.  55,  Jan.,  1882. 

192.  Minor  Ornithological  Papers.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VII,  pp.   115-118, 

April,  1882. 

Titles  numbered  161-189.     (Cf.  supra,  Nos.  154,  178,  and  181.) 

1883. 

193.  [Note  on  a  Hybrid  Sparrow  (Zonotrichia  albicollis  +  Junco  hyemalis).]  <Bull. 

Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  79-80,  April,   1883.     Description  (I.  c.)  by 
Mr.  Charles  H.  Townsend. 

194.  Note  on  Exceptions  to  the  Law  of  Increase  in  Size  Northward  among  North 

American  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  80-82,  April,  1883. 

In  certain  genera  of  Oscines  which  are  for  the  most  part  tropical  in  distribution. 

195.  The  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII, 

pp.  99-105,  April,  1883. 

Review  of  Vols.  IV,  V,  VI. 

196.  Ridgway  on  the  Tree-creepers.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  p.  113,  April, 

1883. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  paper  on  the  group  (in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1882,  pp.  111-116) . 

197.  Ridgway's  Review  of  the  Genus  Centurus.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII, 

p.  114,  April,  1883. 

Notice  of  the  paper  (in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1881,  pp.  93-119). 

198.  Freke  on  North  American  Birds  crossing  the  Atlantic.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  VIII,  pp.  114-115,  April,  1883. 

Review  of  Percy  Evans  Freke's  paper  of  this  title,  published  in  Sci.  Proc.  Dublin  Soc., 
Ill,  1881. 

199.  Freke  on  European  Birds  Observed  in  America.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

VIII,  p.  115,  April,  1883. 

Review  of  Percy  Evans  Freke's  paper  of  this  title  in  The  Zoologist,  Sept.,  1881. 


134  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

200.  Minor  Ornithological  Publications.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  116- 

119,  April,  1883. 

Continued,  embracing  titles  numbered  190-235.     (Cf.  supra,  Nos.  154,  178,  181,  and  192.) 

201.  Capture  of  the  Great  Gray  Owl  in  Massachusetts.  <BuU.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

VIII,  p.  123,  April,  1883. 

Near  Springfield,  Feb.,  1882. 

202.  List  of  Birds  Observed  in  the  Vicinity  of  Colorado  Springs,  Colorado,  during 

March,  April  and  May,  lS82.<Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  151-161, 
189-198,  1883. 

With  William  Brewster.     An  Annotated  list  of  134  species. 

203.  Ridgway  on  New  Species  and  Subspecies  of  Birds.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

VIII,  pp.  168-169,  July,  1883. 

Brief  notices  of  eight  of  B.  Bidgway's  recent  papers. 

204.  Dubois  on  Geographical  Variation  in  the  Crossbills.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

VIII,  p.  170,  July,  1883. 

Beview  of  "  De  la  Variability  des  Oiseaux  du  genre  Loxia  "  (Bull,  da  Musee  royal  if  Hist. 
Nat.  de  Belgique,  I,  1882). 

205.  Minor  Ornithological  Publications.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  171- 

.178,  July,  1883. 

Continued,  including  titles  numbered  236-364.     (Cf.  supra,  Nos.  154,  178,  181,  192,  and 
200) 

206.  The  Wood  Ibis  in  Massachusetts.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  p.    187, 

July,  1883. 

Taken  at  Georgetown,  Mass.,  June  19,  1880. 

207.  The  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <BuU.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  221- 

226,  Oct.,  1883. 

Its  origin  and  founding,  etc. 

208.  Goss's  Birds  of  Kansas.  <Butt.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  p.  227,  Oct.,  1883. 

Beview  of  'A  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Kansas*  by  N.  S.  Goss  (8vo,  Topeka,  1883). 

209.  Beckham's  Birds  of  Nelson  County,  Kentucky.  <BuU.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club, 

VIII,  pp.  227-228,  Oct.,  1883. 

Beview  of  C.  W.  Beckham's  paper  in  Journ.  Cincinnati  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  pp.  136-147, 
July,  1883. 

210.  Migration  of  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  228-231,  Oct.,  1883. 

Notices  of  seven  Migration  Beports,  of  different  countries,  for  the  years  1880  and  1881. 

211.  Bean's  Notes  on  Birds  Collected  in  Alaska  and  Siberia.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith. 

Club,  p.  231,  Oct.,  1883. 

Review  of  Tarleton  H.  Bean's  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  V,  1882,  pp.  144-173).5 

212.  Turner  on  Lagopus  mutus  and  its  Varieties.  <Bidl.  Null.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII, 

p.  232,  Oct.,  1883. 

Beview  of  Lucien  M.  Turner's  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  V,  1882,  pp.  225-233). 


BIRDS.  135 

213.  Reichenow's  'Die  Vogel  der  Zoologischen  Garten.'  <Bull.  Null.  Ornith.  Club, 

VIII,  p.  232,  Oct.,.  1883. 

Review  of  Part  1,  of  this  work  (8vo,  Leipzig,  1882). 

214.  Minor  Ornithological  Publications.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  223- 

238,  Oct.,  1883. 

Continued,  including  titles  numbered  365-454.     (Cf.  supra,  Nos.  154,  178,  181,  200,  and 
205.) 

215.  Intelligence  of  the  Crow.  <Stience,  N.  S.,  I,  No.  18,  p.  513,  June  8,  1883. 

2 16.  New  England  Bird  Life.  <  The  Nation,  No.  939,  p.  537,  June  21,  1883.     [Anon.] 

Review  of  Part  II  of  Stearns  and  Coues's  'New  England  Bird  Life.' 


1884. 

217.  Stejneger  and  Ridgway  on  Birds  of  the  Commander  Islands.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  81- 

82,  Jan.,  1884. 

Review  of  'Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  the  Commander  Islands,  No.  1' 
(Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  1883,  pp.  58-89). 

218.  1884-87.     Minor   Ornithological   Publications.  <Auk,   I,    1884,   pp.   85-89, 

185-190,  285-289;   II,  1885,  pp.  96-101,  209-214,  295-302;  372-375;   III, 
1886,  pp.  270-273,  475-478;  IV,  1887,  pp.  66-39,  337-342. 

An  annotated  list  of  1199  titles  of  minor  papers  relating  to  ornithology,  begun  in  1880  in 
Bulletin  Nuliall  Ornithological  Club,  and  closed  with  the  last  date  here  given.  (Continued 
in  later  volumes  of  The  Auk  till  1894,  by  Charles  F.  Batchelder). 

219.  Coues's  'Key  to  North  American  Birds.'  <Science,  N.  S.,  IV,  pp.  86-87,  July 

25,  1884. 

Review  of  the  second  edition. 

220.  Stejneger  on  the  American  Turdidse.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  181-182,  April,  1884. 

Review  of  Dr.  L.  Stejneger's  'Remarks  on  the  Systematic  Arrangement  of  the  American 
Turdidse'  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  V,  1882,  pp.  449-483). 

221.  Jeffries  on  the  Epidermal  System  of  Birds.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  182-183,  April,  1884. 

Review  of  J.  Amory  Jeffries's  'The  Epidermal  System  of  Birds'  (Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 
Hist.,  XXII,  pp.  203-240,  pll.  iv-vi,  Dec.  1883). 

222.  A  Plea  for  the  Metric  System  in  Ornithology.  < Auk,  I,  April,  1884,  pp.  203-205. 

Communication  by  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam,  with  editorial  comment  in  approval  of  the 
•Plea.' 

223.  The  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  278-281,  July,  1884. 

Review  of  Vol.  VII,  by  R.  Rowdier  Sharpe,  and  Vol.  VIII,  by  Hans  Gadow. 

224.  Coues's  'Key  to  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  I,  pp.  282-283,  July,  1884. 

Review  of  second  edition. 

224.     Key  to  North  American  Birds.  <  The  Nation,  XXXIX,  No.  996,  p.  99,  July  31, 

1888.     (Anon.) 

Review  of  second  edition  of  Coues's  work  of  this  title. 


136  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

226.  Second  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  369- 

379,  Oct.,  1884. 

227.  Brewster  on  Birds  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  379-380,  Oct., 

1884. 

Review  of  William  Brewster's  'Notes  on  the  Birds  of  a  Summer  Cruise  in  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence'  (Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXII,  pp.  364-412). 

228.  Baird,  Brewer,  and  Ridgway's  'Water  Birds  of  North  America.'  <Auk,  I,  pp. 

382-386,  Oct.,  1884. 

Review  of  the  work  (2  vols.,  4to,  Boston,  1884). 


1885. 

229.  A  Naturalist's  Rambles  about  Home.  <Auk.  II,  pp.  86-88,  June,  1885. 

Review  of  Chas.  C.  Abbott's  book  of  thus  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1884). 

230.  Seebohm's  History  of  British  Birds.  <Auk,  II,  pp.  88-91,  Jan.,  1885. 

Review  of  the  work  entitled  'A  History  of  British  Birds,  with  colored  illustrations  of 
their  Eggs'  (2  vols.,  roy.  8vo,  London,  1883). 

231.  Where  Robin  goes  in  Winter.  <Every  Other  Sunday,  p.  6,  May,  1885. 

232.  Birds  in  the  Bush.  <  The  Nation,  XLI,  No.  1045,  p.  39,  July  9,  1885.     (Anon.) 

Review  of  Bradford  Torrey's  'Birds  in  the  Bush.' 

233.  Ridgway  on  New  Species  and  Subspecies  of  American  Birds,  and  on  the 

Nomenclature  of  other  Species.  <Auk,  II,  pp.  290-293,  July,  1885. 

Brief  notices  of  19  papers  by  R.  Ridgway  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  Vols.  VI,  VII,  VIII, 

1883-1885. 

234.  Capture  of  Escaped  Cage-birds.  <Auk,  II,  p.  314,  July,  1885. 

An  Australian  Parakeet  in  California  and  a  Java  Sparrow  in  Massachusetts,  with 
comment  on  the  capture  of  wild  exotic  and  even  tropical  cage-birds  far  from  their  natural 
environment. 

235.  [Annotations  to] '  Early  Spring  Notes  from  the  Mountains  of  Southern  Arizona,' 

by  W.  E.  D.  Scott.  <Auk,  II,  pp.  348-356,  Oct.,  1885. 

Technical  notes  on  Turdus  unalascss  auduboni  (p.  349),  Certhia  familiaris  mexicana  (p. 
350),  Calherpes  mexicanus  conspersus  (p.  350),  Troglodytes  aedon  marianx  (p.  351),  Junco 
cinereus  pallialus  (p.  354). 

236.  Sharpe's  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  in  the  British  Museum.  <Auk,  II,  pp.  365- 

368,  Oct.,  1885. 

Review  of  Vol.  X  (Fringillifonnes,  Part  I),  with  critical  comment  on  questions  of  nomen- 
clature. 

237.  Turner's  List  of  the  Birds  of  Labrador.  <Auk,  II,  pp.  368-369,  Oct.,  1885. 

See  also  Auk,  III,  p.  141. 

Review  of  L.  M.  Turner's  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  VIII,  1885,  pp.  233-254). 

238.  Ridgway  on  New  American  Birds.  <Auk,  II,  p.  370,  Oct.,  1885. 

Review  of  five  papers  by  R.  Ridgway. 


BIRDS.  137 

239.  Ridgway's  List  of  Emended  Names  of  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  II, 

pp.  371-372,  Oct.,   1885. 

Comment  on  R.  Ridgway's  'Some  Emended  Names  of  North  American  Birds'  (Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  VIII,  pp.  354,  355,  Sept.  2,  1885). 

240.  A  Hawk  Owl  (Surnia  ulula  caparoch)  at  Chatham,  Mass.  <Auk,  II,  p.  383, 

Oct.,  1885. 

241.  A  Crested  Auk  on  the  Massachusetts  Coast.  <Auk,  II,  p.  388,  Oct.,  1885. 

Apparently  Simorhynchus  crislalellus. 


1886. 

242.  Third  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  III,  pp.  115- 

122,  Jan.,  1886. 

243.  Murdoch  on  the  Birds  of  Point  Barrow,  Alaska.  <Auk,  III,  pp.  122-124, 

Jan.,  1886. 

Review  of  John  Murdoch's  Point  Barrow  Natural  History  Report. 

244.  Bird  Protection  by  the  A.  O.  U.  <Forest  and  Stream,  XXV,  No.  26,  Jan.  21, 

1886.     (Anon.) 

Formation  of  a  Committee  on  Bird  Protection,  etc. 

245.  Stejneger's  Ornithological  Explorations  in  Kamtschatka.  <Auk,  III,  pp.  126- 

129,  Jan.,  1886. 

Review  of  Stejneger's  '  Results  of  Ornithological  Explorations  in  the  Commander  Islands 
and  Kamtschatka.'  8vo,  1895  (  =  Bull.  No.  29,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

246.  [John  Burroughs  on  Ornithologists  as  Bird  Enemies.]  <Auk,  III,  p.  142,  Jan., 

1886. 

Comment  on  his  article  in  The  Century  in  which  ornithologists  are  classified  as  "among 
the  worst  enemies  "  of  birds. 

247.  On  the  Avi-fauna  of  Pinal  County,  with  Remarks  on  Some  Birds  of  Pima  and 

Gila  Counties,  Arizona.  By  W.  E.  D.  Scott.  With  Annotations  by  J.  A. 
Allen.  <Auk,  III,  1886,  pp.  249-258,  383-389,  421-432;  IV,  1887,  pp.  16-24, 
196-205;  V,  1888,  pp.  29-36,  159-168. 

The  annotations  relate  to  the  following  species:  Rallus  virginianus,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  385; 
Porzana  Carolina,  p.  386;  Colinus  ridgwayi,  p.  387;  Callipepla  squamata,  p.  388;  Geococcyx 
californianus,  p.  425;  Dryobaies  siricklandi,  p.  426;  Melanerpes  torquatus,  p.  428;  lache 
laliroslris,  p.  432;  Myiarchus  cinerascens,  Vol.  IV,  p.  18;  Aphelocoma  sieberi  arizonse,  p.  21; 
Icterus  parisorum,  p.  23;  /.  cucullatus  nelsoni,  p.  23;  Carpodacus  purpureus  californicus,  p. 
196;  Loxia  curvirosiris  siricklandi,  p.  197;  Spinus  tristis,  p.  198;  S.  pinus,  p.  199;  Spizella 
socialis  arizonx,  p.  200;  Junco  hyemalis,  oregonus,  anneclens,  caniceps,  dorsalis,  pallialus, 
pp.  201-202;  Amphispiza  bilineala,  p.  202;  Peucsea  ruficeps  boucardi,  p.  203;  Pipilofuscu* 
mesoleucus,  p.  204 ;  Vireo  gilvus  swainsoni,  p.  32;  Vireo  solitarius  plumbeus  and  V.  s.  cassinii, 
p.  32;  Dendroica  sestiva  morcomi,  p.  34;  Mimus  polyglottus,  p.  160;  Catherpes  mexicanus  con- 
spersus,  p.  162;  Troglodytes  aedon  group,  pp.  163-165;  Turdus  aonalashkse  auduboni,  p.  167. 

248.  The  Present  Wholesale  Destruction  of  Bird-Life  in  the  United  States.  <Sdence, 

VII,  No.  160,  pp.  191-195,  Feb.  26,  1886.  Also,  Bulletin  No.  1,  of  the  A.  O. 
U.  Committee  on  Protection  of  Birds,  pp.  1-5,  March,  1886. 


138  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

249.  Destruction  of  Birds  for  Millinery  Purposes.  <Science,  VII,  No.  160,  pp.  196- 

197,  Feb.  26,  1886.     Also,  Butt.  No.  1,  A.  O.  U.  Committee  on  Protection  of 
Birds,  pp.  6-7,  March,  1886.     (Anon.) 

250.  The  Relation  of  Birds  to  Agriculture.  <Science,  VII,  No.  160,  pp.  201-202, 

Feb.  26, 1886.     Also,  Bvtt.  No.  1,A..O.  U.  Committee  on  Protection  of  Birds, 
pp.   11-12,  March,   1886.     (Anon.) 

251.  Bird-Laws.  <Science,  Vol.  VII,  No.  160,  pp.  202-204,  Feb.  26,  1886.    Also, 

Bull.  No.  1,  A.  0.  U.  Committee  on  Protection  of  Birds,  pp.  12-14.     (Anon.) 

252.  An  Appeal  to  the  Women  of  the  Country  in  Behalf  of  the  Birds.  <Science, 

VII,  No.  160,  pp.  204-205,  Feb.  26,  1886.     Also,  Butt.  No.  1,A.O.  U.  Com- 
mittee on  Protection  of  Birds,  pp.  14-15.     March,  1886. 

253.  Protection  of  Birds  by  Legislation.  <Forest  and  Stream,  XXVII,  No.  16,  pp. 

304-305,  Nov.  11,  1886.     Also,  Bull.  No.  2,  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Committee  on 
Protection  of  Birds,  pp.  1-7,  Nov.,  1886. 

Signed  by  the  Committee,  but  written  by  J.  A.  A.,  and  published  with  articles  by  other 
contributors. 

254.  Capture  of  a  Pair  of  Wild  Hybrid  Ducks  (Mallard  +  Muscovy)  on  Long  Island. 

<Auk,  III,  pp.  274-275,  April,  1886. 

255.  The  Masked  Bob-White  (Colinus  ridgwayi)  in  Arizona.  <Auk,  III,  pp.  275- 

276,  April,  1886. 

256.  [Note  on  an  Abnormally  Colored  Bluebird  (Sialia  sialis).]<Auk,  III,  p.  282, 

footnote,  April,  1886. 

257.  The  A.  O.  U.  Check-List  of  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  III,  pp.  397-398, 

July,  1886. 

Review  of  the  first  edition.     Descriptive  account,  following  a  critical  review  of  the  '  Code 
and  Check-List'  by  David  Starr  Jordan. 

258.  Note  on  TwoJSpecimens  of  the  Snowy  Plover  from  the  Indian  Territory.  < Auk, 

III,  p.  409,  July,  1886. 

259.  'Aptoso-Chromatism.'  <Auk,  III,  pp.  413-414,  July,  1886. 

Criticism  of  Mr.  Hoxie's  theory  respecting  "a  'moultless  color  change'  in  the  feathers  of 
birds,"  designated  'Aptoso-Chromatism.' 

260.  'The  Standard  Natural  History'  —  'Birds.'  < A uk,  III,  pp.  473-474,  Oct., 

1886. 

Review  of  Vol.  IV  of  this  work  (imp.  8vo,  Boston,  1885). 

261.  jEgialitis  meloda  circumcincta  on  the  Atlantic  Coast.  <Auk,  III,  pp.  482-483, 

Oct.,  1886. 

In  New  Jersey  and  Maine. 

262.  A  Revised  List  of  the  Birds  of  Massachusetts.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.. 

I,  No.  7,  pp.  221-271,  July,  1886. 

An  annotated  list  of  340  species,  plus  4  species  extirpated,  4  introduced,  and  19  of  probable 
occurrence.     The  third  and  last  list  of  the  birds  of  Massachusetts  published  by  this  author. 


BIRDS.  139 

263.  The  Masked  Bob-White  (Colinus  ridgwayi)  of  Arizona,  and  its  Allies.  <Bull. 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  No.  7,  pp.  273-290,  with  col.  pi.,  July,  1886. 

264.  The  Type  Specimen  of  Colinus  ridgwayi.  <Auk,  III,  p.  483,  Oct.,  1886. 

Stated  to  be  in  the  collection  of  G.  Frean  Morcom,  of  Chicago. 

265.  Three  Interesting  Birds  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History:  Ammo- 

dramus  leconteii,  Helinaia  swainsoni,  and  Saxicola  cenanthe.  <Auk,  III,  pp. 
489-490,  Oct.,  1886. 

The  Leconte's  Sparrow  was  taken  by  Prince  Maximilian  in  1832-34,  some  ten  years 
before  the  discovery  of  the  species  by  Audubon. 

266.  Bird  Destruction.  <Science,  VIII,  No.  183,  pp.  118-119,  Aug.  6, 1886. 

1887. 

267.  Stejneger  on  Japanese  Woodpeckers.  <Auk,  IV,  pp.  63-64,  Jan.,  1887. 

Notice  of  Dr.  L.  Stejneger's  'Review  of  Japanese  Birds,  I.  The  Woodpeckers'  (Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1886,  pp.  200-201). 

268.  Ferrari-Perez  on  the  Birds  of  Mexico.  <Auk,  IV,  p.  65,  Jan.,  1887. 

Notice  of  Fernando  Ferrari-Perez's  '  Catalogue  of  Animals  collected  by  the  Geogr.  and 
Expl.  Comm.  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico,'  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  1886,  pp.  125-199  (birds, 
pp.  130-182). 

269.  Fourth  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  IV,  pp.  56-61, 

Jan.,  1887. 

270.  A  Further  Note  on  Colinus  ridgwayi.  <Auk,  IV,  pp.  74—75,  Jan.,  1887. 

Additional  specimens  noted,  including  two  early  examples  in  Mr.  Henshaw's  collection. 

271.  [Note  on  Florida  Specimens  of  Dendroica  discolor.}  <Auk,  IV,  p.  135,  footnote, 

April,  1887. 

272.  Sclater's  Catalogue' of  the  Coerebidse,  Tanagridae,  and  Icteridae.  <Auk,  IV, 

pp.  149-150,  April,  1887. 

Review  of  Vol.  XI  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

273.  Ridgway's  Nomenclature  of  Colors  and  Ornithologists'  Compendium.  <Auk, 

IV,  pp.  151-152,  April,  1887. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  work  entitled  'A  Nomenclature  of  Colors  for  Naturalists,  and 
Compendium  of  Useful  Knowledge  for  Ornithologists'  (8vo,  Boston,  1886). 

274.  [The  Redpolls  of  Massachusetts.]  <Auk,  IV,  p.  164,  April,  1887. 

A  note  of  explanation,  in  reply  to  a  communication  by  Mr.  W.  Brewster. 

275.  [The  Antedating  of  Papers  and  Works  on  Natural  History.]  <Auk,  IV,  p.  176, 

April,  1887.     See  also  op.  cit.,  p.  270. 

276.  [Additions  in  the  Department  of  Ornithology  at  the  American  Museum  of 

Natural  History.]  <Auk,  IV,  pp.  270-272,  July,  1887. 

They  include  the  D.  G.  Elliot  collection  of  Hummingbirds,  the  George  N.  Lawrence 
•collection  (with  the  types  of  about  300  species  of  American  birds),  and  the  H.  H.  Smith 
collection  of  birds  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil;  also  an  account  of  the  beginning  of 


140  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

the  Museum's  series  of  Bird  Groups,  which  later  came  to  form  so  striking  a  feature  of  the 
Museum's  exhibition  series  of  birds.  The  acquisition  of  the  Elliot  ornithological  library 
is  also  noted. 

277.  The  Pine  Finch  (Spinus  pinus)  Breeding  at  Cornwall-on-Hudson,  N.  Y.  <Auk, 

IV,  pp.  284-286,  July,  1887. 

The  parent  birds,  with  the  nest  and  eggs,  were  used  for  a  'habitat  group'  in  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  where  it  is  still  (1916)  on  exhibition. 

278.  Ridgway's  Manual  of  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  IV,  pp.  333-336,  Oct., 

1887. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  work  of  this  title  (roy.  8vo,  Philadelphia,  1887). 

279.  Key  to  North  American  Birds.  <The  New  York  Evening  Post,  Dec.  21,  1887. 

Review  of  Dr.  Coues's  'Key,'  not  signed. 

280.  What  is  a  Bird?  <Audubon  Magazine,  I,  pp.  31-33,  March,  1887. 


1888. 

281.  Fifth  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  95-100, 

Jan.,  1888. 

282.  Coues's  'Key  to  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  V,  pp.  101-104,  Jan.,  1888. 

Review  of  the  third  edition  of  E.  Coues's  work  of  this  title  (roy.  8vo,  Boston,  1887). 

283.  [A  Monument  to  Audubon.]  <Auk,  V,  pp.  123-124,  Jan.,  1888. 

Account  of  the  movement  to  erect  a  monument  in  New  York  City  to  John  James  Audu- 
bon. 

284.  [The  Bird  Collection  at  the  British  Museum.]  <Auk,  V,  pp.  124-125,  Jan., 

1888. 

Summary  of  an  article  by  R.TB.  Sharpe  on  'Ornithology  at  South  Kensington.' 

285.  [A  'Discovery'  in  the  Mechanism  of  Birds'  Wings.] <Auk,  V,  pp.  125-126, 

Jan.,  1888.     See  also  op.  tit.  p.  223. 

Account  of  a  discussion  in  the  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  on  an  alleged  "important 
discovery,"  etc.  Cf.  infra,  No.  303. 

286.  Notes  on  the  Summer  Birds  of  Holderness,  Bethlehem,  and  Franconia,  N.  H. 

(With  Walter  Faxon).  <Auk,  V,  pp.  149-155,  April,  1888. 

Contains  'Notes  on  Birds  Observed  at  Franconia  and  Bethlehem,  in  July  and  August, 
1874,'  by  J.  A.  A.,  pp.  153-155,  following  two  briefly  annotated  lists  of  birds  of  the  same 
general  region  by  Walter  Faxon. 

287.  [On  the  Wrens  of  the  Troglodytes  cedon  Group.]  <Auk,  V,  pp.  163-165,  April, 

1888.     (Cf.  supra,  No.  247.) 

288.  Seebohm's  'Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Charadriidse.'  <Auk,  V,  pp.  189- 

194,  April,  1888. 

Critical  review  of  Henry  Seebohm's  work  of  this  title  (4to,  London,  1888) . 

289.  Ridgway  on  New  or  Little-known  American  Birds,  etc.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  194-195, 

April,  1888. 

Brief  notices  of  a  number  of  R.  Ridgway's  papers. 


BIRDS.  141 

290.  Stejneger  on  Japanese  Birds,  etc.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  195-197,  April,  1888. 

Reviews  of  several  of  L.  Stejneger 's  recent  papers  on  Japanese  birds. 

291.  Chamberlain's  'Systematic  Table  of  Canadian  Birds.'  <Auk,  V,  pp.  198-199, 

April,  1888. 

Review  of  Montague  Chamberlain's  work  of  this  title  (folio,  St.  John,  N.  B.,  1888,  pp.  14) . 

292.  Sclater  and  Hudson's  'Argentine  Ornithology.'  <Auk,  V,  pp.  199-200,  April, 

1888. 

Review  of  Vol.  I  of  this  well-known  work  (8vo,  London,  1888). 

293.  Descriptions  of  two  New  Subspecies  of  the  Seaside  Sparrow  (Ammodramus 

maritimus).<Auk,  V,  pp.  284-287,  July,  1888. 

Ammodramus  marilimus  peninsulx,  p.  284;  A.  m.  sennelti,  p.  286. 

294.  Description  of  a  New  Species  of  the  Genus  Tityra,  from  Ecuador.  <Auk,  V, 

pp.  287-288,  July,   1888. 

Tityra  nigriceps,  p.  287. 

295.  Notes  on  Louisiana  Birds.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  324-325,  July,  1888. 

Brief  notes  on  several  species. 

296.  [Bird  Destruction  for  Millinery  Purposes.]  <Auk,  V,  pp.  334-335,  July,  1888. 

Some  statistics  of  the  London  sales  of  bird  skins  for  this  use. 

297.  Turner's  Report  of  his  Ornithological  Observations  in  Alaska.  <Auk,  V,  pp. 

409-410,  Oct.,  1888. 

Review  of  L.  M.  Turner's  observations  in  Alaska  in  a  4to  report  (No.  11)  of  the  U.  S. 
Signal  Service  (Birds,  pp.  115-196,  with  10  col.  plls.). 

298.  Sharpe's  Catalogue  of  the  Fringillidse.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  410-413,  Oct.,  1888. 

Review  of  Vol.  XII  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

299.  Shufeldt  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Icterida3  and  Corvidse.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  413- 

414,  Oct.,  1888. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  R.  W.  Shufeldt  (Journ.  Anal,  and  Phys.,  XXII,  pp.  309-350). 

300.  Note  on  the  Correct  Name  of  Symphemia  semipalmata  inornata  Brewster.  < 

<Auk,  V,  pp.  423-424,  Oct.,  1888. 

Claimed  to  be  Symphemia  semipalmata  speculifera  (Cuv.). 

301.  Visitor's  Guide  to  the  Collection  of  Birds  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 

History,  Seventy-seventh  Street  and  Eighth  Avenue,  New  York  City. — 
J.  A.  Allen,  Curator.  New  York:  Printed  for  the  Museum,  1888. —  8vo, 
pp.  62,  +  311.  unpaged,  and  18  cuts  in  text. 

302.  List  of  Important  Publications  relating  to  Birds.  <Riverside  Natural  History, 

Vol.  IV,  pp.  549-556,  1888. 

188  titles. 


303.  On  the  Structure  of  Birds  in  Relation  to  Flight,  with  Special  Reference  to 
Recent  Alleged  Discoveries  in  the  Mechanism  of  the  Wing.  <  Trans.  New  York 
Acad.  Sci.,  pp.  89-100,  1888. 


142  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

304.  Sixth  Congress  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  55-58, 

Jan.,  1889. 

305.  Cooke's  'Report  on  Bird  Migration  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,'  <Auk,  VI,  pp. 

58-61,  Jan.,   1889. 

Synoptic  review  of  the  work  (U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  Divis.  of  Economic  Orn.,  Bull.  No.  2). 

306.  Nelson's  Report  upon  Natural  History  Collections  made  in  Alaska.  <Auk,  VI, 

pp.  61-63,  Jan.,  1889. 

Review  of  E.  W.  Nelson's  'Report'  (Ito,  Washington.  1887-1833).     Birds,  pp.  19-230, 
with  12  col.  plls. 

307.  Supplement  to  the  A.  O.  U.  Code  of  Nomenclature  and  Check-List  of  North 

American  Birds  and  The  Abridged  A.  O.  U.  Check-List.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  168- 
169,  April,  1889. 

Notice  of  the  first  Check-List  supplement. 

308.  Ridgway  on  New  or  Little-known  American  Birds.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  171-173,. 

April,  1889. 

Review  of  eight  papers  by  R.  Ridgway. 

309.  Beckham  on  the  Birds  of  Southwestern  Texas.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  173-174,  April, 

1889. 

Review  of  C.  W.  Beckham's  'Observations  on  the  Birds  of  Southwestern  Texas  (Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  1887,  pp.  633-090.)  v 

310.  Note  on  the  First  Plumage  of  Colinus  ridgwayi.  <Auk,  VI,  p.  189,  April,  1889. 

311.  Sclater's  Catalogue  of  the  Mesomyodian  Passeres.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  266-268,  July, 

1889. 

Review  of  Vol.  XIV  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

312.  Sclater  and  Hudson's  Argentine  Ornithology.  < A uk,  VI,  pp.  268-269,  July, 

1889. 

Review  of  Vol.  II  (London,  1889;  for  Vol.  I  ef.  supra.  No.  292).  Also  includes  corrections 
of  Barrows's  '  Rirds  of  the  Lower  Uruguay'  (in  Auk,  I,  1884). 

313.  On  Cyclorhis  viridis  (Vieill.)  and  its  near  Allies,  with  Remarks  on  other  Species 

of  the  Genus  Cyclorhis.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  pp.  123-135,  June 
17,  1889. 

Cyclorhis  flaeipectus  trinitatis,  subsp.  nov.,  p.  131. 

314.  Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  South  American  Birds,  with  Remarks  on  vari- 

ous other  little-known  Species.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  pp.  137- 
151,  June  28,  1889. 

Spp.  nov.:  (1)  Thryolhorus  macrurus,  p.  137;  (2)  Thryolhorus  longipes,  p.  138;  (3)  Plaly- 
rhynchus  bifasciatus,  p.  141;  (4)  Platyrhynchus  insularis,  p.  143;  (5)  Sublegalus  virescens, 
p.  149;  (6)  Empidonax  lawrencei  (=  Oclhoeca  .flaeivenlris  Lawr.),  p.  150;  (7)  Thamnophilua 
dolialus  mexicanus,  p.  151. 

315.  [Note  on]  the  Breeding  of  the  Florida  Gallinule  in  Vermont.  <Auk,  VI,  p.  274. 

July,  1889. 

Follows  :i  communication  on  this  subject  by  Jenness  RichanNnn. 


BIRDS.  143 

316.  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Ornithologist  and  Mammalogist  for  the  Year  1888.  <Auk, 

VI,  p.  284,  July,  1889. 

Brief  summary  of  report  by  C.  Hart  Merriam. 

317.  Barrows's  Report  on  the  English  Sparrow  in  North  America.  <Auk,  VI,  pp. 

326-328,  Oct.,  1889. 

Review  of  W.  B.  Barrows's  report  on  this  subject,  forming  Bulletin  I  of  the  Division  of 
Economic  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric. 

318.  Gould's  Ornithological  Works.     New  York  Evening  Post,  July  27,   1889. 

[Anonymous.] 

Summary  account  of  John  Gould's  principal  ornithological  works,  with  a  brief  biographical 
sketch  of  the  author. 

318a.     Stone's  Catalogue  of  the  Muscicapidae  in  the  Collection  of  the  Philadelphia 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  330-331,  Oct.,  1889. 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1889, 
pp.  14&-154). 

319.  Bergtold's  List  of  the  Birds  of  Buffalo  and  Vicinity.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  331-332, 

Oct.,  1889. 

Review  of  W.  H.  Bergtold's  paper  (in  Bull.  Buffalo  Naturalists'  Field  Club,  1889). 

320.  Keyes  and  Williams's  Preliminary  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Iowa.  <Auk,  VI, 

p.  332,  Oct.,  1889. 

Review  of  their  'Catalogue'  (in  Proc.  Davenport  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  V,  1889). 

321.  Taylor's  Catalogue  of  Nebraska  Birds.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  332-333,  Oct.,  1889. 

Review  of  W.  Edgar  Taylor's  'Catalogue'  (in  Ann.  Rep.  Nebraska  State  Board  of  Agric. 
for  1887,  pp.  111-118,  1888). 

322.  Shufeldt's  Recent  Contributions  to  the  Osteology  of  North  American  Birds, 

<Auk,  VI,  pp.  333-334,  Oct.,  1889. 

Review  of  four  papers  by  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt  on  different  groups  of  birds. 

323.  Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Quito.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,. 

pp.  69-76,  March  22,  1889. 

An  annotated  list  of  79  species.  Manacus  Brisson  antedates  Chiromachseris  Cabanis. 
(p.  73). 

324.  List  of  Birds  Collected  in  Bolivia  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Rusby,  with  Field  Notes  by 

the  Collector.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  77-112,  March  22,  1889. 

Annotated  list  of  267  species,  the  following  new:  (1)  Empidonax  bolivianus,  p.  86;  (2) 
Chiroxiphia  pareola  boliviano,  p.  87;  (3)  Enicornis  striata,  p.  89;  (4)  Leptaslhenura  fuscescens, 
p.  90;  (5)  Leptasthenwa  fuliginiceps  boliviana,  p.  91;  (6)  Synallaxis  griseinentris,  p.  91;  (7) 
Anabazenops  immaculatas,  p.  96;  (8)  Picolaples  oblectus,  p.  94;  (9)  Myrmochanes  (gen.  nov.) 
hypoleucus,  p.  95;  (10)  Conopophaga  rusbyi,  p.  96;  (11)  Phlogopsis  notaia,  p.  97;  (12) 
Scytalopus  bolivianus,  p.  96. 

325.  Remarks  on  Individual  and  Seasonal  Variation  in  a  large  Series  of  Elainea 

from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  with  a  Revision  of  the  Species  of  the- 
restricted  Genus  Elainea.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  pp.  183-208S 
Oct.  31,  1889. 

Critical  comment  on  various  alleged  species  of  the  genus. 


144  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

326.  On  the  Maximilian  Types  of  South  American  Birds  in  the  American  Museum 

of  Natural  History. <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  pp.  209-276,  Dec., 
1889. 

About  160  species  formally  considered  and  incidental  comment  on  10  others.  See  also 
infra,  No.  352. 

1890. 

327.  To  What  Extent  is  it  Profitable  to  Recognize  Geographical  Forms  among 

North  American  Birds?  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  1-9,  Jan.,  1890. 

A  protest  against  too  fine  splitting. 

328.  Seventh  Congress  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  66- 

71,  Jan.,  1890. 

329.  Waterhouse's  'Index  Generum  Avium.'  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  71-73,  Jan.,  1890. 

Review,  with  critical  comment,  of  F.  H.  Waterhouse's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London, 

1889). 

330.  Blanchard  on  the  Nomenclature  of  Organized  Beings.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  73-74, 

Jan.,  1890. 

Review  of  Blanchard's  Report  'De  la  Nomenclature  des  etres  organises, '  presented  to  the 
Congres  International  de  Zoologie,  Paris,  1889. 

331.  Menzbier's  Ornithology  of  Turkestan.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  78-79,  Jan.,  1890. 

Review  of  the  first  livraison  of  the  work. 

332.  Note    on    Thryothorus    ludovicianus    miamensis.<Auk,    VII,    pp.    115-117, 

April,  1890. 

Inedited  matter  in  a  paper  by  W.  E.  D.  Scott  on  Birds  of  the  Gulf  Coast  of  Florida. 

333.  Saunders's  Manual  of  British  Birds.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  195-196,  April,  1890. 

Review  of  'An  Illustrated  Manual  of  British  Birds,'  by  Howard  Saunders  (8vo,  London, 
1889). 

334.  Notes  on  Sport  and  Ornithology.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  196-197,  April,  1890. 

Review  of  a  work  of  this  title  by  the  late  Crown  Prince  Rudolf  of  Austria  (8vo,  London, 
1889). 

335.  Ridgway  on  the  Genus  Ziphocolaptes.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  271-272,  July,  1890. 

Notice  of  R.  Ridgway's  'A  Review  of  the}  Genus  Xiphocolaptes  of  Lesson'  (Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  1889,  pp.  1-20). 

336.  Ridgway  on  the  Genus  Sclerurus.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  272-273,  July,  1890. 

Notice  of  R.  Ridgway's  'A  Review  of  the  Genus  Sclerurus  of  Swainson'  (Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mas.,  1889,  pp.  21-31). 

337.  Ridgway  on  Birds  from  the  Galapagos  Islands,  the  Abrolhos,  the  Island  of 

Santa  Lucia,  "and  the  Straits  of  Magellan.  <  Auk,  VII,  pp.  273-274,  July,  1890. 

Notice  of  'Scientific  Results  of  Explorations  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Steamer 
Albatross.  No.  1,  Birds  Collected  on  the  Galapagos  Islands  in  1888.'  and  'No.  2,  Birds 
Collected  on  the  Island  of  Santa  Lucia,'  etc.  by  R.  Ridgway  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1889, 
pp.  101-139). 

338.  Chapman  on  the  Genus  Xiphorhynchus.  <Auk,  p.  274,  July,  1890. 

Notice  of  'A  Review  of  the  Genus  Xiphorhynchus  Swairnon,  with  Descriptions  of  two  new 
Species,'  by  F.  M.  Chapman  (Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hisl.,  II,  pp.  153-162,  July,  1889). 


BIRDS.  145 

339.  Stejneger  and  Lucas  on  Pallas's  Cormorant.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  276-277,  July, 

1890. 

Review  of  'Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  the  Commander  Islands,  X.'     By 
L.  Stejneger  and  F.  A.  Lucas  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XII,  pp.  83-94,  pll.  ii-iv). 

340.  Lucas  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Thrushes  and  Wrens.  <Auk,  VII,  p.  277,  July, 

1890. 

Review  of  F.  A.  Lucas's  'Notes  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Thrushes,  Miminae,  and  Wrens' 
(Proc.  U.  S.  Nal.  Mas.,  1888,  pp.  173-180). 

341.  Shufeldt  on  the  Relationships  of  the  Genus  Chamoea.  <Auk,  VII,  p.  278,  July, 

1890. 

Review  of  R.  W.  Shufeldl's  paper  'On  the  Position  of  Chamxa  in  the  System'  (Journ. 
Morph.,  Ill,  pp.  475-502). 

342.  Shufeldt's  "Studies  of  the  Macrochires."    Auk,  VII,  pp.  278-279,  July,  1890. 

Review  of  his  'Studies,'  etc..  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zoo/.,  XX,  pp.  299-394,  pll.  xvii-xxiv. 

343.  Shufeldt  on  the  Osteology  of  the  North  American  Passeres.  <Auk,  VII,  pp. 

279-280,  July,  1890. 

Review  of  his  'Contributions  to  the  Comparative  Osteology  of  Families  of  the  North 
American  Passeres.'  in  Journ.  Morph.,  Ill,  1889,  pp.  81-112,  pll.  v,  vi. 

344.  Maynard's  'Eggs  of  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  VII,  p.  280,  July,  1890. 

Review  of  C.  J.  Maynard's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Boston,  1890). 

345.  Anthony  on  New  Birds  from  Lower  California.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  281-282,  July, 

1890. 

Review  of  A.  W.  Anthony's  paper  of  this  title  in  Proc.  California  Acad.  Set'.,  2d  Ser.,  II. 
1889,  pp.  75-82. 

346.  Sennett  on  Bird  Legislation.  <Auk,  VII,  p.  282,  July,  1890. 

Review  of  an  address  on  the  subject  by  G.  B.  Sennett,  published  in  Rep.  Board  of  Agric. 
Penn.  for  1889. 

347.  Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Icterus  from  Andros  Island,  Bahamas.  <Auk, 

VII,  pp.  343-346,  Oct.,  1890;  and  ibid.,  VIII,  1891,  pi.  i  (colored). 

Icterus  norihropi  sp.  nov.     Description  and  plate  republished  in  'A  Naturalist  in  the 
Bahamas,'  a  memorial  volume  of  the  late  John  I.  Northrop  (8vo,  New  York,  1910). 

348.  Sclater's  Catalogue  of  the  Tracheophonse.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  379-380,  Oct.,  1890. 

Review  of  Vol.  XV  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

349.  Dr.  Merriam's  'Biological  Survey'  of  the  United  States.  <Auk,  VII,  p.  414, 

Oct.,  1890. 

Inception  of  a  'Biological  Survey'  under  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam,  and  nature  of  the  pro- 
posed work. 

1891. 

350.  List  of  the  Birds  of  Labrador,  including  Ungave,  East  Main,  Moose,  and  Guld 

Districts  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  together  with  the  Island  of  Anticosti. 
By  Lucien  M.  Turner.  Reprinted  by  the  author's  permission  from  the 
Proceedings  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1885,  pp.  233-254.  Revised 
and  brought  down  to  date  [1891],  by  J.  A.  Allen.  <Packard's  'The  Labrador 
Coast,'  pp.  406-442,  1891. 


146  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

351.  The    American    Ornithologists'    Union.     A    Seven    Years'    Retrospect.     An 

Address  delivered  by  the  Retiring  President  at  the  Eighth  Congress  of  the 
Union,  Nov.  19,  1890.  By  J.  A.  Allen.  Published  by  order  of  the  Union, 
New  York,  January,  1891. —  8vo,  pp.  19,  and  title  page. 

352.  Further  Notes  on  Maximilian  Types  of  South  American  Birds.  <Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp.  199-202,  Feb.  20,  1891.     (Cf.  supra,  No.  326.) 

Rhopocichla,  gen.  nov.,  p.  199. 

353.  [Annotations  to] '  The  Birds  of  Andros  Island,  Bahamas.'     By  John  I.  Northrop. 

<Auk,  VIII,  pp.  64-80,  Jan.,  1891. 

Notes  on:  Mimus  polygloltos,  p.  67;  M.  gundlachi,  p.  67;  Seiurus  aurocapillus,  p.  68; 
Geothlypis  roslrala,  p.  69;  Vireo  crassirostris,  p.  70;  Myiarchus  lucaysiensis,  p.  72;  Speolyto 
cunicularia  dominicensis,  p.  75;  Hallus  coryi,  p.  77. 

354.  Sharpe's  '  Catalogue  of  the  Sturniformes.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  90-92,  Jan.,  1891. 

Review  of  Vol.  XIII  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

355.  Hargitt's  Catalogue  of  the  Woodpeckers.  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  92-95,  Jan.,  1891. 

Review  of  Vol.  XVIII  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

356.  Merriam's  'Results  of  a  Biological  Survey  of  the  San  Francisco  Mountain 

Region  and  Desert  of  the  Little  Colorado,  Arizona.'  Auk,  VIII,  pp.  95-98, 
Jan.,  1891. 

Review  of  C.  Hart  Merriam's  'Results,'  etc.,  in  North  Am.  Fauna,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1891. 

357.  Dr.  Merriam's  Exploration  of  the  Death  Valley  Region.  <  A uk,  VIII,  pp. 

122-123,  Jan.,  1891. 

Announcement  of  the  Expedition. 

358.  Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Mirnocichla,  from  the  Island  of  Dominica, 

West  Indies.  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  217-218,  April,  1891. 

Mimocichla  verrillorum  =  M.  ardesiaca  albivenlris  Scl.  of  slightly  earlier  date  (See  Auk, 
VIII,  1891,  p.  317.) 

359.  The  Ornithology  of  the   'Century  Dictionary.'  <  A  uk,  VIII,  pp.  222-224, 

April,  1891. 

Review  of  Dr.  E.  Coues's  ornithological  contributions  to  the  'Century  Dictionary.' 

360.  Nicholson's  Translation  of  Sundevall's  'Tentamen.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  227-228, 

April,  1891. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  London,  1889). 

361.  Goss's  'History  of  the  Birds  of  Kansas.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  228-230,  April,  1891. 

Review  of  N.  S.  Goss's  work  of  this  title  (roy.  8vo,  Topeka,  1891). 

362.  Gatke's  'Die  Vogelwarte  Helgoland.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  299-300,  July,  1891. 

Review  of  Heinrich  Gatke's  work  of  this  title  (roy.  8vo,  Braunschweig,  1891). 

363.  Cory's  '  Birds  of  the  Bahama  Islands.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  300-301,  July,  1891 . 

Review  of  the  revised  edition,  1890. 

364.  Grant's  'Our  Common  Birds  [and  how  to  know  them].' <Auk,  VIII,  p.  301, 

July,  1891. 

Review  of  John  B.  Grant's  work  of  this  title  (New  York,  1891). 


365.  Thompson's  'Birds  of  Manitoba.' <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  301-302,  July,  1889. 

Review  of  E.  E.  Thompson's  paper  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XIII,  1890,  pp.  457-643, 
pi.  xxxviii. 

366.  Canadian  Bird  Notes.  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  302-303,  July,  1891. 

Review  of  ornithological  papers  in  Trans.  Canadian  Inst.,  1890. 

367.  Stone's  List  of  'Birds  Collected  in  Yucatan  and  Southern  Mexico'  on  the 

Heilprin  Expedition.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  303,  July,  1891.  . 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1890,  pp.  201-218. 

368.  Townsend  on  the  Birds  of  the  Coast  and  Islands  of  Upper  and  Lower  Cali- 

fornia. <Auk,  VIII,  p.  305,  July,  1891. 

Review  of  Charles  H.  Townsend's  'Birds  from  the  Coasts  of  Western  North  America 
and  adjacent  Islands'  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XIII,  1890,  pp.  131-142). 

369.  Palmer  on  Birds  observed  during  the  Cruise  of  the  'Grampus.' <Auk,  VIII, 

p.  305,  July,  1891. 

Review  of  William  Palmer's  paper  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XIII,  1890,  pp.  249-262, 
on  birds  observed  in  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  at  Funk  Island,  etc. 

370.  Lucas  on  the  Anatomy  and  History  of  the  Great  Auk.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  306, 

July,  1891. 

Review  of  F.    A.  Lucas's  paper  in  Rep.  U,  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  l«87-88,  pp.   493-529,   pll. 
Ixxi-Ixxiii. 

371.  Capture  of  Geothlypis  poliocephala  palpebralis  in  Cameron  County,  Texas.  < 

Auk,  VIII,  p.  316,  July,  1891. 

372.  Note  on  Mimocichla  verrillorum.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  317,  July,  1891. 

Name  antedated  by  Mimocichla  albiventris  (Scl.).     See  supra.  No.  358. 

373.  [Plates  of  Otophanes  mcleodii  Brewster,  and  of  two  species  of  Megascops].  < 

Auk,  VIII,  p.  320,  Oct.,  1891. 

Explanatory  note. 

374.  Sharpe's  '  Review  of  Recent  Attempts  to  Classify  Birds.'  <  Auk,  VIII,  pp.  379- 

381,  Oct.,  1891. 

Notice  of  Dr.  R.  B.  Sharpe's  address  on  this  subject  before  Second  lut.  Orn.  Congress, 
t,  1891. 


375.  Hornaday's  Handbook  of  Taxidermy  and  Zoological  Collecting.  <Auk,  VIII, 

pp.  381-383,  Oct.,  1891. 

Review  of  Wm.  T.  Hornaday's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1891). 

376.  Butler's  Birds  of  Indiana.  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  383-384,  Oct.,  1891. 

Review  of  Amos  W.  Butler's  'Birds  of  Indiana'  (8vo,  pp.  135). 

377.  Colburn  and  Morris's  'Birds  of  the  Connecticut  Valley  in  Massachusetts.' < 

Auk,  VIII,  pp.  384-385,  Oct.,  1891. 

Review  of  their  privately  printed  brochure  of  this  title  (16mo,  pp.  24,  Springfield,  Mass.) . 

378.  Memam's  List  of  Birds  Observed  in  Idaho.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  385,  Oct.,  1891. 

Review  of  list  in  N.  Am.  Fauna,  No.  5. 


148  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

379.  Maynard's  'Contributions  to  Science.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  385-387,  Oct.,  1891. 

Notice  of  16  papers  relating  to  ornithology  contained  in  Vol.  I  of  his  work  of  this  title. 

380.  On  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  made  by  Mr. 

Herbert  H.  Smith.     Part  I,  Oscines.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  pp. 
337-380,  Sept.  29, 1891. 

87  species  here  treated:    Callista  margaritae,  sp.  nov.,  p.  351;   Zonotrichia  capensis  costari- 
censis,  subsp.  nov.,  p.  374. 

1892. 

381.  The  New  Nuttall.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  59-61,  Jan.,  1892. 

Review  of  Montague  Chamberlain's  'A  Popular  Handbook  of  the  Ornithology  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  based  on  Nuttall's  Manual.'     2  vols.,  8vo,  Boston,  1891. 

382.  Shufeldt's  'Myology  of  the  Raven.'  <Auk,  IX,  p.  62,  Jan.,  1892. 

Review  of  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London  and  New  York,  1890). 

383.  Bolles's  'Land  of  the  Lingering  Snow.'  <Auk,  IX,  p.  62,  Jan.,  1892. 

Review  of  Frank  Bolles's  work  of  this  title  (12mo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1891). 

384.  Keyser's  'Bird-dom.'  <Auk,  IX,  p.  63,  Jan.,  1892. 

Review  of  Leander  Keyser's  work  thus  entitled  (12mo,  Boston,  1891). 

385.  Packard's  'The  Labrador  Coast.'  <Auk,  IX,  p.  171,  April,  1892. 

Review  of  A.'S.  Packard's  work  thus  entitled  (8vo,  New  York,  1891). 

386.  Lucas  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Paridse,  Sitta,  and  Chamcea.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  172, 

April,  1892. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  F.  A.  Lucas  entitled  'Notes  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Parida%  Silta, 
and  Charmed,  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XIII,  1890,  pp.  337-345,  pi.  xxvii. 

387.  G.  K.  Cherrie  on  Costa  Rican  Birds.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  173,  April,  1892. 

Notice  of  his  paper  entitled  '  Descriptions  of  New  Genera,  Species,  and  Subspecies  of  Birds 
from  Costa  Rica,'  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XIV,  1892,  pp.  337-346. 

388.  Shufeldt  on  the  Osteology  of  Arctic  and  Sub-Arctic  Water  Birds.  <Auk,  IX, 

pp.  173-174,  April,  1892. 

Review  of  Parts  V-IX,  of  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  '  Contributions  to  the  Comparative  Osteology,* 
etc.,  in  Vols.  XXIV  and  XXV,  Journ.  Anal,  and  Phyt.,  1890-91. 

389.  Shufeldt  on  the  Osteology  and  Classification  of  the  North  American  Pigeons, 

Woodpeckers,  and  Kites.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  174,  April,  1892. 

Notice  of  four  papers  by  R.  W.  Shufeldt. 

390.  Ridgway  on  New  or  Little-known  Central  American  and  South  American 

Birds.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  174-175,  April,  1892. 

Short  notices  of  nine  papers  by  R.  Ridgway  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nal.  Mus.,  XIV,. 1891. 

391.  Chapman  on  the  'Origin  of  the  Avifauna  of  the  Bahamas.'  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  179- 

180,  April,  1892. 

Review  of  F.  M.  Chapman's  paper  of  this  title  in  Amer.  Nat.,  June,  1891,  pp.  528-539. 

392.  Sclater  on  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Birds.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  183-184, 

April,  1892. 


BIRDS.  140 

Review  of  an  address  on  this  subject  read  before  the  Second  Int.  Orn.  Congress,  Budapest, 
1891  (Ibis,  1891,  pp.  514-527). 

393.  Sclater  and  Shelley  on  the  Scansores  and  Coccyges.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  184,  April, 

1892. 

Review  of  Vol.  XIX  of  British  Museum  Catalogue  or  Birds. 

394.  Hartert's  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  in  the  Museum  of  the  Senkenberg  Natural 

History  Society.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  185,  April,  1892. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  Frankfort  a.  M.,  Jan.,  1891). 

395.  Leverkuhn's  'Fremde  Eier  im  Nest.'  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  185-186,  April,  1892. 

Notice  of  Paul  Leverkuhn's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Berlin,  1891). 

396.  Jacket's  Birds  of  Bavaria.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  186,  April,  1892. 

Notice  of  Andreas  Johannes  Jacket's  work  on   this  subject  (8vo,  Munchen  and  Leipzig, 
1891). 

397.  The  North  American  Species  of  Colaptes,  considered  with  special  reference  to 

the  Relationships  of  C.  auratus  and  C.  cafer.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 
IV,  1892,  pp.  21^4,  and  map,  March  8,  1892. 

Hybridization  on  a  large  scale  shown  to  obtain  between  C.  auratus  and  C.  cafer. 

398.  The  Blackfronted  Warbler  (Dendroica  nigrifrons  Brewst.).  <Auk,  IX,  p.  207, 

April,  1892. 

Explanatory  note  respecting  a  colored  plate  of  this  species  published  in  the  preceding 
number  of  The  Auk  (IX,  pi.  i,  Jan.,  1891). 

399.  Salvadori's  Catalogue  of  the  Parrots.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  277-279,  July,  1892. 

Review  of  Vol.  XX  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds,  with  critical  nomenclatural 

at.  * 


400.  Oustalet  on  the  Birds  of  Patagonia.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  281,  July,  1892. 

Review  of  the  'Oiseaux'  of  the  Mission  Scientificnie  da  Cap  Horn  (4to,  pp.  341,  pll.  6). 

401.  Stone  on  the  Crows,  Birds  of  Paradise,  and  Orioles  in  the  Museum  of  the 

Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  <Auk,  IX,  p.  282,  July,  1892. 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1891,  pp.  441^150. 

402.  The  Wanton  Destruction  of  Bird  Life  in  America.  <0ur  Animal  Friends,  XIX, 

pp.  126-128,  150-152,  Feb.  and  March,  1892. 

403.  Notice  of  some  Venezuelan  Birds  Collected  by  Mrs.  H.  H.  Smith.  <BuLL 

Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  1892,  pp.  51-59,  April,  6, 1892. 

48  species  and  subspecies,  the  following  new:    (1)   Ramphocoelus  atrosericeus  capitalis, 
p.  51;    (2)  Lopholriccus  subcristatus,  p.  53;    (3)  Picumnus  obsolelus,  p.  55. 

404.  Description  of  a  New  Gallinule  from  Gough  Island.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.,  IV,  1892,  pp.  57-58,  May  9,  1892. 

Porphyriornis  comeri,  gen.  et  sp.  nov. 

405.  Bendire's  'Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  375-376, 

Oct.,  1892. 

Review  of  Part  I  of  this  work  (4U>,  Special  Bulletin,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1892). 


150  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

406.  Ridgway's  'The  Hummingbirds.'  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  376-377,  Oct.,  1892. 

Review  of  paper  published  in  Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  for  1890,  pp.  255-383,  pll.  i-xliii. 

406o.     Merriam  on  the  Life  Areas  of  North  America.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  377-382,  Oct.. 
1892. 

Review  of  Dr.  Merriam's  Presidential  Address  before  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington, 
Feb.  6,  1892,  entitled  'The  Geographic  Distribution  of  Life  in  North  America  with  Special 
Reference  to  the  Mammalia'  (in  Proc.  Biol.  JSoc.  Washington,  VII,  pp.  1-64). 

407.  Suchetet  on  Hybridity  in  Birds.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  382-383,  Oct.,  1892. 

Review  of  '  Les  Oiseaux  Hybrides  rencontres  &  I'etat  sauvage  par  Andr6  Suchetet.'  Troi- 
sieme  Partie.  Les  Passereaux. 

408.  On  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  made  by  Mr. 

H.  H.  Smith,  Part  II,  Tyrannidae.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  pp.  331- 
350,  Dec.,  1892. 

1893. 

409.  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  the  Picarise.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  66-69,  Jan.,  1893. 

Review  of  Vols.  XVI  and  XVII  of  Catalogue  of  Birds  in  the  British  Museum. 

410.  Cory's  'Catalogue  of  West  Indian  Birds.'  <Auk,  X,  pp.  69-70,  Jan.,  1893. 

Review  of  the  1st  ed.  (4 to,  Boston,  1892). 

411.  Dixon's  'The  Migration  of  Birds.'  <Auk,  X,  70-73,  Jan.,  1893. 

Review,  with  extended  critical  comment,  of  Charles  Dixon's  'The  Migration  of  Birds, 
an  attempt  to  reduce  Avian  Season-Flight  to  Law  (8vo,  London,  1892). 

412.  [Pterylography  —  A  Neglected  Branch  of  Ornithology.]  <Auk,  X,  pp.  94-95, 

Jan.,  1893. 

Remarks  supplementary  to  an  article  of  this  title  by  Hubert  Lyman  Clark. 

413.  The  Geographical  Origin  and  Distribution  of  North  American  Birds,  con- 

sidered in  Relation  to  Faunal  Areas  of  North  America.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  97- 
150,  pll.  iii-v  (maps),  April,  1893. 

414.  Keeler  on  the  'Evolution  of  the  Colors  of  North  American  Land  Birds.'  <Auk, 

X,  pp.  189-195,  April,  1893. 

Review  of  Charles  A.  Keeler's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  San  Francisco,  1893),  with  much 
critical  commentary. 

415.  Beddard's  'Animal  Coloration.'  <Auk,  X,  pp.  195-199,  April,  1893. 

Review  of  Frank  E.  Beddard's  '  Animal  Coloration,  an  Account  of  the  Principal  Facts  and 
Theories  relating  to  the  Colors  and  Markings  of  Animals '  (8vo,  London,  1892) . 

416.  Hawks  and  Owls  in  their  Relation  to  Agriculture.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  199-201, 

April,  1893. 

Review  of  Dr.  A.  K.  Fisher's  work  of  this  title,  forming  Bull.  No.  3,  Division  of  Orn.  and 
Mam.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agriculture. 

417.  Bolles's  'Chronicles.'  <Auk,  X,  pp.  201-202,  April,  1893. 

Review  of  Frank  Bolles's  'At  the  North  of  Bear-camp  Water:  Chronicles  of  a  Stroller 
in  New  England  from  July  to  December'  (12mo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1893). 


BIRDS.  151 

418.  Foster's  Bibliography  of  the  Ornithological  Writings  of  George  N.  Lawrence.  < 

Auk,  X,  p.  202,  April,  1893. 

Review  of  L.  S.  Foster's  work  of  this  title  (Bull.  No.  40,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1892). 

419.  Ornithology  of  the  Death  Valley  Expedition.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  285-288,  July, 

1893. 

Beview  of  Part  II  (Beport  on  the  Birds,  by  A.  K.  Fisher),  of  the  Death  Valley  Expedition, 
a  Biological  Survey  of  Parts  of  California,  Nevada,  Arizona,  and  Utah  (North  Amer.  Fauna, 
No.  7,  May  31,  1893). 

420.  The  Faunal  Position  of  Lower  California.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  306-307,  July,  1893. 

Beply  to  remarks  by  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam  under  the  same  title  (I.  c.,  pp.  305,  306). 

421.  Shufeldt  on  Fossil  Birds  from  Oregon.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  343-345,  Oct.,  1893. 

Review  of  '  A  Study  of  the  Fossil  Avifauna  of  the  Equus  Beds  of  the  Oregon  Desert,' 
by  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt  (in  Journ.  Acad,  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  XI,  pp.  389-425,  pll.  xv-xvii). 

422.  Shufeldt  on  Ichthyornis,  and  on  the  Classification  6f  the  Longipennes.  <Auk, 

X,  p.  345,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  two  papers  by  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt  (Jown.Anal.  andPhys.,  XXVII,  pp.  336-342, 
and  Amer.  Nat.,  1893,  pp.  233-237). 

423.  The  Affinities  of  Hummingbirds  and  Swifts.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  345-346,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  papers  by  B.  Bidgway,  B.  W.  Shufeldt,  and  F.  A.  Lucas  on  this  subject. 

424.  Food  Habits  of  Birds.  <Auk,  X,  p.  347,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  papers  on  this  subject  by  W.  B.  Barrows  and  F.  E.  L.  Beal  in  Dr.  C.  Hart 
Merriam 's  'Beport  of  the  Ornithologist  and  Mammalcgist'  for  1892  (Bep.  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  for  1892,  pp.  181-200). 

425.  Hasbrouck  on  'Evolution  and  Dichromatism  in  the  Genus  Megascops.'  <Auk, 

X,  pp.  347-351,  Oct.,  1893. 

Critical  review  of  E.  M.  Hasbrouck's  paper  on  this  subject  in  Amer.  Nat.,  1893,  pp.  521- 
533,  638-649. 

426.  Cook's  'Birds  of  Michigan.'  <Auk,  X,  pp.  351-352,  Oct.,  1893. 

Beview  of  A.  J.  Cook's  'Birds  of  Michigan,*  (Bull.  94,  Michigan  Agric.  Station,  State 
Agric.  College). 

427.  Averill's  List  of  the  Birds  of  Bridgeport.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  352-353,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  a  brochure  by  C.  K.  Averill,  Jr.  (8vo,  pp.  19,  1892). 

428.  Summer  Birds  of  Greene  County,  Pa.  <Auk,  X,  p.  353,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  a  brochure  of  this  title,  by  J.  Warren  Jacobs  (8vo,  pp.  15,  1893). 

429.  Nutting's  Zoological  Explorations  on  the  Lower  Saskatchewan  River.  <Auk, 

X,  pp.  353-354,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  C.  C.  Nutting's  'Report'  on  his  Explorations,  etc.  (Bull.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  Iowa 
Stale  Univ.,  II,  No.  3,  pp.  235-293,  Jan.,  1893). 

430.  'A  New  List  of  Chilian  Birds.'  <Auk,  X,  p.  354,  Oct.,  1893. 

Notice  of  H.  B.  James  and  P.  L.  Sclater's  work  of  this  title  (roy.  8vo,  London,  1892). 

431.  Newton's  'A  Dictionary  of  Birds.'    Part  I.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  357-360,  Oct.,  1893. 

Extended  review  of  the  first  part  (A-Ga;  8vo,  London,  1893). 


152  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

432.  On  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso.     Parts  in  and  IV, 

Pipridse  to  Rheidae.  <BvM.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  1893,  pp.  107-158, 
July  19,  1893. 

Spp.  and  subspp.  nov:  (1)  Pygmornis  chapadensis,  pp.  122;  (2)  Piaya  cayana  cabanisi, 
p.  136;  (3)  Buleo  albicaudalus  sennetli.  p.  144; 

This  concludes  the  paper,  which  comprises  a  list  of  324  species,  with  annotations  and 
comment  on  allied  species  in  a  number  of  groups.  Part  IV  (pp.  152-158),  'Oological  Notes,' 
contains  notes  on  the  nests  and  eggs  of  27  species. 

433.  Caereba  versus  Certhiola.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  369-370,  Oct.,  1893. 

Cccreba  antedates  Certhiola  by  28  years,  with  C.  flaoeola  as  type  by  monotypy. 

434.  The  Evolution  of  the  Colors  of  North  American  Land  Birds.  <Auk,  X,  pp. 

377-380,  Oct.,  1893. 

Reply  to  Mr.  Keeler's  rejoinder  (/.  c.,  pp.  375-377)  to  a  review  of  his  'Evolution  of  Colors 
in  North  American  Land  Birds'  (Auk.  X,  pp.  189-195;  see  supra,  No.  414). 

435.  Nehrling's  'Our  Native  Birds  of  Song  and  Beauty.'  <Auk,  X,  p.  387,  Oct.,  1893. 

Brief  notice  of  Volume  I  (4 to). 

436.  List  of  Mammals  and  Birds  Collected  in  Northeastern  Sonora  and  North- 

western Chihuahua,  Mexico,  on  the  Lumholtz  Archaeological  Expedition, 
1890-92.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  1893,  pp.  27-^2. 

Annotated  list  of  162  species  of  birds. 

1894. 

437.  Newton's  'A  Dictionary  of  Birds.'     Part  II.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  56-60,  Jan.,  1894. 

Review  of  Part  II  (Ga-Moa).     (8vo,  London,  1893.)     (See  supra,  No.  431.) 

438.  Salvadori's  Catalogue  of  the  Pigeons.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  60-62,  Jan.,  1894. 

Review  of  Vol.  XXI  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds,  with  comment  on  nomen- 
clatural  points. 

439.  Elliot's  Monograph  of  the  Pittidae.     Parts  I  and  II.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  62-63, 

Jan.,  1894. 

Review  of  D.  G.  Elliot's  work  of  this  title,  2d  ed.  (folio,  London,  April,  1893). 

440.  Sharpe  on  the  Zoographical  Areas  of  the  World.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  63-65,  Jan., 

1894. 

Review  of  R.  Bowdler  Sharpe's  paper  on  this  subject  (Nat.  Sci.,  Ill,  Aug.,  1893,  pp.  100- 
108).  "But  the  recognition  and  definition  of  an  Arctic  Zone,  or  'Realm,'  as  Mr.  Allen  calls 
it,  is  a  fact  which  must  henceforward  be  admitted  by  all  ornithologists." 

441.  Non-significance  of  albinistic  eggs  of  the  Marsh  Wren.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  81,  Jan., 

1894. 

Comment  on  theoretical  suggestions  of  Dr.  L.  B.  Bishop. 

442.  First  Plumages.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  91-93,  pi.  ii,  Jan.,  1894. 

Seiurus  aurocapillus,  ad.  and  juv. 

443.  Anthony  on  the  Birds  of  San  Pedro  Martir,  Lower  California.  <Auk,  XI,  pp. 

167-168,  April,   1894. 

Review  of  A.  W.  Anthony's  paper  of  this  title  (Zoe,  IV,  pp.  228-247). 


BIRDS.  153 

444.  Short's  Birds  of  Western  New  York.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  168,  April,  1894. 

Notice  of  Ernest  H.  Short's  brochure  of  this  title  (8vo,  Chili,  N.  Y.,  pp.  13,  1893). 

445.  Ridgway  on  the  Genus  Myiarchus,  etc.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  168-170,  April,  1894. 

Notice  of  five  papers  on  American  birds,  by  R.  Ridgway,  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XVI, 
pp.  605-614,  663H386. 

446.  Stejneger  on  Japanese  Birds.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  170,  April,  1894. 

Notice  of  Stejneger's  'Third  Instalment  of  Japanese  Rirds,'  etc.   (Proc.  U.  S.  Nal.  Mas., 
XVI,  1893,  pp.  615-638). 

447.  Ogilvie-Grant's  'Catalogue  of  the  Game  Birds.'  <Auk,  XI,  pp.   171-173, 

April,  1894. 

Review  of  Vol.  XXII  of  the  Rritish  Museum  Catalogue  of    Birds,  1893,  with  critical 


448.  Mcllwraith's  'Birds  of  Ontario.'  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  240-241,  July,  1894. 

Review  of  Thomas  Mcllwraith's  work  of  this  title,  2d  ed.  (8vo,  Toronto,  1894). 

449.  Sharpe's  Catalogue  of  the  Fulicariae  and  Alectorides.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  242-243, 

July,   1894. 

Review,  with  critical  comment,  of  Vol.  XXIII  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds 


450.  Elliot's  Monograph  of  the  Pittidss.     Part  III.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  243,  July,  1894. 

Notice  of  Part  III,  Feb.,  1894.     (Cf.  supra,  No.  439.) 

451.  Mrs.  Wright's  'The  Friendship  of  Nature.'  <Auk,  XI,  p.  314,  Oct.,  1894. 

Notice  of  Mrs.  Mabel  Osgood  Wright's  book  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York  and  London, 
1894). 

452.  Shufeldt's  'Comparative  Oology  of  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  XI,  pp. 

314-315,  Oct.,  1894. 

Critical  notice  of  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  paper  of  this  title,  in  Report  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  for  1892 
(1894),   pp.   461-493. 

453.  Stone  on  Old  World  RaUinae.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  317,  Oct.,  1894. 

Notice  of  Witmer  Stone's  'Review  of  Old  World  Rallinae,'  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila- 
delphia, 1894,  pp.  130-149. 

454.  Wallace  on  "Palsearctic"  and  "Nearctic."  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  318-319,  Oct.,  1894. 

Critical  review  of  A.  R.  Wallace's  '  Patearctic  and  Nearctic  Regions  compared  as  regards 
the  Families  and  Genera  of  their  Mammalia  and  Birds'  (Nal.  Sci.,  IV,  1894,  pp.  435-445). 

455.  [Notice  of  George  K.  Cherrie's  ornithological  work  in  Costa  Rica].  <Auk,  XI, 

p.  340,  Oct.,  1894. 

"Mr.  Cherrie  has  made  an  enviable  record  for  himself  in  Costa  Rica,  displaying  an  energy 
and  a  capacity  for  work  rarely  equalled." 

456.  Fashion  Journals  and  Bird  Destruction.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  342,  Oct.,  1894. 

Comment  on  an  article  in  Harper's  Bazaar  of  Aug.  18,  1894. 
1895. 

457.  Elliot's  Monograph  of  the  Pittidae.     Part  IV.<Auk,  XII,  pp.  65-66,  Jan., 

1895. 

Review  of  Part  IV,  issued  September,  1894.     (Cf.  supra,  Nos.  439,  450.) 


164  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

458.  Two  Popular  Bird  Books.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  66-67,  Jan.,  1895. 

Review  of  'In  Bird  Land,'  by  Leander  S.  Keyser,  and  'The  Birds'  Calendar,'  by  H.  K. 
Parkhurst. 

459.  Ridgway  on  New  Birds  from  the  Galapagos  Islands.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  70-71, 
.Jan.,  1895. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  'Descriptions  of  Twenty-two  new  Species  of   Birds  from  the 
Galapagos  Islands'  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XVII,  pp.  357-370). 

460.  Lucas  on  the  Affinities  of  the  Ccerebidse.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  71-72,  Jan.,  1895. 

Review  of  F.  A.  Lucas's  paper  '  Notes  on  the  Anatomy  and  Affinities  of  the  Coerebidae 
and  other  American  Birds'  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XVII,  pp.  299-312). 

461.  Rhoads's  Reprint  of  Ord's  North  American  Zoology.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  72-73, 

Jan.,  1895. 

Review  of  S.N.  Rhoads's  reprint  of  George  Ord's  'Zoology'in  Guthrie's  Geography  (Svo, 
Haddonfield,  N.  J.,  1894). 

462.  Reichenow's  Birds  of  German  East  Africa.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  73-74,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  Dr.  A.  Reichenow's  'Die  Vogel  Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas'  (roy.  Svo,  Berlin,  1894). 

463.  [Work  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam,  as  Ornithologist  and  Mammalogist  of  U.  S. 

Dept.  of  Agric.  for  1893.]  <Auk,  XII,  p.  98,  Jan.,  1895. 

Notice  of  his  'Report'  for  the  year  1893. 

464.  Shufeldt  on  the  Osteology  of  Cranes  and  Rails.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  172-173, 

April,  1895. 

Notice  of  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  paper  on  this  subject  in  Journ.  Anat.  and  Phys.,  XXIX,  1894, 
pp.   21-34. 

465.  Newton's  'A  Dictionary  of  Birds.'     Part  III.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  169-170,  April, 

1895. 

Notice  of  Part  III  (Moa-Sheathbill),  1894.     (See  supra,  Nos.  431  and  437.) 

466.  Grundtvig  on  the  Birds  of  Shiocton,  Wisconsin.  <  Auk,  XII,  p.  173,  April,  1895. 

Notice  of  F.  L.  Grundtvig's  paper  in  Trans.  Wisconsin  Acad.  Sci.  Arts,  and  Letters,  X, 
1894,  pp.  73-184. 

467.  Bourns  and  Worcester  on  the  Birds  of  the  Philippines.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  173- 

174,  Auk,  1895. 

Review  of  their  paper  in  Occas.  Papers  of  Minnesota  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  I.  No.  1,  Dec.  1894. 

468.  Merriam's  Laws  of  Temperature  Control  of  the  Distribution  of  Land  Animals 

and  Plants.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  172-173,  April,  1895. 

Review  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  paper  of  this  title  in  Nat.  Geogr.  Mag.,  VI,  1894,  pp. 
229-238,  pli.  xii-xiv. 

469.  Minot's   Land-Birds   and   Game-Birds  of   New  England.     Second  Edition. 

<Auk,  XII,  pp.  284-286,  July,  1895. 

Review  of  the  second  edition  of  H.  D.  Minot's  work,  edited  by  William  Brewster  (Svo, 
Boston  and  New  York,  1895). 

470.  Clark  on  the  Pterylography  of  North  American  Goatsuckers  and  Owls.  <Auk, 

XII,  pp.  287-288,  July,  1895. 

Review  of  Hubert  Lyman  Clark's  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XVII.  pp.  551-572,  June. 


BIRDS.  155 

471.  Sharpe  and  Wyatt's  Monograph  of  the  Swallows.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  373-375, 

Oct.,  1895. 

Review,  with  critical  comment,  of  their  'A  Monograph  of  the  Hirundinidae,  or  Family  of 
Swallows'  (2  vols.,  4to,  London,  1885-1894). 

472.  Food  Habits  of  Woodpeckers.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  380-381,  Oct.,  1895. 

Review  of  F.  E.  L.  Seal's   'Preliminary  Report   on  Woodpeckers,'  and  F.  A.    Lucas's 
'  The  Tongues  of  Woodpeckers,'  forming  Bull.  No.  7,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1895. 

473.  Barrows  and  Schwarz  on  the  Food  of  the  Common  Crow.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  381- 

383,  Oct.,  1895. 

Review  of  Bull.  No.  6,  Dept.  of  Agric..  1895. 

474.  Forbush  on  'Birds  as  Protectors  of  Orchard's.'  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  383-384,  Oct., 

1895. 

Review  of  E.  H.  Forbush's  paper  in  Massachusetts  Crop  Report  for  July,  1835. 

475.  Suchetet  on  Hybridity  in  Birds.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  384,  Oct.,  1895. 

Review  of  Part  V  of  Andre  Suchetet 's  '  Les  Oiseaux  Hybrides  rencontres  a  1'etat  sauvage* 
(Svo,  pp.  473-S73,  Lille,  1895).     (See  supra.  No.  407.) 


1896. 

475a.     Elliot's  '  Monograph  of  the  Pittidaj.'  <  Auk,  XIII,  pp.  60-61,  Jan.,  1896. 

Review  of  the  concluding  Parl  V,  with  a  summary  notice  of  the  completed  work  (folio, 
London,  1893-1895).  (See  supra,  Nos.  439,  450,  457.) 

477.  A.  O.  U.  Check-List  of  North  American  Birds,  Second  Edition.  <Auk,  XIII, 

pp.  69-70,  Jan.,  1896. 

Comparison  with  the  first  edition  (1886). 

478.  'Progress  in  American  Ornithology,  1886-95.'  <Science,  N.  S.,  Ill,  Nos.  73  and 

75,  pp.  777-779  and  842-843,  May  22  and  June  5,  1896. 

Relates  to  the  Second  Edition  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Check-List  of  North  American  Birds,  in 
reply  to  criticisms  by  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt  in  the  American  Naturalist  (XXX,  May,  1896,  pp. 
357-372),  and  Science  (III,  pp.  841-842,  June  5,  1896). 

479.  Bendire  on  the  Cowbirds.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  71-72,  Jan.,  1896. 

Review  of  Capt.  Charles  Bendire's  'The  Cowbirds,'  in  Report  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  for  1893 
(1895),  pp.  587-624,  pll.  i-iii. 

480.  Lucas  on  the  Weapons  and  Wings  of  Birds.  < Auk,  XIII,  p.  72,  Jan.,  1896. 

Review  of  Frederic  A.  Lucas's  paper  in  Report  of  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  1893  (1895),  pp.  653- 
663. 

481.  Fisher's  Hawks  and  Owls  from  the  Standpoint  of  the  Farmer.  <Auk,  XIII, 

p.  73,  Jan.,  1896. 

Review  of  Dr.  A.  K.  Fisher's  paper  by  this  title,  in  Yearbook  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  for  1894 
(1895),  pp.  215-232. 

482.  Beddard's  'Text-book  of  Zoogeography.'  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  73-75,  Jan.,  1898. 

Review  of  Frank  E.  Beddard's  work  of  this  title  (Svo,  Cambridge,  1895),  with  critical 
comment. 


156  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

483.  [The  Taxonomic  Value  of  the  Tongue  in  Birds].  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  114-115, 

April,  1896. 

Note  to  an  article  with  this  title  (/.  c.,  pp.  109-114)  by  Frederic  A.  Lucas. 

484.  Gatke's  'Heligoland.'  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  137-153,  April,  1896. 

An  extended  critical  review  of  the  work,  and  of  Gatke's  views  on  bird  migration,  change 
of  color  in  feathers  without  moult,  etc. 

485.  The  'Birds'  of  'The  Royal  Natural  History.'  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  156-160,  252- 

253,  April  and  July,  1896. 

Review  of  the  bird  part  (Vols.  Ill  and  IV)  of  'The  Royal  Natural  History,'  edited  by 
Richard  Lydekker  (roy.  8vo,  London,  1894-95). 

486.  Saunders  and  Salvin's  Catalogue  of  the  Gavise  and  Tubinares.  <Auk,  XIII, 

pp.  160-162,  April,  1896. 

Review,  with  comment  on  points  of  nomenclature,  etc.,  of  Vol.  XXV,  of  the  British 
Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds. 

487.  Salvadori's  Catalogue  of  the  Chenomorphse,  Crypturi,  and  Ratitae.  <Auk, 

XIII,  pp.  162-164,  April,  1896. 

Review,  with  technical  comment,  of  Vol.  XXVII  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of 


488.  Loomis  on  California  Water  Birds.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  168,  April,  1896. 

Review  of  Leverett  M.  Loomis's  '  California  Water  Birds,  No.  II,'  in  Proc.  California  Acad. 
Sci.  (2),  VI,  18,96,  pp.  1-30. 

489.  [Some  Questions  of  Nomenclature].  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  187-190,  April,  1896. 

In  response,  by  request,  to  Mr.  Witmer  Stone's  paper  of  this  title  (/.  c.,  pp.  183-187). 

490.  [The  Seebohm  Collection  of  Birds].  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  195-196,  April,  1896. 

Notice  of  its  extent  and   its  transfer  to  the  British   Museum.     Based  on  an  article  in 
Nature  (Feb.  20,  1896). 

491.  Stone  on  Birds  Collected  in  North  Greenland.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  243,  July,  1896. 

Notice  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1895,  pp.  502-505. 

492.  Schalow  on  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  West  Greenland.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp. 

243-244,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  Herman  Schalow  in  Jown.  f.  Orn.,  1895,  pp.  475-481. 

493.  Rotzell's  Birds  of  Narberth,  Pa.,  and  Vicinity.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  244,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  Dr.  W.  E.  Lotzell's  brochure  of  8  pp.  (1895). 

494.  Rhoads's  List  of  Tennessee  Birds.  <Aufc,  XIII,  pp.  244-245,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  paper  by  S.  N.  Rhoads  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1895,  pp.  463-501. 

495.  Short's  Birds  of  Western  New  York.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  245,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  Ernest  H.  Short's  second  edition  of  his  'Birds  of  Western  New  York'  (8vo, 
pp.  20,  1896.)     (See  supra.  No.  444.) 

496.  Cory's  'Hunting  and  Fishing  in  Florida,'  with  a  'Key  to  the  Water  Birds  of 

the  State.'  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  246-247,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  the  work  (sm.  quarto,  Boston,  1896). 


BIRDS.  157 

497.  Howe's  'Every  Bird.'  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  247,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr's.,  work  of  this  title  (am.  8vo,  Boston,  1896). 

498.  WinchelTs  'Evolution  of  Bird  Song.'  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  249-250,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  Charles  A.  Winchell's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London  and  New  York). 

499.  Harvey-Brown  and  Buckley's  'A  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Moray  Basin.' < 

Auk,  XIII,  pp.  251-252,  July,  1896. 

Review  of  the  work  (sm.  4to,  Edinburgh,  1895). 

500.  The  Origin  and  Relations  of  the  Floras  and  Faunas  of  the  Antarctic  and  adja- 

cent Regions.     Vertebrata  of  the  Land;   Birds  and  Mammals.  <Science  (2), 
III,  Xo.  61,  pp.  317-319,  Feb.  28,  1896. 

Birds  offer  no  satisfactory  evidence  of  a  former  "Antarctic  Continent." 

501.  Alleged  Changes  of  Color  in  the  Feathers  of  Birds  without  Molting.  <BuU. 

Amer  Mus.  Not.  Hist.,  VIII,  pp.  13-14,  March  18, 1896. 

"It  is  a  summary  and  criticism  of  the  work  of  some  of  the  more  important  writers  upon 
the  subject  of  color  changes  in  feathers  without  moult,  and  it  deals  unsparingly  with  t^iose 
who  have  asserted  as  possible  the  complete  rejuvenation  of  an  abraded  feather. .  . ." — J. 
Dwight,  Jr.,  in  Auk,  XIII,  pp.  166-167,  April,  1896. 

502.  Schwann's  Handbook  of  British  Birds.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  328-329,  Oct.,  1896. 

Review  of  H.  Kirke  Schwann's  'Concise  Handbook  of  British  Birds'  (16mo,  London, 
1896). 

503.  Ridgway  and  Lucas  on  a  New  Family  [Procniatiolae]  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XIII, 

pp.  334-335,  Oct.,  1896. 

Review  of  two  papers  on  this  subject  by  R.  Ridgway  and  F.  A.  Lucas,  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Not. 
Mas.,  XVIII,  pp.  450,  and  505-507. 

504.  Montgomery  on  Migration  as  a  Check  upon  Geographic  Variation.  <Auk, 

XIII,  p.  335,  Oct.,  1896. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  Thomas  H.  Montgomery,  Jr.,  in  Amer.  Nal.,  1896,  pp.  458-464. 

505.  Contributions  to  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  335-338,  Oct.,  1896. 

Notice  of  papers  by  S.  D.  Judd,  F.  E.  L.  Real,  E.  H.  Forbush,  and  Miss  F.  A.  Merriam. 


1897. 

506.  Sharpe's  Catalogue  of  the  Limicolse.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  102-104,  Jan.,  1897. 

Review  of  Vol.  XXIV  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds,  1896. 

507.  Bendire's  'Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  104-106, 

Jan.,  1897. 

Review  of  Part  II  of  Capt.  Charles  E.  Bendire's  important  work.     (See  supra.  No.  405). 

508.  Miss  Merriam's  '  A-Birding  on  a  Bronco.'  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  107-108,  Jan.,  1897. 

Review  of  Miss  Florence  A.  Merriam's  work  of  this  title  (16mo,  Boston  and  New  York, 
1896). 

509.  'Papers  Presented  to  the  World's  Congress  of  Ornithology.'  <Auk,  XIV,  p. 

108,  Jan.,  1897. 

Review  of  a  volume  thus  entitled,  and  edited  by  Mrs.  E.  Irene  Rood  (8vo,  Chicago,  1896) . 


158  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

510.  The  Revised  New  Nuttall.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  109,  Jan.,  1897. 

Review  of  Montague  Chamberlain's  second  and  revised  ed.  of  Nuttall's  Ornithology  (2 
vols.,  8vo,  Boston,  1896).     (C/.  supra.  No.  381.) 

511.  Wintle's  'Birds  of  Montreal.'  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  112,  Jan.,  1897. 

Review  of  Ernest  D.  Wintle's  work  of  this  title  (Svo,  Montreal,  1896)  . 

512.  Oberholser's  Birds  of  Wayne  County,  Ohio.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  112-113,  Jan., 

1897. 

Review  of  H:  C.  Oberholser's  'A  Preliminary  List  of  the  Birds  of  Wayne  County,  Ohio' 
(Bull.  Ohio  Agric.  Etper.  Station,  tech.  ser.,  I,  No.  4,  July,  1896,  pp.  243-354). 

513.  Ridgway's  '  Manual  of  North  American  Birds.'  <  Auk,  XIV,' pp.  232-233,  April , 

1897. 

Review  of  the  2d  ed.  (roy.  Svo,  Philadelphia,  1896). 

514.  Goode's  'The  Published  Writings  of  Philip  Lutley  Sclater.'  <Auk,  XIV,  pp. 

233-234,  April,  1897. 

Review  of  Bull.  No.  49,  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1896. 

515.  Bates's  'The  Game  Birds  of  North  America.'  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  244,  April,  1897. 

Review  of  the  work  (16mo,  Boston,  1896). 

516.  Butler  on  'A  Century  of  Change  in  the  Aspects  of  Nature  in  Indiana.'  <Auk, 

XIV,  p.  245,  April,  1897. 

Notice  of  A.  W.  Butler's  paper  of  this  title  in  Proc.  Indiana  Aca4.  Sci.,  No.  V,  1895,  pp. 
31-12. 

517.  Elliot's  Catalogue  of  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Somali-Land.  <Auk,  XIV, 

p.  245,  April,  1897. 

Notice  of  D.  G.  Elliot's  paper  of  this  title  in  Field  Mus.  Publ.,  Orn.  Ser.,  I,  No.  2,  1897, 
pp.  29-67). 

518.  Anderson's  Birds  of  Winnebago  and  Hancock  Counties,  Iowa.,  < Aide,  XIV, 

p.  246,  April,  1897. 

Notice  of  Rudolph  M.  Anderson's  privately  printed  brochure,  16mo,  pp.  ii  +  19,  Forest 
City,  Iowa,  1897. 

519.  Ricker's  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Hull,  Mass.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  246,  April,  1897. 

Brief  notice  of  Everett  W.  Ricker's  privately  printed  paper  of  this  title  (16mo,  Newton- 
vine,  Mass.,  1896). 

520.  Howe's  Birds  of  Brookline,  Mass.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  246,  April,  1897. 

Notice  of  paper  of  this  titlo  by  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  Jr.  (privately  printed,  folio,  2  pp., 
Jan.,  1897). 

521.  Tegetmeier's  'Pheasants.'  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  426-427,  April,  1897. 

Review  of  the  third  edition  of  W.  B.  Tegetmeier's  work  of  this  title  (Svo,  London,  1897). 

522.  Cory's  List  of  the  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  248,  April, 

1897. 

Review  of  C.  B.  Cory's  work  of  this  title  (Svo.  Boston,  1896). 

523.  Schalow's  the  Published  Writings  of  Anton  Reichenow.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  248, 

April,  1897. 

Notice  of  the  work  (Svo,  pp.  29,  1896). 


BIRDS.  159 

523a.  The  Fate  of  some  Carrier  Pigeons.  <  Forest  and  Stream,  XLVIII,  p.  383,  1897. 

524.  The  Proper  Generic  Name  of  the  Loons.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  312,  July,  1897. 

Gavia  Forster  should  replace  Urinator  Cuvier. 

525.  Ridgway's  Birds  of  the  Galapagos  Archipelago.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  329-330, 

July,  1897. 

Review  of  R.  Ridgway's  monographic  paper  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XIX,  pp.  459-670. 

526.  Cooke's  'Birds  of  Colorado.'  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  331-332,  July,  1897. 

Review  of  W.  W.  Cooke's  paper  of  this  title  in  Bull.  No.  37,  Colorado  State  Agric.  College, 
pp.  143,  March  17,  1897. 

527.  Miller  on  Construction  of  Scientific  Names.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  332-333,  July, 

1897. 

Review  of  Prof.  Walter  Miller's  paper  on  this  subject  (Proc.  California  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  ser.r 
I,  No.  3,  pp.  115-143). 

528.  The  New  York  Zoological  Society.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  344,  July,  1897. 

Announcement  of  its  organization. 

529.  Cory's  Shore  Birds  of  North  America.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  418-419,  Oct.,  1897. 

Notice  of  C.  B.  Cory's  work  of  this  title  (sm.  4to,  Boston,  1897). 

530.  Hartert  on  the  Podargidse,  Caprimulgidse  and  Macropterygidse.  <Auk,  XIV, 

pp.  419-420,  Oct.,  1897. 

Review  of  Ernest  Hartert's  monographs  of  these  families  (in  'Das  Tierreich,"  Lief.  1). 

531.  Papers  on  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  420-422,  Oct.,  1897. 

Review  of  S.  D.  Judd's  'Methods  in  Economic  Ornithology  with  Special  reference  to  the 
Catbird';  F.  E.  L.  Beal's  'The  Blue  Jay  and  its  Food,'  and  his  'Some  Common  Birds  in  their 
Relation  to  Agriculture';  and  Dr.  T.  S.  Palmer's  'Extermination  of  Noxious  Animals  by 
Bounties.' 

532.  Whitlock's  Review  of  Herr  Gatke's  Views  on  the  Migration  of  Birds.  <Auk, 

XIV,  pp.  422-424,  Oct.,  1897. 

Review  of  F.  B.  Whitlock's  work  on  Herr  Gatke's  'Views,'  etc.  (8vo,  London,  1897),  witb 
excerps  from  his  criticisms  of  Herr  Gatke's  theories  and  assumptions. 

533.  Suchetet  on  Hybrids  among  Wild  Birds.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  424-425,  Oct.,  1897. 

Review  of  the  completed  work  'Des  Hybrides  a  1'etat  sauvage,'  by  Andre  Suchetet. 
(Large  8vo,  Paris,  1897;  see  supra,  Nos.  407,  475). 

534.  Birds  and  Millinery.  <New  York  Times,  Nov.  21,  1897. 

Reply  to  an  editorial  on  this  subject  in  the  New  York  Times,  of  Nov.  19,  1897. 

535.  An  Ornithologist's  Plea.  <New  York  Times,  Nov.  25, 1897. 

Reply  to  criticism  by  'A.  B.  C.'  on  the  work  of  the  Audubon  Societies,  in  the  New  York 
Times  of  Nov.  22,  1897. 

536.  Heron  Farming  for  Aigrettes.  <New  York  Times,  Nov.  29,  1897. 

Exposure  of  the  report  of  an  alleged  heron  farm  in  Tunis,  cited  in  the  New  York  Times 
of  Nov.  23  and  26,  1897. 


160  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1898. 

537.  Dixon's  Migration  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  67-70,  Jan.,  1898. 

Review  of  Charles  Dixon's  'The  Migration  of  Birds,'  etc.,  "amended"  edition  (8vo,  Lon- 
don, 1897).  Critical  notice  of  his  theories  of  the  origin  and  causes  of  migration.  (Cf.  supra, 
No.  411.) 

538.  Marsh  on '  The  Affinities  of  Hesperornis.'  <Auk,  XV,  p.  70,  Jan.,  1898. 

Critical  notice  of  O.  C.  Marsh's  paper  in  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  Ill,  pp.  347-348,  April,  1897. 

539.  Stone  on  the  Genus  Sturnella.  <Auk,  XV,  p.  70,  Jan.,  1898. 

Notice  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  in  Proc.  Acad.  Not.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1897,  pp.  146-152. 

540.  The  Proper  Name  of  the  Western  Horned  Owl.  <Auk,  XV,  p.  71,  Jan.,  1898. 

Beview  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  on  this  subject  in  Amer.  Nat.,  March,  1897,  p.  236. 

541 .  Baskett's  '  Story  of  the  Birds. '  <  Auk,  XV,  pp.  71-72,  Jan.,  1898. 

Review  of  James  Newton  Baskett's  work  of  this  title  (12mo,  New  York,  1897). 

542.  Grinnell  on  the  Birds  of  Santa  Barbara,  San  Nicolas  and  San  Clemen te  Islands, 

California.  <Auk,  XV,  p.  73,  Jan.,  1898. 

Notice  of  paper  by  J.  Grinnell  in  Publ.  No.  I,  Pasadena  Acad.  Sci.,  pp.  26,  Aug.,  1897. 

543.  [New  York  Zoological  Society.]  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  79-80,  Jan.,  1898. 

Its  plans  and  progress. 

544.  'Audubon  and  His  Journals.'  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  198-205,  April,  1898. 

Review  of  Miss  Maria  R.  Audubon's  work  of  this  title  (2  vols.,  8vo,  New  York,  1897). 

545.  Miss  Merriam's  'Birds  of  Village  and  Field.'  <Auk,  XV,  p.  206,  April,  1898. 

Review  of  Miss  Florence  A.  Merriam's  work  of  this  title  (12mo,  Boston  and  New  York, 


546.  'Hair  and  Feathers.'  <Auk,  XV,  p.  207,  April,  1898. 

Review  of  paper  by  J.  S.  Kingsley  of  this  title  in  Amer.  Nat.,  XXXI,  pp.  767-777,  figs. 
1-14,  Sept.,  1897. 

547.  Bauer  on  the  Birds  of  the  Galapagos  Archipelago.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  207-208, 

April,  1898. 

Review  of  G.  Bauer's  paper  on  Galapagos  birds  in  Amer.  Nat.,  XXXI,  1897,  pp.  777-784. 

548.  Two  New  Popular  Bird  Books.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  275-278,  July,  1898. 

Review  of  W.  E.  D.  Scott's  'Bird  Studies'  (4to,  1898),  and  of  A.  C.  Apgar's  'Birds  of  the 
United  States,  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains'  (sm.  8vo,  New  York,  1898). 

549.  Cory's  Ducks,  Geese  and  Swans.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  278-279,  July,  1898. 

Review  of  C.  B.  Cory's  'How  to  know  the  Ducks,  Geese  and  Swans  of  North  America' 
(sm.  4to,  Boston,  1897). 

550.  Worcester  and  Bourn's  Contributions  to  Philippine  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XV, 

p.  284,  July,  1898. 

Review  of  their  paper  on  Philippine  birds  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XX,  No.  1143,  pp. 
549-625,  1898. 


BIRDS.  161 

551.  Butler's  Birds  of  Indiana.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  335-336,  Oct.,  1898. 

Review  of  A.  W.  Butler's  descriptive  catalogue,  etc.,  in  Rep.  State  Geologist  of  Indiana 
for  1897,  pp.  515-1187. 

552.  Blanford's  'Birds  of  British  India.'  <Auk,  XV,  p.  336,  Oct.,  1898. 

Review  of  Vol.  IV  of  'The  Fauna  of  British  India.' 

553.  Gurney's  'The  Economy  of  the  Cuckoo.'  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  337-338,  Oct.,  1898. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  J.  H.  Gurney,  published  in  Norfolk  and  Norwich  Nat.  Soc.,  VI,  pp. 


554.  Eastman  on  Struthious  Birds.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  338-339,  Oct.,  1898. 

Review  of  paper  by  C.  R.  Eastman,  in  Bull.  Mas.  Comp.  Zoo/.,  XXXII,  No.  7,  pp.  127- 
144,  1898. 

555.  Bangs  on  Birds  from  Colombia.  <Auk,  XV,  p.  339,  Oct.,  1898. 

Notice  of  two  papers  by  Outram  Bangs,  in  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XV,  1898,  pp. 
131-144,  157-160. 

556.  Nelson  on  New  Birds  from  Mexico.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  339-340,  Oct.,  1898. 

Notice  of  two  papers  by  E.  W.  Nelson,  in  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XV,  1898,  pp.  5-11, 
57-68. 

1899. 

557.  Torrey's  'A  World  of  Green  Hills.'  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  86-87,  Jan.,  1899. 

Review  of  Bradford  Torrey's  work  of  this  title  (16mo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1898). 

558.  Mrs.  Maynard's  Birds  of  Washington.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  87-88,  Jan.,  1899. 

Review  of  Mrs.  L.  W.  Maynard's  'Birds  of  Washington  and  Vicinity,'  etc.  (8vo,  Wash- 
ington, 1898). 

559.  Blanchan's  'Birds  that  Hunt  and  are  Hunted.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  88-89,  Jan., 

1899. 

Review  of  Neltjie  Blanchan's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1898). 

560.  Huntington's  'In  Brush,  Sedge,  and  Stubble.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  89,  372-373, 

Jan.  and  July,  1899. 

Notice  of  Parts  I  and  II  of  Dwight  W.  Huntington's  work  "thus  entitled  (folio,  Cincinnati, 

1898). 

561.  Oberholser  on  the  Wrens  of  the  Genus  Thryomanes.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  89-90, 

Jan.,  1899. 

Notice  of  H.  C.  Oberholser's  paper  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XXI,  No.  1153,  pp.  421-150, 
Nov.,  1898. 

562.  Bangs  on  Birds  from  Colombia.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  90-91,  Jan.,  1899. 

Notice  of  his  third  paper  on  Colombian  birds  (Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XII,  1898,  pp. 
171-192. 

563.  Proceedings  of  the  Indiana  Academy  of  Science.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  91,  Jan.,  1899. 

Notice  of  the  ornithological  papers  in  the  volume  for  the  year  1897. 

564.  The  Osprey.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  95-213,  Jan.  and  April,  1899. 

The  transfer  of  this  journal  from  New  York  to  Washington,  changes  in  its  management 
and  editorial  control,  and  comment  (/.  c.,  p.  213)  on  Dr.  Gill's  views  on  the  classification  of 
birds. 


1(52  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

565.  [New  York  Zoological  Park.]  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  96,  Jan.,  1899. 

Further  account  of  progress. 

566.  Volume  XXVI  of  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp. 

198-203,  April,  1899. 

Critical  review  of  the  volume  (by  R.  Bowdler  Sharpe  and  W.  R.  Ogilvie-Grant),  and  a 
general  survey  of  the  whole  series  (27  volumes)  of  the  '  Catalogue '  (1874-1898) . 

567.  [Chuck-wilPs-widow  in  Kansas.]  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  187,  footnote,  April,  1899. 

Second  authentic  record  for  Kansas.      (See  further,  Auk,  XVII,  p.  175.) 

568.  Evans's  'Birds.'  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  203,  April,  1899. 

Notice  of  the  Bird  volume  (Vol.  IX)  by  A.  H.  Evans,  of  the  Cambridge  Natural  History 
Series. 

569.  'Birds.'  <Science,  N.  S.,  IX,  pp.  647-648,  May  5,  1899. 

Review  of  the  volume  'Birds,'  by  A.  H.  Evans,  Cambridge  Natural  History  Series,  Vol.  IX. 

570.  Von  Ihering's  Birds  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  203-204,  April,  1899. 

Review  of  Dr.  Von  Ihering's  'As  Aves  do  Estado  de  S.  Paulo,'  in  Revisla  do  tVfuseu  Paulisla, 
III,  1899,  pp.  113-476. 

571.  Dearborn's  Birds  of  Belknap  and  Merrimac  Counties,  New  Hampshire.  <Auk, 

XVI,  p.  204,  April,  1899. 

Notice  of  Ned  Dearborn's  'Preliminary  List,'  etc.  (doctorial  thesis,  8vo,  Durham,  New  • 
Hampshire  College,   1898). 

572.  Nash's  'The  Birds  of  Ontario  in  Relation  to  Agriculture.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp. 

204-205,  April,   1899. 

Notice  of  Charles  W.  Nash's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Toronto,  1898). 

573.  Stejneger  on  the  Birds  of  the  Kurile  Islands.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  205,  April,  1899. 

Notice  of  Dr.  L.  Stejneger's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XXI,  pp.  269-296). 

574.  Clark  on  'The  Feather  Tracts  of  North  American  Grouse  and  Quail. '  <Auk, 

XVI,  pp,  205-206,  April,  1899. 

Paper  by  Hubert  Lyman  Clark,  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  XXI,  pp.  641-654,  pll.  xlvii-xlix. 

575.  ['  Bird-Lore.']  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  212-213,  April,  1899. 

Notice  of  the  inception,  character  and  scope  of  this  new  ornithological  journal. 

576.  Elliot's  Wild  Fowl  of  North  America.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  288-289,  July,  1899. 

Review  of  D.  G.  Elliot's  'Wild  Fowl  of  the  United  States  and  British  Possessions,'  etc. 
(8vo,  New  York,  F.  P.  Harper,  1898). 

577.  Thompson's  'Wild  Animals  I  have  known.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  289-290,  July, 

1899. 

Review  of  his  book  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1899). 

578.  Stone  on  the  Types  of  Birds  in  the  Collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 

Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  290,  July,  1899. 

Summary  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nal.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1899,  pp.  5-62. 

579.  New  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  291,  July,  1899. 

Notice  of  three  papers  by  O.  Bangs,  one  by  W.  Brewster,  and  one  by  W.  H.  Osgood. 


BIRDS.  163 

580.  Economic  Relations  of  Birds  to  Agriculture.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  294-295,  July, 

1899. 

Notice  of  papers  by  F.  E.  L.  Beal,  S.  D.  Judd,  and  T.  S.  Palmer. 

581.  Genera  and  Subgenera  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Check-List.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  297,  July, 

1899. 

General  comment  with  reference  to  a  paper  on  this  subject  by  E.  Coues  in  The  Osprey , 
III,    1899,  p.    144. 

582.  [A  Sophism  anent  Bird  Destruction.]  < Auk,  XVI,  p.  304,  July,  1899, 

583.  Republication  of  Descriptions  of  New  Species  and  Subspecies  of  North  Ameri- 

can Birds.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  338-350,  July,  1899. 

Includes  those  given  in  the  'Ninth  Supplement'  to  the  A.  O.  U.  Check-List,  and  also 
those  published  subsequently,  down  to  October,  1899. 

584.  Montgomery  on  the  Food  of  Owls.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  363-364,  Oct.,  1899. 

Review  and  summary  of  Thomas  H.  Montgomery,  Jr's.,  paper  on  this  subject  in  Amer. 
Nat.,  XXXIII,  July,  1899,  pp.  563-572. 

585.  D.  E.  Lantz's  'Review  of  Kansas  Ornithology.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  364-365, 

Oct.,  1899. 

Review  of  his  paper  in  Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci.,  1896-37,  pp.  224-276  (July,  1893). 

586.  The  Goss  Collection  of  Mexican  and  Central  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XVI, 

pp.  365-366,  Oct.,   1899. 

Review  of  D.  E.  Lantz's  paper  on  Col.  N.  S.  Goss's  Collection  (Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci. , 
1896-97,  pp.  218-224,  July,  1899). 

587.  C.  B.  Cory's  'The  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America.     Water  Birds,  Part  I.' 

<Auk,  XVI,  pp.  366-367,  Oct.,  1899. 

Review  of  the  work  (sin.  4to,  Field  Museum,  Chicago,  1899). 

588.  Edward  Knobel's  'Field  Key  to  the  Land  Birds.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  367-368, 

Oct.,   1899. 

Review  of  the  work  (12mo,  Boston,  1899). 

589.  Mrs.  Olive  Thome  Miller's  'The  First  Book  of  Birds.'  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  368- 

369,  Oct.,  1899.  ; 

Review  of  the  work  (12mo,  Boston,  1899). 

590.  Oberholser  on  Untenable  Names  in  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  370,  Oct., 

1899. 

Notice  of  H.  C.  Oberholser's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1893, 
pp.  201-216). 

591.  Gurney  and  Gill  on  the  Age  to  which  Birds  Live.  < Auk,  XVI,  pp.  370-372, 

Oct.,    1899. 

Review  of  H.  Gurney's  (Ibis,  Jan.,  1899,  pp.  19-42)  and  Theodore  Gill's  (Osprey,  III, 
1899,  pp.  157-160)  papers  on  this  subject. 


164  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1900. 

592.  The  Little  Black  Rail.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  1-8,  pi.  i,  Jan.,  1900. 

General  history  of  Porzana  jamaicensis. 

593.  Merriam's  Biological  Survey  of  Mount  Shasta.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  .73-74,  Jan., 

1900. 

Review  of  'Results  of  a  Biological  Survey  of  Mount  Shasta,  California,'  by  C.  Hart 
Merriam  (N.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  16,  Oct.  18,  1899). 

594.  Palmer's  'The  Avifauna  of  Pribilof  Islands.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  74-76,  Jan., 

1900. 

Review  of  Wm.  Palmer's  paper  of  this  tide  in  Jordan's  'The  Fur  Seal  Islands  of  the  North 
Pacific'  (Part  III,  1899,  pp.  355-431,  pll.  xxxviii-xli). 

595.  Howe  and  Sturtevant's  'Birds  of  Rhode  Island.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  76-77, 

Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  Newport,  1899). 

596.  Cory's  'The  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America.     Part  II,  Land  Birds.'  <Auk, 

XVII,  p.  78,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  C.  B.  Cory's  work  of  this  title  (sm.  4to,  Field  Museum,  Chicago,  1899). 

597.  'Avium  Generum  Alphabeticus.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  78-79,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  the  work,  published  by  the  British  Ornithologists'  Club,  (Bulletin,  Vol.  IX, 
pp.  1-31,  1899). 

598.  Sharpe's  'Hand-List  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Birds.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp. 

79-81,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  Vol.  I  (8vo,  British  Museum,  1899). 

599.  Dubois's  'Synopsis  Avium.'  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  81,  Jan.,  1900. 

Notice  of  fasc.  i,  of  the  work  (4to,  Bruxelles,  1899) . 

600.  Salvadori  and  Festa  on  Birds  of  Ecuador.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  81-82,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  their  '  Viaggio  del  Dr.  Enrico  Festa  nell'  Ecuador'  (in  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  ed  Anat. 
comp.  d.  R.  Univ.  di  Torino,  Vol.  XV,  pp.  1-31,  1899). 

601.  Kellogg's  List  of  Biting  Lice  (Mallophaga)  taken  from  North  American  Birds 

and  Mammals.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  82-84,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  Vernon  L.  Kellogg's  paper  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus..  XXII,  No.  1183,  1889, 
pp.  39-100. 

602.  Lange's  'Our  Native  Birds,  How  to  Protect  them  and  Attract  them  to  our 

Homes.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  85-86,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  D.  Lange's  work  of  this  title  (12mo,  New  York  and  London,  1899). 

603.  H.  A.  Macpherson's  'History  of  Fowling.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  85-86,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  the  work  (large  8vo,  Edinburgh,  1899). 

604.  Bumpus  on  'The  Elimination  of  the  Unfit.'  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  87,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  Hermon  C.  Rumpus's  paper  entitled  "The  Elimination  of  the  Unfit  as  illus- 
trated by  the  Introduced  Sparrow  Passer  domesticus"  (in  Biol.  Lectures  of  the  Marine  Biol. 
Lab.,  Wood's  Holl,  Mass.,  Sess.  of  1897-1898,  pp.  209-226. 


605.  Whitman  on  'Animal  Behavior.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  87-88,  Jan.,  1900. 

Review  of  C.  O.  Whitman's  paper  in  Biol.  Lect.  of  the  Marine  Biol.  Lab.,  Wood's  Roll', 
Mass.,  1898  (1899),  pp.  285-338. 

606.  [Bird  Destruction  for  Millinery  Purposes.]  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  94-96,  Jan.,  1900. 

Extended  comment  on  the  subject. 

607.  Keeler's  'Bird  Notes  Afield.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  180-181,  April,  1900. 

Review  of  Charles  A.  Keeler's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  San  Francisco,  1899). 

608.  Russell  on  Birds  of  the  Northwest  Territory.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  181-182,  April, 

1900. 

Review  of  Frank   Russell's  'Explorations  in  the  Far  North'  (8vo,  University  of  Iowa, 
1899.     Birds,  pp.  253-270). 

609.  Loomis  on  California  Water  Birds.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  182-183,  April,  1900. 

Review  of  Part  IV  of  L.  M.  Loomis's  series  of  papers  under  this  general  title  (Proc.  Cali- 
fornia Acad.  Sci.,  3d  Ser.,  II,  pp.  277-322,  Feb.  12,  1900).  • 

610.  Witmer  Stone  on  'The  Summer  Molting  Plumage  of  Certain  Ducks.'  <Auk, 

XVII,  pp.  183-184,  April,  1900. 

Review  of  his  paper  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1899,  pp.  467-472) . 

611.  Stark's  Birds  of  South  Africa.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  189-190,  April,  1900. 

Review  of  Vol.  I  of  Arthur  C.  Stark's  'Birds  of  South  Africa'  (8vo,  London,  1900). 

612.  Rothschild  and  Hartert's  'Review  of  the  Ornithology  of  the  Galapagos  Is- 

lands.' <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  300-303,  July,  1900. 

Review  of  their  paper  on  this  subject  (Novitates  Zoologies,  VI,  1899,  pp.  85-205). 

613.  Salvadori  and  Festa  on  Birds  of  Ecuador.  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  303,  July,  1900. 

Review  of  Parts  II  and  III  of  their  paper  on  the  birds  of  Ecuador.     (See  supra,  No.  600.) 

614.  Oberholser  on  Birds  from  Central  Asia,  Madagascar,  and  Santa  Barbara  Is- 

lands, Cal.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  304-305,  July,  1900. 

Review  of  three  papers  by  H.  C.  Oberholser  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nal.  Mas.,  XXII,  Nos.  1195- 
1197,  pp.  205-234). 

615.  Dugmore's  'Bird  Homes.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  306-307,  July,  1900. 

Review  of  A.  R.  Dugmore's  work  thus  entitled  (8vo,  New  York,  1900). 

615o.     'Bird  Homes.'  <New  York  Evening  Post,  June  26,  1900. 

Review  of  A.  R.  Dugmore's  work  of  this  title.     (See  supra,  No.  615.) 

616.  Henry  J.  Pearson's  'Beyond  Petsora  Eastward.'  < A uk,  XVII,  pp.  307-308, 

July,  1900. 

Review  of  the  work  (royal  8vo,  London,  1899). 

617.  Collett  and  Nansen's  Birds  of  the  Norwegian  North  Polar  Expedition.  <Auk, 

XVII,  pp.  308-310,  July,  1900. 

Review  of  section  IV,  'An  account  of  the  Birds,'  of  the  Norwegian  North  Polar  Expedi- 
tion of  1893-1896  (4to,  Christiania,  London,  etc.,  1899). 


166  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

618.  Palmer  on  Legislation  for  the  Protection  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  314-315, 

July,  1900. 

Resum6  of  Dr.  T.  S.  Palmer's  report  on  the  subject,  forming  Bull.  No.  IS  of  the  Division 
of  the  Biological  Survey. 

619.  [The  Outlook  for  Bird  Protection  in  North  America.]  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  323-324, 

July,  1900. 

620.  'Aptosochromatism.'<Attfc,  XVII,  pp.  327-336,  Oct.,  1900. 

Apropos  of  papers  by  F.  J.  Bertwell,  Dr.  A.  P.  Chadbourne,  and  J.  Lewis  Bonhote  on  the 
alleged  change  of  color  in  feathers  without  moult. 

621.  North  American  Birds  Collected  at  Santa  Marta,  Colombia.  < A uk,  XVII, 

pp.  363-367,  Oct.,  1900. 

43  species,  16  of  them  here  recorded  for  the  first  time  from  Colombia. 

621a.  List  of  Birds  collected  in  the  District  of  Santa  Marta,  Colombia,  by  Mr. 
Herbert  H.  Smith.  <Bull  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  XIII,  pp.  117-183,  Aug.  25, 
1900. 

An  annotated  list  of  388  species.     Spp.  nov.:    (1)  Odoniophorus  atrifrons,  p.  127;  (2) 

Myiobis  assimilis,  p.  144;    (3)  Ochlhceca  jesupi,  p.  151;    (4)  Ochihaca  olivacea,  p.  152;  (5) 

Allila  parviroslris,  p.  153;    (6)  Altila  rufipeclwt,  p.  153;    (7)  Grallaria  bangsi,  p.  159;  (8) 
Hylophilus  brarmeus,  p.  171. 

622.  Beyer's  'The  Avifauna  of  Louisiana.' <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  392-393,  Oct.,  1900. 

Review  of  George  E.  Beyer's  annotated  list  of  the  Birds  of  Louisiana  (Proc.  Louisiana 
Soc.  Naturalists,  1897-1899  [1900].     Birds,  pp.  1^5  of  reprint). 

623.  Buras's  'A  Monograph  of  the  Flicker.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  393-394,  Oct.,  1900. 

Review  of  Frank  L.  Burns's  paper  in  Wilson  Bulletin,  April,  1900,  pp.  1-82. 

624.  John  Macoun's  'Catalogue  of  Canadian  Birds.'  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  394-395, 

Oct.,  1900. 

Review  of  Part  I  of  this  work  (8vo,  Ottawa,  1900). 

625.  Proceedings  of  the  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club.  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  395, 

Oct.,  1900. 

Synopsis  of  No.  Ill,  for  the  years  1898  and  1899  (1900). 

626.  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  396-399,  Oct.,  1900. 

Review  of  various  circulars  and  reports  by  Dr.  T.  S.  Palmer,  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 

627.  The  Birds  of  Celebes  and  Neighboring  Islands.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XII,  pp.  223- 

225,  Aug.  10,  1900. 

Review  of  A.  B.  Meyer  and  L.  \V.  Wigglesworth's  work  of  this  title  (2  vols.,  4to,  Berlin, 

1898). 

628.  Meyer  and  Wigglesworth's  '  Birds  of  Celebes.'  <  Auk,  XVII,  1900,  pp.  399-401. 

(See  supra,  No.  627.) 

1901. 

629.  Joseph  Grinnell's  'Birds  of  the  Kotzebue  Sound  Region.'  <C 4 uk,  XVIII,  pp. 

119-120,  Jan.,  1901. 

Review  of  the  paper  (Pacific  Coast  Avifauna,  No.  1.  pp.  1-80,  and  map). 


BIRDS.  167 

630.  Sharpe's  'Hand-List  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Birds. <Auk,  XVIII,  pp. 

120-121,  Jan.,  1901. 

Review  of  Vol.  II.     (See  supra,  No.  598.) 

631.  Dubois's  'Synopsis  Avium.'  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  121-122,  Jan.,  1901. 

Review  of  fascicles  H-IV.     (See  supra,  No.  599.) 

632.  G.  E.  Shelley's  'Birds  of  Africa.'  <Auk,  XVIII,  p.  122,  Jan.,  1901. 

Review  of  Vols.  I  and  II  (4to,  London,  1896  and  1900). 

633.  Republication  of  Descriptions  of  New  Species  and  Subspecies  of  North  Ameri- 

can Birds.     No.  2.<Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  172-179,  April,  1901. 

Includes  the  forms  described  in  1900.     (See  supra,  No.  583.) 

634.  Richard  M.  Barrington's  'The  Migration  of  Birds  at  Irish  Light  Stations.'  < 

Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  205-206,  April,  1901. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  London  and  Dublin,  1900} . 

635.  Gatke's  'Heligoland.'     Second  German  Edition. < A uk,  XVIII,  pp.  206-207, 

April,  1901. 

Brief  notice. 

636.  Collett  on  the  Skull  and  Auricular  Openings  in  North  European  Owls.  <Auk, 

XVIII,  p.  207,  April,  1901. 

Brief  notice  of  Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  English  translation  in  Journal  of  Morphology,  XVII, 
1900,  pp.  119-176,  pll.  xv-xx. 

637.  Merriam  and   Preble  on  the  Summer   Birds  of   Western  Maryland.  <Auk, 

XVIII,  p.  208,  April,  1901. 

Review  of  their  paper  in  the  Alleghany  County  Report  of  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.,  1900, 
pp.  291-307,  Nov.  1900.  ' 

638.  Loomis  on  California  Water  Birds.  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  208-209,  April,  1901. 

Review  of  No.  V,  of  this  series  of  papers  (Proc.  California  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  ser.,  II,  pp.  349- 
363,  Nov.  24,  1900). 

639.  Eaton's  '  Birds  of  Western  New  York.'  <  Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  212-213,  April,  1901 . 

Review  of  Elon  Howard  Eaton's  paper  in  Proc.  Rochester  Acad.  Sci.,  IV,  1901,  pp.  1-64. 

640.  The  Question  of  the  Generic  Name  Gavia.  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  270-271,  April, 

1901. 

S.  G.  Gmelin's  use  of  the  name  Gaoia  is  merely  a  citation  from  Brisson,  without  nomen- 
clatural  significance,  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  Dr.  Anton  Reichenow. 

641 .  Norton  on  Birds  from  Labrador.  < Auk,  XVIII,  p.  277,  April,  1901. 

Review  of  Arthur  H.  Norton's  paper  in'Proc.  Portland  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  1901,  pp.  139- 
158,  pi.  ii. 

642.  Howe  and  Allen's  'Birds  of  Massachusetts.'  <Auk,  XVIII,  p.  278,  July,  1901. 

Review  of  R.  H.  Howe  and  G.  M.  Allen's  work  (8vo,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1901). 

643.  R.  M.  Strong's  'Quantitative  Study  of  Variation  in  the  Smaller  North  Ameri- 

can Shrikes.'  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  283-284,  July,  1901. 

Review  of  his  paper  of  this  title  in  Amer.  Nat.,  XXXV,  April,  1901,  pp.  271-298. 


168  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

644.  Stone  'On  Moult  and  Alleged  Color-change  in  Birds.'  <Auk,  XVIII,  p.  284, 

July,  1901. 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  in  The  Ibis,  April,  1901,  pp.  177-183. 

645.  Selous's  'Bird  Watching.'  <Auk,  XVIII;  pp.  408-409,  Oct.,  1901. 

Review  of  Edmund  Selous's  work  (8vo,  London,  1901). 

646.  The  Woodpeckers.     By  Fannie  Hardy  Eckstorm. <The  Nation,  LXXII,  No. 

1867,  April  11,  1901.     Also  Auk,  XVIII,  p.  210,  April,  1901. 

Review  of  the  work  (square  12mo,  Boston,  1901). 


1902. 

647.  'Der  Gesang  der  Vogel,  seine  anatomischen  und  biologischen  Grundlagen.' < 

Science,  N.  S.,  XV,  pp.  98-99,  Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  Dr.  Valentin  Hacker's  work  of  this  title  (gr.  8vo,  Jena,  1900). 

648.  The  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XV,  pp.  225-226, 

Feb.   7,    1902. 

Review  of  Part  I  of  R.  Ridgway's  work  of  this  title  (Bulletin  SO,  U.  S.  National  Museum). 

649.  Ridgway's  'Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  97-102, 

Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  Part  I.     (See  supra,  No.  648.) 

650.  Scott  on  the  Song  of  Baltimore  Orioles  in  Captivity.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  102-104, 

Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  'Data  on  Bird  Songs,'  by  W.  E.  D.  Scott  (Science,  N.  S.,  XIV,  pp.  522-526, 
Oct.  4,  1901). 

651.  Sharpe's  'Hand-List  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Birds.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  105- 

106,  Jan.,   1902. 

Review  of  Vol.  III.     (See  supra,  Nos.  598  and  630.) 

652.  Stark's  'Birds  of  South  Africa.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  106-107,  Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  Vol.  II.     (See  supra,  No.  611.) 

653.  Osgood's  Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 

and  the  Cook  Inlet  Region  of  Alaska.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  108-110,  Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  W.  H.  Osgood's  paper  (North  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  21,  Sept.  1901). 

654.  Verrill's  'The  Story  of  the  Cahow.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  110-111,  Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  A.  E.  Verrill's  paper  in  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  LX,  Nov.,  1901,  pp.  22-30. 

655.  Bonhote's  'On  the  Evolution  of  Pattern  in  Feathers.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  112- 

114,  Jan.,  1902. 

Review  of  J.  L.  Bonhote's  speculative  essay  (Proc.  Zoo/.  Soc.  London,  1901,  pp.  316-326). 

656.  Proceedings  of  the  Nebraska  Ornithologists'   Union.  <Auk,  XIX,  p.  215, 

April,  1902. 

Review  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  second  annual  meeting,  held  in  Omaha,  Jan.  12,  1901. 


BIRDS.  169* 

657.  The  American  and  European  Herring  Gulls.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  283-284,  April,. 

1902. 

Not  separable  even  as  subspecies. 

658.  The  name  of  the  Zenaida  Dove.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  286-287,  April,  1902. 

The  Columba  meridionalis  Latham,  1801,  is  not  the  Zenaida  zenaida  Bonaparte,  as  claimed' 
by  Forbes  and  Bobinson  (Bull.  Liverpool  Mus.,  I,  1898,  p.  36). 

659.  Campbell's  Nests  and  Eggs  of  Australian  Birds.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  301-302,. 

July,  1902. 

Review  of  Archibald  James  Campbell's  work  of  this  title  (2  vols.,  Boyal  8vo,  Melbourn, 
1900). 

660.  Woodcock's  Birds  of  Oregon.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  302-303,  July,  1902. 

Review  of  A.  R.  Woodcock's  '  Annotated  List , '  etc.  (Bull.  68,  Oregon  Agric.  Exper.  Station, 
Corvallis,  Oregon,  Jan.,   1902). 

661.  Proceedings  of  the  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  C\ub.<Auk,  XIX,  pp. 

303-304,  July,  1902. 

Review  of  Cassinia  for  1901. 

662.  Perkins  and  Howe's  'Preliminary  List  of  the  Birds  of  Vermont.'  <Auk,  XIXr 

pp.  304-306,  July,  1902. 

Review  of  two  papers  by,  respectively,  George  H.  Perkins  and  Reginald  Heber  Howe,  the 
latter  a  critique  of  the  former. 

663.  Upland  Game  Birds.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXVI,  p.  575,  Sept.,  1902. 

Review  of  Edwyn  Sandys  and  T.  S.  Van  Dyke's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York  and 
London,  1902). 

664.  'Upland  Game  Birds.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  306-307,  July,  1902. 

Review  of  the  work.     (See  supra,  No.  663.) 

665.  A.  S.  Packard's  'Lamarck,  His  Life  and  Work.'  <Auk,  XIX,  p.  306,  July,  1902. 

Brief  review  of  the  work  (8vo,  London  and  New  York,  1901). 

666.  Richmond's  'List  of  Generic  Terms  Proposed  for  Birds  during  1890-1900.'  < 

Auk,  XIX,  pp.  307-308,  July,  1902. 

Review  of  Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nal.  Mas.,  XXIVr 
No.  1267,  May,  1902,  pp.  663-729). 

667.  Oberholser's  Review  of  the  Horned  Larks.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  308-309,  Julyr 

1902. 

Review  of  H.  C.  Oberholser's  'A  Review  of  the  Larks  of  the  genus  Otocoris'  (Proc.  U.  S. 
Nal.  Mas.,  XXIV,  No.  1271,  June,  1902,  pp.  801-884). 

668.  Ogilvie-Grant  on  Recently  Described  American  Gallinse.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp. 

309-311,  July,  1902. 

Critical  notice  of  W.  R.  Ogilvie-Grant's  paper  entitled  'Remarks  on  the  Species  of  Ameri- 
can Gallinse,'  etc.  (The  Ibis,'  pp.  233-245,  April,  1902). 

669.  Grinnell's  'Check-List  of  California  Birds.' <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  405^07,  Oct.r 

1902. 

Critical  review  of  Joseph  Grinnell's  paper  of  this  title  (Pacific  Avifauna,  No.  3,  1902,  pp. 
1-92,  2  col.  maps). 


170  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

670.  Berlepsch  and  Hartert  on  the  Birds  of  the  Orinoco  Region.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp. 

407-408,  Oct.,  1902. 

Review  of  their  paper  in  Novitates  Zoologicx,  IX,  1902,  pp.  1-134. 

671.  Dubois's  'Synopsis  Avium.'  <Auk,  XIX,  p.  409,  Oct.,  1902. 

Review  of  Parts  V-X,  completing  Vol.  I,  1899-1902.     (See  supra,  Nos.  599,  631.) 

672.  Chapman  on  Birds  from  Alaska.  <AvJc,  XIX,  p.  414,  Oct.,  1902. 

Review  of  F.  M.  Chapman's  paper  (Bull.  Amer.  Mas.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  231-247, 
Aug.,  1902). 

673.  Sd-called  Species  and  Subspecies.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XVI,  pp.  383-386,  Sept.  5, 

1902. 

674.  In  re  Mdeagris  sylvestris  Vieillot.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  419-420,  Oct.,  1902. 

Comment  on  C.  Davies  Sherborn's  letter  to  The  Auk  under  this  title,  with  reference  to 
previous  editorial  criticism  of  Mr.  Ogilvie-Grant  (Auk,  XIX,  p.  311). 

1903. 

675.  The  A.  O.  U .  Check-List  —  Its  History  and  its  Future.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  1-9, 

Jan.,  1903. 

676.  Vernacular  Names  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  70-73,  Jan.,  1903. 

Mainly  in  reference  to  the  use  of  the  hyphen  in  compound  names,  with  other  comment  in 
relation  to  Dr.  Fxlwin  Doran's  article  in  the  same  issue  of  The  Auk  (pp.  38-42)  proposing 
certain  rules  for  the  construction  of  vernacular  names  of  birds.  . 

677.  Ridgway's  'Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.'  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  73-76, 

Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  Part  II.     (See  supra,  Nos.  648  and  649.) 

678.  Mrs.  Florence  Merriam  Bailey's  'Handbook  of  Birds  of  the  Western  United 

States.'  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  76-78,  Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  the  work  (12mo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1902). 

679.  Brewster's  '  Birds  of  the  Cape  Region  of  Lower  California.'  < Auk,  XX,  pp.  78- 

80,  Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  the  work  (Bull.  Mas.  Comp.  Zool.,  XLI,  Sept.,  1902,  pp.  1-244,  and  map). 

680.  [H.  W.]  Henshaw's  'Birds  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.' <Auk,  XX,  pp.  80-81, 

Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  Honolulu,  1902). 

681.  Snodgrass  and  Heller  on  the  Birds  of  Clipperton  and  Cocos  Islands.  < AuJc, 

XX,  pp.  81-82,  Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  their  paper  in  Proc.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  IV,  Sept.,  1902,  pp.  501-520. 

682.  Strong  on  the  Development  of  Color  in  Feathers.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  86-88, 

Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  Dr.  R.  M.  Strong's  'The  Development  of  Color  in  the  Definitive  Feather' 
(Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  XL,  1902,  pp.  146-186,  pll.  i-ix). 

683.  Note  on  Psittacula  modesta  Cabanis.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  213,  April,  1903. 

Psittacula  modesta  and  P.  m.  sclateri  are  considered  as  both  entitled  to  recognition. 


BIRDS.  171 

684.  Note  on  Sylvia  ccerulea  Wilson.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  216-218,  April,  1903. 

Sylvia  aerulea  Wilson  not  preoccupied  by  Sylvia  aerulea  Latham,  the  latter  being  not  the 
name  of  a  new  species  but  =  Molacilla  cxrulea  Linn,  transferred  to  the  genus  Sylvia.  The 
principle  involved  is  discussed  at  length. 

685.  Ornithological  Magazines.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  219-226,  April,  1903. 

Reviews  of  The  Condor,  Bird-Lore,  and  Wilson  Bulletin  for  the  year  1902. 

686.  Pycraft  on  'The  Significance  of  the  Condition  of  Young  Birds  at  Birth.' 

<Auk,  XX,  pp.  227-228,  April,  1903. 

Review  of  W.  P.  Pycraft's  paper  on  this  subject  (Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  IX.II,  Dec.,  1902, 
pp.  108-116). 

687.  "  Some  Suggestions."  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  234-235,  April,  1903. 

Comment  on  a  letter  to  the  editors  of  The  Auk,  under  the  above  title,  suggesting  its 
restricting  the  output  of  faunal  lists  in  favor  of  articles  of  more  popular  interest. 

688.  [The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.]  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  246-248,  April, 

1903. 

Account  of  the  'Bird  Group*  exhibits  in  the  Museum. 

689.  The  California  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  XX, 

pp.  299-302,  July,  1903. 

Held  in  San  Francisco,  May  15-16,  1903. 

690.  Winkenwerder  on  the  Migration  of  Birds.  < Auk,  pp.  311-313,  July,  1903. 

Review  of  H.  A.  Winkenwerder's  'The  Migration  of  Birds,  with  special  Reference  to 
Nocturnal  Flights'  (Bull.  Wisconsin  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  II,  No.  4,  Oct.  1902,  pp.  177-263). 

691.  North  American  Water-Fowl.  < A uk,  XX,  pp.  313-314,  July,  1903. 

Review  of  'The  Water-Fowl  Family,'  by  L.  C.  Sanford,  L.  B.  Bishop  and  T.  S.  Van  Dyke. 
(8vo,  New  York,  1903.  American  Sportsman's  Library  series). 

692.  The  'New'  Edition  of  Nuttall. <Auk,  XX,  p.  314,  July,  1903. 

Review  of  Montague  Chamberlain's,  'A  Popular  Handbook  of  the  Birds  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada.  By  Thomas  Nuttall.'  Criticism  of  the  work. 

693.  Scott's  'The  Story  of  a  Bird  Lover.'  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  315-316,  July,  1903. 

Review  of  W.  E.  D.  Scott's  autobiographical  work  thus  entitled  (8vo,  New  York,  1903). 

694.  Snow's  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Kansas.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  317,  July,  1903. 

Review  of  the  fifth  edition  of  Professor  Francis  H.  Snow's  Catalogue  of  Kansas  Birds 
(reprinted  from  Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci.,  XVIII). 

695.  Bangs  on  New  Subspecies  of  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  320,  July,  1903. 

Brief  mention  of  eight  papers  by  Outram  Bangs,  in  Proc.  New  England  Zool.  Club,  Vols. 
Ill  and  IV,  1902-1903. 

696.  North's  'Nests  and  Eggs  of  Australian  Birds.' <Auk,  XX,  pp.  321-322,  July, 

1903. 

Notice  of  the  second  edition  of  A.  J.  North's  work  of  this  title,  issued  in  three  parts. 
1901-1903. 

697.  Seth-Smith's  Handbook  of  Parrakeets.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  322-323,  July,  1903, 

and  XXI,  p.  96,  1904. 

Review  of  David  Seth-Smith's  'Parrakeets,  a  Handbook  to  the  imported  Species'  (8vo. 
London,  1903). 


172  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

698.  J.  Macoun's  Catalogue  of  Canadian  Birds.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  441,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  Part  II.     (See  supra,  No.  624.) 

699.  Dresser's  'A  Manual  of  Palaearctic  Birds.'  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  441-442,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  H.  E.  Dresser's  work  thus  entitled  (8vo,  London,  Pt.  I,  1902,  Pt.  II,  1903). 

700.  Huntington's  'Our  Feathered  Game.'  <Auk,  XX,  p.  443,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  Dwight  W.  Himtington's  book  on  North  American  Game  Birds  (crown  8vo, 
New  York,  1903). 

701.  Degen  on  the  'Perennial  Moult'  in  the  Australian  Crow.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  444- 

446,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  '  Ecdysis,  as  Morphological  Evidence  of  the  Tetradactyle  Feathering  of  the 
Bird's  Forelimb,  based  on  the  Perennial  Moult  in  Gymnorhina  tibicen,  by  Edward  Degen 
(Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  XVI,  pt.  viii,  May,  1903,  pp.  347-412,  pll.  xxxvi-xxxviii). 

702.  Weed's  Bibliography  of  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  446,  Oct.,  1903. 

A  brief  notice  of  Clarence  M.  Weed's  'A  Partial  Bibliography  of  the  Economic  Relations 
of  some  North  American  Birds.'  (Tech.  Bull.  No.  5,  New  Hampshire  College  Agric.  Exper. 
Station.)  * 

703.  Stone  on  Birds  of  Southern  New  Mexico  and  Western  Texas.  <Auk,  XX,  p. 

447,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  Witmer  Stone  and  James  A.  G.  Rehn  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Philadelphia,  1903,  pp.  16-34. 

704.  Bonhote's  List  of  Birds  Collected  in  the  Bahamas.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  447-448, 

Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  J.  Lewis  Bonhote's  paper  in  The  Ibis,  July,  1903,  pp.  273-312. 

705.  Ornithological  Magazines:  'The  Osprey.'  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  451^52,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  Vol.  VI  of  this  i 


706.  F.  M.  Chapman's  'The  Economic  Value  of  Birds  to  the  State.'  <Auk,  XX, 

p.  453,  Oct.,  1903. 

Review  of  the  work  (4to,  1903,  State  of  New  York  Forest,  Fish  and  Game  Commission). 

707.  The  A.  O.  U.  Model  Law.  <Condor,  V,  pp.  157-158,  Nov.,  1903. 

Defense  of  the  provision  for  ornithological  collecting. 


1904. 

708.  Mason  A.  Walton's  'A  Hermit's  Wild  Friends.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  87-90,  Jan., 

1904. 

Extended  criticism  of  the  work  (8vo,  Boston,  1893). 

709.  Fisher's  'Birds  of  Laysan.'  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  90,  Jan.,  1904. 

Review  of  Walter  K.  Fisher's  paper    on  'Birds  of    Laysan  and  the  Leeward  Islands, 
Hawaiian  Group'  (U.  S.  Fish  Comm.  Bulletin  for  1903,  pp.  4-15). 

710.  Jones's  'The  Birds  of  Ohio.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  90-91,  Jan.,  1904. 

Review  of  Lynds  Jones's  work  of  this  title  (Ohio  Stale  Acad.  Sci.,  Special  Papers,  No.  6, 
1903,  pp.  141,  with  map). 


BIRDS.  173 

711.  Sharpe's  'Hand  List  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Birds.' <Auk,  XXI,  pp. 

92-93,  Jan.,  1904. 
Review  of  Volume  IV,  1903.     (See  supra,  Nos.  598,  630  and  651.) 

712.  Ridgway  on  New  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  93,  Jan.,  1904. 

Brief  notice  of  two  important  papers  (in  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XVI,  pp.  105-113. 

167-170). 

713.  Ernest  Hartert's  'Der  Vogel  der  Palaarktischen  Fauna.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  94- 

95,  Jan.,  1904. 

Review  of  Heft  I  of  this  important  work  (large  8vo,  Berlin,  1903). 

714.  The  Avicultural  Magazine.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  95-96,  Jan.,  1904. 

Review  of  Vol.  I,  new  series. 

715.  Coues's  'Key  to  North  American  Birds.'     Fifth  Edition.  < A uk,  XXI,  pp. 

292-296,  April,   1904. 

Review  of  this  posthumous  edition  of  a  celebrated  work  (2  vols.,  roy.  8vo,  Boston,  1903). 

716.  F.  M.  Chapman's  'Color  Key  to  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp. 

296-297,  April,  1904. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  New  York,  1903). 

717.  Mrs.  Wheelock's  'Birds  of  California.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  299-300,  April,  1904. 

Review  of  the  work  (sm.  8vo,  Chicago,  1904) . 

718.  Kumlien  and  Hollister's  '  The  Birds  of  Wisconsin.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  301-302, 

April,  1904. 

Review  of  the  work  (Bull.  Wisconsin  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.,  Ill,  1903). 

719.  Silloway's  'The  Birds  of  Fergus  County,  Montana.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  302-303, 

April,  1904. 

Review  of  P.  M.  Silloway's  paper  forming  Bull.  No.  1,  Fergus  County  High  School, 
Lewistown,  Mont.,  1903. 

720.  Oberholser's  'Review  of  the  Wrens  of  the  Genus  Troglodytes'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp. 

303-304,  April,   1904. 

Review  of  H.  C.  Oberholser's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVII,  No.  1354, 
Feb.,  1904,  pp.  197-210,  and  map). 

721.  Oberholser  on  the  American  Great  Horned  Owls.<Auk,  XXI,  pp.  304-305, 

April,  1904. 

Review  of  H.  C.  Oberholser's  paper  'A  Revision  of  the  American  Great  Horned   Owls' 
(Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVII,  No.  1352,  pp.  177-192,  Feb.,  1904). 

722.  Snodgrass  and  Heller  on  the  Birds  of  the  Galapagos  Archipelago.  <Auk,  XXI, 

pp.  305-306,  April,  1904. 

Review  of  paper  by  Robert  Evans  Snodgrass  and  Edmund  Heller  (Proc.   Washington 
Acad.  Sci.,  V,  1904). 

723.  Shufeldt  on  the  Osteology  of  the  Halcyones  and  Limicolse.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  306, 

April,  1904. 

Review  of  two  papers  by  R.   W.  Shufeldt  (Amer.  Nat.,  XXXVII,  pp.  697-724;    Ann. 
Carnegie  Mus.,  II,  pp.  15-70,  pi.  i  and  27  text  figs.). 


174  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

724.  Evans's  'Turner  on  Birds.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  306-307,  April,  1904. 

Review  of  A.  H.  Evans's  annotated  translation  of  this  early  work  (Svo,  Cambridge,  1903). 

725.  Recent  Papers  on  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  307-308,  April, 

1904. 

Review  of  papers  by  Sylvester  D.  Judd,  Edward  Howe  Forbush,  and  H.  P.  Attwater. 

726.  Summary  of  Game  Laws  for  1903.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  308-309,  April,  1904. 

Based  on  papers  by  Henry  Oldys,  T.  S.  Palmer,  and  R.  W.  Williams,  Jr.  (Dept.  Agric. 
Washington) . 

727.  The  case  of  Megalestris  vs.  Catharacta.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  345-348,  July,  1904. 

Catharacla  Briinnich  preoccupied  by  Catarracles  Brisson;   extended  comment  on  the  case. 

728.  Black-capped  Petrel  in  New  Hampshire.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  383,  pi.  xxii,  July, 

1904. 

729.  W.  T.  Hornaday's  'The  American  Natural  History.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  394-395, 

July,  1904. 

Review  of  the  work  (Svo,  New  York,  1904). 

730.  Boardman's  'The  Naturalist  of  the  St.  Croix.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  397-398,  July, 

1904. 

Review  of  Samuel   Lane  Boardman's  'Memoir  of  George  A.  Boardman'  (Svo.  Bangor, 
1903). 

731.  Pearson's  'Three  Summers  among  the  Birds  of  Russian  Lapland.'  <Auk,  XXI, 

pp.  398-399,  July,  1904. 

Review  of  the  work  (Svo,  London,  1904). 

732.  Swarth  on  the  'Birds  of  the  Huachuca  Mountains,  Arizona.'  <Aiik,  XXI,  pp. 

401-402,  July,  1904. 

Review  of  Henry  S.  Swarth's  paper  of  this  title,  forming  Pacific  Avifauna,  No.  4,  1904 
(70  pp.). 

733.  Nelson's  'Revision  of  the  American  Mainland  Species  of  Myiarchus.'  < Auk, 

XXI,  pp.  403-404,  July,  1904. 

Review  of  E.  W.  Nelson's  paper  of  this  title  in  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XVII,  1904, 
pp.    151-160. 

734.  Code  of  Botanical  Nomenclature.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  404-405,  July,  1904. 

Reviewed  and  compared  with  the  A.  O.  U.Code  (Bull.  Torrey  Botan.  Club,  XXXI,  No.  .5, 
May,  1904.) 

735.  Bird  Groups  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  408, 

July,  1904. 

736.  So-called  Nature  Books.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  409,  July,  1904. 

Comment  on  the  works  of  William  J.  Long  and  Mason  A.  Walton. 

737.  The  International  Catalogue  of  Scientific  Literature.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  494-501, 

Oct.,  1904. 

\  rritiral  review  of  I  ho  section  "Zoology"  in  lh>-  first  annual  issue. 


BIRDS.  175 

738.  Cooke's  'Some  New  Facts  about  Bird  Migration.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  501-503, 

Oct.,  1904. 

Review  of  Wells  W.  Cooke's  paper  of  this  title  in  Yearbook  of  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.  for  1903, 
pp.  371-386. 

739.  G.  M.  Allen's  'The  Birds  of  New  Hampshire.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  503-505,  Oct., 

1904. 

Review  of  Glover  M.  Allen's  paper  in  Proc.  Manchester  (N.  H.)  Inst.  Arts  and  Sciences, 
IV,  pt.  I,  1902  (1903),  pp.  23-222. 

740.  Hartert's  'Die  Vogel  der  Palaarktischen  Fauna.'  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  505-506, 

Oct.,  1904. 

Review  of  Part  II.     (See  supra.  No.  713.) 

741.  Kirtland's  Warbler.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  506-507,  Oct.,  1904. 

Review  of  papers  on  this  species  by  Charles  C.  Adams  and  Norman  A.  Wood. 

742.  Forbush  on  the  Destruction  of  Birds  by  the  Elements.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  507- 

509,  Oct.,  1904. 

Review  of  E.  H.  Forbush's  'Special  Report '  on  this  subject  (Fifty-first  Ann.  Rep.  Massa- 
chusetts State  Board  of  Agric.). 

1905. 

743.  Cooke's  'Distribution  and  Migration  of  North  American  Warblers.' <Auk, 

XXII,  pp.  91-92,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  Wells  W.  Cooke's  paper  of  this  title  in  Bulletin  No.  IS,  Division  of  Biological 
Survey,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1904. 

744.  Osgood  on  Birds  of  Alaska.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  92-93,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  W.  H.  Osgood's  'A  Biological  Reconnaissance  of  the  Base  of  the  Alaska  Penin- 
sula' (North  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  24,  1904). 

745.  Preliminary  Review  of  the  Birds  of  Nebraska.  <Auk,   XXII,  pp.  94-95, 

Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  a  brochure  of  this  title  by  Lawrence  Bruner,  Robert  H.  Walcott,  Myron  H. 
Swenk  (8vo,  Omaha,  no  date). 

746.  Scott  on  the  Inheritance  of  Song  in  Passerine  Birds.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  95-96, 

Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  two  papers  on  this  subject  by  W.  E.  D.  Scott,  in  Science,  Vols.  XIX  and  XX , 

1904. 

747.  Scott's  Ornithology  of  Patagonia.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  96-97,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  W.  E.  D.  Scott's  Ornithology  of  Patagonia,  Part  I,  Rheidsc-Sphenicidte  (Vol. 
II  of  the  Reports  of  Princeton  University  Expeditions  to  Patagonia,  pp.  1-112,  1896-1899). 

748.  Bryan's  'A  Monograph  of  Marcus  Island.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  98-99,  Jan., 

1905. 

Review  of  Win.  Alanson  Bryan's  paper  in  Occas.  Papers  of  the  Bernice  Pauahi  \tus.,  II, 
No.  1,  1903. 

749.  J.  Macoun's  'Catalogue  of  Canadian  Birds.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  99-100,  Jan., 

1905. 

Review  of  Part  III  (8vo,  Ottawa.  1904). 


176  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

750.  Riley  on  the  Birds  of  Barbuda  and  Antigua.  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  101,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  J.  H.  Riley's  'Catalogue  of  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Barbuda  and  Antigua, 
British  West  Indies.'     (Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  quart,  issue,  XLVII,  1904,  pp.  277-291). 

751.  Dubois's  'Synopsis  Avium.'  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  102,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  fasc.  xiii-xvi,  completing  Alphonse  Dubois's  work  of  this  title   (roy.  8vo, 
Bruxelles,  1899-1902).     (See  supra,  Nos.  599,  631,  and  671.) 

752.  Report  on  the  Birds  Collected  in  Northeastern  Siberia  by  the  Jesup  North 

Pacific  Expedition,  with  Field  Notes  by  the  Collector.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mm. 
Nat.  Hist.,  XXI,  1905,  pp.  219-257,  July  24,  1905. 

An  annotated  list  of  127  species.     Spp.  nov.:    (1)  Alauda  buxloni,  p.  247;    (2)  Anlhus 
anadyrensis,  p.  254. 

753.  Madarazs's   'An   Extraordinary   Discovery   in   Ornithology.'  <Auk,   XXII, 

pp.  102-103,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  Julius  V.  Madarasz's  paper  of  this  title  (Ann.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Hungarici,  II, 

1904,  pp.  396-398). 

754.  Shalow  on  Arctic  Birds.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  103-104,  Jan.,  1905. 

Review  of  Dr.  H.  Shalow's  'Die  Vogel  der  Arktis'  in  Fauna  Arctica,  Vol.  IV,  pt.  1,  pp. 

81-288,  1904. 

755.  [Bird  Groups  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.]  <Auk,  XXII, 

pp.  107-109,  Jan.,  1905. 

756.  [Work  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Committee  for  Bird  Protection.]  <A  uk,  XXII,  pp.  110- 

112,  Jan.,  1905. 

757.  The  Loggerhead  Shrike  in  Connecticut  in  Winter.  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  211,  April, 

1905. 

758.  Ridgway's  'The  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  219- 

222,  April,  1905. 

Review  of  Part  III. 

759.  Richmond  on  Birds  described  by  Pallas  in  1764.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  222-223, 

April,  1905. 

Review  of  Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond's  "Notes  on  the  Birds  described  by  Pallas  in  the 
'Adumbratiuncula'  of  Vroeg's  Catalogue."      (Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  quart,  issue,  XLVII, 

1905,  pp.  342-347). 

760.  Harvie-Brown  and  Macpherson's  'A  Fauna  of  the  Northwest  Highlands  and 

Skye.'  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  223,  April,  1905. 

Review  of  the  work  (sm.  4to,  Edinburgh,  1904). 

761.  Hagmann's  Concordance  of  Brazilian  Birds  described  by  Spix,  Wied,  Bur- 

meister,  and  Pelzeln.  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  226,  April,  1905. 

Review  of  Dr.  G.  Hagmann's  paper  in  Bolelim  do  Museu  Goeldi,  IV,  1904. 

762.  Raine  on  the  Eggs  of  the  Solitary  Sandpiper.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  100-101,  Jan., 

1905. 

Summary  of  Walter  Raine's  paper  on  the '  Discovery  of  the  Eggs  of  the  Solitary  Sandpiper  * 
(Ottawa  Nat.,  XVIII,  pp.  135-138). 


BIRDS.  177 

763.  Shufeldt  on  the  Families  and  Higher  Groups  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  227- 

228,  April,  1905. 

Review  of  R.  W.  Shufeldt's  'An  Arrangement  of  the  Families  and  Higher  Groups  of  Birds ' 
(Amer.  Nat.,  XXXVIII,  1904,  pp.  833-857). 

764.  Shelley's  '  Birds  of  Africa.'  < Auk,  XXII,  pp.  228-229,  April,  1905. 

Review  of  Vol.  IV,  pt.  1  (London,  1905) .     (See  tapra.  No.  632.) 

765.  Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Biological  Survey  (Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam)  for  the 

Year  ending  June  30,  1904.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  230-232,  April,  1905. 

Review  of  the  Report  (in  Yearbook  Dept.  Agric.  for  1904). 

766.  [Founding  of  the  National  Association  of  Audubon  Societies.]  <Auk,  XXII, 

p.  232,  April,  1905. 

767.  Townsend's  'The  Birds  of  Essex  County,  Massachusetts.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp. 

322-323,  July,  1905. 

Review  of  Dr.  C.  W.  Townsend's  work  of  this  title  (Mem.  NuUall  Orn.  Club,  No.  Ill,  1905). 

768.  Job's  '  Wild  Wings.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  324-325,  July.  1905. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1905). 

769.  Sharpe  on  the  Birds  of  the  Antarctic  Regions.  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  325,  July,  1905. 

Review  of  Dr.  R.  B.  Sharpe's  Report  on  the  Birds  of  the  'Southern  Cross'  Expedition 
(8vo,  London,  British  Museum,  1904). 

770.  Butterfield  on  Bird  Migration.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  325-328,  July,  1905. 

Review  of  W.  Ruskin  Butterfield's  '  Remarks  upon  Theories  in  regard  to  the  Migration 
of  Birds'  (in  Novitaies  Zool.,  XII,  pp.  15-20,  1905). 

771.  Nelson  on  the  Names  of  Certain  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  330- 

331,  July,  1905. 

Review  of  two  papers  by  E.  W.  Nelson  in  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  XVIII,  1905. 

772.  The  Status  of  certain  Swainsonian  Genera  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  400-407, 

Oct.,  1905. 

Discussion  of  the  status  of  the  genera  Xiphorhynchws,  Vermiaora,  Tiaris,  and  Ammo- 
dramus,  first  published  incidentally  in  a  paper  preceding  by  a  few  weeks  their  formal  publica- 
tion with  designation  of  a  type  species  for  each. 

773.  Stephens's  'Life  Areas  of  California.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  424-246,  Oct.,  1905. 

Review  and  synopsis  of  Frank  Stephens's  paper  of  this  title  (Trans.  San  Diego,  California, 
Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  No.  1,  1905). 

774.  Chapman  on  the  Life  History  of  the  American  Flamingo.  <Auk,  XXII,  p. 

426,  Oct.,  1905. 

Review  of  F.  M.  Chapman's  paper  in  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXI,  1905,  pp.  53-77, 
with  15  text  figs. 

775.  Hartert's  'Die  Vogel  der  Palaarktischen  Fauna.' <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  428-429, 

Oct.,  1905. 

Review  of  Heft  III.     (See  supra,  Nos.  713,  740.) 


178  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

776.  Clark  on  the  Amount  of  Difference  that  should  characterize  Species  and  Sub- 

species. <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  429-434,  Oct.,  1905. 

Review  of  Hubert  Lyman  Clark's  'The  Limits  of  Difference  in  Specific  and  Subspecific 
Distinctions'  (in  Fifth  Ann.  Rep.  Michigan  Acad.  Sci.,  1903),  discussing  at  length  his  six 
"fundamental  rules." 

777.  Oberholser  on  the  Nomenclature  of  Certain  Genera  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XXII, 

pp.  436-437,  Oct.,  1905. 

Review  of  H.  C.  Oberholser's  paper  entitled  'Notes  on  the  Nomenclature  of  Certain 
Genera  of  Birds'  (in  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  quart,  issue,  XLVIII,  1905). 

778.  Forbush  on  the  Decrease  of  Birds  and  Means  for  their  Protection.  <Auk, 

XXII,  pp.  437-438,  Oct.,  1905. 

Review  of  E.  H.  Forbush's  'Special  Report'  on  this  subject  in  52d  Ann.  Rep.  Massachu- 
setts State  Board  of  Agric.,  1905. 

779.  Supplementary  Notes  on  Birds  Collected  in  the  Santa  Marta  District,  Co- 

lombia, by  Herbert  H.  Smith,  with  Descriptions  of  Nests  and  Eggs.  <Bidl. 
Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXI,  pp.  275-295,  Oct.  4,  1905. 

Additions  and  corrections,  pp.  275-278;  descriptions  of  nests  and  eggs,  42  species,  pp. 
279-295. 

1906. 

780.  The  Name  of  the  Western  Sandpiper.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  97-98,  Jan.,  1906. 

Ereuneles  occidentalis  Lawrence  (1864)  should  give  place  to  Ereuneles  mauri  Gundlach 
1856. 

781.  Stejneger's  'The  Birds  of  the  Genus  Cindus  and  their  geographical  Distribu- 

tion.' <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  111-112,  Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  Dr.  L.  Stejneger's  paper  of  this  title  (in  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  quart,  issue, 
XLVIII,  1905). 

782.  Clark's  'Birds  of  the  Southern  Lesser  Antilles.' <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  113-114, 

Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  Austin  E.  Clark's  paper  of  this  title  (in  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXII, 
No.  7,  1905). 

783.  Beebe's  'Two  Bird  Lovers  in  Mexico.'  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  115,  Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  C.  William  Beebe's  book  of  this  title  (8vo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1905). 

784.  Hartzsch's  Birds  of  Iceland.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  115-116,  Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  Bernhard  Hantzsch's  'Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  der  Vogelwelt  Islands*  (8vo, 
Berlin,  1905). 

785.  Csorgey's  Ornithological  Fragments  from  the  Manuscripts  of  Johann  Salamon 

von  Pet6nyi.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  116-117,  Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  Gera-Untermhaus,  1905). 

786.  Harvie-Brown's  'Travels  of  a  Naturalist  in  Northern  Europe.'  <Auk,  XXIII, 

pp.  117-118,  Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  J.  A.  Harvie-Brown's  work  of  this  title  (2  voLs.,  8vo,  London,  1905). 

787.  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  119-120,  Jan.,  1906. 

Review  of  three  papers  by  Vernon  Bailey,  S.  D.  Judd,  and  W.  L.  McAtee  (Bull.  Bio/. 
Surrey,  Nos.  21-23,  1905). 


BIRDS.  179 

788.  Subgenera  and  Other  Matters.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  122-125,  Jan.,  1906. 

Anent  Dr.  Ernst  Hartert's  protest  against  certain  editorial  criticisms  of  Heft  III  of  his 
'  Die  Vogel  der  Palaarktischen  Fauna,'  in  The  Auk,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  428. 

789.  [First  Annual  Meeting  of  the  National  Association  of  Audubon  Societies.] 

<Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  126-128,  Jan.,  1906. 

General  account  of  the  proceedings. 

790.  Thayer  and  Bangs  on  Birds  from  Panama.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  234-235,  April, 

1906. 

Review  of  four  papers  on  Panama  birds,  chiefly  by  Outram  Bangs. 

791.  Verrill  on  Birds  of  Dominica.  <  Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  235-237,  April,  1906 . 

Review  of  A.  Hyatt  Verrill's  paper  on  the  'Avifauna  of  Dominba*  (privately  printed, 
unpaged,  and  without  date). 

792.  Whitaker's  'The  Birds  of  Tunisia.'  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  238-240,  April,  1906. 

Review  of  J.  I.  S.  Whitaker's  work  of  this  title  (2  vols.,  large  8vo,  London,  1905). 

793.  Ralfe's  '  The  Birds  of  the  Isle  of  Man.'  <  Auk,  XXIII,  p.  240,  April,  1906. 

Review  of  P.  G.  Ralfe's  book  of  this  title  (8vo,  Edinburgh,  1905). 

794.  Economic  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  241-242,  April,  1906. 

Review  of  papers  by  McAtee,  Judd,  Palmer,  and  others,  published  by  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric. 

795.  Buturlin's  'The  Breeding-grounds  of  the  Rosy  Gull.'  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  348- 

349,  July,  1906. 

Review  of  S  A.  Buturlin's  paper  of  this  title  in  The  Ibis,  1906,  pp.  131-139,  333-337. 

796.  Clarke's  'Birds  of  the  South  Orkney  Islands.'  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  350-351, 

July,  1906. 

Review  of  Win.  Eagle  Clarke's  paper  of  this  title  in  The  Ibis,  Jan.,  1906,  pp.  145-187, 
pll.  iii-xiii. 

797.  Menegaux  and  Hellmayr  on  the  Passeres  Tracheophones  of  the  Paris  Museum. 

<Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  351-363,  July,  1906. 

Review  of  three  papers  by  these  authors  published  in  1905  and  1906  in  Bulletins  and 
Memoirs  of  three  different  French  scientific  societies.  See  further  on  this  matter,  Auk, 
XXIII,  pp.  480^83,  Oct.,  1906. 

798.  'An  Eccological  Survey  in  Northern  Michigan.'  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  354,  July, 

1906. 

Review  of  a  Report  prepared  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  Ghas.  C.  Adams,  University 
of  Michigan  (8vo.  Lansing,  Mich.,  1906). 

799.  Brewster's  'The  Birds  of  the  Cambridge  Region.'  <Auk,  XXIIL  pp.  466-470, 

Oct.,  1906. 

Review  of  William  Brewster's  work  of  this  title  (Mem.  NuUall  Orn.  Club,  No.  IV,  1906). 

800.  Report  on  the  Immigration  of  Birds  in  England  and  Wales  in  the  Spring  of 

1905.  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  472,  Oct.,  1906. 

Review  of  the  Report,  by  a  Committee  of  the  British  Ornithologists'  Club  (Hull.  British 
Orn.,  Club,  XVII,  1906). 


180  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

801.  'A  Hand-List  of  the  Birds  of  the  Philippine  Islands.'  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  472- 

473,  Oct.,  1906. 

Review  of  Richard  E  McGregor  and  Dean  C.  Worcester's  work  of  this  title  (Svo,  Manila, 
1906). 

802.  New  Names  for  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  474-475,   Oct., 

1906. 

Review  of  three  papers  on  this  subject  by  H.  C.  Oberholser  and  of  one  by  Outram  Bangs. 

803.  Palmer  on  Federal  Game  Protection.  <Auk,  XXIII.  pp.  475-477,  Oct.,  1906. 

Review  of  Dr.  T.  S.  Palmer's  'Federal  Game  Protection  — A  Five  Years'  Retrospect' 
(in  Yearbook  of  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  1905,  pp.  541-562). 


1907. 

804.  The  Rio  Grande  Seedeater,  its  Status  and  Technical  History.  <Auk,  XXIV, 

pp.  26-30,  Jan.,  1907. 

Sporophila  morelleti  sharpei  (Lawrence)  shown  to  be  a  well-marked  subspecies. 

805.  Beebe's  'The  Bird.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  112-113,  Jan.,  1907. 

Review  of  C.  William  Beebe's  work  of  this  title  (large  Svo,  New  York,  1906). 

806.  Hellmayr  on  Spix's  Types  of  Brazilian  Birds.  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  113-114,  Jan., 

1907. 

Review  of  C.  E.  Hellmayr's  'Revision  der  Spix'schen  Typen  Brasilianische  Vogel'  (Ab- 
handl.  der  K.  B.  Akad.  Wiss.,  XXII,  pp.  563-726,  May,  1906). 

807.  Lonnberg  on  the  Birds  of  South  Georgia.  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  115,  Jan.,  1907. 

Review  of  Einar  Lonnberg's  paper  on  birds  in  'Contributions  to  the  Fauna  of  South 
Georgia'  (Svo,  =  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.,  XI,  No.  5,  1906). 

808.  Harvie-Brown's  'A  Fauna  of  the  Tay  Basin.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  115-117,  Jan., 

1907. 

Review  of  J.  A.  Harvie-Brown's  book  of  this  title  (sin.  4to,  Edinburgh,  1906,  pp.  1-102, 
pll.  i-xii  and  7  text  figs.). 

809.  Chapman's  'The  Warblers  of  North  America.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  227-229, 

April,  1907. 

Review  of  F.  M.  Chapman's  work  of  this  title  (Svo,  New  York,  1907). 

810.  Alpheraky's  'The  Geese  of  Europe  and  Asia.'  <  Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  229-230, 

April,  1907. 

Review  of  Sergius  Alpheraky's  work  (4to,  London,  1905). 

811.  Schiebel's  'Phylogeny  of  the  Species  of  Lanius.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  230,  April, 

1907. 

Review  of  Dr.  P.  G.  Schiebel's  'Die  Phylogenese  der  Lanius  Arten'  (in  Journ.  f.  Orn., 
1900,  pp.  1-77,  161-219,  pll.  8,  7  colored). 


812.     Hellmayr  on  the  Types  of  Little-known  Neotropical  Birds.  <Aufc,  XXIV,  p. 
231,  April,  1907. 

Review  of  C.  E.  Hellmayr's  paper  in  Notitales  Zool.,  XIII,  July,  1906,  pp.  305-352. 


BIRDS.  181 

813.  Cooke's  the  'Distribution  and  Migration  of  North  American  Ducks,  Geese  and 

Swans.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  232-233,  April,  1907. 

Review  of  Wells  W.  Cooke's  paper  (Bull.  Biol.  Sure.,  No.  26). 

814.  Forbush's  'Useful  Birds  and  their  Protection.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  234-235, 

April,  1907. 

Review  of  E.  H.  Forbush's  work  thus  entitled  (8vo,  no  date,  Massachusetts  State  Board 
of  Agriculture). 

815.  Dionne's  Birds  of  the  Province  of  Quebec.  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  236,  April,  1907. 

Review  of  C.  E.  Dionne's  'Les  Oiseaux  de  la  Province  de  Quebec '  (8vo,  Quebec,  1906). 

816.  Cole  on  Birds  from  Yucatan.  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  237,  April,  1907. 

Review  of  Dr.  Leon  J.  Cole's  'Aves'  in  'Vertebrata  from  Yucatan'  (Bull.  Mas.  Comp. 
Zool.,  L,  No.  5,  1906,  pp.  100-159.  Birds,  pp.  109-146). 

817.  Salvin  and  Godman's  'Biologia  Centrali- Americana,  Aves.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp. 

350-352,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  the  work  (4  vols.,  4to,  1879-1905). 

818.  Proceedings   of   the   Fourth   International   Ornithological   Congress.  <Aukt 

XXIV,  pp.  352-354,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  the  volume  (Ornis,  Vol.  XIV,  1907). 

819.  Newton's  'Ootheca  Wolleyana.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  354-355,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  Part  IV,  completing  the  work  (London,  8vo,  1905). 

820.  Mershon's  'The  Passenger  Pigeon.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  355-357,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  W.  B.  Mershon's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1907). 

821 .  Forbes's  '  An  Ornithological  Cross-section  of  Illinois  in  Autumn.'  <  Auk,  XXIV, 

pp.  358-359,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  Prof.  S.  A.  Forbes's  paper  of  this  title  (Bull.  Illinois  State  Laboratory  of  Nat. 
Hisl.,  VII,  pp.  305-335,  April,  1907). 

822.  Berlepsch  'On  the  Genus  Elcmia.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  360,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  paper  in  Proc.  IVth  Internal.  Orn.  Congress,  1905  (1906,  pp.  372-448). 

823.  Hartert's  'Die  Vogel  der  Palaarctischen  Fauna.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  362,  July, 

1907. 

Review  of  Heft  IV,  March,  1907. 

824 .  Woodruff's  '  The  Birds  of  the  Chicago  Area.'  < Auk,  XXIV,  p.  363,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  Frank  M.  Woodruff's  paper  of  this  title  (Chicago  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.  No.  VI 
of  the  Nat.  Hist.  Survey,  1907). 

825.  Fleming  on  Migrations  of  Brunnich's  Murre.  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  364,  July,  1907. 

Review  of  J.  H.  Fleming's  'The  Unusual  Migration  of  Brunnich's  Murre  (Uria  lomvia)  in 
Eastern  North  America,'  in  Proc.  IVlh  Internal.  Orn.  Congress,  1905  (1906),  pp.  528-543, 
2  maps. 

826.  The  Types  of  North  American  Genera  of  Birds.  <Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist., 

XXIII,  pp.  279-284,  April  5,  1907. 

On  the  basis  of  the  principle  of  elimination  in  opposition  to  the  "first  species  rule."  The 
introductory  matter  deals  with  the  '  first  reviser '  and  '  Brissonian  genera.'  All  of  the  original 
species  of  each  genus  are  listed,  and  their  subsequent  generic  disposition  shown. 


182  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

827.  The   Bcelophus   bicolor-atricristatus   Group.  <Buil.   Amer.   Mus.   Nat.   Hist.. 

XXIII,  pp.  467-^81,  June  12,  1907. 

A  study  in  geographic  variation,  etc.  Mr.  Ridgway's  conclusion  that  B.  bicolor  and  B. 
alricristatus  freely  hybridize  in  portions  of  Texas  is  confirmed. 

828.  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.  <Amer.  Nat.,  LXI,  pp.  672-673,  Oct., 

1907. 

Brief  notice  of  R.  Ridgway's  work  of  this  title,  Parts  I-IV. 

829.  Ridgway's  'The  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  450- 

451,  Oct.,  1907. 

Review  of  Part  IV,  1907. 

830.  Townsend  and  Allen's  'Birds  of  Labrador.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  451-452,  Oct., 

1907. 

Review  of  Dr.  Charles  W.  Townsend  and  Glover  M.  Allen's  paper  of  this  title  (Proe. 
Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  No.  7,  1907,  pp.  277-128,  with  map.) 

831.  Townsend's  'Along  the  Labrador  Coast.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  452-453,  Oct., 

1907. 

Review  of  Dr.  Charles  W.  Townsend's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Boston,  no  date,  [1907]). 

832.  Clark  on  New  Birds  from  Eastern  Asia  and  the  Aleutian  Islands.  <Auk, 

XXIV,  p.  453,  Oct.,  1907. 

Review  of  paper  by  Austin  H.  Clark  in  Proe.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXXII,  pp.  467-175, 1907. 

833.  Clarke  'On  the  Birds  of  the  Weddell  and  adjacent  Seas.'  < Auk,  XXIV,  pp. 

454-^55,   1907. 

Review  of  William  Eagle  Clarke's  report  on  the  ornithological  results  of  the  Scottish 
Naticnal  Antarctic  Expedition  (Ibis,  1907,  pp.  325-349  and  map.) 

834.  Goeldi's  'Album  de  Aves  Amazonicas.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  455,  Oct.,  1907. 

Review  of  Dr.  Emilio  A.  Goeldi's  work  of  this  title  (4to,  1900-1906). 

835.  Herman's  'The  Protection  of 'Birds  in  Hungary.'  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  456-457, 

Oct.,  1907. 

Review  of  Otto  Herman's  Report  to  the  Hungarian  Government  (8vo,  Budapest,  1907). 

836.  Anderson's  'The  Birds  of  Iowa.'<Aufc,  XXIV,  pp.  458-459,  Oct.,  1907. 

Review  of  Rudolph  M.  Anderson's  paper  of  this  title  (Proe.  Davenport  Acad.  Sci.,  XI. 
pp.  125-417,  March,  1907). 

837.  [The  Seventh  International  Congress  of  Zoology.]  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  462-466, 

Oct.,  1907. 

Short  account  of  the  Boston  Congress  (August  19-24,  1907),  with  a  transcript  of  the  new 
Article  30  of  the  International  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature  adopted  at  this  Congress, 
here  first  published. 

838.  A  List  of  the  Genera  and  Subgenera  of  North  American  Birds,  with  their 

Types,  according  to  Article  30  of  the  International  Code  of  Zoological 
Nomenclature.  <Butt.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  pp.  1-50,  Dec.  26. 
1907. 

Historical  resume,  pp.  3-12,  containing  comment  on  'Article  30,'  and  on  'G.  R.  Gray  as  a 
First  Reviser.'  The  determination  of  types  by  Rule  30  gives  practically  the  same  results  as 
by  elimination,  the  two  methods  giving  the  same  type  in  192  out  of  197  cases  where  the  type 
depends  on  'subsequent  designation.' 


183 


1908. 

839.  The  Generic  Names  Myderia  and  Tantalus  of  Linnseus,  1758,  <Auk,  XXV, 

pp.  37-38,  Jan.,  1908. 

Tantalus,  a  synonym  of  Mycteria,  is  replaced  by  Jabiru  Hellmayr,  1906. 

840.  Widmann's  'Birds  of  Missouri.'  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  89-90,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  Otto  Widmann's  'A  Preliminary  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Missouri'  (Trans. 
Acad.  Sci.  St.  Louis,  XVII,  No.  1,  pp.  1-288,  Nov.,  1907). 

841.  Jones  on  'The  Development  of  Nestling  Feathers.'  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  90,  Jan., 

1908. 

Review  of  Dr.  Lynds  Jones's  paper  of  this  title  (Laboratory  Bull.  No.  13,  Oberlin  College, 
Ohio,  1907). 

842.  Beebe  on  Geographic  Variation  in  Birds.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  90-93,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  C.  William  Beebe's  'Geographic  Variation  in  Birds  with  especial  reference  to  the 
Effects  of  Humidity '  (in  Zoologica,  I,  No.  1,  1907.  pp.  1-41,  with  5  half-tone  pll.). 

843.  Braislin's  Birds  of  Long  Island,  New  York.  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  93,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  Dr.  Wm.  C.  Braislin's  'A  List  of  the  Birds  of  Long  Island,  New  York*  (in  Absi. 
Proc.  Linnxan  Soc.  New  York  for  1907.  pp.  31-123). 

844.  Finley's  'American  Birds.' <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  93-94,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  William  Lovell  Finley's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1907). 

845.  Ihering's  Birds  of  Brazil.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  94-95,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  Dr.  Hermann  von  Ihering's  'As  Aves  do  Brazil'  (8vo,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  1907). 

846:     Beal  on  'Birds  as  Conservators  of  the  Forest,'  and  on  'Birds  of  California  in 
Relation  to  the  Fruit  Industry.'  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  95-97,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  two  papers  on  these  subjects  by  Prof.  F.  E.  L.  Beal,  the  first  in  Rep.  New  York 
Forest,  Fish  and  Game  Comm.,  1902-03;  the  other  in  Bull.  Biolog.  Survey,  No.  30,  1907). 

847.  Riddle's  'A  Study  of  Fundamental  Bars  in  Feathers.'  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  98, 

Jan.,    1908. 

Review  of  Oscar  Riddle's  paper  of  this  title  (Biol.  Butt.,  XII,  No.  3,  1907,  pp.  165-174). 

848.  Riddle  on  the  Cause  of  Production  of  'Down'  and  other  Down-like  Structures 

in  the  Plumages  of  Birds.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLII,  pp.  693-696,  Oct.,  1908. 
Review  of  paper  by  Oscar  Riddle  (in  Biolog.  Bull.,  XIV,  pp.  163-176,  Feb.,  1908). 

849.  Hopkins  on  the  Bony  Semicircular  Canals  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  98-99, 

Jan.,   1908. 

Review  of  Miss  May  Agnes  Hopkins's  paper  on  this  subject  (Biol.  Bull.,  XI,  No.  5,  1906, 
pp.  253-265). 

850.  A  Twenty-five  Year  Index  to  'The  Auk'  and  ' Nuttall  Bulletin.'  <Auk,  XXV, 

pp.  99-100,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  Dr.  J.  Dwight's  'Index,'  etc.,  as  above  (8vo,  Amer.  Orn.  Union,  1907). 

851.  Annual  Report  of  the  National  Association  of  Audubon  Societies  for  1907. 

<Auk,  XXV,  pp.  101-102,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  President  William  Dutcher's  Report  as  above  (Bird-Lore,  IX,  pp.  285-372). 


184  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

852.  The  Case  of  Hortulanus  Vieillot,  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  223-224,  April,  1908. 

If  recognized  (under  the  rule  of  priority)  would  supercede  Zonolrichia  Swainson,  1832. 

853.  Shaw's  'The  China  or  Denny  Pheasant  in  Oregon.'  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  241-242, 

April,  1908. 

Review  of  William  T.  Shaw's  illustrated  brochure  of  this  title  (Philadelphia,  1908). 

854.  Giglioli's  'Avifauna  Italica.'  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  242,  April,  1908. 

Review  of  Prof.  E.  H.  Giglioli's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Firenze,  1907). 

855.  Bonhote's  'Birds  of  Britain.'  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  243,  April,  1908. 

Review  of  J.  Lewis  Bonhote's  illustrated  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London,  1907). 

856.  'British  Birds.' <A«fc,  XXV,  pp.  243-244,  Jan.,  1908. 

Review  of  Vol.  I  of  the  magazine  British  Birds,  London,  1907. 

857.  Godman's  'Monograph  of  the  Petrels.'  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  244,  April,  1908. 

Review  of  Part  I  of  F.  Du  Cane  Godman's  'Monograph*  of  the  Tubinares  (4to,  London, 
Dec.,  1907). 

858.  The  Work  of  the  Biological  Survey.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  246-247,  April,  1908. 

Review  of  'Report  on  Work  of  the  Biological  Survey,'  by  James  Wilson,  Secretary  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  (Senate  Doc.  No.  132,  60th  Congress,  1st  Session,  1907). 

859.  The  Case  of  Strix  vs.  Aluco.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  288-291,  July,  1908. 

Slrix  shown  to  belong  to  the  Slrix  aluco  group,  while  Aluco  is  the  proper  name  for  the 
Barn  Owls. 

860.  Columbina  vs.  Chcemepelia.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  301-306,  July,  1908. 

Columbina  Spix  (1825)  has  priority  over  Chxmepelia  Swainson  (1827),  and  under  Rule  30 
of  the  International  Code  is  tenable  in  place  of  Chsemepelia. 

861.  Walter  on  Bird  Migration.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  329-333,  July,  1908. 

Review  of  'Theories  of  Bird  Migration  '  by  Hubert  Eugene  Walter  (in  School  Science  and 
Mathematics,  April-May,  1908),  with  extended  comment  on  the  general  subject  of  bird 
migration. 

862.  'Cassinia.'  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  335,  July,  1908. 

Review  of  'Cassinia,  a  Bird  Annual,'  for  1907. 

863.  Beebe  on  the  Seasonal  Changes  of  Color  in  Birds.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  335-336, 

July,   1908. 

Review  of  C.  William  Beebe's  'Preliminary  Report  on  an  Investigation  of  the  Seasonal 
Changes  of  Color  in  Birds'  (Arner.  Nat.,  XLII,  pp.  34-38,  Jan.,  1908). 

864.  Contributions  to  Philippine  Ornithology.  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  336,  July,  1908. 

Brief  mention  of  14  papers  on  Philippine  birds  by  several  different  authors,  in  Philippine 
Journ.  Science,  II,  No.  5,  Oct.,  1907. 

865.  Menegaux  on  the  Birds  of  the  French  Antarctic  Expedition.  <Auk,  XXV,  p. 

337,  July,  1908. 

Review  of  Dr.  A.  Menegaux's  report  on  the  Birds  of  the  Expedition  Antarctique  Franc:"'*1'. 
1903-1905.  under  Dr.  Jean  Charcot  (4to,  no  date). 


BIRDS.  185 

866.  Reichenow  on  Sea-Birds.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  337-338,  July,  1908. 

Review  of  Dr.  Anton  Reichenow's  '  Vogel  des  Weltmeers:  Die  Meeresvogel^der'ostlichen 
Erdhalfte,'  in  Deutsch  Siidpolar-Expedition  1901-1903,  Vol.  X,  Zoologie  I,  ^.^435-467, 
with  6  pll.  and  map. 

867.  Gddman's  'Monograph  of  the  Petrels.'  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  338-339,  July,  1908. 

Review  of  Part  II.  Puffinus  godmani,  nom.  nov.,  for  "Puffinus  bailloni"  tentatively 
employed  in  this  work  for  the  Madeiran  Shearwater. 

868.  Howard's  'The  British  Warblers.'  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  339-440,  July,  1908. 

Review  of  Parts  I  and  II  of  H.  Eliot  Howard's  work  of  this  title  (4 to,  London,  Feb.,  1907, 
and  March,  1908). 

869.  Stone  on  'Methods  of  Recording  and  Utilizing  Bird-Migration  Data.' <Auk, 

XXV,  pp.  488-490,  Oct.,  1908. 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1908, 
pp.  128-156). 

870.  Forbes's  Statistical  Study  of  the  Mid-Summer  Bird  Life  of  Illinois.  <Auk, 

XXV,  pp.  491-492,  Oct.,  1908. 

Review  of  Prof.  S.  A.  Forbes's  'The  Mid-Summer  Bird  Life  of  Illinois:  A  Statistical 
Study'  (in  Amer.  Nat.,  XLII,  August,  1908,  pp.  505-519). 

871.  Membership  Conditions  in  the  A.  O.  U.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  495-496,  Oct.,  1908. 

Comment  (jointly  with  F.  M.  Chapman)  in  reply  to  a  letter  to  The  Auk  under  this  title 
by  John  Lewis  Childs. 

872.  Riddle  on  the  Genesis  of  Fault-bars  and  the  Cause  of  Alternation  of  Light 

and  Dark  Bars  in  Feathers.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLII,  pp.  550-552,  August,  1908. 

Review  of  Oscar  Riddle's  paper  of  this  title  (Biol.  Bull.,  XIV,  No.  6,  May,  1908,  pp.  328- 
370,  pll.  xii-xv). 

873.  Pennant's  'Indian  Zoology.'  <BuLl.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXTV,  pp.  111- 

116,  Feb.  7,  1908). 

Collation  of  the  several  editions,  and  list  of  species  in  the  1769  edition,  with  relation  to  the 
names  employed  for  them  by  subsequent  authors.  Olus  bakkamoena  p.  3,  pi.  iii,  1769,  is  the 
first  use  of  Otus  in  a  generic  sense  (monotypic). 

1909. 

874.  An  American's  Views  of  Bird  Migration.  <British  Birds,   III,  pp.    12-19, 

June,  1909. 

Written  by  request  of  the  Editor  of  British  Birds. 

875.  Chapman's  '  Camps  and  Cruises  of  an  Ornithologist.'  < Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  89-90,. 

Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  F.  M.  Chapman's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1908). 

876.  Preble  on  the  Birds  of  the  Athabaska-Mackenzie  Region.  <Auk,  XXVI, 

pp.  90-92,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Edward  A.  Preble's  'A  Biological  Investigation  of  the  Athabaska-Mackenzie 
Region'  (North  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  27,  Oct.,  1908). 


186  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

$77.     MacFarlane  on  the  Birds  of  Northwestern  Canada.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  92-93, 
Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Roderick  MacFarlane's  'Notes  on  the  Mammals  and  Birds  of  Northern 
Canada,'  in  Charles  Mair's  'Through  the  Mackenzie  Basin,'  etc.  (8vo,  Toronto,  1908). 

878.     Knight's  'The  Birds  of  Maine.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  93-95,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Ora  Willis  Knight's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Bangor,  1908). 

579.     Godman's  'Monograph  of  the  Petrels.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  95,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Part  III. 

880.  Gadow's  'Through  Southern  Mexico.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  95,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Dr.  Hans  Gadow's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London,  1908). 

881.  Report  on  the  Migration  of  Summer  Residents  in  England  and  Wales,  in  the 

spring  of  1907.  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  96,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  the  report  (=  Bull.  British  Orn.  Club,  XX,  1908). 

$82.     The  Heath  Hen.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  96-97,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Dr.  George  W.  Field's  report  of  the  'Eastern  Pinnated  Grouse  or  Heath  Hen, 
in  42d  Ann.  Rep.  Massachusetts  Commissioners  on  Fisheries  and  Game  for  1907. 

$83.     Taverner  and  Swales  on  the  Birds  of  Point  Pelee,  Ontario.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp. 
98-99,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  'The  Birds  of  Point  Pelee,'  by  P.  A.  Taverner  and  B.  H.  Swales  (in  Wikon 
Bulletin,  Vols.  XIX  and  XX,  1907-08). 

384.     Bryan  on  the  Birds  of  Molokai.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  99-100,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Win.  Alanson  Bryan's  '  Some  Birds  of  Molokai.'  (Occas.  Papers,  B.  P.  Bishop 
Mas.,  IV,  No.  2,  1908,  pp.  43-86). 

$85.     Annual  Report  of  the  National  Association  of  Audubon  Societies.  <Auk, 
XXVI,  pp.  100-101,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  President  William  Butcher's  Annual  Report  for  1908  (in  Bird-Lore,  X,  1908. 
pp.  277-329). 

$86.     Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey  for  1908.  < Auk,  XXVI . 
pp.  101-102,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  Report  (in  Ann.  Reports  of  U.  S.  Dept.  Agriculture. 
1908). 

887.     Richmond's  List  of  Generic  Terms  proposed  for  Birds  during  1901-1905.  < Auk, 
XXVI,  pp.  102-104,  Jan.,  1909. 

Review  of  Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond's  paper  in  Proc.  U.  S.  Nal.  Mas.,  XXXV,  pp.  583- 
655,  Dec.,  1908. 

$88.     The  Habitat  Groups  of  North  American  Birds  in  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  165-175,  pll.  i-iv,  April,  1909. 

Inception  and  history  of  the  construction  and  installation  of  the  Bird  Groups  in  this 
Museum  with  special  mention  of  the  large  '  Habitat  Groups  '  with  illustrations  from  photo- 
graphs of  the  groups. 

$89.     GrinnelTs  'The  Biota  of  the  San  Bernardino  Mountains.'  <Auk,  XXVI, 
pp.  202-203,  April,  1909. 

Review  of  Joseph  Grinnell's  paper  of  this  title  (in  University  of  California  Publ.,  Zool.,  V, 
No.  1,  1908,  pp.  1-170,  pll.  i-xriv). 


BIRDS.  187 

890.  Grinnell  on  Birds  of  Southeastern  Alaska.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  203-204,  April, 

1909. 

Review  of '  Birds  and  Mammals  of  the  1907  Alexander  Expedition  to  Southeastern  Alaska ' 
(University  of  California  Publ.,  Zool.,  V,  No.  2,  1909,  pp.  171-264,  ppl.  xxv,  xxvi,  and  4  text 

figs.). 

891.  Grinnell  on  Birds  Observed  at  Salton  Sea.  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  204,  April,  1909. 

Review  of  J.  Grinnell's  '  Birds  of  a  Voyage  on  Salton  Sea '  (Condor,  X,  1908,  pp.  185-191) . 

892.  Chapman  on  the  Life-Histories  of  the  Booby  and  Man-o'-War  Bird.  <Auk, 

XXVI,  p.  205,  April,  1909. 

Review  of  F.  M.  Chapman's  'A  Contribution  to  the  Life-Histories'  etc.,  as  above  (in 
Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Inst.,  Washington,  II,  1908  [1909],  pp. 
139-151,  pll.  i-vi). 

893.  Count  von  Berlepsch  on  the  Birds  of  Cayenne.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  207-208, 

April,  1909. 

Review  of  Hans  Graf  von  Berlepsch's  paper  'On  the  Birds  of  Cayenne'  (Novitates  Zool., 
XV,  1908,  pp.  103-164,  261-324). 

894.  '  Cassinia.'  < A  uk,  XXVI,  pp.  208-209,  April,  1909. 

Review  of  Cassinia,  a  Bird  Manual,  for  1908. 

895.  Stone's  'A  Review  of  the  Genus  Piaya  Lesson.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  209,  April, 

1909. 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  LX,  Pt.  3, 
1908,  pp.  492-501). 

896.  Watson's  'The  Behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  209- 

214,  April,  1909. 

Review  of  John  B.  Watson's  paper  of  this  title  (in  Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of 
the  Carnegie  Inst.,  Washington,  II,  1908  (1909),  pp.  187-225,  pll.  i-xi),  with,  incidentally,  a 
protest  against  the  pedantic  jargon  of  many  recent  works  on  psychology  and  ecology. 

897.  [The  Roosevelt  Expedition  to  Africa.]  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  220;  April,  1909. 

898.  Jubilee  Meeting  of  the  British  Ornithologists'  Union.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  317- 

319,  July,   1909. 

Based  on  the  'Jubilee  Supplement'  to  The  Ibis,  1909,  Vol.  II. 

899.  Thayer  and  Bangs  on  the  Birds  of  Guadaloupe  Island.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp. 319- 

320,  July,   1909. 

Review  of  'The  Present  State  of  the  Ornis  of  Guadaloupe  Island'  by  John  E.  Thayer  and 
Outram  Bangs  (Condor,  X,  No.  3,  1908,  pp.  101-106). 

900.  New  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  321-322,  July,  1909. 

Review  of  three  papers,  respectively  by  E.  W.  Nelson,  Thayer  and  Bangs,  and  J.  Grinnell, 
with  comment  on  the  status  of  Melospiza  melodia  gouldi  Baird  and  M .  m.  saltonis  Grinnell. 

901.  Widmann  on  'The  Summer  Birds  of  Shaw's  Garden.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  322, 

July,  1909. 

Review  of  Otto  Widmann's  paper  of  this  title  in  20th  Ann.  Rep.  Missouri  Botanical 
Garden  (pp.  41-80,  col.  pi.). 

902.  Godman's  '  Monograph  of  the  Petrels  '  <  Auk,  XXVI,  p.  323,  July,  1909. 

Brief  notice  of  Part  IV. 


188  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

903.  Howard's  'The  British  Warblers.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  323-326,  July,  1909. 

Extended  notice  of  Part  III.     (See  supra,  No.  868.) 

904.  Grinnell's  'A  Bibliography  of  California  Ornithology.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  326, 

July,  1909. 

Review  of  Joseph  Grinnell's  paper  of  this  title  (Pacific  Coast  Avifauna,  No.  5,  1909). 

905.  Dawson  and  Bowles's  'The  Birds  of  Washington.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  328-329, 

July,  1909. 

Review  of  William  Leon  Dawson 's  work  of  this  title  (2  vols.,  4to,  Seattle,  1909). 

906.  [Scientific   Ornithologists  of  America  and   Bird  Protection.]  <Auk,  XXVI, 

p.  335-336,  July,  1909. 

The  work  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union,  collectively  and  by  individual  members, 
for  bird  protection,  in  refutation  of  statements  by  Wm.  T.  Hornaday  in  Bull.  New  York  Zool. 
Soc.,  June,  1909. 

907.  Cory's  'The  Birds  of  Illinois  and  Wisconsin.'  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  442-443,  Oct.. 

1909. 

Review  of  C.  B.  Cory's  work  of  this  title  (Publ.  Field  Museum,  Zool.,  Vol.  IX,  1909). 

908.  Wright's  'Birds  of  the  Boston  Public  Garden.' <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  443-444, 

Oct.,  1909. 

Review  of  Horace  W.  Wright's  book  of  this  title  (12mo,  Boston  and  New  York,  1909). 

909.  Hersey  and  Rockwell  on  the  'Birds  of  the  Barr  Lake  District,  Colorado.' < 

Auk,  XXVI,  p.  445,  Oct.,  1909. 

Review  of  L.  J.  Hersey  and  R.  B.  Rockwell's  paper  of  this  title  (Condor,  XI,  pp.  109-122, 
1909). 

910.  Walcott's  Analysis  of  the  Bird  Fauna  of  Nebraska.  <Auk,  XXVI,  pp.  447-448, 

Oct.,  1909. 

Review  of  Robert  H.  Walcott's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  Nebraska  Orn.  Union,  IV,  Part  2, 
pp.  25-55,  pll.  i-vi). 

1910. 

911.  Sharpe's  Hand-List  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  93-95,  Jan.,  1910. 

Review  of  the  concluding  volume  (Vol.  V)  of  R.  Rowdier  Sharpe's  'A  Hand-List  of  the 
Genera  and  Species  of  Birds.'  (See  supra,  Nos.  598,  630,  651,  and  711.) 

912.  Sharpe's  Hand-List  of  Birds.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXI,  No.  790,  pp.  265-267, 

Feb.  18,  1910. 

Review  of  R.  Bowdler  Sharpe's  'A  Hand-List  of  the  Genera  and  Species  of  Birds.' 

913.  Birds  of  New  York.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXII,  No.  816,  pp.  247-248,  Aug.  19, 

1910. 

Beview  of  Part  I  of  Elon  Howard  Eaton's  work  of  this  title  (4to,  Albany,  1909). 

914.  Stone's  '  Birds  of  New  Jersey.'  < Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  95-97,  Jan.,  1910. 

Review  of  Witmer  Stone's  'The  Birds  of  New  Jersey  '  in  Ann.  Report  of  New  Jersey  State 
.\fuseum  for  1908  (1909). 

915.  G.  M.  Allen's  List  of  the  Birds  of  New  England.  <Auk,  XXVII,  p.  97.   J:in., 

1910. 


BIRDS.  189 

Review  of  'Fauna  of  New  England.     II.     List  of  Aves,'  by  Glover  M.  Allen  (Occasional 
Papers,  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  VII). 

916.     Osgood's  'Biological  Investigations  in  Alaska  and  Yukon    Territory.' <Auk, 
XXVII,  pp.  97-98,  Jan.,  1910. 

Review  of  Wilfred  H.  Osgood's  paper  of  this  title  (North  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  30). 

•917.     Seton  on  the  Mammals  and  Birds  of  Manitoba.  <Auk,  XXVII,  p.  98,  Jan., 
1910. 

Review  of  Ernest  Thompson  Seton  "s  'Fauna  of  Manitoba,'  in  British  Association  Hand- 
book, Winnipeg,  1909  (12mo,  pp.  47). 

•918.    Job's  'The  Sport  of  Bird  Study.'  <Auk,  XXVII,  p.  102,  Jan.,  1910. 

Review  of  H.  K.  Job's  book  of  this  title  (8vo,  New  York,  1908). 

•919.     Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey,  1909.  <Auk,  XXVII, 
pp.  104-106,  Jan.,  1910. 

Review  of  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Survey  for  1909. 

-920.     Macoun's  'Catalogue  of  Canadian  Birds.'  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  107-108,  Jan., 
1910. 

Review  of  the  second  edition,  published  in  1909.     (See  supra,  Nos.  624,  698,  749). 

'920a.     The  Bird  Plume  Bill.  <Forest  and  Stream,  Feb.  19,  1910. 

921.     Thayer  on  Concealing  Coloration  in  Animals.  <  A uk,  XXVII,  pp.  222-225, 
April,  1910. 

Review  of  Gerald  H.  Thayer's  '  Concealing  Coloration  in  the  Animal  Kingdom'  (4to,  New 
York,  1909  =  Feb.,  1910). 

5922.     Reed  and  Wright  on  the  Birds  of  Cayuga  Lake  Basin,  New  York.  <Auk, 
XXVII,  p.  226,  April,  1910. 

Review  of  'The  Vertebrates  of  the  Cayuga  Lake  Basin,  N.  Y.,'  by  Hugh  D.  Reed  and 
Albert  W.  Wright  (in  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.,  XLVIII,  No.  193,  1909). 

323.     L.  H.  Miller  on  California  Fossil  Birds.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  228-230,  April, 
1910. 

Review  of  three  papers  by  Loye  Holmes  Miller  (in  The  Condor,  and  Univ.  California  Publ., 
Geol.,  V,  1909). 

•924.     Ticehurst's  'A  History  of  the  Birds  of  Kent.'  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  230-232, 
April,  1910. 

Review  of  the  work  (8vo,  London,  1909). 

925.  J.   Grinnell  on  New  North  American  Birds.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  232-234, 

April,  1910. 

Review  of  four  papers  by  Joseph  Grinnell,  with  critical  comment  (in  Univ.  California 
Publ.,  Zool,  V) 

926.  Godman's  'A  Monograph  of  the  Petrels.'  <  A  uk,  XXVII,  p.  350,  July,  1910. 

Review  of  F.  Du  Cane  Godman's  concluding  Part  of  the  'Monograph,'  with  comment  on 
the  work  as  a  whole  (large  4to,  106  col.  pll.,  London,  1907-1910). 

927.  Coward's  'The  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  Cheshire.' <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  351-353, 

July,   1910. 

A  review  of  a  noteworthy  monograph  of  an  English  County  (2  vols.,  8vo,  London,  1910). 


190  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

928.  'Our  Search  for  a  Wilderness.'  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  353-354,  July,  1910. 

In  Venezuela  and  British  Guiana,  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  William  Beebe  (8vo,  \ew  York, 
1910). 

929.  Festa's  'In  Darien  and  in  Ecuador.'  <Auk,  XXVII,  p.  354,  July,  1910. 

Review  of  Dr.  E.  Festa's  'Nel  Darien  e  nelT  Ecuador'  (8vo,  Torino,  1909). 

930.  Clark  on  Birds  Collected  or  Observed  in  the  North  Pacific  Ocean  and  adjacent 

Seas.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  357-358,  July,  1910. 

Review  of  the  paper  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  No.  1727,  April  30,  1910). 

931.  The  A.  O.  U.  Check-List  of  North  American  Birds.     Third  Edition.  <Auk, 

XXVII,  pp.  466^72,  Oct.,  1910.     See  also  ibid.,  XXVIII,  p.  122.     ' 

A  statistical  and  historical  review  of  the  third  in  comparison  with  previous  editions  of  the 
A.  O.  U.  Check-List.     (8vo,  pp.  430,  New  York,  August,  1910.) 

932.  Wayne's  'Birds  of  South  Carolina.'  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  472^174,  Oct.,  1910. 

Review  of  Arthur  Trezevant  Wayne's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  Charleston  Museum,  1910). 

933.  A  Biography  of  William  MacGillivray.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  474-476,  Oct.,  1910. 

Review  of  William  MacGillivray 's  'Life  of  William  MacGillivray,'  the  great  Scottish 
ornithologist  and  professor  of  natural  history  at  Aberdeen  University  (8vo,  London,  1910). 

934.  Collation  of  Brisson's  Genera  of  Birds  with  those  of  Linnaeus.  <Bull.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXVIII,  pp.  317-335,  Nov.  11,  1910. 

1911. 

935.  'A  Naturalist  in  the  Bahamas.'     Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  126,  Jan.,  1911. 

A  memorial  volume,  by  Henry  Fairfield  Osborn,  containing  the  collected  papers  and  a 
biographical  sketch  of  John  I.  Northrop  (8vo,  New  York,  1910). 

936.  Cooke's  'Distribution  and  Migration  of  North  American  Shorebirds.'  <Auk, 

XXVIII,  pp.  126-128,  Jan.,  1911. 

Review  of  Wells  W.  Cooke's  paper  of  this  title  (Biological  Survey  Bull.  No.  35). 

937.  Beck's '  Water  Birds  of  the  Vicinity  of  Point  Pinos,  California.'  < Auk,  XXVIII, 

pp.  128-129,  Jan.,  1911. 

Review  of  Rollo  Howard  Beck's  paper  of  this  title  (Proc.  California  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  IH, 
1910). 

938.  Townsend's  'A  Labrador  Spring.'  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  129,  Jan.,  1911. 

Review  of  Charles  W.  Townsend's  book  of  this  title  (12mo,  Boston,  1909). 

939.  Hartert  on  the  Proper  Names  of  Various  Species  of  British  Birds.  <Auk, 

XXVIII,  p.  130,  Jan.,  1911. 

Notice  of  Ernst  Hartert's  'Notes  on  [the  nomenclature  of]  Various  Species  of  British 
Birds'  (British  Birds.  IV,  1910,  pp.  129-136). 

940.  Gladstone's  'The  Birds  of  Dumfriesshire.'  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  131,  Jan.,  1911. 

Review  of  Hugh  S.  Gladstone's  'The  Birds  of  Dumfriesshire,  a  Contribution  to  the  Fauna 
of  the  Solway  Area'  (8vo,  London,  1909). 

941.  Gunning  and  Haagner's  'A  Check-List  of  the  Birds  of  South  Africa.'  <Auk, 

XXVIII,  pp.  133-134,  Jan.,  1911. 

Review,  with  technical  comment  (Ann.  Transvaal  Mus.,  II,  July,  1910,  suppl.,  84  pp.). 


BIRDS.  191 

942.  [Gregory  M.]  Mathews's  'The  Birds  of  Australia."  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  135, 

Jan.,  1911. 

Review  of  Parts  I  and  II  (Roy.  4to,  with  text  figs,  and  colored  plates,  London,  1910). 

943.  Swarth's  'Birds  and  Mammals  of  the  1909  Alexander  Alaska  Expedition.' 

<Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  277,  April,  1911. 

Review  of  Harry  S.  Swarth's  paper  of  this  title  in  Univ.  of  California  Publ.,  Zoology,  VII, 
No.  2,  1911). 

944.  Tracy's  'Significance  of  White  Markings  in  Birds  of  the  Order  Passeriformes.' 

<Auk,  XXVIII,  pp.  278-279,  April,  1911. 

Summary  of  Henry  Chester  Tracy's  paper  of  this  title  (Univ.  California  Publ.,  Zoology, 
VI,  No.  13,  1910). 

945.  The  Arizona  'Passenger  Pigeons. '  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXII,  No.  841,  pp.  217- 

219,  Feb.  10,  1911. 

Critique  of  'Notes  on  the  Passenger  Pigeon,'  by  W  J  McGee,  in  Science,  N.  S.,  XXXII, 
pp.  958-964,  Dec.  30,  1910,  in  which  he  claimed  Passenger  Pigeons  were  seen  by  him  in  1905 
in  the  "Sierra  Gila,  seventy-five  miles  southwest  of  Yuma  and  near  the  Mexican  boundary." 

946.  McGee's  '  Notes  on  the  Passenger  Pigeon.'  <  Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  289,  April,  191 1 . 

Refers  to  the  above-cited  papers  by  McGee  and  Allen.     (See  supra,  No.  945.) 

947.  Hellmayr's  'The  Birds  of  the  Rio  Madeira.'  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  376,  July,  1911. 

Review  of  C.  E.  Hellmayr's  paper  of  this  title,  in  Noeitates  Zool.,  XVII,  Dec.,  1910. 

948.  Menegaux  on  Birds  of  Ecuador.  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  376,  July,  1911. 

Notice  of  A.  Menegaux's  'Etude  des  Oiseaux  de  1'Equateur  rapportes  par  le  Dr.  Rivet' 
(in  Mission  du  service  geograph.  de  1'Annee  pour  la  mesure  d'un  Arc  de  Meridian  equatorial 
en  Amer.  du  Sud,  1899-1906,  t.  IX). 

949.  'Feathers  and  Facts.' <Auk,  XXVIII,  pp.  377-378,  July,  1911. 

Review  of  'Feathers  and  Facts:  A  Reply  to  the  Feather-Trade,'  etc.,  printed  for  the 
Royal  Society  for  the  Protection  of  Birds,  and  of  other  (then)  recent  brochures  dealing  with 
the  same  subject. 

950.  Mathews's  Proposed  Changes  in  the  Nomenclature  of  Birds.  <Auk,  XXVIII, 

pp.  495-498,  Oct.,   1911. 

Critical  review  of  three  papers  by  Gregory  M.  Mathews  containing  numerous  proposed 
changes  in  the  nomenclature  of  birds,  in  opposition  (in  many  cases)  to  the  International  Code 
of  Zoological  Nomenclature. 

951.  Roosevelt's  'Revealing  and  Concealing  Coloration  in  Birds  and  Mammals.' 

<Auk,  XXVIII,  pp.  472-480,  Oct.,  1911. 

Review  of  Theodore  Roosevelt's  paper  in  Bull.  Amer.  Mas.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXX,  pp.  119-231, 
Aug.  23,  1911,  and  incidental  comment  on  the  general  topic. 

1912. 

952.  Mathews's  'The  Birds  of  Australia.'  <Auk,  XXIX,  p.  124,  Jan.,  1912. 

Review  of  Part  5  of  this  work,  completing  Vol.  I,  with  critical  comment  on  the  nomen- 
clature adopted  in  the  case  of  certain  genera  of  Penguins,  etc.  (See  supra,  No.  942.) 

953.  [Mathews's  Notes  on  Nomenclature.]  <Auk,  XXIX,  Jan.,  1912,  pp.  133-135. 

An  editorial  rejoinder  to  Gregory  M.  Mathews's  paper  of  this  title  (ibid.,  pp.  131-133), 
with  special  reference  to  the  genus  (Colymbn.t  Linm'  (175S1  and  Colymbax  Brissoii  (1760). 


192  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

954.  Columbina  vs.  Chcemepelia.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXXIII,  No.  844,  pp.  336-337, 

March  3,  1912. 

Columbina  griseola  Spix  designated  as  type  of  Columbina. 

955.  [Ridgway's]  'Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.' < Science,  N.  S.,  XXXV, 

No.  900,  pp.  499-501,  March  29,  1912. 

Review  of  Part  V,  issued  Nov.  29,  1911. 
1913- 

956.  Scharff's  'Distribution  and  Origin  of  Life  in  America.'  <Auk,  XXX,  pp.  283- 

286,  April,  1913. 

Extended  critical  review  of  the  work  (8vo,  New  York,  1912). 
1914. 

957.  Birds  of  New  York.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XL,  No.  1036,  p.  677,  Nov.  6,  1914. 

Review  of  Part  2  of  Elon  Howard  Eaton's  'Birds  of  New  York'  (4to,  Albany,  1914). 
(See  supra,  No.  912,  for  review  of  Part  I.) 

1915. 

958.  Roosevelt's  'Through  the  Brazilian  Wilderness.'  <Amer.  Mus.  Journ.,  XV, 

pp.  64-65,  Feb.,  1915. 

Short  review  of  the  work  (8vo,  New  York,  1914). 

959.  'The  Auk'  Index,  1901-1910 <Auk,  XXXII,  p.  242,  April,  1915. 

Notice  of  the  'Ten  Year  Index*  to  The  Auk  (Vols.  XVIII-XXXVII,  1901-1910). 

NOTE. —  The  above  list  contains  966  titles,  numbered  as  follows:   1-959,  plus  9a, 
318a,  406a,  475a,  523a,  621a,  920a. 


GENERA,  SPECIES  AND  SUBSPECIES  DESCRIBED  AS  NEW  OR  RENAMED. 

New  Genera. 

PalcBOspiza,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr.,  IV,  No.  2,  May  3,  1878,  p.  443, 

pi.  i. 

Myrmochanes,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  p.  95,  March,  1889. 
Rhopocichla,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  199,  Feb.  20,  1891.     (Preoccupied 

by  Rhopocichla  Gates,  1889). 
Porphyriornis,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  57,  May  9,  1892. 

New  Species  and  Subspecies. 
1875. 

Ammodramus  candacutus  var.  nelsoni,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVII,  March, 
1875,    p.   293. 


BIRDS.  193- 


1876. 

Falcinettus  ridgwayi,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Ill,  No.  15,  July,  1876,  p.  335. 
Gallimda  garmani,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Ill,  No.  15,  July,  1876,  p.  357. 

1877. 
Coccygus  Undent,  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  VIII,  No.  8,  1876,  p.  81,  Feb.,  1877. 

1878. 

Palceospiza  bella,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr.,  IV,  No.  2,  p.  443,  pi.  i, 

May  3,  1878. 

1888.    ' 

Ammodramus  maritimus  peninsula,  Auk,  V,  p.  284,  July,  1888. 
Ammodramus  maritimus  sennetti,  Auk,  V,  p.  286,  July,  1888. 
Tityra  nigriceps,  Auk,  V,  p.  287,  July,  1888. 

1889. 

Anabazanops  immaculatus,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  p.  96,  March  22,  1889. 

Picolaptes  obtectus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  94. 

Myrmochanes  hypoleucus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  95. 

Carpophaga  rusbyi,  ibid.,  II,  p.  95. 

Phlogopsis  notata,  ibid.,  II,  p.  97. 

Scytalopus  boliviano,  ibid.,  II,  p.  96. 

Empidonax  bolivianus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  86. 

Chiroxiphia  pareola  boliviano,,  ibid.,  II,  p.  87. 

Enicornis  striata,  ibid.,  II,  p.  89. 

Leptasthenura  fuliginiceps  boliviano,,  ibid.,  II,  p.  91. 

Synallaxis  griseiventris,  ibid.,  II,  p.  91. 

Cydorhis  flavipectus  trinitatis,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist..  II,  p.  131,  June  17,  1889. 

Thryothorus  longipes,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  p.  138,  June  28,  1889. 

Thryoihorus  macrurus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  137. 

Platyrhynchus  bifasdatus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  141. 

Platyrhynchus  insularis,  ibid.,  II,  p.  143. 

Euscarthmus  ochropterus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  143. 

Sublegatus  virescens,  ibid.,  II,  p.  149. 

Thamnophilus  doliatus  mexicanus,  ibid.,  II,  p.  151. 

1890. 
Icterus  northropi,  Auk,  VII,  p.  343,  Oct.,  1890:  ibid.,  VIII,  pi.  i,  colored. 

1891. 

Mimocichla  verrillorum,  Auk,  VIII,  p.  217,  April,  1891. 

Callista  margaritoe,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ill,  p.  351,  Sept.  29,  1891. 

Zonotrichia  capensis  costaricensis,  ibid..  Ill,  p.  374. 


194  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1892. 

Ramphocwlus  atrosericeus  capitalis.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  51,  April  6, 

1892. 

Lophotriccus  substriatus,  ibid.,  IV.  p.  53,  May  9,  1892. 
Picumnus  obsoletus,  ibid.,  IV,  p.  55. 
Porphyriornis  comeri,  ibid.,  IV,  p.  57. 

1893. 

Pygmornis  chapadensis,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  122,  July  19.  1893. 
Piaya  cayana  cabanisi,  ibid.,  V,  p.  136. 
Buleo  albicandatus  sennetti,  ibid.,  V,  p.  144. 

1900. 

Odontophorus  atrifrons,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIII,  p.  127,  Aug.  25,  1900. 

Myiobis  assimilis,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  144. 

Ochthaecajesupi,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  151. 

Ochthaeca  olivacea,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  152. 

Attila  pandrostris,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  153. 

AUila  nifipectus,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  153. 

Grattaria  bangsi,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  159. 

Hylophilus  brunneus,  ibid.,  XIII,  p.  171. 

1905. 

Alauda  buxtoni,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXI,  p.  247,  July  24,  1905. 
Anthus  anadyrensis,  ibid.,  XXI,  p.  254. 

1908. 

Puffinus  godmani,  nom.  nov.  for  "Puffinus  baiUoni"  of  Godman's  'Monograph  of 
the  Petrels,'  Auk.,  p.  338,  July,  1908. 


REPTILES.  195 


III.     REPTILES. 

1868. 

Catalogue  of  the  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  found  in  the  Vicinity  of  Springfield, 
Mass.,  with  notices  of  all  other  species  known  to  inhabit  the  State.  <Proc. 
Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  pp.  171-204,  Dec.,  1868. 

Reptilia,  24  spp.;    Amphibia,  21  spp. 


2.  [Appendix  to  the  Catalogue  of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  of  Massachusetts.] 

<Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  pp.  248-250,  Feb.,  1869. 

Notes  on  7  species. 

1870. 

3.  Notes  on  Massachusetts  Reptiles  and  Batrachians.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XIII,  1870,  pp.  260-263,  April,  1870. 

Notes  on  6  species,  and  a  list  of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  found  in  the  vicinity  of  New 
Bedford,  Mass.,  on  information  furnished  by  Mr.  R.  C.  Ingraham.  Malacoelemmyg  palustris 
Agassiz  new  to  the  Massachusetts  list. 

1874. 

4.  Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  Montana  and  Dakota.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 

Hist.,  XVII,  pp.  33-91,  Nov.,  1874. 

IV.  Report  on  the  Reptiles,  pp.  68-69.  An  annotated  list  of  9  species.  V.  Report 
on  the  Batrachians,  p.  70.  An  annotated  list  of  4  species. 

1908. 

5.  Ruthven's  Variations  and  Genetic  Relationships  of  the  Garter-snakes.  <Amer. 

Nat.,  XLII,  pp.  552-559,  August,  1908. 

Review  of  A.  G.  Ruthven's  paper  (Bull.  61,  U.  S.  Nal.  Mas.,  1908). 


196  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


IV.    ZOOGEOGRAPHY. 

1.     On  the  Mammals  and  Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida and  a  Sketch  of  the 

Bird  Faunae  of  Eastern  North  America.  <BuU.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II,  No.  3, 
April,  1871,  pp.  161-450. 

Part  V.  On  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America,  with 
special  reference  to  the  Number  and  Circumscription  of  the  Ornithological  Faunae,  pp.  375- 
425;  List  of  Authorities,  pp.  426-450. 

"In  accordance  with  the  facts  stated  above  respecting  the  mode  of  the  distribution  of 
animals  and  plants  over  the  earth's  surface,  and  the  zoological  and  botanical  laws  of  the 
differentiation  and  mutual  relations  of  the  different  regions,  the  following  primary  natural 
history  divisions  may  be  recognized:  I,  an  Arctic  Realm;1  II,  a  North  Temperate  Realm; 
III,  an  American  Tropical  Realm;  IV,  an  Indo-African  Tropical  Realm;  V,  a  South  Ameri- 
can Temperate  Realm;  VI,  an  African  Temperate  Realm;  VII,  an  Antarctic  Realm;  VIII, 
an  Australian  Realm"  (p.  380). 

For  eastern  North  America  are  recognized  the  following  seven  fauna;:  (1)  Floridian,  (2) 
Louisianian,  (3)  Carolinian,  (4)  Alleghanian,  (5)  Canadian,  (6)  Hudsonian,  (7)  American 
Arctic.  Their  boundaries  and  their  characteristic  species  of  birds  are  given  (pp.  387^04), 
and  they  are  further  considered  with  reference  to  mammals  and  reptiles  (pp.  404^106). 

The  species  of  North  American  birds  are  considered  and  tabulated  with  reference  to  their 
geographical  ranges  (pp.  407-418).  General  remarks  on  the  distribution  and  migration  of 
the  birds  of  the  Eastern  Province  (pp.  418-425).  A  Bibliography  of  ornithological  works  and 
papers,  or  "List  of  Authorities,"  relating  to  North  America  occupies  pages  426—450,  geo- 
graphically arranged  by  States  and  countries,  and  numbering  346  titles  —  much  the  largest 
list  of  papers  relating  to  North  American  ornithology  that  appeared  prior  to  1878. 

1878. 

2.  The  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Mammalia,  considered  in  relation  to  the 

principal  Ontological  Regions  of  the  Earth,  and  the  Laws  that  govern  the 
Distribution  of  Animal  Ul&.<Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sun.  Terr.,  IV, 
No.  2,  pp.  313-337,  May  3,  1878. 

I.  General  considerations,  with  criticism  of  the  life-regions  proposed  by  Dr.  P.  L.  Sclater 
and  supported  by  Mr.  Alfred  R.  Wallace,  pp.  313-329;  II.  Mammalian  Regions  of  the 
Globe,  pp.  329-373;  III.  General  Summary,  pp.  373-377. 

The  primary  divisions  are  essentially  as  laid  down  in  1871  (see  above),  except  that  a 
South  African  Temperate  Realm  is  admitted,  and  Madagascar  is  recognized  as  an  additional 
Realm,  designated  as  the  Lemurian  Realm.  Under  these  are  defined  regions  of  secondary 
and  tertiary  rank  where  such  subdivisions  seemed  to  be  required. 

1891. 

3.  Merriam's  'Results  of  a  Biological  Survey  of  the  San  Francisco  Mountain 

Region  and  Desert  of  the  Little  Colorado,  Arizona.'  <Auk,  VIII,  pp.  95-98, 
Jan.,  1891. 

Review  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  paper  of  this  title  (N.  Amer.  Fauna,  No.  3,  Sept.  11, 
1898),  mainly  with  reference  to  the  portion  relating  to  'Generalizations  concerning  the  Distri- 
bution of  Life  in  North  America.' 

1  Divisions  1  and  II  are  essentially  the  same  as  Triarctic  of  Heilprin  (1882),  renamed  Holarctic  by 
Heilprin  in  1883,  by  suggestion  of  Alfred  Newton,  and  since  commonly  known  as  Holarctic  by  those 
who  reject  the  Sclaterian  system  of  zoogeographical  divisions.  Arclogxa  of  Huxley  (1868)  is  more 
comprehensive. 


ZOOGEOGRAPHY.  197 


1892. 

4.  Merriam  on  the  Life  Areas  of  North  America.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  377-382,  Oct., 

1892. 

Synoptic  review  of  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam's  'The  Geographic  Distribution  of  Life  in  North 
America  with  special  reference  to  the  Mammalia'  (Proc.  Biol.  Soe.  Washington,  VII.  pp  .  1-64, 
and  map,  April,  1892). 

5.  The  Geographical  Distribution  of  North  American  Mammals.  <Butt.  Amer. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  pp.  199-243,  pll.  v-viii  (colored  maps),  Dec.  29,  1892. 

Influences  determining  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Life,  pp.  199-203;  Systematic 
Classification  of  Life  Areas,  pp.  203-206;  Primary  Life  Regions,  pp.  206-207  (same  as  in  No.  2 
supra);  North  Temperate  Realm,  pp.  207-211;  The  Sclaterian  System,  pp.  211-212;  The 
Mammals  of  North  America  considered  in  relation  to  the  North  American  Region  and  its 
Subdivisions,  pp.  213-240;  Tropical  North  America,  pp.  240-243;  Tabular  Synopsis,  p.  243. 


1893. 

6.  The  Geographical  Origin  and  Distribution  of  North  American  Birds,  considered 

in  relation  to  Faunal  Areas  of  North  America.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  97-150,  pll.  iii, 
iv  (colored  maps),  July,  1893. 

I.  The  Geographical  Origin  and  Distribution  of  North  American  Birds,  pp.  98-117; 
II.-  The  Faunal  Subdivisions  of  North  America,  considered  with  reference  to  their  Relation- 
ships, Classification  and  Nomenclature,  pp.  117-150  (tabular  synopsis,  p.  150). 

The  classification  adopted  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  recognized  in  1892  (see  supra, 
No.  5). 

7.  The  Faunal  Position  of  Lower  California.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  306-307,  July,  1893. 

In  reply  to  comment  by  Dr.  Merriam  under  this  title  (/.  c.,  pp.  305-306). 


1905. 

S.  Report  on  the  Mammals  collected  in  Northeastern  Siberia  by  the  Jesup  North 
Pacific  Expedition.  <BuU.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp.  101-184,  March 
31,  1903. 

American  affinities  of  certain  East  Siberian  Mammals,  pp.  182-184. 

9.     Stephens's  'Life  Areas  of  California.'  <Auk,  XXII,  pp.  424-426,  Oct.,  1905. 

Synoptic  summary  of  Frank  Stephens's  paper  of  this  title  (Trans.  San  Diego,  California, 
Soe.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  No.  1,  1905,  pp.  1-8  and  map),  with  comment. 


198  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


V.     EVOLUTION.1 


1871. 

Mammals  and  Winter  Birds  of  East  Florida,  etc.  <Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  II, 
No.  3,  pp.  161-450,  April,  1871. 

Part  III.  On  Individual  and  Geographical  Variation  among  Birds,  considered  in  respect 
to  its  bearing  upon  the  Value  of  certain  assumed  Specific  Characters,  pp.  186-250. 

Wide  range  of  individual  variation  shown  to  occur  in  a  considerable  number  of  species, 
with  extensive  tables  of  measurements,  pp.  186-226;  correlation  of  variations  in  general  size, 
size  of  bill,  etc.,  and  in  coloration,  with  differences  in  climatic  and  geographic  conditions,  pp. 
229-242;  species,  varieties,  and  geographical  races,  pp.  242-250.  A  presentation  of  facts, 
without  discussion  of  any  theories  of  evolution,  which  appeared  later  (see  infra,  No.  7). 


1872. 

2.  Notes  of  an  Ornithological  Reconnaissance,  etc.  <Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Ill, 

pp.  113-118,  July,  1872. 

In  the  introduction  the  general  subject  of  geographical  variation  is  discussed  and  new 
facts  presented. 

3.  Geographical  Variation  in  Color  among  North  American  Mammals  and  Birds. 

<Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XV,  156-159,  Sept.,  1872. 

Abstract  of  a  verbal  communication,  summarizing  the  general  subject,  with  comment  by 
other  speakers. 

4.  Geographical  Variation  in  North  American  Birds.  <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 

XV,  pp.  212-219,  Dec.,  1872. 

A  general  resume  of  the  author's  studies  of  the  subject,  to  that  date.  (Repuhlisheil  in 
Amer.  Nat.,  VIII,  pp.  534-541,  Sept.,  1874). 

1874. 

5.  Geographical  Variation  in  Color  in  North  American  Squirrels.  <Proc.  Boston 

Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  pp.  276-294,  May,  1874. 

The  introductory  matter  (pp.  276-286)  relates  to  this  subject.  See  especially  the  footnote 
to  pp.  277,  278,  giving  references,  etc.,  to  previous  discussions  of  the  general  subject  of  geo- 
graphical variation  in  mammals  and  birds  by  the  author  and  others. 

1876. 

6.  Geographical  Variation  among  North  American  Mammals.  <Bull.  Geogr.  and 

Geol.  Surv.  Terr.,  II,  No.  4,  July  1,  1876,  pp.  309-344. 

The  correlation  of  size  with  geographical  variation  is  formulated  (p.  310)  under  the  three 
propositions: 

"  (1)  Maximum  physical  development  of  the  individual  is  attained  where  the  conditions 
of  environment  are  most  favorable  to  the  life  of  the  species.  .  .  . 


Exclusive  of  numerous  incidental  references  in  many  general  papers  and  reviews 


EVOLUTION.  199 

"  (2)  The  largest  species  of  a  group  (genus,  subfamily,  or  family,  as  the  case  may  be)  are 
found  where  the  group  to  which  they  severally  belong  reaches  its  highest  development,  or 
where  it  has  what  may  be  termed  its  center  of  distribution 

"(3)  The  most  'typical'  or  most  generalized  representatives  of  a  group  are  found  also 
near  its  center  of  distribution,  outlying  forms  being  generally  more  or  less  'aberrant'  or 
specialized.  ..." 

1877. 

7.  The  Influence  of  Physical  Conditions  in  the  Genesis  of  Species.  <Radical 

Review,  I,  No.  1,  pp.  108-140,  May,  1877.     (Republished,  by  request,  in  the 
Ann.  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  1905  (1906),  pp.  375-102) .     ' 

"The  doctrine  of  natural  selection,  or  the  survival  of  the  fittest,  has  recently  been  brought 
forward  as  the  key  to  this  complex  problem,  and  is  upheld  by  a  large  class  of  enthusiastic 
adherents,  who  accept  it  as  the  full  solution  of  the  whole  question.  By  others  the  conditions 
of  environment  are  believed  to  be  far  more  influential  in  effecting  a  certain  class  of  modifica- 
tions, at  least,  than  the  necessarily  precarious  influence  of  natural  selection,"  etc. 

The  direct  modifying  influence  of  environment  as  a  factor  in  evolution  is  regarded  as  more 
potent  than  natural  selection  taken  in  the  narrow  sense  of  the  "survival  of  the  fittest." 

1880.     . 

8.  Origin  of  the  Instinct  of  Migration.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Orn.  Club,  V,  pp.  151-154, 

July,  1880. 

1883. 

9.  Note  on  Exceptions  to  the  Law  of  Increase  in  Size  Northward  among  North 

American  Birds.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Orn.  Club,  VIII,  pp.  80-82,  April,  1883. 

In  certain  genera  of  Oscines,  for  the  most  part  tropical  in  distribution. 

1885. 

10.  Sexual  Selection  and  the  Nesting  of  Birds.  <Auk,  II,  pp.  129-139,  April,  1885. 

In  reference  to  Wallace's  'Theory  of  Birds'  Nests'  (Intellectual  Observer,  July,  1867),  and 
Dixon's  'On  the  Protective  Colour  of  Eggs'  (in  Seebohm's  Hist.  Brit.  Birds,  Introi.,  pp.  x- 
xxxvii). 

1892. 

1 1 .  [Variations  in  Vertebrated  Animals.]  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXVI,  pp.  87-89,  Jan.,  1892 . 

Abstract  of  a  paper  presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  American  Society  of  Naturalists  ht-ld 
in  Philadelphia,  Dec.  29-30,  1891,  in  a  joint  discussion  of  'Definite  vs.  Fortuitous  Variation.' 

1893. 

12.  Keeler  on  the  'Evolution  of  the  Colors  of  North  American  Birds.'  <Auk,  X, 

pp.  189-195,  377-380,  April  and  Oct.,  1893. 

A  review  of  Charles  A.  Keeler's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  San  Francisco,  1893),  adverse  to 
his  theories. 

13.  Beddard's  'Animal  Coloration.'  <Auk,  X,  pp.  195-199,  April,  1893. 

A  review  of  Frank  E.  Beddard's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London  and  New  York,  ^1892), 
with  approving  comment  of  the  author's  attitude  respecting  "protective  coloration,"  "warn- 
ing colors,"  "sexual  coloration,"  and  "mimicry,"  for  which  he  finds  little  in  support  of  these 
popular  theories. 


200  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1897. 

14.     The  Discrimination  of  Species  and  Subspecies.  <Science,  N.  S.,  V,  pp.  877-879, 
June  4,  1897. 

Apropos  of  Dr.  C.  H.  Merriam's  'Suggestions  for  a  New  Method  of  Discriminating  be- 
between  Species  and  Subspecies,'  published  in  a  preceding  number  of  Science. 


15.  'A  Precise  Criterion  of  Species.'  <Science,  N.  S.,  VII,  pp.  801-802,  June  10, 1898 . 

A  criticism  of  Davenport  and  Blankinship's  paper   of  this  title  in  Science  for  May  20, 
1898,  on  the  quantitive  study  of  variation  in  species. 

1899. 

16.  Davenport's  Statistical  Methods.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XXXIII,  pp.  974-975. 

Criticism  of  'Statistical  Methods  with  special  reference  to  Biological  Variation'  by  C.  B. 
Davenport  (12mo,  New  York,  1899). 

1902. 

17.  'So-called  Species  and  Subspecies.'  <Sclence,  N.  S.,  XVI,  pp.  383-386,  Sept.  5, 

1902. 

Discussion  of  the  subject,  apropos  of  an  article  under  the  same  title  in  a  previous  number 
of  Science  by  Hubert  Lyman  Clark. 

1905. 

18.  The  Probable  Origin  of  Certain  Birds.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXII,  No.  562,  pp.  431- 

434,  Oct.  6,  1905. 

Criticism  of  W.  E.  D.  Scott's  resort  to  the  'mutation  theory*  of  deVries,  in  accounting  for 
the  origin  of  certain  North  American  birds  (Science,  XXIII,  pp.  272-282,  Sept.  1,  1905). 

19.  The  Evolution  of  Species  through  Climatic  Conditions.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXII, 

No.  569,  pp.  661-668,  Nov.  24,  1905. 

Apropos  of  a  paper  by  D.  S.  Jordan  on  'The  Origin  of  Species  through  Isolation'  (Science, 
XXII,  pp.  545-552). 

1906. 

20.  Heredity  and  Subspecies.  <Sdence,  N.  S.,  XXIII,  pp.  142-145,  Jan.  26,  1906. 

Discussed  with  reference  to  papers  by  Dr.  D.  S.  Jordan  on  the  same  subject  in  previous 
issues  of  Science. 

21 .  '  Barriers '  and  '  Bionomic  Barriers ' ;  or  Isolation  and  Non-Isolation  as  Bionomic 

Factors.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXIII,  pp.  310-312,  Feb.  23,  1906. 

In  reference  to  papers  on  the  same  subject  by  Jordan  and  Evermann  in  previous  issues 
of  Science. 

1907. 

22.  Mutations  and  the  Geographic  Distribution  of  nearly  related  Species  in  Plants 

and  Animals.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLI,  pp.  653-655,  Oct.,  1907. 


NOMENCLATURE.  201 


VI.    NOMENCLATURE.1 

1883. 

1.  On  Trinomial  Nomenclature.  <Zoologist,  3d  ser.,  VII,  pp.  97-100,  March,  1883. 

1884. 

2.  'Are  Trinomials  Necessary? '  < Auk,  I,  pp.  102-104,  pp.  200-202,  Jan.  and  April 

1884. 

Replies  to  this  question,  raised  by  Montague  Chamberlain  (ibid.,  pp.  101-102,  198-200). 

3.  'Can  We  not  have  a  Simpler  System  of  Nomenclature?'  <Auk,  I,  pp.  297-300 

July,  1884. 

A  letter  of  this  title  and  editorial  reply. 

4.  "A  Lay  View  of  'Ornithophilologicalities.'"<Aufc,  I,  pp.  300-304,  July,  1884. 

An  editorial  reply  to  a  letter  of  this  title. 

5.  Zoological  Nomenclature.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  338-353,  Oct.,  1884. 

On  trinomial  nomenclature,  with  particular  reference  to  the  views  and  practices  of  English 
ornithologists,  apropos  of  a  discussion  of  the  "  Expediency,  or  otherwise,  of  adopting  Trinomial 
Nomenclature  in  Zoology,"  held  in  the  Lecture  Room  of  the  Natural  History  Museum, 
London,  July  2,  1884. 

6.  Stejneger  on  Trinomials  in  American  Ornithology.  <Auk,  I,  pp.  381-382,  Oct., 

1884. 

Review  of  Dr.  L.  Stejneger's  paper  of  this  title  (Proe.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mat.,  VII,  1884,  pp. 
70-81,  July  1,  1884),  in  which  the  history  of  trinomials  is  briefly  given. 

1887. 

7.  [The  Antedating  of  papers  and  works  on  Natural  History.]  <Auk,  IV,  p.  176, 

April,  1887,  and  ibid.,  p.  270,  July,  1887. 

With  special  reference  to  the  '  Proceedings '  and  other  publications  of  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum. 

1890. 

8.  Waterhouse's  'Index  Generum  Avium.'  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  71-73,  Jan.,  1890. 

Review  of  F.  H.  Waterhouse's  work  of  this  title  (8vo,  London,  1889),  with  criticisms  of 
omissions  and  defects,  as  the  omission  of  all  generic  names  founded  before  1766,  except 
Brisson's,  and  the  giving  of  vernacular  French  names  the  status  of  proper  generic  terms. 

9.  Blanchard  on  the  Nomenclature  of  Organized  Beings.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  73-74, 

Jan.,  1890. 

Review  of  Dr.  Raphael  Blanchard's  report  '  De  la  Nomenclature  des  etres  organizes, ' 
presented  to  the  International  Congress  of  Zoology  (Reports  to  the  Congress,  pp.  87-157, 
July,  1889).  Comment  on  some  of  the  rulings  in  the  report. 


1  With  reference  mainly  to  the  general  subject,  and  exclusive  of  special  cases  (Kerr,  Oken,  Pennant, 
etc.)  and  of  incidental  references  in  reviews  and  papers  devoted  chiefly  to  other  subjects. 


202  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1896. 

10.  Sclater  on  Rules  for  Naming  Animals.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  325-328,  Oct.,  1896. 

Review  of  a  paper  by  Dr.  P.  L.  Sclater  entitled  "  Remarks  on  the  Divergencies  between 
the  'Rules  for  Naming  Animals'  of  the  German  Zoological  Society  and  the  Stricklandian 
Code  of  Nomenclature"  (Proc.  Zoo/.  Soc.  London,  1896,  pp.  306-319),  with  critical  comment 
on  many  of  his  positions  on  important  points. 

11.  A  Question  of  Nomenclature.  <Aitk,  XIII,  pp.  191-192,  April,  1896. 

In  reply,  by  request,  to  an  article  of  this  title  by  II.  C.  Oberholser  (ibid.,  pp.  190-191). 

12.  A  reprehensible  method  of  determining  Priority  of  Publication.  <  Science,  N.  S., 

IV,  pp.  691-693,  Nov.  16,  1896. 

A  criticism  of  resolutions  on  this  subject  adopted  by  the  Zoological  Section  of  the  Ameri~ 
can  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  August,  1895. 

13.  The  Date  of  Publication.  <Science,  IV,  pp.  838,  839,  Dec.  4,  1896. 

Further  discussion  of  the  subject,  in  reply  to  Professor  Cope's  defense  of  the  American 
Association  resolution.  (See  supra,  No.  12). 

1897. 

14.  The  Merton  Rules.  <Science,  N.  S.,  VI,  pp.  16-19,  July  2,  1897. 

Comment  on  the  rules  compiled  by  Lord  Walsingham  and  John  Hartley  Durant,  "for 
regulating  nomenclature  with  a  view  to  secure  a  strict  application  of  the  Law  of  Priority  in 
Entomological  work." 

1898. 

15.  A  Defense  of  Canon  XL  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Code.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  298-302,  Oct., 

1898. 

A  reply  to  criticism  by  D.  G.  Elliot  of  Canon  XL  of  the  A.  O.  U.  Code  (ibid.,  pp.  294-298) , 
in  defense  of  taking  names  as  originally  spelled,  and  against  the  emendation  of  names. 

16.  'Truth  versus  Error. '  <Auk,  XVI,  Jan.,  1899,  pp.  46-51. 

In  reply  to  a  second  article,  under  this  title,  by  D.  G.  Elliot  (ibid.,  pp.  38-15),  a  rejoinder 
to  the  reply  made  to  his  first  paper  on  the  A.  O.  U.  Canon  XL.  (See  supra,  No.  15.) 

1902. 

17.  A  Method  of  Fixing  the  type  in  Certain  Genera.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XVI,  pp.  114, 

115,  July  18,  1902. 

A  rule  proposed  and  signed  by  Allen,  Band's.  Kvermann,  Gill,  Howell,  Jordan,  C.  H. 
M pi-riant,  G.  S.  Miller.  Jr.,  Mary  Rathbun,  Oldfield  Thomas  —  a  formal  recognition  of  the 
principle  of  tautonymy. 

1903. 

18.  Antedated  Publications.  <Stience,  N.  S.,  XVIII,  pp.  631-632,  Nov.  13,  1903. 

Relates  to  publications  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum  of  Chicago. 
1904. 

19.  Code  of  Botanical  Nomenclature.  <Auk,  XXI,  pp.  404-405,  July,  1904. 

Reviewed  and  compared  with  the  A.  O.  I  .  Cixle  and  their  Kenenil  :tirreemenl  noted 
•Hull.  Torrey  Hotanical  Club,  XXXI,  No.  5,  May.  1904). 


NOMENCLATURE.  203 

1905. 

20.  A  New  Code  of  Nomenclature.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXI,  pp.  428-433. 

Criticism  of  'A  Provisional  Code'  by  Doctors  Jordan,  Evermann  and  Gilbert,  published 
in  The  Condor,  VII,  pp.  28-30,  Jan.,  1905. 

1906. 

21.  The  'Elimination'  and  'First  Species'  Methods  of  Fixing  the  Types  of  Genera. 

<Science,  N.  S.,  XXIV,  pp.  773-779,  Dec.  14,  1906. 

In  reply  to  a  paper  by  Witmer  Stone  on  the  same  subject  (Science,  XXIV,  pp.  560-565, 
Nov.  2,  1906). 

22.  Subgenera  and  other  Matters.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  122-125,  Jan.,  1906. 

Relates  to  the  non-recognition  of  Brissonian  genera  by  Hartert  in  his  'Die  Voge!  der 
palaarktischen  Fauna. 

23.  The  Determination  of  Types  of  Genera —  a  Correction.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXIV, 

p.  858,  Dec.  28,  1906. 

Respecting  the  type  of  Vullur  Linn. 

1907. 

24.  The  First  Species  Rule  for  determining  Types  of  Genera  —  How  it  works  in 

Ornithology.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXV,  pp.  546-554,  April  5,  1907. 

Fourth  paper  in  the  Stone-Allen  discussion  of  the  '  First  Species  Question.' 

25.  Another  Word  on  the  Vultur  Case.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXV,  p.  827,  May  24,  1907. 

Further  discussion  of  the  first  species  rule. 

26.  Article  30  of  the  International  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature.  <Science, 

N.  S.,  XXVI,  pp.  719-723,  Nov.  22,  1907. 

In  hearty  approval  of  the  "new  Article  30,"  and  criticism  of  statements  in  a  previous 
article  in  Science  by  Witmer  Stone. 

1908. 

27.  Another  Aspect  of  the  Species  Question.  <Amer.  Nat.,  XLII,  pp.  592-600, 

Sept.,  1908. 

With  reference  to  a  report  of  the  symposium  held  by  the  Botanical  Society  of  At 
in  Chicago,  Jan.  1,  1908,  and  published  in  the  Amer.  Nat.  for  April,  1908,  pp.  217-281. 


28.  Genera  without  Species.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXIX,  No.  754,  pp.  934-936,  June  11, 

1909. 

With  reference  to  previous  papers  on  this  subject  by  Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerel!  in  the  same 
volume  of  Science.  The  position  is  taken  that  such  genera  should  each  be  treated  on  their 
merits,  as  against  the  proposed  non-recognition  of  all  such  genera. 

29.  Genera  without  Species.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XXX,  No.  768,  pp.  365-367,  Sept.  17, 

1909. 

A  continuation  of  the  discussion  (supra,  No.  25),  with  special  reference  to  an  article  by 
Mr  V.  N.  Caudell. 


204  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

30.     Recommendations  regarding  the  treatment  of  Genera  without  Species,  etc. 
<Science,  N.  S.,  XXX,  No.  744,  pp.  596-597,  Oct.  29,  1909. 

Covers  two  recommendations  relating  to  genera  without  species,  which  are  the  outcome 
of  the  correspondence  on  this  subject  in  Science,  and  directly  with  Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell. 


1910. 

31.  The  Determination  of  Genotypes  in  Zoology.     Advance  separate  of  a  paper 

published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Seventh  International  Zoological  Con- 
gress, Boston  meeting,  August  19-24,  1907  (8vo,  pp.  ,7;  separates  received 
Jan.  24,  1910.) 

32.  Opinions  rendered  by  the  International  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomen- 

clature. <Sdence,  N.  S.,  XXXII,  No.  820,  pp.  380-382,  Sept.  10,  1910. 

Summary  of  Opinions  1-25,  with  comment. 


1912. 

33.  Mathews's  Notes  on  Nomenclature.  < A uk,  XXIX,  pp.  133-135,  Jan.,  1912. 

Rejoinder  to  Gregory  M.  Mathews's  paper  of  this  title  (Auk,  I.  c.,  pp.  131-133),  with 
special  reference  to  the  genus  Colymbus  Linne  (1758)  and  Colymbus  Brisson  (1760),  and 
to  other  Brissonian  genera. 

34.  Suggested  Amendments  to  the  International  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature. 

Amendment  Proposed  by  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen.  <Zool.  Am.,  XLI,  pp.  38-45,  Nov. 
26,  1912. 

Amendment  to  replace  the  'Recommendations'  following  Art.  36,  placing  generic  names 
on  a  basis  similar  to  that  of  specific  names  under  the  Gratz  (1910)  amendment  to  Art.  35. 


1913. 

35.  Propositions  by  J.  A.  Allen  and  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell  for  Amendments  to  the 
International  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature.  <Zool.  Am.,  XLI,  pp.  426- 
427,  March  11,  1913. 

Species  designated  by  only  a  vernacular  name  may,  under  certain  conditions,  be  accepted 
as   genotypes. 


BIOGRAPHY.  205 


VII.    BIOGRAPHY.1 

1880. 

1.  Thomas  Mayo  Brewer.  <Bull.  Nutt.  Ornith.  Club,  pp.  102-104,  April,  1880; 

Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sciences,  VII,  pp.  378-380,  1879-80;    Proc. 
Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XX,  pp.  413-415. 

1884. 

2.  Wilson  Flagg.  <Auk,  I,  p.  306,  July,  1884. 

3.  Henry  George  Vennor.  <Auk,  I,  p.  306,  July,  1884. 

1885. 

4.  William  Wood.  <Auk,  II,  p.  391,  Oct.,  1885. 

5.  Harmon  Albro  Atkins.  <Auk,  II,  p.  391,  Oct.,  1885. 


1886. 

6.  Samuel  Cabot.  <Auk,  III,  p.  144,  Jan/>  1886. 

7.  Eugen  von  Boeck.<Aufc,  III,  p.  496,  Oct.,  1886. 

1887. 

8.  John  Maynard  Wheaton.  <Auk,  IV,  p.  174,  April,  1887. 

9.  Spencer  Fullerton  Baird.  <Auk,  IV,  pp.  358-359,  Oct.,  1887. 

1888. 

10.  Joseph  Bassett  Holder.  <Auk,  V,  p.  220,  April,  1888. 

11.  Charles  Linden.  <Auk,  V,  April,  pp.  220-221,  1888 

12.  Philip  Henry  Gosse.  <Auk,  V,  pp.  446-447,  Oct.,  1888. 

1889. 

13.  Henry  Stevenson.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  79-80,  Jan.,  1889. 

14.  August  Friedrich  Marschall.  <Auk,  VI,  p.  80,  Jan.,  1889. 

15.  Nicolas  Michailovitch  Prjevalsky.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  80-81,  Jan.,  1889. 


1  The  following  biographical  records  relate  almost  exclusively  to  more  or  less  prominent  ornitholo- 
Kists,  and  were  nearly  all  published  in  The  Auk  (1884-1911,  inclusive)  as  editorial  notices,  without 
signature.  They  include  not  only  American  ornithologists  but  all  the  foreign  ornithologists  of  note 
who  died  between  the  above-given  dates.  The  references  given  here,  it  should  be  noted,  include  only 
a  part  of  the  formal  biographies  and  obituaries  published  in  The  Auk  during  the  period  named,  since 
the  biographers  of  all  deceased  fellows  of  the  A.  O.  U.  are  appointed  by  the  President;  also  those  of  a 
'number  of  the  deceased  Members  and  Associates  have  been  prepared  at  the  solicitation  of  the  editor 
of  The  Auk,  and  not  by  him  personally;  such  notices,  of  course,  are  not  here  included. 


20(3  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

16.  Thure  Kumlien.  <Auk,  VI,  pp.  204-205,  April,  1889. 

17.  S.  Lowell  Elliott.  <Auk,  VI,  p.  206,  April,  1889. 

18.  Richard  Spaulding  Wray.  < Auk,  VI,  p.  206,  April,  1889. 

19.  Jerome  Henry  Kidder.<Attfc,  VI,  p.  282,  July,  1889. 

20.  Eugen  Ferdinand  von  Homeyer.  <Auk,  VI,  p.  341,  Oct.,  1889. 

1890. 

21.  Ladislas  Taczanowski.<Attfc,  VII,  p.  218,  April,  1890. 

22.  John  Henry  Gurney.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  299-300,  July,  1890. 

23.  William  Kitchen  Parker.  <Auk,  VII,  pp.  411-412,  Oct.,  1890. 


1891. 

24.  Ferdinand  Krauss.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  120.  Jan.,  1891. 

25.  Henry  Davis  Minot.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  121,  Jan.,  1891. 

26.  Nathaniel  Stickney  Goss.<Auk,  VIII,  pp.  245-247,  April,  1891. 

27.  John  C.  Cahoon.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  320,  July,  1891. 

28.  John  I.  Northrop.  <Auk,  VIII,  p.  400,  Oct.,  1891. 


1892. 

29.  Hermann  Burmeister.  <Auk,  IX,  pp.  399-400,  Oct.,  1892. 

30.  August  von  Pelzeln.<A«fc,  IX,  pp.  74-75,  Jan.,  1892. 

31.  John  Amory  Jeffries.  <Aiik,  IX,  pp.  311-312,  July,  1892. 

1893. 

32.  John  Strong  Newberry.  <Auk,  X,  p.  95,  Jan.,  1893. 

33.  Philo  R.  Hoy.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  95-96,  Jan.,  1893. 

34.  Jenness  Richardson.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  307-308,  July,  1893. 

35.  Austin  F.  Park.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  384-385,  Oct.,  1893. 

36.  Benjamin  Franklin  Goss.  <Auk,  X,  p.  385,  Oct.,  1893. 

37.  Charles  F.  Adams.  <Auk,  X,  pp.  385-386,  Oct.,  1893. 

1894. 

38.  Charles  Glover  Allen.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  86-37,  Jan.,  1894. 

39.  Samuel  Lockwood.  <Auk,  XI,  pp.  189-190,  April,  1894. 

40.  William  Cushman  Avery.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  263,  July,  1894. 

41.  Alexander  Theodore  von  Middendorf.<Awfc,  XI,  p.  264,  July,  1894. 

42.  Leopold  von  Schrenck.  <Auk,  XI,  p.  264,  July,  1894. 

1895. 

43.  John  Whipple  Potter  Jenks.<Awfc,  XII,  p.  94,  Jan.,  1895. 

44.  Edward  Baldamus.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  94,  Jan.,  1895. 

45.  George  Newbold  Lawrence.  <Auk,  XII,  pp.  198-199,  April,  1895. 

46.  Frederick  H.  Hoadley.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  199,  April,  1895. 


BIOGRAPHY.  207 


47.  Edward  Hargitt.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  315,  July,  1895. 

48.  John  S.  Cairns.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  315,  July,  1895. 

49.  Franklin  Fairbanks.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  315,  July,  1895.     . 

50.  George  Henry  Ragsdale.  <Auk,  XII,  p.  316,  July,  1895. 


1896. 

51.  Thomas  Henry  Huxley.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  93-96,  Jan.,  1896. 

52.  Henry  Seebohm.  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  96-97,  Jan.,  1896. 

53.  Henry  T.  Wharton.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  97,  Jan.,  1896. 

54.  Juan  Gundlach.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  267,  July,  1896. 

55.  Thomas  Lyttleton  (Lord  Lilford).  <Auk,  XIII,  pp.  348-349,  Oct.,  1896. 

56.  Eugene  Carleton  Thurber.  <Auk,  p.  349,  Oct.,  1896. 

57.  George  Brown  Goode.  <Auk,  XIII,  p.  349,  Oct.,  1896. 


1897. 

58.  Howard  Gardner  Nichols.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  115,  Jan.,  1897. 

59.  Charles  Emil  Bendire.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  253,  April,  1897. 
€0.  Heinrich  Gatke.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  254,  April,  1897. 

61.  Platt  Marvin  Thorne.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  254-255,  April,  1897. 

€2.  Robert  Lee  Lawrence.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  342,  July,  1897. 

63.  Edward  Drinker  Cope.  <Auk,  XIV,  pp.  242-243,  July,  1897. 

64.  Edward  Newton.  <Auk,  XIV,  p.  431,  Oct.,  1897. 


1898. 

65.  George  Baur.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  286-287,  July,  1898. 

66.  Osbert  Salvin.  <Auk,  XV,  pp.  343-346,  Oct.,  1898. 


1899. 

67.  Oliver  Marcy.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  211,  April,  1899. 

68.  Othniel  Charles  Marsh.  <Auk,  XVI,  p.  211,  April,  1899. 

69.  Joseph  Wolf.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  301-302,  July,  1899. 

70.  John  Cordeaux.  <Auk,  XVI,  pp.  377-378,  Oct.,  1899. 


1900. 

71.  Elliott  Coues.  <  Auk,  XVII,  p.  91,  Jan.,  1900.     (See  also  below  Nos.  72  and  122 .) 

72.  Elliott  Coues.  <Science,  N.  S.,  XI,  pp.  161-163,  Feb.  2,  1900. 

73.  Daniel  Webster  Prentiss.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  91-92,  Jan.,  1900. 

74.  William  W.  Colburn.  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  92,  Jan.,  1900. 

75.  George  B.  Sennett.  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  193,  April,  1900.     (See  also  below,  No.  79.) 

76.  William  Edwin  Brooks.  <Auk,  XVII,  p.  194,  April,  1900. 

77.  Alphonse  Milne-Edwards.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  320-321,  Oct.,  1900. 

78.  Edgar  Leopold  Layard.  <Auk,  XVII,  pp.  321-322,  Oct.,  1900. 


208  •  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1901. 

79.  In  Memoriam:  George  B.  Sennett.<Aufc,  XVIII,  pp.  11-23,  Jan.,  1901,  with 

portrait. 

80.  Gustav  Hartlaub.  <Auk,  XVIII,  p.  219,  April,  1901. 

81.  George  Augustus  Boardman.  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  219-220,  April,  1901. 

82.  Edmond  de  Sdlys  Longschamps.  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  292-293,  July,  1901. 

83.  William  MacGillivray.  <Auk,  XVIII,  pp.  293-294,  July,  1901. 

Apropos  of  the  unveiling  of  a  memorial  tablet  to  him  at  Marischal  College,  Aberdeen, 
Scotland,  in  1900. 

84.  Newton  Dexter.  <Auk,  XVIII,  p.  413,  Oct.,  1901. 


1902. 

85.  John  Anderson.  <Auk,  XIX,  p.  118,  Jan.,  1902. 

86.  Armand  David.  <Auk,  XIX,  p.  118,  Jan.,  1902. 

87.  Lionel  William  Wigglesworth.  <Auk,  XIX,  p.  119,  Jan.,  1902. 

88.  James  Graham  Cooper.  <Auk,  XIX,  pp.  421-422,  Oct.,  1902. 


1903. 

89.  Emil  Holub.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  92,  Jan.,  1903. 

90.  Ludwig  Kumlien.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  93-94,  Jan.,  1903. 

91.  Perry  O.  Simons.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  94-96,  Jan.,  1903. 

92.  John  James  Audubon.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  85-86,  Jan.,  1903. 

Review  of  John  Burrough's  biography  of  Audubon  (12mo,  Boston,  1903). 

93.  Thomas  Mcllwraith.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  242,  April,  1903 

94.  John  Nathaniel  Clark.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  242-243,  April,  1903. 

95.  Edward  Stanley  Waters.  <Auk,  XX,  p.  243,  April,  1903. 

96.  Mrs.  E.  S.  Mogridge.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  327-328,  July,  1903. 

97.  Gustav  Ferdinand  von  Radde.  <Auk,  XX,  pp.  458-459,  Oct.,  1903, 

1904. 

98.  Lyman  S.  Foster.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  312,  April,  1904. 

99.  John  Fannin.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  510,  Oct.,  1904. 

100.  James  Mortimer  Southwick.  <Auk,  XXI,  p.  511,  Oct.,  1904, 

1905. 

101.  Adolph  Boucard.  <Auk,  XXII,  p.  333,  July,  1905. 

1906. 

102.  Jean  Louis  Cabanis.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  247-485,  April,  1906, 

103.  Paul  Leverkuhn.  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  247,  April,  1906. 

104.  Emile  Oustalet.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  355-356,  July,  1906. 

105.  George  F.  Breninger.  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  356,  July,  1906. 

106.  LaRue  Klingle  Holmes.  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  356,  July,  1906. 


BIOGRAPHY.  209 

107.  Joseph  H.  Batty.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  356-357,  July,  1906. 

108.  Frank  J.  Thompson.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  357-358,  July,  1906. 

109.  Henry  Baker  Tristram.  <Auk,  XXIII,  p.  484,  Oct.,  1906. 

110.  Victor  Fatio.  <Auk,  XXIII,  pp.  484-485,  Oct.,  1906. 

1907. 

111.  William  Thomas  Blanford.  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  118,  Jan.,  1907. 

112.  Walter  Lawry  Buller.  <Auk,  XXIV,  p.  119,  Jan.,  1907. 

113.  August  Koch.  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  238-239,  April,  1907 

114.  Alfred  Newton.  <Auk,  XXIV,  pp.  365-366,  July,  1907. 

115.  Carl  von  Linn6  (Linnseus  as  a  Zoologist).  <Sdence,  N.  S.,  XXV,  pp.  953-961, 

June  21,  1907.     Also  Ann.  New  York  Acad.  Sci.,  XVIII,  pp.  9-19,  pll.  ii, 
1908,  portraits. 

An  address  given  at  the  celebration  of  the  Bicentenary  of  the  birth  of  Linnaeus,  in  New 
York,  May  23,   1907. 

1908. 

116.  Howard  Saunders.  <Auk,  XXV,  pp.  103-104,  Jan.,  1908. 

117.  Rudolph  Blasius.  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  248,  April,  1908. 

118.  Leslie  Alexander  Lee.  < Auk,  XXV,  p.  340,  July,  1908. 

119.  Edward  Augustus  Samuels.  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  341,  July,  1908. 

120.  J.  V.  Barboza  du  Bocage.  < Auk,  XXV,  p.  498,  Oct.,  1908. 

121.  Francis  Huntington  Snow.  <Auk,  XXV,  p.  498,  Oct.,  1908. 

1909. 

122.  Elliott  Coues.     (Biographical  Memoir.)  <National  Acad.  Sd.,  Biogr.  Mem., 

VII,  pp.  397-446,  June,  1909. 

With  portrait,  and  lists  of  his  principal  works  and  papers  (pp.  426-446). 

123.  Charles  K.  Worthen.  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  332,  July,  1909,  ibid.,  XXVII,  p.  112. 

124.  William  H.  Brownson.  <Auk,  XXVI,  p.  453,  Oct.,  1909. 

1910. 

125.  Richard    Bowdler   Sharpe.  <Auk,   XXVII,   pp.    124-129,    Jan.,    1910,   with 

portrait. 

126.  John  Farwell  Ferry.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  240-241,  April,  1910. 

127.  Henry  Hillyer  Giglioli.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  484-485,  Oct.,  1910. 

128.  William  Earl  Dodge  Scott.  <Auk,  XXVII,  pp.  486-488,  Oct.,  1910. 

1911. 

129.  Charles  Otis  Whitman.  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  149,  Jan.,  19H. 

130.  Manly  Hardy.  <Auk,  XXVIII,  pp.  149-150,  Jan.,  1911;  ibid.,  p.  291,  July, 

1911. 

131.  George  Ernest  Shelley.  <Auk,  XXVIII,  pp.  387-388,  July,  1911. 

132.  Carl  Parrot.  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  388,  July,  1911. 

133.  Adolf  Bernhard  Meyer.  <Auk,  XXVIII,  p.  519,  Oct.,  1911. 

1916. 

134.  Daniel  Giraud  Elliot.  <Sdence,  N.  S.,  No.  1101,  pp.  159-162,  Feb.  4,  1916. 


210  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


VIII.    MISCELLANEOUS. 


1865-1884. 

1.  Curatorial  Reports  on  Mammals  and  Birds.  <  Ann.  Reports  of  the  Trustees  of  the 

Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  1865-1884. 

1866. 

2.  Notice  of  a  Foray  of  a  Colony  of  Formica  sanguinea  Latr.  upon  a  Colony  of  a 

black  species  of  Formica,  for  the  purpose  of  making  slaves  of  the  latter.  < 
Proc.  Essex  Inst.,  V,  pp.  14-16,  April,  1866. 


1870. 

3.  The  Flora  of  the  Prairies.  <Amer.  Nat.,  IV,  pp.  577-585,  Dec.,  1870. 

A  running  account  of  the  more  striking  features,  with  particular  mention  of  many  s|>ecies. 

4.  Notes  on  the  Geological  Character  of  the  Country  between  Chique-Chique, 

on  the  Rio  de  Sao  Francisco,  and  Bahia,  Brazil.  <Hartt's  Geology  and  Physical 
Geography  of  Brazil,  pp.  309-319.     (8vo,  Boston,  1870.) 

Also  inedited  geological  and  zoological  notes,  passim. 

5.  Our  Weeds.  < Massachusetts  Ploughman,  July  23-Oct.  8,  1870. 

A  series  of  six  articles,  published  as  follows: 

Number  1,  Introductory,  July  23,  1870;  No.  II,  The  Crowfoots  (Ranunculac.!«)  and  the 
Poppy  Family  (Papaveracea) ,  July  30,  1870;  No.  Ill,  The  Crucifera;,  Cistacea;  or  Rock 
Rose*,  and  the  Hypericacea;  (St.  Johnswort  Family),  Aug.  13,  1870;  No.  IV,  The  Pink 
Family  (CaryophyUaceai),  the  Purselanes  (Portulacaceae),  the  Mallow  Family  (Malvaceae), 
Aug.  27,  1870;  No.  V,  The  Pulse  Family  (LeguminDsae) ,  Sept.  24,  1870;  No.  VI,  The  Rose 
Family  (Rosaceae),  Evening  Primrose  Family  (Onagraceae) ,  Orpine  or  Stone  Crop  Family 
(Crasulacese),  Oct.  8,  1870. 


1874. 

6.  Metamorphism  produced  by  the  burning  of  Lignite  Beds  in  Dakota  and  Mon- 

tana Territories.  < Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XVI,  1873-1874,  pp.  246- 
262,  May,  1874. 

7.  Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  Montana  and  Dakota.  < Proc.  Boston  Soc. 

Nat.  Hist.,  XVII,  1874-1875,  pp.  33-91,  Nov.,  1874. 

Report  on  the  Plants,  pp.  70-86  (pp.  40-56  of  the  separate  issue).  An  annotated  list  of 
224  species,  based  mainly  on  identifications  by  Dr.  George  Vasey,  Botanist  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  to  whom  the  collection  of  plants  was  referred  for  determination. 


MISCELLANEOUS.  21 1 


1874-75. 

8.  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.     Reports  of  Meetings.  <Boston  Transcript 

(newspaper),  Nov.  15,  1874,  to  June  8,  1875. 

Meeting  of  Oct.  7,  1874.     Ibid.,  Nov.  15,  1874. 
Meeting  of  Oct.  21,  1874.     Ibid.,  Nov.  21,  1874. 
Meeting  of  Nov.  4,  1874.     Ibid.,  Nov.  27,  1874. 
Meeting  of  Nov.  18,  1874.     Ibid.,  Dec.  2,  1874. 
Meeting  of  Dec.  2,  1874.     Ibid.,  Dec.  17,  1874. 
Meeting  of  Dec.  16,  1874.     Ibid.,  Dec.  30,  1874. 
Meeting  of  Jan.  6,  1875.     Ibid.,  Jan.  25,  1875. 
Meeting  of  Jan.  20,  1875.     Ibid.,  Feb.  1,  1875. 
Meeting  of  Feb.  3,  1875.     Ibid.,  Feb.  -,  1875. 
Meeting  of  Feb.  17,  1875.     Ibid.,  March  1,  1875. 
Meeting  of  March  3,  1875.     Ibid.,  March  -,  1875. 
Meeting  of  March  17,  1875.     Ibid.,  April  -,  1875. 
Meeting  of  April  7,  1875.     Ibid.,  April  -,  1875. 
Meeting  of  April  21,  1875.     Ibid.,  May  -,  1875. 
Meeting  of  May  5,  1875.     Ibid.,  May  -,  1875. 
Meeting  of  May  19,  1875.     Ibid.,  June  8,  1875. 

These  popular  reports  of  the  meetings  were  furnished  to  the  press  by  the  author  as  a  part 
of  his  duties  as  Acting  Secretary  of  the  Society 

1876. 

9.  The  Little  Missouri  "  Bad  Lands  ".  <  Amer.  Nat.,  X,  pp.  207-216,  April,  1876. 

With  reference  to  metamorphism  due  to  the  burning  out  of  heavy  beds  of  lignite. 

10.     Nuttall  Ornithological  Club.  <Bull.  Null.  Orn.  CTttb,  I,  pp.  29-32,  July,  1876. 

Historical  sketch  of  the  Club  (1873-1876),  giving  an  account  of  its  origin  and  organization 
and  a  list  of  its  publications  prior  to  the  establishment  of  its  Bulletin  in  1876. 


1884. 
11.     Italics  for  Scientific  Names.  <Sdence,  III,  No.  51,  p.  87,  Jan.  25,  1884. 

Refers  to  the  advantage  of  using  italic  type  for  the  technical  names  of  genera  and  species, 
as  an  aid  in  finding  the  information  sought. 


1885. 

12.     Department  of  Birds  and  Mammals.  <Ann.  Rep.  Trustees  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist,  for  the  year  1885-6,  pp.  9-12,  March,  1886. 

Report  on  the  extent  and  condition  of  the  collections;  need  of  'study'  or  research  material 
urged;    also  of  increased  exhibition  space. 


1886. 

13.     [Establishment  of  the  Division  of  Economic  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 
under  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.]  < A  uk,  I,  p  416,  July, 

1886. 


212  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1887. 

14.  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Curator  of  the  Department -of  Mammalogy  and 

Ornithology,  8vo,  pp.  1-10. 

A  brochure  privately  printed  by  order  of  the  President.  Reprinted  in  part  in  Ann. 
Report  Trustees  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  for  the  year  1887-1888,  pp.  12-16. 

To  a  report  on  the  accessions  and  activities  of  the  year  1887  is  added :  '  Wants  and  Recom- 
mendations,' and  letters  to  the  President  of  date  Nov.  7,  1887  and  Jan.  21,  1888,  in  advocacy, 
respectively,  of  the  purchase  of  an  important  collection  of  North  American  birds,  and  of 
sending  expeditions  to  the  West  to  secure  specimens  of  bison,  elk,  caribou,  pronghorn  ante- 
lope, mountain  sheep,  and  other  forms  of  rapidly  disappearing  large  North  American  mam- 
mals. 

1888. 

15.  The  Museum  of  Natural  History.     An  Appeal  for  Aid  in  Carrying  on  its  Work. 

<New  York  Evening  Post,  Feb.  28,  1888. 

Of  the  $64,000  expended  in  1877,  all  but  $15,000  was  furnished  by  the  Trustees.  The 
accessions  received  and  the  work  accomplished  by  the  Department  of  Mammalogy  and 
Ornithology  is  recounted,  and  a  plea  made  for  financial  assistance  on  the  part  of  the  public 
through  aid  by  membership,  etc.,  in  return  for  free  access  to  the  exhibition  halls  of  the  Mu- 
seum. 

16.  The  Museum  of  Natural  History.  <New  York  Tribune,  Feb.  24,  1888. 

Published  as  editorial,  about  500  words. 
1890. 

17.  Zoe,  A  Biological  Journal.  <Auk,  VII,  p.  300,  July,  1890. 

Announcing  the  founding,  objects  and  character  of  this  excellent  journal  of  which  four 
volumes  (1890-1893)  were  published. 

1893. 

18.  The  Natural  History  Museum  of  New  York  City.  <New  York  Evening  Post, 

Feb.  28,  1893. 

Its  scientific  work  as  set  forth  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Museum. 

19.  Letter  on  alleged  skinning  of  Kids  and  Birds  while  alive,  to  improve  the  quality 

of  their  Skins  or  Plumage  for  Commercial  Purposes.  <0ur  Animal  Friends, 
XX,  p.  268,  No.  12,  Aug.,  1893. 

20.  Letter  in  reply  to  the  question  "How  does  the  Study  of  Nature  Pay?"  <The 

Hesperian  (newspaper),  Gainesville,  Texas,  March  31,  1893. 

Letter  to  Geo.  H.  Ragsdale. 

Bibliography:   Summary  of  Titles. 

Mammals        .        .        .        .271 

Birds 966 

Reptiles  ....        5 

Zoogeography          .  .      22 

Nomenclature          ...       35 
Biography       .  .     134 

Miscellaneous  .         .         ,  20 

T453 


EDITORIAL  WORK.  213 


IX.    EDITORIAL  WORK. 

1874-1875. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  XVIII,  for  1874-1875, 
and  part  of  Vol.  IX  of  the  American  Naturalist,  in  the  temporary  absence 
of  their  respective  editors. 

1876-1883. 

Bulletin  of  the  Xuttall  Ornithological  Club,  Vols.  I-VIII,  Cambridge,  Mass.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Club,  8vo,  1876-1883. 

The  first  number  of  this  publication  was  issued  in  April,  1876,  under  the  editorship  of 
Mr.  Charles  J.  Maynard,  and  under  the  title  Quarterly  Bulletin  of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological 
Club,  Cambridge,  Mass.  With  the  second  number  (July,  1876)  the  title  was  changed  to 
Bulletin  of  the  Nultall  Ornithological  Club:  A  Quarterly  Journal  of  Ornithology,  with,  on  the 
fourth  page  of  the  cover,  a  'Prospectus,'  which  states:  "The  need  in  this  country  of  a  peri- 
odical exclusively  devoted  to  Ornithology  has  been  long  apparent Each  number  will 

consist  of  not  less  than  twenty-four  pages,  to  be  increased  as  soon  as  the  receipts  from  sub- 
scriptions shall  warrant  the  additional  expense.  Two  more  numbers  will  be  issued  during 
the  present  year,  in  order  that  the  second  volume  may  begin  with  January,  1877 Pro- 
fessor Baird  and  Dr.  Coues  have  kindly  consented  to  act  as  Associate  Editors.  Its  chief 
editorial  management  will  be  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen  of  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology,  Cambridge,  Mass "  No.  4  was  issued  November,  1S76.  Volume  1 

consists  of  pp.  i-iv,  1-100,  with  a  colored  plate,  engraved  on  steel. 

The  volumes,  under  the  same  editorial  staff,  steadily  increased  hi  size  to  Vol.  VII,  1882 
(pp.  i-vi,  1-275).  Number  4  of  Volume  VIII  (October,  1883)  contained  this  "Important 
Notice:  The  First  Series  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Kultall  Ornithological  Club  closes  with  the 
present  volume.  A  Second  Series,  with  change  of  name,  will  begin  with  January,  1884, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union,  and  under  the  Editorial  Manage- 
ment of  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen,  assisted  by  a  Staff  of  Associate  Editors " 

The  Associate  Editors  of  the  eight  volumes  of  the  Bulletin  were  Spencer  F.  Baird  and 
Elliott  Coues. 

1884-1911. 

The  Auk:  A  Quarterly  Journal  of  Ornithology,  Vols.  I-XXVIII,  1884-1911,  and  Xo. 
1  of  Vol.  XXIX  (Jan.,  1912). 

Title-page  of  Vol.  I: 

Old  Series,  )  Continuation  of  the  I   New  Series, 

Vol.  IX      i  Bulletin  of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club  I        Vol.  I 

1-1 

The  Auk  i  A  Quarterly  Journal  of  Ornithology!  -  |  Editor,  |  J.  A.  Allen  |  Associate  Editors,  | 
Elliott  Coues,  Robert  Ridgway,  William  Brewster,  |  and  Montague  Chamberlain.  [Cut 
of  Great  Auk,  4J  X  5  in.  |  Volume  I  |  Published  for  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  | 
Boston,  Mass.  |  Estes  and  Lauriat  |  1884. 

The  second  page  of  the  cover  of  the  first  number  carries  the  following:  '"The  Auk,' 
published  as  the  Organ  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union,  will  be  conducted  as  a  Maga- 
zine of  General  Ornithology.  In  general  character  it  will  differ  little  from  the  late  'Bulletin 
of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,'  of  which  it  forms  virtually  a  Second  Series.  Each  num- 
ber will  contain  about  one  hundred  pages,  and  the  illustrations  will  occasionally  include  colored 
plates." 

The  first  volume  of  'The  Auk'  consists  of  pp.  i-vii,  1-419,  and  1  colored  plate.  This  is 
about  the  average  size  for  the  first  19  volumes,  the  last  7  averaging  500  pages,  in  each  case 


214  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

exclusive  of  front-matter  (contents  and  membership  lists),  which  runs,  in  different  volumes, 
from  8  to  nearly  40  pages. 

In  The  Auk,  as  in  its  predecessor,  the  Nuttall  Bulletin,  the  department  of  'Recent  Liteni- 
ture'  was  intended  to  include  notices  (1)  of  all  ornithological  works  and  papers  by  American 
authors;  (2)  all  papers,  wherever  published,  relating  especially  to  North  American  birds; 
(3)  all  of  the  more  important  monographs  and  works  treating  of  special  groups  of  birds  or  of 
birds  in  general.  In  1880  was  begun  a  series  of  pai>ers  entitle  '  Minor  Ornithological  Papers,' 
giving  the  title,  place  of  publication,  and  short  notices  or  abstracts  of  the  minor  papers 
relating  to  North  American  birds,  not  otherwise  noticed  under  '  Recent  Literature,'  subject 
however  to  certain  stated  restrictions  as  to  their  content.  The  record  began  "with  the  close 
of  that  given  by  Dr.  Coues  in  his  '  List  of  Faunal  Publications  relating  to  North  American 
Ornithology '  published  in  his  '  Birds  of  the  Colorado  Valley,'  or  about  July,  1878,"  and  closed 
in  1894,  after  having  been  a  feature  of  'The  Auk'  for  fourteen  years.  The  last  title  of  the 
series  was  No.  2697.  Nos.  1-1199  were  by  the  editor,  the  others  (Nos.  1200-2697)  by  C. 
F.  Batchelder,  who  from  1888  to  1893  (both  inclusive)  was  Associate  Editor  of  The  Auk  and 
greatly  lightened  for  this  period  the  duties  of  the  senior  editor. 

The  Associate  Editors  of  The  Auk  for  the  first  four  volumes  (1884-1887)  were  Elliott 
Coues,  Robert  Ridgway,  William  Brewster,  and  Montague  Chamberlain.  They  were 
succeeded  by  Charles  F.  Batchelder  (1888-1893)  and  Frank  M.  Chapman  (1894-1915). 

"Beginning  with  the  initial  volume  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,  and 
continuing  to  the  present  year,  Dr.  Allen  has,  without  intermission  guided  the  course  of  this 
journal  and  its  successor  THE  AUK;  and  the  series  of  thirty-six  volumes  stands  as  a  perpetual 
monument  to  his  ability,  and  his  painstaking  devotion  to  the  cause  of  ornithology  and  the 
interests  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  There  have  been  few  continuous  editor- 
ships of  equal  length  in  the  history  of  scientific  periodicals." —  Editorial  statement  by 
WITMER  STONE,  Auk,  XXIX,  p.  136,  Jan.,  1912. 

1886. 

The  Code  of  Nomenclature  |  and  |  Check-List  |  of  [  North  American  Birds  | 
adopted  by  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  being  the  Report  of  the 
Committee  of  the  |  Union  on  Classification  and  |  Nomenclature  —  Zoologi- 
cal Nomenclature  is  a  means,  not  an  end,  of  Zoological  Science  |  —  |  New 
York  |  American  Ornithologists'  Union  ^1886.  8vo,  pp.  i-viii,  1-392. 

Contains  The  Code  of  Nomenclature  (pp.  1-69)  and  The  Check-List  of  North  American 
Birds,  according  to  the  Canons  of  Nomenclature  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union 
(pp.  71-392). 

1886-1916. 

Bulletin  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Vols.  I,  No.  6,  to  XXXV, 
excluding  Vols.  XV,  XVII  and  XVIII,  devoted  to  anthropology.  (8vo, 
New  York.) 

1889-1895. 

Supplement  to  the  Code  of  Nomenclature  and  Check-List  of  North  American 
Birds,  adopted  by  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  Prepared  by  a 
Committee  of  the  Union.  8vo,  pp.  23.  New  York,  American  Ornitholo- 
gists' Union,  1889. 

Check-List  |  of  |  North  American  Birds  |  prepared  by  a  Committee  |  of  the  [ 
American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  Second  and  revised  edition  |  —  |  Zoological 
Nomenclature  is  a  means,  not  an  end,  of  Zoological  Science  |  —  |.  New 
York  I  American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  1895.  8vo,  pp.  i-xi,  1-372. 

Supplements  Nos.  2  to  15  to  the  Check-List  were  published  at  intervals  in  The  Auk 
from  1890-1909,  and  also  issued  separately  in  an  edition  of  100  copies. 


EDITORIAL  WORK.  215 


1893-1916. 

Memoirs  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Vols.  I  and  IX  (Zoology 
and  Palaeontology),  and  general  supervision  of  Vols.  II,  III,  IV,  and  VI 
(Anthropology).  Also,  New  Series,  Vol.  1, 1913-1916. 


1908 

The  |  Code  of  Nomenclature  |  adopted  by  the  |  American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  —  | 
Zoological  Nomenclature  is  a  means,  not  an  end,  of  Zoological  Science  |  —  | 
Revised  edition  |  New  York  |  American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  July,  1908. 
8vo,  pp.  i-lxxxv. 

1910. 

Check-List  |  of  |  North  American  Birds  |  prepared  by  a  Committee  |  of  the  | 
American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  Third  Edition  (Revised)  |  —  |  Zoological 
Nomenclature  is  a  means,  not  an  end,  of  Zoological  Science  |  —  |  New  York  | 
American  Ornithologists'  Union  |  1910.  8vo,  pp.  1-430,  2  maps  of  North 
America,  one  of  them  colored  to  show  faunal  areas. 


This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 


Form  L-9-15m-7,'32 


AA    000493178 


UNIVERSITY  of  CALIFORNIA 


ANGELES 
'BRAKY 


